Seep eral aisle AT Neamt Sate 


Pee md pp nate a et 
ων ase py τ % ζ ὰ er ES 
7 ar oo aN ΄ ἡ λων κων. wv wee 
7. Oe a SF in - is” eb - i, Ἐὶ 
ν᾽ 4 pe owe α e . 3 ἊΝ paeghees 7 . 
- “ a 4 τά νη Ἂ ν “ 
Σ furs, μ᾿ ι χες ζ ᾽ » aia ke 





CM a atin nde te Bue HS 7, “5 Fa é - 
= - oe ΜᾺ , τ oes - - ΝΥ . oh “Ὁ 
oo Sars : ES SSoe inate Ses 


" oh aa eae = 5 P μεν τ νὰ ς 
» zs rete I os 











Cs Ω > Ε ς ὼ x pha πὰ “4 5 Te Ἂν ’ - Ἂ ; 
Mrs ι ν ores “ ” Oe.) le a ow » 
ema Silesia tg Pig na ee ea oa ag Ἐανυ τ τορι TEAS oats Name τος aie 

oa ey Gate ed ἐς ἔα hp in oul sof ᾿ ας ea ese it Bint FS “2 at Ra ee am Sana yon 
a is iv ᾿ ; * ¥ . ΝΑ ἜΝ BH ae ΔΘ τ ρον τδο, σα ee ae 


ἡ 


of, 


‘eee 





τ 


woe 
Ω 


; Sao oe “ Α An pee = 
* ‘ Δ ῷ : τ ἑὰς < Net ἢ Pi tng τος, ἡτῆμι 
: ee tee mr hess Tah oe So ; ied ι ¢ ων τ Nitec ον σῷ ψ' aE Oe ῷ 
~ : ts ‘ pr PP ει ie MN ei has Δ νῶν a Ys, Be: * 
te RP Sy Pr oo τ ΑνΘαΝ ς Boece kaon lees τὰν νὰ Aeris ΣΡ 
αν Bale re meg Daye ee nti Co a Orang te Oe ee U RE ee eine Lom : a) 
5. 5 ἢ - αν λον ΧΦΑ = gute x, 4 ad me 
, wate fl oo ls Te, ‘ : 
“5 oe “Ke ; νὰ wt ἀφ αἶν ¢ 5 
ΓΝ od 2 a mee γε 
be ὌΝ es . 2 prt . si συ ‘ea > : BY ἷ-- 
“Ἐς - ΒᾺΝ 2 met Ξ 


yeas 
ta eee 


Wa er een 
ae ae a ρον an 
ee ee ra?) 

τον τῶν “ 

oe oS 


5 on? Perms 








... 














| GIFT OF 
Henry U. Brandenstein 









































Δ he 
4 
ή > 
2 .Ὰ 
7 ed “ἃ 

».«Ψ᾿' .4 
“3° + ἢ 
τ “ἐν 
a Dap ae 
S +. 4 7 | v 
> ve els Fo) A\'% 
owe, Ω 
ΕΞ εξ σνΝ, Z ΤᾺ 
ZZ 7 . 
" 
γ Dee 
i ᾽ 
le 
. 
v : 
. 

a= 

Ss $ 
Mo latte eet 






































Ratio ας Vis 











| ae 


~ ee e+ 








re τὰ 
Bee 


PAE, ge oF 
Ἶ τ. x J We Στ τς 
: E ou, 

ye ay. 
ean) Te 49 


an wei 


ae a τ Ψ 


‘ ee Bp ἢ - 


» a Γ 


= 
Ψ 


eo 2 Ὶ 4 
ΠΡ Ba Se oe 
a nt “ἢ i fas 


. « yah ip’ 
Ae ae 
- “- oe 
~ νὰ 4 
μα ὦ 
2 2 1 





4 








STANDARD CLASSICAL WORKS. 





Horace, The Works οὗ, With English Notes, for the use of 
Schools and Colleges. By J. L. Lincotn, Professor of Latin 
Language and Literature in Brown University. 12mo. 575 pages. 

Livy. Selections from the first five books, together with the twen- 
ty-first and twenty-second books entire. With a Pian of Rome, 
and a Map of the Passage of Hannibal, and English Notes for 
the use of Schools. By J. L. Lincoxn, Prof. of the Latin Lan- 
guage and Literature in Brown University. 12mo. 329 pages. 

Quintus Curtius: Life and Exploits of Alexander the Great. 
Edited and illustrated with English Notes, by ἂμ HENRY 
CrosBy. 12mo. 385 pages. . mee 

Sallust’s Jugurtha and Catiline, With Notes and a Vocabnu- 
lary. By BuTLeR and Stureas. 12mo. 397 pages. 


It is believed that this will be fonnd superior to any edition 
heretofore published in this country. 


The Histories of Tacitus, With Notes for Colleges. By W.S. 
TYLER, Professor of Latin and Greek in Amherst College. 
12mo. 453 pages. 

Tacitus’s Germania and Agricola, With Notes for Colleges. 
By W.8. Trier. 12mo. 193 pages. 

Virgil’s Hneid.* With Explanatory Notes. By Henry FRIEZE, 
Professor of Latin in the State University of Michigan. (Re- 
cently published.) 12mo. 598 pages. 


_ The type is unusually large and distinct. The work contains 
eighty-five engravings, which delineate the usages, customs, weap- 
ons, arts, and mythology of the ancients, with a vividness that can 
be attained only by pictorial illustrations. 


GREEK TEXT-BOOKS, 


A First Greek Book* and Introductory Reader. By A. 
HARKNESS, Ph. D., author of ‘“‘ Arnold’s First Latin Book.” 
“Second Latin Book,” etc. (Recently published.) 12mo, 
276 pages. 

Acts of the Apostles, according to the text of Aueustus Haun. 
With Notes and a Lexicon by Joun J. Owen, D.D., LL. Ὁ. 
With Map. 12mo. 

Arnold’s First Greek Book,* on the Plan of the First Latin 
Book. 12mo. 297 pages. 

Arnold’s Practical Introduction to Greek Prose Composi- 
tion.* 12mo. 297 pages, 

Second Part to the above.* 12mo. 248 pages. 


ΕΞ SEE END OF THIS VOLUME. 








ze 
δὴ, yen (uae 4. 
Agr εἴ 


ΓΑΒ 


cP “Σ ᾿ cl sept a de ὴ Bg, ἢ . 
PRS ie RG Mi καὶ polio sacle 
pe oat? 7: me 4 : 3 ι 4 ᾿ A 

οἰ ads, | Pd 


iP ba? Te 
ἜΝ. ἰὸς ἊΣ δ Ἢ 


ἣ 


buabe (ἢ σιν. 











FIRST GREEK BOOK; 


COMPRISING 


AN OFFTLIN E 


OF 


THE FORMS AND INFLECTIONS OF THE LANGUAGE, 


A 
COMPLETE ANALYTICAL SYNTAX, 


AND AN - 


INTRODUCTORY GREEK READER. 


With Aotes and Vocubularies. 


BY | 
ALBERT HARKNESS, Pua. D., 


PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN BROWN UNIVERSITY, AUTHOR OF “ ARNOLD'S FIRST LATIN 
BOOK,” ‘A SECOND LATIN BOOK,” ETC. 


NEW YORK:’ 
D. APPLETON & COMPANY, 
549 & 551 BROADWAY. 
LONDON: 16 LITTLE BRITAIN. 
. 1871. 


ῬΩ 25 ὃ 
Η 6 
ΓΡῊΥ 


Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the yoar 1800, by 
VU. APPLETON & CO, 
In the Clerk’s Office of lac District Court of the United States for the Southern 
District of New York. 


PREFACE. 


Tur volume now offered to the public is designed 
to be at once an outline of Greek Grammar and an 
Introductory Greek Reader. It proposes to conduct 
the beginner through the common forms and inflec- 
tions of the language, to acquaint him with the lead- 
ing principles of its syntax, to present before him a 
distinct picture of the Greek sentence, and, finally, to | 
furnish him with a short course of reading prepara- 
tory to the Anabasis of Xenophon. It is based upon 
the same philological principles as the author’s Latin 
books, though in its execution it differs from them 
in one or two important particulars. It follows more 
closely the ordinary arrangement of standard Gram. 
mars, and proceeds more rapidly in the development 
of its plan. The general method of classification and 
treatment, however, is the same. Moreover, princi- 
ples and rules which are common to both the Greek 
and the Latin are stated in the same language as in 
_ those works, thus rendering the pupil’s knowledge 
already acquired for the Latin available also for 


Μ32601 701 


lV PREFACE, 


the Greek. This, it is hoped, will-not only econo- 
mize the time of the learner, but also lead him to 
compare the two languages, and thus secure a more 
definite knowledge of their resemblances. 

The present work is the result of a growing con- 
viction on the part of the author that the old method 
of burdening the memory of the beginner with a con- 
fused mass of unmeaning forms, inflections, and rules, 
without allowing him the luxury of using the knowl- 
edge he is so laboriously acquiring, is at once unsat- 
isfactory and unphilosophical. It accordingly aims 
to present a clear and systematic arrangement of the 
great facts and laws of the language, and to illustrate 
them step by step with carefully selected examples 
and exercises. In this way every lesson is learned 
for actual use, and thus becomes clothed with inter- 
est and meaning. The various changes of inflection, 
otherwise so dry and difficult, are found to be thé 
keys to the rich treasures of ancient thought. 

In preparing the exercises and the reading lessons 
care has been taken to introduce such selections as 
would not only best illustrate grammatical points, 
but would also possess in themselves some intrinsic 
value and interest. 

The work is designed to be complete in itself, re- 
quiring no accompaniment of grammar or lexicon. 
For the convenience, however, of such as may prefer 
to use it, in connection with some étandard Grammar, 


PREFACE. . re 


references are made in the Syntactical portions, both 
of the Lessons and Notes, to the excellent works of 
Professors Hadley, Crosby, and Sophocles. 

In the preparation of the work the author has 
resorted freely to such sources of information as were 
within his reach. Among the numerous Grammati- 
eal and Philological works which he has had con- 
stantly before him, the invaluable labors of Veitch 
and Carmichael on the Greek Verb, and those of 
Madvig and Clyde on the Greek Syntax, deserve 
special mention. 


A. Harkness. 
PROVIDENCE, August 20th, 1860, 


Ηρ ερίρα το ἐν “ἢ 


bi ΕΥ̓͂ Soils! οὐδ 
ἱ iit Wet s 3 


sitios δόμα ὦ 





CONTENTS. 








INTRODUCTION. 
I, Alphabet. : Ὡς ‘ ς ° 
II. Classification of Letters . ᾿ δ, ἃ 
Ill. Breathings . . : ‘ : 
IV. Accents . P 3 ἃ : ° 
V. Syllables. ‘ ἢ 
VI. Quantity ; 4 B ‘ ‘ 
VII. Sounds of the Letters ᾿ 5 ‘ 4 
I. The English Method Ξ δ ‘ 
II. The Erasmian Method : Ρ < 
III. The Modern Greek Method - ‘ 
VIL. Marks of Punctuation $ A : 
PART I. 
LESSONS AND EXERCISES. 
BOOK I. 
ETYMOLOGY, 
LESSON 
I. Parts of Speech.—Sentence.—Verbs Α ° 
II. Verbs.—Exercises ‘ - ; a 
III. Nouns - ‘ ‘ Fs - ἃ 
IV. Nouns.—Exercises A 5 Ἢ 
V. First Declension : ; 
VI. First Declension, aed” 7 e ‘ 


VII. First Declension.—Exercises 
VII. Second Declension 3 4 


Wy 
b> 
Q 
wi 


Orr δι δι δι νῷ & ὁ "Ὁ HS 


oS BE 
14 
15 
17 


21 


24 


viii CONTENTS. 

LESSON PAGS 
IX. Second Declension, continued . : 25 
X. Second Declension.—Exercises: : 27 
XI. Third Declension.—Class 1. 29 
XII. Third Declension.—Class I. ss Biecslaes ° . 32 
XIII. Third Declension.—Class II. . . 33 
XIV. Third Declension.—Class I].—Exercises 35 
XV. Third Declension.—Class III. . . 36 
XVI. Third Declension,—Class IV. Ξ ὃ 88 
XVII. Third Declension,—Class ἡ... ° . 46 
XVIII. Third Declension.—Class V.—Exercises 42 
XIX. Third Declension.—Class V., continued 44 
XX. Adjectives.—First and Second Declensions ; 46 
XXI. Adjectives.—First and Second Declensions, continued 49 
XXII. Adjectives.—First and Second Declensions.—Exercises 50 
XXIII. Adjectives.—First and Third Declensions 52 
XXIV. Adjectives.—Three Declensions . 54 
XXV. Comparison of Adjectives - 56 
XXVI. Comparison of Adjectives.—Exercises 58 
XXVIT. Comparison of Adverbs.—Numerals : . 60 
XXVIII. Comparison of Adverbs.—Numerals.—Exercises . 62 
XXIX. Pronouns.—Personal—Possessive—Reflexive . 63 
XXX. Pronouns.—Exercises 65 
ΧΧΧΙ. Pronoutta:—Recdpsoeal-<Demaoubtraiive- Relative 0 δὲ 
XXXII. Pronouns.—Exercises ° 69 
XXXIII. Pronouns. —Interrogaiive—Indafinite . 70 
XXXIV. Verbs.—Synopsis of BovAedw—Active Voice 72 
XXXV. Verbs.—fovaAedw—Active Voice 45 
XXXVI. Verbs.—Bovaedw—aActive Voice, continued 5 8 
XXXVII. Verbs:—Active Voice.—Exercises . 80 
XXXVIII. Verbs.—Bovaedw—Middle Voice 81 
XXXIX. Verbs.—Middle Voice.—Exercises . 84 
XL. Verbs.—Passive Voice ; : ὃ 85 
XLI. Verbs.—Passive Voice. δ ΠΝ 88 

XLII. Verbs.—Augment and Reduplication. —Fepenntion of 
Tenses 90 
XLII. Verbs.—Exercises : 94 
XLIV. Impure Verbs,—Mute Verbs ‘ 95 
XLV. Impure Verbs.—Mute Verbs.—Exercises 98 
XLVI. Impure Verbs.—Mute Verbs, continued 99 
XLVII. Impure Verbs.—Mute Verbs, continued 101 
Impure Verbs,—Mute Verbs,—Exercises . , 103 


ΧΙΥ͂ΙΠ. 


CONTENTS. 1X 





LESSON PAGE 
XLIX. Impure Verbs.—Liquid Verbs . eres , . 104 
L. Liquid Verbs, continued . - - ; : 107 
LI.- Contract Verbs.—Class I.—Verbs in dw 2 . 109 
111. Contract Verbs.—Class I.—Exercises 5 ee ἡ ἐὸν 
LIII. Contract Verbs.—Class II.—Verbs in éw : . 113 
LIV. Contract Verbs.—Class II.—Exercises 4 . 116 
LY. Contract Verbs.—Class III.—Verbs in όω 2 Ae hy 
LVI. Contract Verbs.—Class III.—Exercises ‘ ὃ 120 
LVII. Verbs in --ῖὶ - Ξ . 121 
LVIII. Verbs in —u:.—Middle ae Peles Woiees Ξ : 125 
LIX. Verbs in —u:.—Exercises.—Active Voice ‘ . 128 
_ LX. Verbs in -y:.—Exercises.—Middle and Passive Voices 131 
LXI. Verb εἰμί, Tam . 3 A Ξ 3 . 132 
LXII. Particles ° : ἐ 5 ; ὦ 135 

BOOK Il. 

SYNTAX. 

LXIII. Classification of Sentences K P é + 189 

CHAPTER 1. 


SIMPLE SENTENCES: 
LXIV. Principal Elements of Sentences.—Subject and Predi- 


cate.—Declarative Sentences. 139 

LXV. Subordinate Elements.—Modifiers. Pag, ree ἘΞ Baik 
tences . . . 140 

LXVI. Elements of Sentences, sombiaad:  dalgnigatite and 
Imperative Sentences. : . - 142 
LXVII. Simple Subject . ὃ - . ᾿ . 144 
LXVIII. Complex Subject . ‘ i ‘ : 145 
LXIX. Complex Subject.—Exercises  . ; ; . 149 
LXX. Simple Predicate . . 150 
LXXI. Complex Predicate.—Direct Object : . . 153 
LXXII. Complex Predicate.—Indirect Object - ὰ 155 
LXXIII. Complex Predicate.—Remote Object . . 157 


LXXIV. Complex Predicate.—Direct Object with Pradivate- 
Accusative ‘ ‘ ; Ἶ P 159 


Ὡς τὰ CONTENTS, 


LESSON PAGE 
LXXV. Complex Predicate.—Combined Objects. —Two Accu- 
satives . . 161 
LXXVI. Complex Predicate. —Combined Objet. πιρλνυώινο 
and Dative , 163 
LXXVII. Complex Predicate upeaibiaea OhjortssAccuse- 
tive and Genitive . . 165 
UXXV III. Complex Predicate. {Combined Objects.—Genitive 
and Dative . Α 167 
LXXIX. Complex Predate—~Aavorttel Attribute. —Adverbs 169 
LXXX. Complex Predicate.—Adverbial ine ἀρηρονρος ti noesg 


and Time 111 

LXXXI. Complex Predicate. —Adverbial Ricwtaitosl —Man- 
ner, Means, Cause : 3 . 173 

LXXXII. Complex Predicate.—Oblique Cases with Prepositions 
as Adverbial Expressions 5 A - 175 
LXXXIII. Complex Substantive Predicate 5 - a sb | 
LXXXIV. Complex Adjective Predicate . . ; 178 


LXXXYV. Elements of Simple Sentences.—Recapitulation . 181 


CHAPTER IL. 
COMPLEX SENTENCES. ᾿ 


Section I.—Compiex Sentences—UNABRIDGED. 


LXXXVI. Sentence as Subject or Predicate . : sy 2 368 
LXXXVII. Sentence as Modifier of Subject or other Noun . 185 
LXXXVIII. Sentence as Object of Predicate . . - 188 


LXXXIX. Adverbial Attributive Sentences.—Place, Time - 190 
XC, Adverbial Attributive Sentences.—Cause, Manner, 
Condition ° ν ν Ὰ : 198 


Section 11.---ΟὌΜΡΙῈΧ Sentences—AsRinGep. 


XCI. Principal Elements, Abridged.—Modifiers of Subject, 
Abridged . “ : “ . 196 
XCII. Modifiers of Predicate, Abridged . . - 199 


CONTENTS. xi 


CHAPTER IIL. 
COMPOUND SENTENCES. 


Section I.—Compounp SENTENCES—UNABRIDGED. 


LESSON PAGE 
-XCIII. Classes of Compound Sentences. : i . 202 


Section IJ.—Compounp SENTENCES—ABRIDGED. 


XCIV. Compound Elements. —Subjects, United. — Predicates, 
United : 205 

XCV. Compound Elements. τ Modifiers of Subject, United. -- 

Modifiers of Predicate, United.—Elements Common to 


Different Members 7 : . 208 
XCVI. Classification of Sentences. = Recmpshalation : ‘ 210 
a o> 
PART II. 
GREEK SELECTIONS. 
ΕΝ Fables . . . . . . . . 215 
II. Jests , : ᾿ 4 ; : ὃ 219 
lil. ,Anecdotes 4 : ‘ : P J . 220 
IV. Legends . : ° ° . . ὡ 228 
V. Mythology. τ P ς ; ὃ . 233 
Notes . ' . 2 . Ὕ .» . 237 
Greek and English Veoundirs ἢ ‘ . : . 249 


English and Greek Vocabulary . ° . o” «278 


EXPLANATIONS. 


᾿ς ΡΨ . Hadley’s Greek Grammar. 

Cie, Grams - « 

S . . . Sophocles’ “ 
Numerals not preceded by any initials refer to articies in this 


“ 


work. 


FIRST GREEK BOOK. 


INTRODUCTION. 








J.—ALPHABET. 


1. The Greek Alphabet consists of the following 


twenty-four letters: 








DEH OeSYMUAOMSSAATOMNEKANWA 
S-GRGSVVOAOMEE HFS SIND, 


| Form. 


(s final) 


Sound. 


= 
$9 
ec 
= 


short 


long 


oN Oeadg os 


‘short 


ata OM BH Me pe 


state.’ 
Alpha 
Beta 
Gamma 
Delta 
Epsilon 


' Zeta 


Eta 

Theta 

6 

appa 

Lasibaa 

Mu 

Nu 

Xi 

Omicron 

Pi 

ae 
ioma. 

Ps 

Upsilon 

Phi 

Chi 

Psi 


Oméga. 











. Ἂν β ce : ει ᾿ 
ες , ἐς « Cie ΩΣ ἢ ὁ eee c 
SSB 6 oe SoS ὁ knee ER ΟΝ ΟΝ - 
" 


11.---ΑἸΛΕΒΙΕΙΊΟΛΤΙΟΝ or Lerrers. 
1. Vowels. 


2. The Greek has seven vowels : 
᾿ Two—e ando . . . short. 
Two—yj andw . . . long. 
Three—a,4,andv. . doubtful. 

3. Two vowels may unite and form a diphthong, 
as in English; but in Greek all these combinations 
must end in ¢ or v, and are called proper or improper 
diphthongs, according as the other vowel is short or 
long, 6. g.: 

Proper Diphthongs. Improper Diphthongs. 
Gl, El, Ol, αὖ, EV, OV. a, ἢ, ὦ, ἣν. 


Rem.—In the improper diphthongs the «, instead of being 
placed after the other vowel (except after a capital) is written un- 
der it, as ᾳ instead of αι. It is then called Jota subscript, i.e. iota 
written under. 


2. Consonants. 


4, The Greek has seventeen consonants : 
1) Hour liquids: δ, μ, ν, p. 
2) Nine mutes, which may be arranged as fol- 


lows: 
Smooth. Middle. Rough, 
Pisnutes © . stk 6’ B φ 
Kappa-mutes . . . καὶ Y x 
Tau-mutes . ... T ὃ 3. 


Rem.—The smooth, middle, and rough mutes of the same class 
differ from each other only in the degree of aspiration: thus m is 
not aspirated at all, 8 is partially so, and @ is fully aspirated =ph. 


BREATHINGS.—AOCENTS. 3 


3) Three double consonants : | 

ay, formed by adding s to a Pi-mute, as a=. 

ξ, 2. « — stoa Kappa-mute, as «s=€. 

& “ uniting s and Tau-mute 6, as ὃς or 
σδὃ-Ξ-:ξζ. 

4) One sibilant: σ. 


Ii1.—Brearures. 


5. The Greek has a rough breathing marked ἡ, and 
a smooth breathing marked Ὁ, The former has the 
sound of the English ἢ, the latter is not heard at all 
in pronunciation. Every Greek word beginning with 
a vowel or diphthong, must have one of these breath- 
ings written over such vowel or diphthong :* as ὁ, the, 
pronounced ho; ἀληθεύω, 7 speak the truth; εἰμί, 1 
am. 


IV ΚΟΥ τος 


6. The Greek has three characters to mark ac- 
cent, called the acute’, the grave‘, and the cireum- 
flee”. Every Greek word, as a general rule, must 
have one accent, and can have but one. 

7. This accent must stand on one of the last three 
syllablesofthe word. 

8. On the last syllable may stand either the acute, 
the grave, or the circumflex. 

9. On the penult (last but one) may stand either 
the acute or circtmflex. 

10. On the antepenult (last but two) may stand 
only the acute, and that only when the ultimate is 
short. 


*' The breathing stands over the second vowel of the diphthong, as 
in εἰμί. . ζ 


ον ὁ΄εος 





4 INTRODUCTION. 


11. The circumflex always shows that the syllable 
on whith it stands is long in quantity. 

12. The circumflex on the penult not only shows 
that such penult is long, but also that the ultimate of 
the word is short: thus the circumflex on the penult 
of πολῖτα not only shows that the ὁ is long, but also 
that the a is short. 

13. The acute on the penult of a word whose ulti- 
mate is short, shows the vowel of the penult to be short 
also: the acute in épyara, shows that the ὦ is short. 

14. A few monosyllables take no accent.. They 
are called Proclitics. 

15. A few other short words either lose their own 
accent or throw it back upon the preceding word, as 
ἄνθρωπός tis, a certain man. Here the accent of tes 
stands upon the last syllable of ἄνθρωπος. Such words 
are called Hnelitics. 

16. Greek is pronounced according to the written 
accents quite extensively on the continent of Europe, 
and in a few of the schools and colleges of our own 
country; but the more common usage with us, as in 
England, disregards the written mark entirely, and 
accents, as in Latin, according to quantity, as fol- 
lows: 

1) In words of two syllables, always on the first. 

2) In words of more than two syllables, on the 
penult if that is long in quantity ; other- 
wise on the antepenuldt. 


V.—SYLLABLEs. 


17. In Greek, as in Latin, every word has as many 
syllables as it has separate vowels and diphthongs, 


SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS. 5 


VL—Quawmry. 


18. A syllable is Zong in quantity, 

1) If it contains a diphthong or one of the long 
vowels ἡ or @: as οἴκων. 

2) If its vowel, whether long or short in itself, 
is followed by a double consonant or by 
any two single consonants, except a mute 
and a liquid: as ὄμφαξ, in which both 
syllables are long, though both vowels are 
short. 

19. A syllable is short if it contains one of the 
short vowels, ¢ or 0, before a vowel, diphthong, or a 
single consonant: as λόγος. 


Vil.—Sounns or THE LETTERS. 


20. There are no less than three distinct methods 
recognized by classical scholars in the pronunciation 
of Greek, generally known as the English, the Mod- 
ern Greek, and the Erasmian; the first prevailing 
in England and in this country, the second in Greece, 
and the third in other parts of the continent of En- 
rope. We subjoin a brief outline of each, leaving the 
instructor to make his own selection. 


I,—THE ENGLISH METHOD. 
1. Sounds of the Vowels. 


91. The vowels, , a, and v, always have the long 
English sounds of 6, 0, and w, as heard in mete, tube, 
note, ο. g. μήν, νῦν, τῶν. 

22. The vowels, ε aud ο, Irave the short English 


6 INTRODUCTION. 


sounds of 6 and ὁ in met, not; e.g. ἐκ, rov; except 
when, they stand before iother vowel or at the 
end of a word, in which positions they are length- 
ened. 

23. The vowels, a and ε, are pronounced like a 
and ὁ in Latin, sometimes with the long English 
sounds, as in made, pine, and sometimes with the 
short sounds, as in mad, pin. In words of more 
than one syllable, however, final a has the sound of 
final ὦ in America. 


2. Sounds of the Diphthongs. 


24. at like αὐ in aisle; e.g. αἴρω. 
εἰ δὲ height e.g. εἰς. 
ou - 0 Com; e.g. τοῖν. 
av au author; e.g. ναῦς. 
ev and nu cu = neuter; 6. Ρ. πλεύσω. 
ov ou noun; e.g. νοῦν. 
vb Uw quire; eg. μυῖα." 


The improper diphthongs, @, 7, and @, are pro- 
nounced precisely like a, ἡ, and o. — 


3. Sounds of the Consonants. 


25. The consonants are pronounced nearly as in 
English ; y, however, is always hard, like g in go, ex- 
cept before x, y, x, and & where it has the sound of ng 
in sing, as ἄγγέλος, pronounced anggelos; has the 
sound of th in thin; o and τ never have the sound 
of sh like 8 and ¢ in Latin and English: thus ’Aqéa is 
not pronounced Asia, but with the ordinary sound 
of s; Κριτίας is not pronounced Avrishias, but with 
the ordinary sound of ¢. 


THE ERASMIAN METHOD. _ q 


II.—THE ERASMIAN METHOD. 


1. Sounds of the Vowels. 


26. The vowels ε, ο, υ, and w, have nearly the same 
sounds as in the English Method: the other vowels 
are pronounced as follows : 

a like a in father ; 6. g. πατήρ. 


n @ in made ; e.g. πατήρ. 
b 6 ἴῃ me; e.g. ἵστημι. 


᾿ῷ. Sounds of the Diphthongs. 


27. The diphthongs have nearly the same sounds 
asin the English Method, with the ere excep- 


tions’: os 
av like ow in house; 6. g. ναῦς. 


οὐ. oon NOON; 6. g. νοῦν. 
ve we in pronoun we; e.g. μυῖα. 


3. Sounds of the Consonants. 


28. The pronunciation of the consonants is nearly 
the same as in the English Method. 


III.—TIE MODERN GREEK METHOD.* 
1. Sounds of the Vowels. 
29. a like ὦ in father ; e.g. πατήρ. 


“4 
ε 6 ᾿ . . .« 
ee ἢ there; e.g φέρε 
ἡνίφυ € Me; 6.9. πήγνυμι. 
0, ὦ 0 note; e.g. νῶτος. 





* For the Modern Greek Pronunciation the author is indebted to 
the kindness of Rev. R. F. Buel, late missionary to Greece and long 
resident in Athens. 


8 | INTRODUCTION. 


2. Sounds of the Diphthongs. 
30. at like e in there; e.g. φέρεται. 


εἰ, Ol, Vb δ me; e.g. μειοῖ, μυῖα. 
ου 00 =noon; e.g. νοῦν. 


a, ἢ» ᾧ precisely like the single vowels a, ἢ, ὦ 
The diphthongs av, ev, nu, before a vowel, diph- 
thong, liquid, or 8, γ, δ, & have the sounds of av, ev, 
év in average, every, even: e.g. αὐλός, εὗδον, ηὗδον. 
In other situations they have the sounds of af, ef, eef 
in after, effort, reef: 6. g. αὔξω, ηὔξησα. 


3. Sounds of the Consonants. 


31. B has the sound of the English v: 6. g. 
βάσις. 

y has no exact representative in English ; it has ἃ 
sound intermediate between that of g hard and y, and 
is approximately expressed by g in again: 6. g. γόνος, 
γέρας. Before x, y, x, and &, it has the sound of ng in 
sing: 6. ». ἄγγελος, pronounced anggelos. ἡ 

' δ has the sound of th in them. 

+ has the sound of th in think. 

ν has generally the sound of » in English; in the 
article, however, it has before « the sound of ng: as 
τὴν κεφαλήν ; and before w that of m, as τὴν πόλιν. 

π᾿ has generally the sound of p, but after v of the 
article and μ it has that οἵδ. 6. ». ἄμπελος, τὴν πόλιν. 

thas generally the sound of ¢, but after ν in the 
middle of a word and after ν of the article it is pro- 
nounced like d; e.g. πάντα, τὴν τιμήν. 

x has no equivalent in English, but is like the 
German ch, It may be approximately described as 
intermediate between the sounds of ᾧ and & in he and 


key; e.g. χείρ. 


MARKS OF PUNCTUATION. 9 


The other consonants are pronounced nearly as in 
the English Method. 

32. In pronunciation quantity is disregarded, the 
rough breathing is not heard, and the written mark 
determines the spoken accent. 


Vill.—Marss or Puncrvation. 


33. Comma - - - - at eae 
Colon - - a τῶ τα - 9 
Period - = πα ἘΠ 5 


Interrogation-mark 


We 


& 


ξ € 
x 
3 
‘§ 
: 
ἢ 
ΓΘ 
Οἱ 





ΕΞ PART I. 
LESSONS AND EXERCISES. 


«Δ 
Φοο. 





BOOK I. 
ETYMOLOGY. 





Lesson I. 
Parts of Speech.—Sentence.— Verbs. 


34. In Greek, as in English, words are divided, 
according to their use, into eight classes, called Parts 
of Speech, viz.: Nouns, Adjectives, Pronouns, Verbs, 
Adverbs, Prepositions, Conjunctions, and ILnterjec- 
tions. : 

Rem.—The Article is properly a Demonstrative. 

35. These parts of speech, either singly or com- 
- bined, form sentences, e.g.: 

᾿Αληθεύω. L speak the truth 

Ὃ κριτὴς ἀληθεύει. The judge speaks the truth. 

36. Sentences in their various forms and combina- 
tions, of course, constitute the language. 

37. Every sentence, however simple, consists of 
two distinct parts, viz. : 


19 ETYMOLOGY. 


1) The Subject, or that of which it speaks, as 
κριτής in the sentence κριτὴς ἀληθεύει. 
2) The Predicate, or that which is said of the 
subject, as Bytes in the above sen- 
. tence. 
38. In Greek, as in Latin, the subject is often 
omitted, when the form of the predicate shows what 
subject is méant: thus the single word, ᾿Αληθεύω, 7 
speak the truth, is in itself a complete sentence, be- 
cause the audine ω shows that the subject cannot be 
he, they, or you, but must be J. 

39. When asentence is thus expressed by a single 
word, that word is always a verb, and the omitted 
subject, implied in the ending of the verb, is always 
a pronoun of the same number and person as the verb 
itself; as, "ArAnOevers, You speak the truth. 

40. The Greek verb, like the English, has three 
Persons, Jirst, Second, and Third, but, unlike the 
English, three Numbers, Singular, Dual (denoting 
two or a pair), and Plural. | 

41. The verb in is inflected in the Present In- 
dicative Active with the following 


- 


PERSONAL ENDINGS. 





SING. DUAL. PLURAL, 
Ist Pers. @ ομεν 
2d Pers. εἰς ετὸν ere 
3d Pers. ει ετὸν ουσι(ν)." 














* The ending ovow, instead of ουσι, is used when the next word be- 
gins with a vowel, 


VERBS.—PRESENT INDICATIVE. ae 











PARADIGMS. 
SINGULAR. 
1P. | βουλεύω, I advise, γράφω, I write, 
2P.| Bovreters, you advise, γράφεις, you write, 
3 P. | βουλεύει, he advises, γράφει, he writes, 
| DUAL.* 
2P.| βουλεύετον, you two advise, | ypaderov, you two write, 








3P.| Bovdeverov, they two advise, | ypaderov, they two write. 


PLURAL. 


βουλεύομεν, we advise, 
Bovrevere, you advise, 
βουλεύουσι(ν), they advise, 


γράφομεν, we write, 
ypagere, you write, 


tes 
2P. 
3P. ypahovor(v), they write. 

















42. Parapigm or Present Inpicative oF εἰμί, 
TO BE. 











SINGULAR. 
ist Person. εἰμί, I an, 

Bhi, ΘῈ él, thou art, you are, 
8: Fs ἐστί(), he is, she is, it is, 
DUAL. 
2d Person. ἐστόν, you two are, 
oe ἐστόν, they two are, 

PLURAL. 
ist Person. ἐσμέν, we are, 
Ὡς τ ἐστέ, you are, 
oa Ὑ- eiai(v), they are. 





* Tt will be observed in these Paradigms that the Dual, which from 
the nature of its signification is really included in the Plural, has in the 
first person no special form distinct from that number. 


2 


1: ε ETYMOLOGY. 


Lesson II. 


Verbs.— Exercises. 


43. VocABULARY. 


᾿Αληθεύωυ, ets, to speak the truth.* 
Βᾶσϊλεύω, es, to be king, reign, rule. 
Βουλεύω, εἰς, to advise. 

Tpdda, εις, to write. 

Θαυμάζω, εις, to admire, wonder at. 
Τρέχω, «ts, to run. 


44, Exercises. 
I. Translate into English. 


1. ᾿Αληθεύω. 2. Βουλεύω. 8. Βασίλεύω. 4. Oav- 
μάζω. 5. Θαυμάξεις. 6. Βουλεύεις. 7. ᾿Αληθεύεις. 
8. Βασιλεύεις. 9. Βασιλεύει. 10. Βουλεύει. 11. 
Θαυμάξει. 12. ᾿Αληθεύει. 18. ᾿Αληθεύετον. 14. 
Bactreverov. 15. Θαυμάξετον.: 10. Bovdeveror. 
17. Βουλεύομεν. 18. Βασιλεύομεν. 19. ᾿Αληθεύομεν. 
20. Θαυμάζομεν. 21. Θαυμάζετε. 99. Bovdevere. 
23. ᾿Αληθεύετε. 24. Bacirevere. 25. Βασιλεύουσιν. 
26. ᾿Αληθεύουσιν. 27. Βουλεύουσιν. 28. Θαυμάζουσιν. 


Il. Translate into Greek. 


1. I write. 2. We write. 3. He writes. 4. They 
write. 5. You two run. 6. They tworun. 7. We 
rule. 8. Yourule. 9. Theyrule. 10. Irule. 11.1 
speak the truth. 12. We speak the truth. 13. He 
rules. 14. Heruns. 15. He speaks the truth. 16. 
They speak the truth. 





* The pupil will observe that the definitions are given in the infini- 
tive, to express the simple meaning of the verb without reference to 
person or number, 


NOUNS. 15 


Lesson ΠῚ. 


Nouns. 


45. In Greek, as in English, all names, whether 
of versons, places, or things, are called Vouns: as, 
“Ὅμηρος, Homer, ἄνθρωπος, ὦ man. 

46. Nouns have gender, number, person, and case. 

47, The gender of nouns is either masculine, fem- 
inine, common or neuter. 

48. In Greek, as in English, nouns denoting ob- 
jects which have sex, except some names of animals 
and a few personal appellatives, are: 

1) Masculine, if they denote male beings, as 
ἀνήρ, α man; vids, a son; λέων, ὦ lion. 

2) Feminine, if they denote female beings, as 
γυνή, a woman; Suyarnp, a daughter ; 
λέαινα, ὦ lioness. 

8) Common, if they apply alike to both sexes, 
as μάρτυς, ὦ witness (male or female); 
ϑεός, a god or a goddess. 

49. When gender is used to denote sex, as in the 
cases just noticed, it is called natural gender. 

50. In nouns denoting objects without sex (neuter 

in English) and in many names applicable to animals 
of both sexes, the gender in Greek, as in Latin, is en- 
tirely independent of sex, and is accordingly called 
grammatical gender. 

51. The Grammatical Gender of nouns is deter- 
mined partly by their signification, but mostly by 
their endings. 

52. The general rules for the grammatical gender 


10 ETYMOLOGY. 


of nouns, ne of their endings,* are the same 
as in Latin, viz. 

1) Most names of rivers, winds, and ἡ νον are 
masculine; aso ) Νεῖλος, the Nile; ὁ Νότος, 
the south ΩΣ; ὁ βοηδρομιών, oe name 
of the third Attic month. 

2) Most names of countries, towns, islands, and 
trees are feminine ; as, ἡ Αἴγυπτος, Egypt ; 
ἧ Μέλητος, Miletus ; 79 Ἄμβρον; Imbrus ; 
ἡ συκῆ, a jig-tree. 

3) Indeclinable nouns and clauses used as nouns, 
are neuter; as, τὸ “Adda. 

53. The Greek, ἘΒ the English and the Latin, has 
three persons, First, Second, and Third, but, unlike 
them, three aes bere. Singular, which means one, 
Dual, two, and Plwral, more than one. Thus the 
plural, it will be observed, includes the dual. 

54. The Cases in Greek are five in number: WVom- 
inative, Genitive, Dative, Accusative, and Vocative. 
The place of the Latin Ablative is supplied partly by 
the Genitive, but mostly by the Dative. 

55. The Nominative Case corresponds to the nom- 
inative in English both in name and use. 

ὅθ. Rote.—Subject. 

The subject of a finite verb is put in the nomina- 
tive, 6. g.: 

Ποιητὴς γράφει. | A poet ἐδ writing. 

57. Rure.—Finite Verb. 

A finite verb must agree with its subject in num- 
ber and person. 


Rem.—Thus, γράφει in the above example is in the third per- 
son singular, to agree with its subject ποιητής. 





* Gender, as determined by the endings of nouns, will be noticed 
in connection with the several declensions. 


NOUNS. 17 


Lxsson IV. 
Nouns.—LHercises. 


58. VocaBuLARY. 


᾿Αναγιγνώσκω, εἰς, to read. 

Δικάζω, es, to judge, decide. 
Κλέπτης, a thief. 

Κλέπτω, ets, to steal. 

Κόρη, a girl, marden. 
Λέγω, ets, to tell, retate, speak. 
Μαθητής, a pupil, learner. 
_Neavias, a youth, young man. 
Παίζω, εἰς, to play. to sport. 
TloXirys, a citizen. . 
Στρατιώτης, a soldier. 

Φεύγω, εις," to flee. 

Xaipw, ets, to rejoice. 


59. EXERCISES. 
1, 


1. Κόρη γράφει. 2. Τράφετε. 8. Γράφομεν. 4. 
Χαίρεις. 5. Neavias χαίρει. 6. Χαίρομεν. ἴ. Κλέ- 
arns κλέπτει. 8. Δικάζομεν. 9. Πολίτης δικάζει. 
10. Δικάζξετε. 


ἘΝ 


1. They are playing. 2. A youth is playing. 8. 
A pupilis reading. 4. You are reading. 5. A sol- 
dier is fleeing. 6. They are fleeing. 7. I advise. 
8..We advise. 7 


18 ETYMOLOGY. 


Lxsson V. 
First Declension. 


60. Nouns in Greek are declined in three different 
ways, and are accordingly divided into three Declen- 
810,8. 

61. In any noun, of whatever declension, 
1) The root may be found by dropping the end- 
ing of the genitive singular. 
2) The several cases may be formed by adding 
to this root the proper endings. 
62. Nouns of the First Declension present the fol- 
lowing 

Nomauyative Enpines :—a and ἡ, feminine ; as and 
ns, masculine. . 

63. They are declined by adding to the root the 
following 
CASE-ENDINGS. 








SINGULAR. 
Nom. η ᾶ a ns as 
Gen. ns as ns, as ov ov 
Dat. 1] ᾳ ἢν ἃ Η ᾷ 
Ace. nv av nv ἂν 
Voce. ” a a adorn a 
DUAL. 

Nom. Ace. Voce. a 
Gen. Dat. aw 

PLURAL. 
Nom. as 
Gen. ὧν 
Dat. ats 
Ace, ds 
Voce. at, 








FIRST DECLENSION. 


PARADIGMS. 


19 








Ἢ νίκη. ‘H πεῖρα. Ἧ Μοῦσα. ‘O πολίτης. ‘O νεανίας. 
The victory. The attempt. The Muse. The citizen. The youth. 
SINGULAR. 
Nom νίκη πεῖρᾶ Μοῦσᾶ. πολίτης vearids 
Gen νίκης πείρας Μούσης πολίτου νεανίου 
Dat νίκῃ πείρᾷ Μούσῃ πολίτῃ νεανίᾳ 
Acc νίκην πεῖρᾶν Μοῦσαν πολίτην νεανίαν 
γος νίκη περᾶΑὋὀ λ.ο Μοῦσᾶ πολιτᾶ νεανία 
DUAL. 
N. A.V. νίκα πεῖρα Motca πολίτᾷ νεανίᾷ 
’; 
G.D. νίκαν πείριν Μούσαιν πολίταιν νεανίαιν 
PLURAL. 
Norn. vikat πεῖραι Μοῦσαι πολῖται νεανίαι 
Gen νικῶν πειρῶν Μουσῶν πολιτῶν νεανιῶν 
Dat. νίκαις πείραις Μούσαις πολίταις νεανίαις 
Ace. νίκας πείρας Μούσας πολίτας νεανίας 
Voce. νῖκαι. πεῖραι. Μοῦσαι. πολίται. νεανίαι. 








64. In the above Paradigms observe: 

1) That in the Dual and Plural they are all de- 
clined precisely alike. 

2) That πεῖρα retains its final a throughout the 
singular, as νίκη does the 7. 

3) That [Μοῦσα in its declension differs from 
πεῖρα only in changing a into ἡ in the Gen. 
and Dat. Sing. 

4) That νεανίας differs from πολίτης only in hav- 
ing ὦ in Dat. and Acc. Sing., while the 
latter hag 7. | 
65. Nouns in a, preceded by p, ¢, or ¢, retain the a 
throughout the singular, like πεῖρα, while other nouns 
in a have the Gen, and Dat. in ns and 7, like Μοῦσα. 

66. Most nouné-in ἧς have the Voe. Sing. in a like 
πολίτης. ‘This is true of 


as 


20 ETYMOLOGY. 


1) All nouns in τῆς : e.g. épydtns, a laborer, 
Voce. épydra. 

2) Verbal compounds in ἧς : 6. g. γεωμέτρης 
(γῆ, earth, and perpéw, to measure), a ge- 
ometer, V oc. γεωμέτρα. 

8) National names in gs: 9. g. Σκύθης, Scythian, 
Voce. Σκύθα. Other nouns in ἧς have the 
Voc. in 9: 6. g. Πέρσης (proper name), 
Perses, Voc. Πέρση. 

67. Quantity of Final Syllables in Lirst Declen- 
sign. 

(1) Final a is long, except in the Nom. and Voe. 
Sing. of nouns whose genitive is in ἧς (and a few oth- 
ers), and in the Voc. of nouns in ys. (See Para- 
digms.) 

(2) Final as is always long in this declension. 

(9) Final av takes the quantity of the nomina- 
tive. 

68. Accentuation. 

(1) The syllable which has the accent in the nom- 
inative retains it throughout all the cases, except __ 

1) In the Gen. Plur., which takes the cireum-_ 
flex on the ultimate. 

2) When the acute stands on the antepenult in 
the nominative, it must be removed to the 
penult in those cases which have a long 
ultimate : 6. g. λέαινα, ὦ lioness, Gen. Neai- 
νης. Ἶ 

(2) Inflection may, however, change the character 
of the accent, as follows, viz. : 

1) The acute on the ultimate of the Nom. be- 
comes the circumflex in the Gen. and Dat. 
of all numbers: e.g. Tur, τιμῆς. 


FIRST DECLENSION. 21 


2) The acute on ἃ penult long by nature t be- 
comes the circumflex when the ultimate 
is shortened: 6. g. πολίτης, πολῖτα, πολῖ- 
ται. 

8) The circumflex on ΕἸΣ penult of the Nom. 
becomes the acute when the ultimate is 
lengthened: 6. g. Μοῦσα, Μούσης. 





Lesson VI. 
First Declension, continued. 


69. The Greek language, like the English, has a 
definite article, which is so often used with substan- 
tives that its declension must be given at the outset. 


τὸ. PARADIGM or THE ARTICLE. 





6, 7, τό, the. 
SINGULAR - 
Mase Fem Neut 
Nom. ὃ ἡ τό 
Gen. - τοῦ τῆς τοῦ 
Dat τῷ τῇ τῷ 
Ace τόν τήν τό 
_ DUAL. 
N. &. A. - τώ τά τώ 
G&D. se Tow ταῖν τοῖν 
. ) 
j PLURAL 
Nom. on ai τά 
Gen. TOV τῶν τῶν 
Dat τοῖς ᾿ ταῖς τοῖς 
Acc. τούς : τάς ᾿ τά. 











* The endings a and ot are regarded as short in accentuation. 
t ie. by the ee quantity of its vowel, independently of position. 
ὰ : 


22 ETYMOLOGY. 


71. On accentuation, observe that the forms ὁ, %, . 
oi, ai, take no accent, the Gen. and Dat. the circum- 
flex, and the other forms the acute. 

72. Rutz.— Article. 

The Article agrees with its noun in gender, num- 
ber, and case, 6. g.: 

Ἧ ἐπιστολή. The letter. 
Ai ἐπιστολαί. The letters. 

73. Roure.—Dodifying Nouns. 

A noun modifying the meaning of another noun is 
put 

1) In the same case as that noun, when it de- 
notes the same person or thing, 6. g.: 

Εὐριπίδης ὁ ποιητής. | LHuripides the poet. 

2) In the Genitive, when it denotes a different 
person or thing, 6. g.: | 

Ἢ τοῦ κριτοῦ ἀρετή, | Lhe virtue of the judge. 

74. When the governing noun has an article, the 
genitive is commonly placed between the article and 
that noun, as in the above example. As the Greek 
language, however, allows great freedom in the ar- 
rangement of words, this order is by no means uni- 
formly followed. Thus, the above example may read, 

1. Ἢ τοῦ κριτοῦ ἀρετή. 
2. Ἢ ἀρετὴ ἡ τοῦ κριτοῦ. 
8, “H ἀρετὴ τοῦ κριτοῦ. 
4, Τοῦ κριτοῦ ἡ ἀρετή. 

45. Rurx.—Direct Object. 

Any transitive verb may take an Accusative as the 
direct object of its action, ¢. g.: 


Τράφω ἐπιστολήν. | Lam writing a letter. 


FIRST DECLENSION. 23 


Lesson VII. 


First Declension.—Exercises. 


%6. VocABULARY.* 


᾿Ἐπιστολή, ἧς, ἡ», letter, message. 

Tédipa, as, %, bridge. 

Kpiris, od, ὃ, judge. 

Ave, εἰς, to break, break down, violate. 
ὍὉ, 7, τό, the. 

Oikia, as, ἢ; house. 

Ποιητής, od, ὃ, poet. 

rove}, ἧς, ἧ, libation ; plur. treaty, truce. 
Στρατιώτης, ov, ὃ, soldier. 

Xaderraivw, εἰς, to be angry. 


τ. FXERcisks. 
i 
1. Θαυμάζω τὴν ἐπιστολήν. 2. νεανίας Javpe- 
fer τὰς ἐπιστολάς. 8. Θαυμάξομεν τὰς τοῦ ποιητοῦ 
ἐπιστολάς. 4. Ὃ ποιητὴς τὴν οἰκίαν ϑαυμάζει. 5. Οἱ 
Ν δον / ς Ν \ 
ποιηταὶ Tas οἰκίας Javpafovow. 6. Οἱ ποιηταὶ τὴν 
οἰκίαν τοῦ κριτοῦ ϑαυμάζουσιν. T. Οἱ στρατιῶται χα- 
λεπαίνουσιν. 8. Δύουσι τὴν γέφυραν. 9. Οἱ στρα- 
τιῶται λύουσι τὰς σπονδάς. 





* After each noun in the Vocabularies will be given, first, the geni- 
tive ending, which will enable the pupil readily to decline the noun 
throughout according to previous paradigms; and, secondly, the appro- 
priate form of the article to mark the gender: thus, ἧς after ἐπιστολή 
and as after γέφυρα show that these nouns are declined respectively 
like νίκη and πεῖρα; while 4, the feminine form of the article ap- 
pended to each, shows that they are feminine. 


94 ETYMULOGY. 


Il. 

1. The judge is reading the letter. 2. I am read- 
ing a letter. 3. They are reading the letter of the 
judge. 4. We are reading the letters of the judge. 
5. We admire the house of the poet. 6. 1 admire the 
houses of the poets. 





Lesson VIII. 
Second Declension. 


78. The Second Declension presents the following 

Nominative Exprings :—os and ὡς, mase.; ov and 
ov, neut. 

Rem.—Some nouns in os are feminine by exception. 


79. They are declined by adding to the root the 


following 
OASE-ENDINGS. 








SINGULAR, 
Nom. os ws ov wy 
Gen ov @ ov @ 
Dat ῳ ῳ φ φ 
Ace ov ων ον ων 
Voc os or εἴ ως ον ὼν 
DUAL, 

N. A. V ω @ ω @ 
G. D. ow @v ow wy 
PLURAL. 

Nom. οι ῳ α ω 
Gen. wv wy ων ων 
Dat ols ws os ws 
Ace. ous ws a ω 
Voce. οι ῳ a 0. 











*-The Vocative generally ends in ¢, 


SECOND DECLENSION. 95 





PARADIGMS. 
Ὃ λόγος. ‘OSeds. Τὸ ἱμάτιον. Τὸ σῦκον. 
The word. The god. Thecloak. The jig. 
SINGULAR. 
Nom. . λόγος Seds ἱμᾶτϊον σῦκον 
Gen. λόγου Seod ἱματίου σύκου 
Dat λόγῳωω SEW ἱματίῳ σύκῳ 
Acc. λόγον Sedv ἱμάτιον σῦκον 
Voe. Adye Beds ἱμάτιον σῦκον 
DUAL . 
N. A.V. λόγω Sew ἱματίω σύκω - 
α. D λόγοιν Seow ἱματίοιν σύκοιν 
5 PLURAL, 

Nom. λόγοι Seoi ἱμάτια σῦκα 
Gen. λόγων Seav ἱματίων σύκων 
Dat. λόγοις Seois ἱματίοις σύκοις 
Ace. Adyous Seovs ἱμάτια σῦκα 
Voe. λόγοι. Seol. ἱμάτια.  σσῦκα. 











80. Accentuation.—The syllable which has the ac- 
cent in the nominative, retains it throughout all the 
cases, subject to the same exceptions and changes as 
in the First Declension (68), except in the Gen. Plur., 
which has the accent on the ultimate only when the 
Nom. Sing. is accented on that syllable. 





Lzsson IX. 


Second Declension, continued. 


81. A few nouns of the second declension, having 
e or o before the ending, suffer contraction through 


90 ETYMOLOGY. 


all the cases, and are declined according to the 
following 





PARADIGMS. 
Ὃ πλόος, πλοῦς. Τὸ ὀστέον, ὀστοῦν. 
The voyage. The bone. 
SINGULAR. 
Nom. πλόος πλοῦς ὀστέον ὀστοῦν 
Gen. πλόου πλοῦ ὀστέου ὀστοῦ 
Dat. πλόῳ πλῷ ὀστέῳ ὀστῷ 
Acc. πλόον πλοῦν ὀστέον ὀστοῦν 
Voc. πλόε πλοῦ ὀστέον ὀστοῦν 
DUAL 
N.A.V πλόω TA® ὀστέω ὀστώ 
6. D. πλόοιν πλοῖν ὀστέον ὀστοῖν 
PLURAL 

Nom mAvot πλοῖ ὀστέα ὀστᾶ 
Gen, πλόων πλῶν ᾿ς ὀστέων ὀστῶν 
Dat. πλόοις πλοῖς ὀστέοις ὀστοῖς 
Ace. mAdovs πλοῦς ὀστέα ὀστᾶ 
Voe. πλόοι πλοῖ. ὀστέα ὀστᾶ. 











Rem.—It will be observed that the aboye paradigms in their 
uncontracted form do not differ at all in their declension from 
λόγος and σῦκον (79); it is only in the fact of their contraction 
that they present any peculiarity. 


82. Accentuation.—The contracted ultimate is cir- 
cumflexed, if the penult had the accent before con- 
traction; except in the Dual Nom. Acc. and Voc., 
where it takes the acute, as πλώ instead of πλῶ. 

83. Attic Second Declension. 

The nouns in ὡς and wy form the so called Attic 
Second Declension, and are declined according to the 
following 


SECOND DECLENSION. 27 





PARADIGMS. 

Ὃ λεώς, Τὸ ἀνώγεων, 

The people. - The hail. 

SINGULAR. 
Nom. λεώς ἀνώγεων 
Gen, ew ἀνώγεω 
Dat. λεῷ ἀνώγεῳ 
Acc. λεών ἀνώγεων 
Vou λεώς ᾿ ἀνώγεων 

DUAL. 

N, A. V. ew ἀνώγεω 
G. D. λεῷν ἀνώγεῳν 
PLURAL. 

Nom. λεῴ ἀνώγεω 
Gen. λεῶν ἀνώγεων 
Dat. heads . ἀνώγεῳς 
Ace. λεώς ἀνώγεω 
Voc, λεῴ. ἀνώγεω. 











84. On accentuation, observe 
1) That the Gen. Sing. retains the ἀφ πώ at va- 
riance with the rule (80), as Aew, not λεῶ. 
2) That nouns of this declension may have the 
acute on the antepenult, as ἀνώγεων, not 
ἀνωγέων. 





Lesson Χ. 


Second Declension.—Ezercises. 


85. The person or thing zo or for which any thing 
is or is done, is called an indirect object, e. g.: 
Κῦρος στρατιώτῃ τὴν ἐπι- | Cyrus reads the letter to 
στολὴν ἀνωγυγνώσκει. a soldier. 


-Rem.—Here στρατιώτῃ is the indirect object, while ἐπιστολή» 
is the direct object. 


28 ETYMOLOGY. 


86. Rure.— Direct and Indirect Objects. 
Any transitive verb may take the Accusative of 
the direct and the Dative of the indirect object. 
87. The article is often used in Greek, though 
omitted in English, 
1) Before abstract nouns, denoting virtues, vices, 
qualities, &c., 6. g.: 
Θαυμάζομεν τὴν σοφίαν. | We admire wisdom. 
2) Before proper names of well known, persons 
or places, 9. g.: 


Ὃ Σωκρἄᾶτης τὴν σοφίαν Socrates admires wisdom. 
Be 


88. VocaABULARY. 


Αἰνείας, ov, 6, Aenéas, a celebrated Trojan 
prince. 

Διώκω, εἰς, to pursue, follow, seek. 

᾿Εγκωμιάζω, εἰς, to praise, extol. 

"Exe, εἰς, . to have. 

, Ἡδονή, ἧς, ἧ, pleasure. 

Θηρεύωυ, εἰς, to hunt, to chase, pursue. 

Ἱμάτϊον, ov, To, cloak, mantle. 

Ἵππος, ov, ὃ or ἧ, horse. 

KXérrys, ov, ὃ, thief. 

Kopy, 9s, ἡ, girl, marden. 

Λᾶἄγώς, ώ, 6, hare. 

Μῦθος, ov, ὃ, legend, tale, story. 

Opnpos, ov, 6, LTomer, the great Epic poet 
of Greece. 

Παιδεύω, εἰς, to bring up, teach, educate. 

Ῥόδον, ov, τό, rose. 

Srpiirnyds, od, 6, general, atten. 


Τέκνον, ov, τό, child. 


THIRD DECLENSION. 29 


89. EXxERcisEs. : 

1. “Ὅμηρος τὸν Αἰνείαν ἐγκωμιάξει. 2. "Exo ἱμά 
τιον. 3. Θηρεύομεν λαγώς. 4. "Ἔχω τὸν ἵππον. 5. 
Ἔχετε τοὺς ἵππους. 6. ‘O στρατηγὸς στρατιώτας 
ἔχει. 1. Παιδεύομεν τέκνα. 8. Μύθους λέγομεν. 9. 
Τοῖς τέκνοις μύθους λέγομεν. 10. Τοὺς μύθους θαυμά- 
ἕομεν. .11. ‘O στρατηγὸς τὸν ποιητὴν θαυμάζει. 12. 
Τὴν ἡδονὴν διώκομεν. 18. Οἱ στρατιῶται τὴν ἡδονὴν 
διώκουσιν. 

Π. 


1. The soldier has a horse. 2. A soldier has the 
horse. 38. A girl has the rose. 4. The girls have 
roses. 5. The general hasthe horse. 6. The citizens 
are pursuing the thief. 





Lesson XI. 
Third Declension.— Class I. 


90. The Third Declension presents the following 

Nominative Enpines :—a, ἐ, v, ὦ, v, p, ς» ἕξ, Ψ. 

91. The Gender of nouns of the third declension, 
when not determined by the signification (52), may 
generally be ascertained from the endings by the fol- 
lowing ; 


Lules for Grammatical Gender. 
I. Masculines. 


1) All nouns in ἄν, ἄς (Gen. avTos), evs, and ve 


30 ETYMOLOGY. 


2) Most nouns in ἣν, np, up, wp, wv (Gen. wvos 
or ovTos), ous, ws (Gen. wos), and yp. 


Il. Feminines. 
1) All nouns in ἄς (Gen. ados), avs, ws, ὠ, ὡς 
(Gen. oos), and abstracts in érns and drns. 
2) Most nouns in evs, us, and us. 


ΠῚ. Weuters. 
1) All nouns in a, ἡ, 4, v, op, and os. 
2) Most nouns in ap and as (Gen. aos). 


92. Nouns of this declension are very numerous, 
and may be divided into five classes : 

1) Those whose root appears unchanged in the 
Nom. Sing.: as παιάν, Gen. παιᾶνος, ὦ 
pacan ; root, παιᾶν. 

2) Those whose root lengthens its final vowel in 
the Nom. Sing.: as ποιμήν, ποιμένος, ὦ 
shepherd ; root, ποιμέν. 

8) Those whose root assumes ¢ to form the Nom. 
Sing.: as, λαΐλαψ' (πο), λαίλαπος, a storm ; 
root, λαΐίλαπ. 

4) Those whose root drops its final consonant (or 
consonants) in Nom. Sing.: as, σῶμα, σώ- 
ματος, a body ; root, σώματ. . 

5) Contracts with pure root, i.e. ending in a 
vowel: as, τεῖχος, τείχεος, τείχους ; root, 
τείχε. 


98, Nouns of the third declension are declined 
with the following 


THIRD DECLENSION. OF 








CASE-ENDINGS. 
SINGULAR. 
Masc. and Fem. Neuter. 
Nom. mine TAs 
Gen. os os 
Dat. i ἵ 
Ace. a orv like Nom. 
Voce. -- like Nom. 
DUAL 
N. A: V. ε ε 
6. & D. ou ow 
PLURAL 

Nom. ες α 
Gen ων ων 
Dat. : ou(v)* . . ou(v)* 
Acc ds a 
Voe. ες ἅ 








Rem.—The Acc. ending ν is used only in nouns of the fifth 
class, and in a few of the third. 


94. Class I—Root like Nominative Singular. 








PARADIGMS. 
Ὁ παιάν. Ὃ κρατήρ. Ὃ αἰών. ὯῳὉ Ἕλλην. 
The paean. The bowl. The age. The Greek. 
SINGULAR, 
Nom. παιάν κρατήρ αἰών Ἕλλην 
‘Gen. παιᾶνος κρατῆρος αἰῶνος Ἕλληνος 
Dat. παιᾶνι κρατῆρι αἰῶνι Ἕλληνι 
‘Ace. παιᾶνα κρατῆρα αἰῶνα Ἕλληνα 
Voce. παιάν κρατήρ αἰών Ἕλλην 
DUAL. 
N. A.V. παιᾶνε κρατῆρε αἰῶνε “Ἕλληνε 
G.&D. παιάνοιν κρατήροιν αἰώνοιν ἝἙλλήνοιν 
PLURAL, 
Nom. παιᾶνες κρατῆρες αἰῶνες Ἕλληνες 
Gen. παιάνων κρατήρων αἰώνων “Ἑλλήνων 
Dat. παιᾶσι(ν) κρατῆρσι(ν) αἰῶσι(ν) Ἕλλησι(ν) 
Ace. παιᾶνας κρατῆρας αἰῶνας Ἕλληνας 
Voe. παιᾶνες. κρατῆρες. αἰῶνες. Ἕλληνες. 








* This ending is o: before consonants and ow before vowels. 


99 ETYMOLOGY. . ᾿ 


Rem.—Observe that in the Dat. Plur. ν is dropped before ¢ 
for the sake of euphony: thus, παιᾶσι instead of παιᾶνσι. 





Lesson XII. 
Third Declension.—Class L.— Exercises. 


95. Accentuation—The general rule for accentua- 
tion in the Third Declension, is as follows: 

1) The syllable which has the accent in the 
Nom. retains it throughout all the cases, 
with the limitation, however, that the ac- 
cent can never stand farther from the end 
than the antepenult, and there only when 
the ultimate is short. 

2) If the accent be on the antepenult, it will be 
the acute; if on the penult, the circum- 
flex, when that is long by nature and the 
ultimate short, otherwise the acute. 


96. VocABULARY. 


᾿Αείδω or ἄδω, ets, to sing. 

Γεωργός, οὗ, ὃ, husbandman, 

Δοῦλος, ov, ὃ, slave, servant. 

Ἕλλην, ηνος, 6, Greek, a Greek. 

Θάλλω, es, to bloom. 

Θήρ, ϑηρός, ὃ, wild beast, beast of prey. 
Kparnp, ἤρος, ὃ, bowl. 

Λειμών, dvos, 6, meadow. 

Παιάν, Gvos, ὃ, paean, war-song. 


97. Exercises. 
1, Ὃ λειμών ϑάλλει. 2 Οἱ λειμῶνες ϑάλλουσιν. 


THIRD DECLENSION. oo 


3. Ὃ γεωργὸς λειμῶνας ἔχει. 4. Φεύγομεν τοὺς ϑῆρας. 
5. Ὃ δοῦλος τὸν κρατῆρα ϑαυμάξει. 6. Οἱ στρατιῶται 
παιᾶνας ἄδουσιν. 1. Οἱ τῶν ᾿Ἑχλήνων στρατηγοὶ 
παιᾶνας ἄδουσιν. 





Lesson ΧΙΠ. 
Third Declension.—Class BS 


98. Class II. lengthens the short vowel in the final 
syllable of the root to form the nominative singular : 
aS, ποιμήν, ποιμένος ; Toot, ποιμέν. 


PARADIGMS. 











ὋὉ ποιμήν. Ὃ δαίμων. Ὃ αἰθήρ. Ὃ ῥήτωρ. 
The shepherd. The divinity. The air. The orator. 
Root, ποιμέν. Root, δαίμον. Root, αἰθέρ. Root, pyrop. 
| ; SINGULAR. 
Nom ποιμήν δαίμων αἰθήρ δήτωρ 
Gen. ποιμένος δαίμονος αἰθέρος ῥήτορος 
Dat ποιμένι δαίμονι αἰθέρι ῥήτορι 
Ace ποιμένα δαίμονα αἰθέρα nT Topa 
Voc ποιμήν δαῖμον αἰθήρ ῥῆτορ 
DUAL. 
N.A ποιμένε δαίμονε αἰθέρε ῥήτορε 
α. & ποιμένοιν δαιμόνοιν αἰθέροιν ῥητόροιν 
PLURAL. 
Nom. ποιμένες δαίμονες aibépes ῥήτορες 
Gen ποιμένων δαιμόνων αἰθέρων ῥητόρων 
Dat. ποιμέσι(ν) δαίμοσι(ν) αἰθέρσι(ν) ῥήτορσι(ν) 
Acc. ποιμένας δαίμονας αἰθέρας ῥήτορας 
γοο. ποιμένες. δαίμονες. aibépes. ῥήτορες. ] 





Rem.—The vocative singular in words of this class is like the 


84 ETYMOLOGY. 


root, except in words accented on the ultimate, in which it is like 
the nominative, as ποιμήν, both Nom. and Voe. 

99. A few nouns of this class are syncopated in 
some of their cases, and are declined according to the 
following 





PARADIGMS. 
Ὃ πατήρ. μήτηρ. Ὃὧ ἀνήρ. 
The father. The mother. TAG don heer The man. 
Root, πατέρ. Root, pyrep. Root,Svydrep. Roor, ἀνέρ. 
SINGULAR. 
Nom. πατήρ μήτηρ ϑυγάτηρ ἀνήρ 
Gen. πατρός μητρός ϑυγᾶτρός ἀνδρός 
Dat. πατρί μητρί ϑυγατρί ἀνδρί 
Acc. πατέρα μητέρα ϑυγατέρα ἄνδρα 
Voc. πάτερ μῆτερ Svyarep ἄνερ 
DUAL, 
N. A. V. πατέρε μητέρε ϑυγατέρε ἄνδρε 
G. & Ὁ. sail ἀν: μητέροιν ϑυγατέροιν ἀνδροῖν 
PLURAL. 
Nom. πατέρες μητέρες ϑυγατέρες ἄνδρες 
Gen. πατέρων μητέρων ϑυγατέρων ἀνδρῶν 
Dat. πατράσι(ν) μητρᾶσι(ν) ϑυγατράσι(ν) oer) 
Ace. πατέρας μητέρας ϑυγατέρας 
Voc. πατέρες. μητέρες. ϑυγατέρες. ἄνδρες. 











100. These Paradigms differ from the regular Par- 
adigms of this class, 

1) In dropping ε of the root in the Gen. and 
Dat. Sing. and in the Dat. Pl., and in ἀνήρ 
in all the cases, except the Nom. and Voce. 
Sing. 

2) In inserting & in the Dat. Pl. before the end- 
ing to soften the pronunciation; in ἀνήρ 
also a 6 for the same reason in all its syn- 
copated forms in place of the omitted e. 


THIRD DECLENSION. 35 


3) In several irregularities of accentuation, which 
will be readily seen in the Paradigms 
themselves. 





Lesson XIV. 
Third Declension—Class II.— Exercises 


101. The Article in Greek often has the force of 
the possessives my, his, her, &c.3; e.g.: 
Ὃ ποιμὴν τὴν ϑυγατέρα | The shepherd loves his 


στέργει. (lit. the) daughter. 
102. VocABULARY. 
"AvOpwros, ov, ὃ, man, 
᾿Ἡγεμών, ὄνος, ὃ, guide. : 
@npiov, ov, τό, wild animal, beast, game. 
Θύγάτηρ, Tpds, 7, daughter. 
Κῦρος, ov, ὃ, Cyrus, ἃ Persian prince who 


attempted to dethrone his 
brother Artaxerxes. 


Μήτηρ, μητρός, 7), mother. 

Ilaryp, πατρός, ὃ, Sather. 

Ποιμήν, ένος, ὃ, shepherd. 
Ῥήτωρ, opos, ὃ, orator, speaker. 
Σοφία, as, ἢ, wisdom. 
Στέργυω, εις, ὡς to love. 


103. EXxeERcises. © 
1, 


1. Οἱ ποιμένες τοὺς ῥήτορας ϑαυμάζουσιν. ὃ. ‘H 
τοῦ ποιμένος ϑυγάτηρ ade. 8. Αἱ τῶν ποιμένων ϑυγα- 


86 ETYMOLOGY. 


τέρες ἄδουσιν. 4. “Ηγεμόνας ἔχομεν. 5.‘O πατὴρ τὴν 
ϑυγατέρα στέργει. 6. Κῦρος ϑηρία ϑηρεύει. 7. Κῦρος 
τὰ ϑηρία ϑηρεύει. 8. Στέργομεν τὰς ϑυγατέρας. 9. 
Ἢ Suydrnp τὴν μητέρα στέργει. 10. Σ᾽ τέργομεν τοὺς 
πατέρας. 11. ‘H μήτηρ τὴν ϑυγατέρα ϑαυμάζει. 


If. 


1. The shepherds love their daughters. 2. The 
girls love their father. 3. We admire the orator. 4. 
The guide admires the shepherd. 5. The daughter 
of the guide is writing a letter. 





Lrsson XV. 
Third Declension.—Class ITI. 


104. Class III. adds ¢ to the root to form the nom- 
inative singular, as λαΐλαψ' (as), λαίλαπος ; γοοί, Nai- 
AaT. 


Rem.—IJt will be at once seen that if s be added to the root, 
we shall have λαιλαπς ; but ws must be written y, hence AaiAay. 


105. In the formation of the nominative singular 
and the dative plural, observe the following euphonic 
changes : 

1) A Pi-mute—z, 8, 6—at the end of the root 
coalesces with ¢ and forms y: as λαῖ- 
λαπ--ς, λαῖλαψ. : 

2) A Kappa-mute—«, γ, y—coalesces with ¢ and 
forms &: as κόρακ-ς, κόραξ. 

8) A Tau-mute—r, 6, }—is dropped before ς: 
as λάμπαδ--ς, λάμπας (8 dropped). 


THIRD DECLENSION. 34 


PARADIGMS. 





The storm. ᾿ 
Root, λαίλαπ. 


Nom. λαῖλαψ 
| Gen λαίλᾶπος 
Ἰ Dat λαίλαπι 
Ace. λαίλαπα 
Voc λαῖλαψ 


N. A. V. λαίλαπε 
G.& 


Ὁ. λαιλάποιν 





Nom. λαίλαπες 
Gen λαιλάπων 
Dat. λαίλαψι(ν) 
Acc. λαίλαπας 
Voce. λαίλαπες. 


Ἡ λαῖλαψ (7s). ὋὉ κόραξ (xs). 
The raven. , 
Roor, xdpax. . Root, λαμπάδ. Roor, κόρυθ. 


SINGULAR, 


κόραξ 
κόρᾶκος 
κόρακι 
κόρακα 
, 
κόραξ 


DUAL. 


κόρακε 
κοράκοιν 


PLURAL. 


κόρακες 
κοράκων 
κόραξι(ν) 
κόρακας 

, 
κόρακες. 


ἩἪἩ λαμπάς (5s). Ἢ κόρυς (8s). 
The torch. Lhe helmet. 
λαμπᾶς κόρῦς 
λαμπᾶδος κόρῦθος 

λαμπάδι κόρυθι 
λαμπάδα κόρυν 
λαμπάς κόρυς 
λαμπάδε κόρυθε 
λαμπάδοιν κορύθοιν 
λαμπάδες κόρυθες 
λαμπάδων κορίθων 
λαμπάσι(ν) κκόρυσι(ν) 
λαμπάδας κόρυθας 
λαμπάδες. κόρυθες. 











106. Nouns in ἐς and vs not accented on the ulti- 
mate, have the accusative singular in ν if the root 


ends in a Tau-mute. 


digms. 


107. VocABULARY. 


Εἰρήνη, ns, ἣ, 
*EAmis, δος, ἢ, 


Θώραξ, ἄκος, ὅὉ, 


Kypv&, ὕκος, 6, 
Ἰζόλαξ, ἄκος, ὃ, 
Κόραξ, ἅκος, 6, 
Μακαρίζω, εἰς, 


"Opus, ἴθος, ὃ or ἣ, 


Πέμπω, εἰς, 
Φιλόσοφος, ου, ὃ, 
3 . 


See κόρυς in the above Para- 


peace, 

hope. 

breast-plate, cuirass. 
herald, messenger. 
flatterer. 

raven, crow. 

to bless, esteem happy. 
bird. 

to send. 

philosopher. 


38 ETYMOLOGY. 


Φυγάς, ados, ὁ, Sugitive, exile. 

Χειμών, ὥνος, ὁ, winter, storm. 

Χελιδών, ὄνος, 7, ὁ swallow. 
᾿Χρυῦσός, οὗ, ὁ, gold. 


108. Exerciszs. . 

1, Ἔχομεν ἐλπίδας. 2. Tov κόλακα φεύγομεν. 3. 
Οἱ φιλόσοφοι τοὺς κόλακας φεύγουσιν. 4. Οἱ “Ἑλληνες 
πέμπουσι κήρυκας. ὅ. Οἱ στρατιῶται ϑώρακας ἔχουσιν. 
6. Ἣ κόρη τοὺς κόρακας ἔχει. ἴ. “H τοῦ κήρυκος ϑυ- 
γάτηρ τὰς ὄρνιθας ϑαυμάζει. 8. Οἱ κήρυκες τοὺς “Ελλη- 
vas μακαρίζουσιν. 9. Οἱ ῥήτορες τὴν εἰρήνην λύουσιν. 
10. Ai χελιδόνες τὸν χειμῶνα φεύγουσιν. 11. Ὃ στρα- 
τιώτης τοὺς ποιμένας μακαρίζει. 


af. 

1. The girl has a bird. 2, The bird sings. 3. 
The girl esteems the birds happy. 4. The general 
is sending heralds. 5. The daughters of the herald 
admire the breastplate of the general. 6. The soldiers 
are pursuing the fugitives. 8. The girl admires the 
gold. 





Lzesson XVI. 
Third Declension.—Class IV. 


109. Class IV. drops τ or «r from the root to form 
the nominative singular, because it is a principle in 
the Greek language that no word may end in τὶ as 
σῶμα, σώματος ; TOOt, Tomar. 


THIRD DECLENSION. 


39 





PARADIGMS. 
| Τὸ σῶμα. Τὸ πρᾶγμα. Τὸ γάλα. 
The body. The thing. The milk. 
Root, σώματι Root, πράγματ. Root, yadaxr. 
SINGULAR. 
Nom. σῶμα πρᾶγμα γάλα 
Gen. σώὠμᾶτος πράγμᾶτος γάλακτος 
Dat. σώματι πράγματι γάλακτι 
Ace. σῶμα πρᾶγμα γάλα 
Voe. σῶμα πρᾶγμα γάλα 
DUAL. 
N.A.V. σώματε πράγματε γάλακτε 
α. ἃ Ὁ. σωμάτοιν πραγμάτοιν γαλάκτοιν 
PLURAL. 
Nom. σώματα πράγματα γάλακτα 
Gen. σωμάτων πραγμάτων γαλάκτων 
Dat. σώὠμασι(ν) πράγμασι(ν) γάλαξι(ν) 
Ace. σώματα πράγματα γάλακτα 
γοο. σώματα. πράγματα. γάλακτα. 











Rem.—Observe that r is also dropped in the Dat. Ρ]., because 


it can never stand before s. 


110. Vocanunary. 
τ ᾿Αδελφός δϑ᾽ 6, 
)Αρροίζω, ets, 

TdAa, ακτος, τό, 
Γυμνάζω, εἰς, 


Θεός, οὗ, 6 OF 7, 
Κλέαρχος, ov, ὃ, 


Κῦμα, ατος, τό, 


Σπώνδω, εἰς, 


i . 
Στράτευμα, Gros, τό, 


Σῶμα, ἅτος, τό, 
’ v 
Ψήφισμα, ἅτος, τό, 


brother. _ 
to collect. 
muk. 


to train, exercise, particularly 
in gymnastics. 

god, goddess. 

Clearchus, commander under 
Cyrus. 

wave, billow. 

to pour, to pour a libation. 

army. 

body, person. 


decree, act, statute. 


40 ᾿ ETYMOLOGY. 


111. Exerrorsrs. 
I. 


“tae 

1. Ὃ νεανίας τὸ σῶμα γυμνάζει. 2. Τὰ σώματα 
γυμνάζομεν. 8. Κῦρος ἔχει στράτευμα. 4. Κῦρος ᾿ 
ἀθροίζει τὸ στράτευμα. 5. "ἔχω τὸ ψήφισμα. 6. Ὁ 
ῥήτωρ τὰ ψηφίσματα ἔχει. T. Οἱ πολῖται τὰ κύματα 
ϑαυμάξζουσιν. 8. Ὃ στρατηγὸς τᾷ Sed κρατῆρα γά- - 
λακτος σπένδει. 9. Οἱ “Ἑλληνες τοῖς ϑεοῖς κρατῆρας 
γάλακτος σπένδουσιν. 10. Κλέαρχος λύει τὰς σπον- 
δάς. 

II. 

1. You have an army. 2. Cyrus is -praising his 
army. 3. The shepherds wonder at the armies. 4. 
The girl admires the bowl. 5. The brother of the 
shepherd speaks the truth. 6. The guide has the 
bowl of milk. 





Lesson XVII. 
Third Declension—Class V. 


112. Class V. comprises the pure contract nouns 
of this declension: as τεῖχος, τείχεος, τείχους ; γοοΐ, 
τείχε. 

113. Nouns of this declension which have the root 
pure, may be divided into two classes: 

1) Those which do not suffer contraction: as 
ἥρως, ἥρωος, ὦ hero; root, ipo. These 
present no special peculiarities, and are 
declined according to the paradigms al- 
ready given for Olasses I. and III. 


THIRD DECLENSION. 41 


2) Those which are contracted, and which conse- 
quently present some peculiarities. These 
constitute Class V. 


114. Paraviems. Pure Root—Not Contracted. 





Td δάκρυ. Ὁ xis. Ὃ Sas. 
The tear. - The weevil. The jackal. 
Root, δάκρυ. Roor, κι. Root, Sa. 
Class 1. Class III. Class III. 
SINGULAR. 
Nom. δάκρυ κῖς Sas 
Gen. δάκρυος κιός Sad 
Dat. δάκρυι κιί Soi 
Ace. δάκρυ κῖν σῶα 
Voce. δάκρυ κῖς Sas 
F DUAL, 
N. A. V. Saxpve κίε Bae 
G. & D. δακρύοιν κιοῖν S@ouw 
PLURAL, 
Nom. δάκρυα κίες δῶες 
Gen. - δακρύων τ τς κεῶν ϑώων 
Dat. δάκρυσι(ν) κισί(ν) Saai(v) 
Ace. δάκρυα κίας Se@as 
Bs NOS, δάκρυα. Kies. aes. 











115. On accentuation, observe 
1) That monosyllables of this declension at va- 
-riance with the general rule (95), take the 
accent in the Gen. and Dat. of all num- 
bers on the ultimate, as in xis. 

2) That ϑώς conforms to this exception in the 
singular and in the dative plural, but fol- 
lows the general rule in the dwal and in 
the genitive plural. 

116. Nouns in evs (G. ews), ns (G. eos), and os 
(G@. eos) undergo certain contractions, as seen in the 
following 


42 ETYMOLOGY. 














PARADIGMS. 
Ὁ βασιλεύς. Ἡ τριήρης. Τὸ τεῖχος. 
king. The galley. The wall. 
Root, βασιλέ. Root, rpinpe Root, reixe. 
SINGULAR. 
Nom. βασιλεύς τριήρης τεῖχος 
Gen. βασιλέως (τριήρεος) τριήρους (τείχεος) τείχους 
Dat. βασιλ(έδεῖ (τριήρεϊ) τριήρει (τείχεϊ) τείχει 
Acc. βασιλέα (τριήρεα) τριήρη τεῖχος 
Voc. βασιλεῦ τρίηρες τεῖχος 
DUAL. 
N. A. V. βασιλέε τριήρεε) τριήρη (τείχεε) τείχη. 
G. & Ὁ. βασιλέοιν east τριηροῖν  (resxeowv) τειχοῖν 
PLURAL. 

Nom. Baord(ées)eis (τριήρεες τριήρεις (τείχεα) τείχη 
Gen. βασιλέων (τριηρέων) τριηρων (τειχέων) τειχῶν 
Dat. βασιλεῦσι(ν) τριήρεσι(ν) τείχεσι(ν) 
Acc. βασιλέας (τριήρεας) τριήρεις (τείχεα) τείχη 
Voc.  Baair(ées) εἷς. (τριήρεες) τριήρεις. (τείχεα) τείχη. 








. Rea.—Baouret’s lengthens the Genitive ending os into ὡς: 
thus, βασιλέως for βασιλέος. 





Lesson XVIII. 
Third Declension.—Class V.—Exercises. 


117. Rore.— Vocative. 
The name of the person or thing addressed is put 


In the Vocative, e. g.: 
Κῦρος, ὦ Τισσαφέρνη, ἀλη-] Tissaphernes, Cyrus speaks 
θεύει. the truth, 


THIRD DECLENSION. 43 


118. VocaBuLARY. 
᾿Ανήρ, ἀνδρός, ὃ, 
Βασϊλεύς, éws, 6, 

« ,ὔ tA e 
Ἱππεύς, €ws, 0, 
Κάλλος, €0s, ovs, τό, 
Κτῆμα, Gros, τό, 
Λείπω, εἰς, 

Λόφος, ov, 6, 
Μέγεθος, εος, ous, τύ, 
Ἐενοφῶν, ὥντος, 6, 

ΝΥ , 
Opos, €0s, ovs, τό, 

, e 
Πολέμιος, ov, ὃ, 
Τεῖχος, εος, ous, τό, 
Τριήρης, εος, ovs, 7), 
Φυλάττω, εἰς, 
Χρῆμα, ἅτος, τό, 


Ὦ (interjection), 


119. Exercises. 


man, hero. 
king. 
horseman, pl. cavalry. 
beauty. 
possession, treasures, means. 
to leave, abandon. 
summit, hill. 
size, height. 
Xenophon, author of Anabasis. 
mountain. 
Persian, a Persian. 
enemy. 
wall, fortification. 
galley, trireme. 
to guard, defend. 
thing, affair, plur. often money, 
property. 
O, used in direct address. 


3. 

1. "Eyes τριήρεις, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν. 2. Οἱ πολέμιοι τὴν 
τριήρη ἔχουσιν. 8. Τὸν τῶν Περσῶν βασιλέα ϑαυμά- 
ζομεν. 4. ΔΛείπουσι τὸν λόφον οἱ ἱππεῖς. 5. Τοὺς 
ἱππέας διώκει. 6. Ἣ τοῦ βασιλέως ϑυγάτηρ τοὺς 
ἱππέας ϑαυμάξζει. T. Οἱ βασιλέως κήρυκες τὰς τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων τριήρεις ϑαυμάζουσιν. 8. "ἔχεις χρήματα. 
9. Ἔχεις κτήματα. 10. "Ἔχεις ἄνδρας. 


! 


II. 


1. The youth wonders at the beauty of the house. 
«2. We admire the mountains. 3. The brother of the 


44 ET IMOLOGY. 


king wonders at the height of the mountain. 4. The 
king of the Persians wonders at the beauty of the 
mountain. 





Lesson XIX. 
Third Declension—Class V., continued. 


120. Many nouns in js, ts, ¢, and ὕ, change the 
vowels ¢ and ὕ into ein all cases, except the Nom., 
Ace., and Voge. Sing., and then contract εἴ into εἰ, ees 
and eas into es, and ea into 7, The endings ews and 
εων in the Gen. of nouns in ἐς and vs admit an accent 
on the antepenult as if short, as πόλεως. 








PARADIGMS. 
‘H πόλις. Ὃ mnxis. Τὸ civari. Τὸ ἄστῦ. 
The city. The cubit. The mustard. The city. 
Root, πόλι. Root, πήχυ. Root, civam. Root, ἄστυ. 
SINGULAR. 
Nom, monts πῆχῦς σίναπὶ dori 
Gen. πόλεως πήχεως σινάπεος ἄστεος 
Dat πόλει πήχει . σινάπει ἄστει 
Ace. πόλιν πῆχυν σίναπι ἄστυ 
γοο. πόλι πῆχυ σίναπι ἄστυ 
DUAL, 
N. A. V. πόλεε πήχεε σινάπεε ἄστεε 
G.& ἢ. πολέοιν πηχέοιν σιναπέοιν ἀστέοιν 
PLURAL. 
Nom. πόλεις πήχεις σινάπη ἄστη 
Gen πόλεων πήχεων σιναπέων ἀστέων 
Dat. πόλεσι(ν) πήχεσι(ν) σινάπεσι(ν) ἄστεσι(ν) 
Ace. πόλεις πήχεις σινάπη ἄστη 
Voe, πόλεις. πήχεις. σινάπη. ἄστη. ΡΞ 














THIRD DECLENSION. 45 


Rem.—Observe that πῆχυς is declined precisely like πόλις, and 
ἄστυ like σίναπι. 

121. In any sentence the predicate may be modi- 
fied by a noun denoting the place of the action. 

122, Rure.— Place. 

The name of the place where any thing is or is 
done is generally put in the Dative with a preposi- 
tion, e.g: : 

Ὁ παῖς ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ | The boy is playing in the 
παίζει. park. | 


123. Routz.— Place. 
After verbs of motion, 
1) The place to which the motion is directed is 
expressed by the Accusative with a prepo- 
sition, 6. g.: : 


᾿Εξελαύνει εἰς Κολοσσάς. | He marches to Colossae. 


2) The place from which the motion proceeds is 
expressed by the Genitive with a preposi- 
tion, €. g.: 


Φεύγουσιν ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς. | They 7166. from the agora. 


124. VocaBULARY. 


"AvOos, εος, ovs, TO, flower. 

"Aotv, εος, τό, . city, walled town. 
Tovets, éws, 6, Father, pl. parents. 
Δυύνᾶμις, ews, %, Sorce, power. 

Εἰμέ (see 42), to be. 

Ris (prep. with accus.), into, to. 

Ἔκ (prep. with gen.), from. 

Ἔν (prep. with dat.), in. 


Ἱερεύς, ews, ὃ, priest. 


406 ETYMOLOGY. 


Ἱκετεύω, εἰς, beseech, supplicate. 
Παράδεισος, ov, ὃ, park, pleasure-ground. 
Πόλις, ews, 77, city. | 

II pagis, ews, 7), doing, action, deed. 
Φίλιππος, ov, ὃ, Philip, king of Macedon. 


125. | EXERCISES. 
I. 


1. Οἱ στρατιῶται τὴν πόλιν φυλάττει. 2. Τὰ τῆς 
πόλεως κτήματα φυλάττομεν. 3. Φίλιππος πόλεις 
ἔχει. 4. Τὸ ἄστυ τείχη ἔχει. ὅ. Οἱ πολέμιοι ἐκ τοῦ 
ἄστεος φεύγουσιν. 6. ᾿Ἱκετεύω τὸν βασιλέα. 7. Οἱ 
ἱερεῖς τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἱκετεύουσιν. 8. "Ἔστι στράτευ- 
μα ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. 9. Ὃ βασιλεὺς ἔχει δύναμιν. 
10. Τὰς Κύρου πράξεις ϑαυμάζομεν. 


II. 

1. The king is in the city. 2. The general is 
guarding the city. - 3. The king sends messengers 
into the city. 4. The boys are playing in the king’s 
park. 5. The girl loves her parents. 6. The girl ad- 
mires flowers. 7. We wonder at the beauty of the 
flowers. 





Lxsson XX. 
Adjectives.—First and Second Declensions. 


126. The Adjective is that part of speech which 
is used to qualify substantives: as ἀγαθός, good; μέ- 


yas, great. 
127. In Greek, as in Latin, the form of the adjec- 


ADJECTIVES.—FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. 47 


tive often depends, in part, upon the gender of the 
nouns which it qualifies, e. g.: 


᾿Αγἄθὸς ἀνήρ. A good man. 
᾿Α4γαθὴ κόρη. A good girl. 
"Ayabov ἔργον. A good work. 


Rem.—Thus ἀγαθός is the form of the adjective which is used 
with masculine nouns, ἀγαθή with feminine, and ἀγαθόν with 
neuter. 


128. These three forms of the adjective are de- 
clined like nouns of the same endings. Thus the mas- - 
culine is declined like λόγος (79), and is accordingly 
of the second declension ; the feminine like νίκη (63), 
and is of the first declension ; the neuter like σῦκον, 
and, like the masculine, is of the second declension. 





PARADIGM. 

"Aydbds, good. 

SINGULAR, ᾿ 
Mase. Fem. Neut. 
Nom. aydbds ayibn ayabdv 
Gen. ἀγαθοῦ ἀγαθῆς ἀγαθοῦ 
Dat. ἀγαθῷ ἀγαθῇ ἀγαθῷ 
Acc. ayabdv ἀγαθήν ἀγαθόν 
γοο. ἀγαθέ ἀγαθή ἀγαθόν 

DUAL, 

N. A.V. ayabo ες ayaba ayaba 
G. & D. ἀγαθοῖν ayabaty ἀγαθοῖν 
PLURAL, 

Nom. ἀγαθοί ᾿ἀγαθί. όἀλαθά 
Gen. ἀγαθῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀγαθῶν 
Dat. ἀγαθοῖς ἀγαθαῖς ἀγαθοῖς 
Acc. ἀγαθοὺς ἀγαθάς ἀγαθά 
γοο. ἀγαθοί ἀγαθαί ayabd. 











48 ETYMOLOGY. 


129. Adjectives of this class have the feminine in 
a, if p, ε, or « precedes the ending; as, φέλιος, φιλία, 





φίλιον. x 
PARADIGM. 
birios, friendly. 
SINGULAR, 
Mase. Fem. Neut. 
Nom. φίλος φιλία φίλον 
Gen. φιλίου φιλίας φιλίου 
Dat. φιλίῳ φιλίᾳ φιλίῳ 
Ace. φίλιον φιλίαν φίλιον 
γος, φίλιε φιλία φίλιον 
DUAL, 

N. A.V. φιλίω φιλία φιλίω 
G. & D. φιλίοιν ίαιν φιλίοιν 
PLURAL. 

Nom. idiot φίλιαι φίλια 
Gen. φιλίων φιλίων φιλίων 
Dat. φιλίοις φιλίαις φιλίοις 
Acc. φιλίους Alas φίλια 
γοο, φίλιοι φίλιαι φίλια. 











Rrem.—In accentuation, as in declension, adjectives generally 
follow the analogy of nouns, as in the paradigm of ἀγᾶϑός. As an 
exception, however, adjectives in os not accented on the ultimate, 
take the accent in the feminine on the same syllable as in the 
masculine, when the quantity of the ultimate will permit (10). 


Thus, in the above paradigm the fem. 


tAia becomes in non. and 


voc. plur. φίλιαι, because the mase. is φίλιοι, though if it had fol- 
lowed the analogy of nouns it would have been φιλίαι. 


ADJECTIVES.—FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. 49 


Lesson XXI. 


Adjectives —First and Second Declensions, con- 
tinued. 


130. Adjectives i in os, with ε or o before the end- 
ing, suffer contraction, as χρύσεος (golden), χρυσοῦς; 
fou χρυσέα, χρυσῆ ; neut. χρύσεον, χρυσοῦν: ἁπλόος 
(simple), ἁπλοῦς ; fem. ἁπλόη, ἁπλῆ; neut. ἁπλόον, 
ἁπλοῦν. In their contract forms they are declined 
according to the following 





PARADIGMS. 
1. Χρυσοῦς, golden. 2. ᾿Απλοῦς, simple. 
SINGULAR. 
Mase. Fem. Nenut, . Mase. Fem. Neut. 


Nom. χρυσοῦς xpvon χρυσον ἁπλοῦς ἁπλῆ ἁπλοῦν 
Gen. χρυσοῦ χρυσῆς χρυσοῦ ἁπλοῦ ἁπλῆς ἁπλοῦ 





Dat. χρυσῷ χρυσῇ χρυσῷ ἁπλῷ. ἁπλῇ ἁπλῷ 

Acc. χρυσοῦν χρυσῆν χρυσοῦν ἁπλοῦν ἁπλὴν ἁπλοῦν 

γοο. χρυσῇ χρυσοῦν ἁπλῆ ἁπλοῦν 
DUAL. 

N.A.V.xypvo® χρυσᾶ χρυσώ ἁπλώ anda ἁπλώ 
α. ᾧ Ὁ. χρυσοῖν χρυσαῖν χρυσοῖν ἁπλοῖν ἁπλαῖν ἁπλοῖν 
PLURAL. 

Nom. χρυσοῖ χρυσαῖ χρυσᾶ ἅπλος ἅπλαὶ ἅπλᾶ 
Gen. χρυσῶν χρυσῶν χρυσῶν ἁπλῶν ἁπλῶν ἁπλῶν 
Dat. χρυσοῖς χρυσαῖς χρυσος ἁπλοῖς ἁπλαῖς ἁπλοῖς 
Ace. χρυσοῦς χρυσᾶς χρυσᾶ ἁπλοῦς ἁπλᾶς ἅπλα 
Voc. χρυσοῖ χρυσαῖ χρυσᾶ. ἁπλοῖ ἁπλαῖ ἁπλᾶ. 








Rem.—For accentuation of Nom. Acc. and Voc. Dual, Mase. 
and Neut., see 82. ἔ 


131. Some adjectives in os and οὖς have but two 


50 ETYMOLOGY. 


terminations for the three genders, as they employ 
the same form both for the masculine and the femi- 
nine. 








PARADIGMS. 
“Adios, Unjust. Etvoos, εὔνους, well disposed. 
. SINGULAR. - 
Μ, & F, Neut. M. & F. Neut. 
Nom. ὠ ἄδικος ἄδικον εὔνους εὔνουν 
Gen. ἀδίκου ἀδίκου εὔνου εὔνου 
Dat. ἀδίκῳ ἀδίκῳ εὔνῳ εὔνῳ 
a” >» ΕΣ 
Ace. ἄδικον ἄδικον εὔνουν εὔνουν 
Voc. ἄδικε ἄδικον εὔνου εὔνου 
DUAL. 

N. A.V. ἀδίκω ἀδίκω εὔνω εὔνω 
α. ἃ Ὁ. ἀδίκοιν ἀδίκοιν εὔνοιν εὔνοιν 
PLURAL. 

Nom. ἄδικοι ἄδικα εὔνοι εὔνοα 

Gen. ἀδίκων ἀδίκων εὔνων εὔνων 

Dat. ἀδίκοις ἀδίκοις εὔνοις εὔνοις 

Acc. ἀδίκους ἄδικα εὔνους εὔνοα 

Voce. ἄδικοι ἄδικα. εὔνοι εὔνοα. 
\ 














Lesson XXII. 


Adjectives.—First and Second Declensions.—Exer- 
CUSES. 
189, Rore.—Agreement of Adjectives. 
Adjectives agree in gender, number, and case, with 
the nouns which they qualify, 6. g.: 
᾿Αγαθὸς βασϊλεύς. A good king. 
᾿Αγαθὴ βασΐλεια. A good queen. 


ADJECTIVES.—FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. 651 


133. Adjectives may be used in the predicate with 
the verb εἰμέ to affirm some quality of the sub- 
ject, 6. g.: 


Ὃ βασιλεύς ἐστιν ἀγαθός. The king is good. 


Ἢ βασίλειά ἐστιν ἀγαθή. ~The queen is good. 


184. In English the adjective with the definite 
article is often used substantively, though only in the 
plural number; in Greek, however, this usage is ex- 
tended to all numbers and genders, 6. g.: 


Ὃ ἀγαθός. The good man. 

Ἢ ἀγαθή. The good woman. 
Τὼ ἀγαθώ. The two good men. 
Οἱ ἀγαθοί. The good. 





135. This is particularly frequent in the neuter 
plural, e. g.: 


Honorable things. 
Ta καλά. _ Honorable actions. 
Honorable conduct. 

136. VocABULARY. 
᾿Αγαθύός, 7, dv; good. 

Αἰσχρός, d, ov, shameful, base. 
Βίβλος, ov, ἧ, book. 

_ Ἑλληνϊκός, 7, ov, Hellenic, Grecian 
Ἔργον, ov, τό, work, deed. 
Εὐδαιμονίζω, ets, to think happy. 
Κᾶκός, ἡ, dv, bad, base. 

Κᾶλός, ἡ, ὅν, beautiful, noble. 
Κῆπος, ov, ὃ, garden. 
Κρύπτοω, ets, to conceal, hide. 


Κύπελλον, ov, τό, cup. 


52 ETYMOLOGY. 


Παῖς, παιδός, ὃ, boy, son, child. 
Sodds, 7, dv, wise. 
Χρυσοῦς, ἢ, οὖν, golden, of gold. 


137. EXERcIsEs. 
i 


1. Ὃ νεανίας καλὰ ἔργα διώκει. 2. Ta καλὰ διώ- 
κομεν. 3. Ai καλαὶ κόραι τὰς ἐπιστολὰς ἔχουσιν. 4. 
Οἱ πολῖταί εἰσι σοφοί. 5. Τὸ κὐπελλόν ἐστι χρυσοῦν. 
6. Εὐδαιμονίζομεν τοὺς ἀγαθούς. 1. Ὃ κλέπτης κρύ- 
MTEL τὰ χρυσᾶ κύπελλα ἐν τῷ κήπῳ. 8. Οἱ ἀγαθοὶ 
τὰ καλὰ διώκουσιν. 9. ‘O Κῦρος ἀθροίζει τὸ ᾿“Ελληνι- 
κὸν στράτευμα. 10. Ὃ κακὸς τὰ αἰσχρὰ διώκει. 11. 
Ὃ παῖς τὴν καλὴν βίβλον ἔχει. 


Il. 


1. The boys are playing in the beautiful park. 
2. The good boy is writing a beautiful letter. 3. The 
good king has a golden breastplate. 4. The breast- 
plate of the good king is of gold (golden). 5. The 
boy has a golden cup. 6. We admire the boy’s 
golden cup. 





Lesson XXIII. 
Adjectives.—Lirst and Third Declensions. 


138. Many adjectives of three terminations are 
declined in the masculine and neuter like nouns of 
the third declension, and in the feminine like those of 
the first declension. 


ADJECTIVES.—FIRST AND THIRD DECLENSIONS. 53 


» 





PARADIGMS. 
1. Χαρίεις, graceful. 2. ‘Hdvs, sweet. 
SINGULAR. 
Nom. xapies χαρίεσσα χαρίεν ἡδύς ἡδεῖά ἡδύ 


Gen. Xapievros χαριέσσης χαρίεντος ἡδέος ἡδείας ἡδέος 
Dat. χαρίεντι χαριέσσῃ χαρίεντε ἡδεῖ ἡδείᾳ ἡδεῖ 


Ace. χαρίεντα χαρίεσσαν χαρίεν ἡδύν ἡδεῖαν ἡδύ 

Voc. χαρίν χαρίεσσα χαρίεν ἡδύς ἡδεῖα ἡδύ 
DUAL. 

Ni ALY: χαρίεντε § xapterod χαρίεντε nodce dela ἡδέε 

α. & Ὁ. χαριέντοιν χαριέσσαιν χαριέντοιν ἡδέοιν ἡδείαιν ἡδέοιν 


PLURAL. 


Nom. χαρίεντες χαρίεσσαι χαρίεντα ἡδεῖς ἡδεῖαι ἡδέα 
Gen. χαριέντων χαριεσσῶν χαριέντων ἡδέων ἡδειῶν ἡδέων 
Dat. | χαρίεσι(ν) χαριέσσαις χαρίεσι(ν) ἡδέσι(ν) ἡδείαις ἡδέσι(ν) 
Acc. χαρίεντας χαριέσσᾶς «χαρίεντα ἡδεῖς ἡδείας ἡδέα 
Voc. χαρίεντες χαρίεσσαι χαρίεντα. ἡδεῖς ἡδεῖαι ἡδέα. 


3. Μέλας, black. 4, πᾶς, all, every, 
SINGULAR. 
Nom. μέλᾶς μέλαινά μέλᾶἄν πᾶς πᾶσά πᾶν 
Gen. peddvos μελαίνης - μέλᾶάνος παντός πάσης παντός 
Dat. μέλανϊ μελαίνῃ μέλανι παντί πάσῃ παντί 
Acc. μέλανάᾷ μέλαιναν μέλαν πάντα πᾶσαν πᾶν 
Voc. μέλας μέλαινα μέλαν πᾶς πᾶσα way 
DUAL. 


N.A. V. pedave — peAaivd μέλανε πάντε πάσᾶ πάντε 
G.& D. μελάνοιν μελαίναιν μελάνοινν πάντοιν πάσαιν πάντοιν 


PLURAL. 


Nom. μέλανες μέλαιναι μέλανα πάντες πᾶσαι πάντἄ 
Gen. μελάνων μελαινῶν μελάνων πάντων πασῶν πάντων 
Dat. μέλασι(ν) μελαίναις μέλασι(ν) πᾶσι(ν) πάσαις πᾶσι(ν) 
Acc. μέλανας  pedaivas μέλανα πάντᾶς πάσᾶς πάντα 
Voc. μέλανες μέλαιναι μέλανφ. πάντες πᾶσαι πάντα. 











Rem.—On the accentuation of πᾶς, the pupil will observe that 
the feminine follows the analogy of nouns of the first declension, 


54 ETYMOLOGY. 


and that the masculine and neuter are accented in the singular 
like monosyllabic substantives of the third declension (115), while 
in the dual and plural they conform to the general rule for ac- 
centuation as given in article 95. 


139. Somme adjectives ne wholly to the third 
declension. 





PARADIGMS. 
1. Σαφής, evident, plain. 2. Sapper, prudent. 
SINGULAR. 
Μ. & F. Neut. M.&F. . Neut. 
Nom. σαφής σαφές σώφρων σῶφρον 
θη. σαφοῦς (σαφέος) σαφοῦς σώφρονος σώφρονος 
Dat. σαφεῖ (σαφεῖ) σαφεῖ σώφρονι σώφρονι 
Acc. σαφῆ (σαφέα) σαφές σώφρονα σῶφρον 
γοο. σαφές σαφές σῶφρον σῶφρον 
DUAL. 
N. A.V. σαφῆ (σαφέε) σαφῆ ᾿ σώφρονε σώφρονε 
G. & Ὁ. σαφοῖν (σαφέοιν) σαφοῖν σωφρόνοιν σωφρόνοιν 
PLURAL, 
Nom. cad(ées eis σαφ(έα)ο σώφρονες σώφρονα 
Gen. σαφῶν σαφέων) σαφῶν σωφρόνων σωφρόνων 
Dat. σαφέσι(ν») σαφέσι(ν) σὠφροσι(ν) σὠφροσι(ν) 
Ace, cap(éas Jets σαφ(έα)ὴ)ὺ σώφρονας σώφρονα 
γοο. σαφί(εέες)εῖς σαφ(έα)ῆἢ. σώφρονες σώφρονα. 














Lesson XXIV. 
Adjectives.—Three Declensions. 


140. Some adjectives partake of the peculiarities 
of all the declensions. 


ADJECTIVES.—THREE DECLENSIONS. 55 


PARADIGMS. 








1, Μέγᾶς, great. 


SINGULAR. 
᾿μέγᾶς μεγάλη μέγα πολύς πολλή πολύ 
μεγάλου μεγάλης μεγάλου πολλοῦ πολλῆς πολλοῦ 
μεγάλῳ μεγάλῃ μεγάλῳ πολλῷ πολλῇ πολλῷ 
Acc. μέγαν μεγάλην μέγα πολύν πολλήν πολύ 
Voc. μέγα μεγάλη μέγα πολύ πολλή πολύ 
DUAL. | 
N. A.V. μεγάλω μεγάλα μεγάλω πολλώ πολλά πολλώ 
G.& Ὁ. μεγάλοιν μεγάλαιν μεγάλον πολλοῖν πολλαῖν πολλοῖν 
Ἁ PLURAL. 
μεγάλοι μεγάλαι μεγάλα πολλοί πολλαί πολλά 
μεγάλων μεγάλων μεγάλων πολλών πολλῶν πολλῶν 
μεγάλοις μεγάλαις μεγάλοις πολλοῖς πολλαῖς πολλοῖς 
μεγάλους μεγάλας μεγάλα πολλούς πολλάς πολλά 
μεγάλοι μεγάλαι μεγάλα. πολλοί πολλαί πολλά. 


2. Tlodts, much. 








141. VocaBuLsRY. 
᾿Αθηναῖος, a, ov, 
᾿Αρετή, ἧς, ἧ, 
Τλῦκύς, εἶα, ὑ (see 138), 
Εὐδαίμων, ov, Gen. ονος, 
Λέγω, εις, 
Méyas, ἅλη, ἅ, 
᾿ Μέλας, αἰνα, ἄν (see 138), 
Νεφέλη, Ἢ» ἡ, 
Οἰκτείρω, εἰς, 
Oivos, ov, 6, 
Πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, 


Πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, 
Σώζω, εἰς, 

Σώφρων, σῶφρον, 

Τάλας, awa, ἄν (see 138), 
Taxus, εἶα, v, 


Athenian, an Athenian. 

manhood, virtue, excellence. 

sweet, agreeable. 

happy, prosperous, blest. 

to say, tell, speak. 

large, great, tall. 

black, dark. 

cloud. 

to pity. 

wine. 

every, all, with Article all, the 
whole. 

much, great, many. 

to save, preserve, keep. 

prudent, temperate. 

unhappy, wretched. 

swift, fast, quick. 


x 


δ0 ETYMOLOGY. 


142. Exercises. 
I. 


1. Ἢ ἀρετὴ σώζει πάντα. 2. Ὃ παῖς μέλαν ind: 
τίον ἔχει. 3. Οἰκτείρω τὴν τάλαιναν μητέρα. 4. Olivos 
γλυκύς ἐστιν. 5. ‘O veavias ἔχει ταχὺν ἵππον. 6. Τὴν 
μεγάλην πόλιν ϑαυμάξομεν. 7. Οἱ ἀγαθοὶ εὐδαίμονές 
εἰσιν. 8. Οἱ πολλοὶ τὴν μεγάλην πόλιν ϑαυμάζουσιν. 
9. ΝΗ νεφέλη μέλαινά ἐστιν. 10. Τὴν μέλαιναν νεφέ- 
λην ϑαυμάξομεν. 11. Οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι (184) μεγάλην δύ- 
vay ἔχουσιν. 

Il. 

1. The king is prudent. 2. We admire the pru- 
dent judge. 3. All admire the prudent. 4. We pity 
the unhappy father. 5. The general has swift tri- 
remes. 6. All the citizens admire the virtue of the 
general. 7. He is saving the whole city. 





Lesson XXV. 


Comparison of Adjectives. 


143. In Greek, adjectives are generally compared 
with the following endings: 


Comparative. Superlative, 
M. F. N. Μ, * N. 
τερος, TEpa, τερον. τἄτος, τἄ τη, τἄτον. 


144. Adjectives in os drop ς and append these 
endings; though, if the penult of the positive be 
short, o must be lengthened to to prevent the con- 
currence of short syllables, e. g. : 


COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. δι: 


Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 
κοῦφος, light, κουφότερο,  κουφότατος, 
σοφός, wise, σοφώτερος, σοφώτατος, 
ἐἰσχῦρός, strong, ἰσχυρότερος, ἰσχυρότατος, 
37 » ’ > , 
akios, worthy, ἀξιώτερος, ἀξιώτατος. 


145. Adjectives in as, awa, av; ys, ες (G. εος); Us, 
εἴα, v, append these endings directly to the neuter, e. g.: 
Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 
μέλας, black (μέλαν), μελάντερος, μελάντατος, 
ἀληθής, true (ἀληθές), ᾿ ἀληθέστερος, ἀληθέστατος, 
γλυκύς, sweet (γλυκύ), γλυκύτερος, σγλυκύτατος. 


146. A few adjectives are compared with the fol- 
lowing endings : 


Comparative. Superlative. 
M&F. N. me Ἐν ἢ Ν. 
ἴων, τον. LOTOS, στη, ἰστον, 6. Ρ.: 
Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 
ἡδύς, sweet, ἡδίων, ᾿ ἥδιστος, 
’ὔ ᾿ alt 4 
κακός, bad, κακίων, κάκιστος. 


147. The following adjectives are irregular in their 
comparison : 


ἀγαθός (good), ἀμείνων, ἄριστος, 
βελτίων, βέλτιστος, 
κρείσσων or κρείττων, κράτιστος, 

καλός (beautiful), καλλίων, ον κάλλιστος, 

μέγας (great), μείζων, μέγιστος. 


148, Comparatives and superlatives present no pe- 
culiarities in their declension, except in comparatives 
in coy and wy, which suffer contraction, as in the fol- 
lowing 


δ8 ETYMOLOGY. 
ΕΣ 





PARADIGM. . 
SINGULAR, 
Μ, & F, Neut. 
Nom. μείζων μεῖζον 
Gen. μείζονος μείζονος 
Dat. μείζονι μείζονι 
Acc, μείζονα, μείζω μεῖζον 
Voce. μεῖζον μεῖζον 
DUAL, 
ΚΑ; Vy μείζονε μείζονε 
G. & ἢ. μειζόνοιν μειζόνοιν 
PLURAL. 
Nom. μείζονες, μείζους μείζονα, μείζω 
Gen. μειζόνων μειζόνων 
Dat. μείζοσι(ν) μείζοσι(ν) 
Acc. μείζονας, μείζους μείζονα, μείζω 
Voe. μείζονες, μείζους μείζονα, μείζω. 











Lesson ΧΧΥ͂Ι. 


Comparison of Adjectives.— Exercises. 


149. After comparatives two constructions are ad- 


missible: 


1) The connective 7 may be used; and then the 
following noun is generally in the same 
case as the corresponding noun before ἤ. 

2) The*eonnective ἤ may be omitted; and then 
tlie following noun is put in the genitive. 


150. Rute.—Comparison. 


The comparative degree is followed, 
1) Without #, by the Genitive, e. g.: 
Μείζων ἐμοῦ εἶ. | You are taller than J. 





COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 59 


2) With 7%, generally by the case of the corres- 
ponding noun before it, e. g.: 


Μείζων ἐστίν ἢ ἐγώ. 


| He zs taller than I. 


151. Ruru.—Partitive Genitive. 
The Partitive Genitive may be used after superla- 
tives, numerals, or any other words denoting a part, 


6. 2: 


Καλλίας πλουσιώτἄτος ἣν 


τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων. 


Callias was the richest of 
the Athenians. 


152. The superlative may sometimes be best 
translated by very instead of most, 6. g.: 


Κροῖσος πλουσιώτἄτος ἦν. | Cresus was very wealthy. 


153. VocaBULARy. 


Badus, eta, v, 
Βακτριᾶνή, 1), 


Evdopos, ον, 

"H, 

“Hous, εἶα, v, 
Νεῖλος, ov, 6, 


Πλοῦτος, ov, 6, 

Ποτᾶμός, od, ὃ 
, τ᾿ ἃς 

Tiptos, &, ον, 
ef a ε 

Υἱός, ov, 6, 

"y. ε 
TVOS, OV, ὃ, 

Φίλος, ἡ, ον, 


1δ4. Exercises. 


deep, profound. 

Bactriana, country in Cen- 
tral Asia. 

Srutful, fertile. 

or, after comp. than. 

sweet, agreeable, pleasant. 

Nile, celebrated river in 
Egypt. 

wealth, riches. 

river, stream. 

valuable, precious. 

son. 

sleep. 

Sriendly, dear, friend. 


1. Σοφία πλούτου τιμιωτέρα ἐστίν. 2. Ὁ πατὴρ 


μείζων ἐστὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ. 


8. Ὃ πατὴρ μείζων ἐστὶν ἢ ὁ 


60 | ETYMOLOGY. 


υἱός. 4, Οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι δύναμιν ἔχουσι μεγίστην τῶν 
“Ἑλλήνων. 5. Κτημάτων πάντων τιμιώτατόν ἐστιν 
ἀνὴρ φίλος. 0. Ὃ νεανίας λέγει τὰ ἥδιστα. 1. Ὁ πα- 
τὴρ λέγει τὰ βέλτιστα. 8. Ὃ Νεῖλος γλυκύτατός ἐστι 
. πάντων τῶν ποταμῶν. 9. ᾿Η Βακτριανὴ εὐφορωτάτη 
ἐστίν. 10. Ὃ βαθύτατος ὕπνος ἥδιστός ἐστιν. 


Il. 


1. The youth is taller than his brother. 2. The 
mother is beautiful. 8, The daughter is more beauti- 
ful than her mother. 4. The house is very large 
(superl.). 5. The cities are very beautiful. 6. The 
judge is wiser than the king. 





Lesson XXVII. 
Comparison of Adverbs.—Numerals. 


155. Most adverbs are derived from adjectives, 
and are dependent upon them for their comparison, 
employing the neuter singular of the adjective in the 
comparative, and the neuter plural jn the superlative, 
6. g.: 

Adj. σοφός, σοφωτερος, σοφώτᾶἄτος. 

Adw. σοφῶς, σοφώτερον, σοφώτἄτα. 

156. Τστμι.-- Adverbs. 

Adverbs modify verbs. adjectives, and other ad» 
verbs, 6. g.: 

Καλῶς ποιεῖ. | Lc ὦ doing well. 


COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.—NUMERALS, 61 


NUMERALS. 


157. Numerals comprise 
I. Numerat Apgectives: of which we notice the 
following classes : ? 

1) Cardinals, which denote simply the number 
of objects; as els, one; δύο, two. 

2) Ordimals, which mark the position of an ob- 
ject in aseries; as πρῶτος, jirst ; δεύτερος, 
second. 

If. ΝΌΜΕΒΑΙ, Apvergs: as ἅπαξ, once; δίς, twice. 


Deciension or NumerAt ADJECTIVES. 


158. The first four cardinals are declined as fol- 
lows: 








FARADIGMS. 
1, Eis, one. 2. Avo, two. 

Nom. εἷς pia ἕν δύο 
Gen. ἑνός μιᾶς ἑνός δυοῖν 
Dat. ἕἑνί μιᾷ ἑνί δυοῖν 
Acc. ἕνα μίαν ἕν. δύο. 

3. Τρεῖς, three. 4, Téocapes,* four. 

Μ. δ F. Ν. 

Nom. τρεῖς τρία τέσσἄρες τέσσἄρα 
Gen. τριῶν τριῶν τεσσάρων τεσσάρων 
Dat. τρισίν) τρισί(ν) τέσσαρσι(ν) τέσσαρσι(ν) 
Ace. τρεῖς τρία. τέσσαρας τέσσαρα. 








Rem. 1 .—The compounds οὐδείς and μηδείς are declined like 
the simple εἷς. 
Rem. 2.-- Δύο is often used as indeclinable. 


159. Cardinal numbers from five to one hundred 
inclusive are indeclinable. Those denoting hundreds 





* Also written rérrapes. 


62 ETYMOLOGY. 


are declined like the plural of ἀγαθός, as διακόσϊοι, 
at, a, two hundred. 

160. Ordinals are declined like adjectives in os of 
three endings, as πρῶτος, πρώτη, πρῶτον. 





Lesson XXVIII. 
Comparison of Adverbs.—Numerals.—Exercises. 


161. Ruru.—Weuter Plural. 
The Neuter Plural may be the subject of a verb 
in the singular, 6. g.: 


Ta κακὰ δεινά ἐστιν. 


162. VocaBuLArRy. 


᾿Ανάγκη, 95; ἡ, 
᾿Ασφᾶλῶς, 

Ais, 

Δώδεκα, 

"EE, 

Εὖ, 

Ἥδέως, ἥδιον, ἥδιστα, 
Ἰσχύωυ, εἰς, 

Νόμος, ου, ὃ, 

Οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν, 
Πεντἄκόσϊοι, αι, a, 
Πῶς; 

Σύμβουλος, ov, ὃ, 
Τάλαντον, ov, τό, 
Τετράκις, 


The misfortunes are ter- 
rible. 


necessity. 

securely, firmly. 

twice. 

twelve. 

δῖα. 

well, 

cheerfully, gladly. 

to be strong, to be powerful. 
law, custom. 

NO One, none, no, 

Jive hundred. 

how ? in what manner ? 
counsellor, adviser. 

talent, sum of money=$1000, 
Sour tines. 


COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 63 


ρεῖς, τρία, three. 
Povevu, Ets, : to slay, hill. 
Χρόνος, ov, ὃ, - time. 


163. ExrrcisEs. : 

1. Εὖ λέγεις. 2. Πῶς λέγεις; 8. Τὸ τάλαντον 
ἀσφαλῶς ἔχεις. 4. Τρεῖς εἰσι σύμβουλοι. 5. Οὐδεὶς 
νόμος ἰσχύει μεῖζον τῆς ἀνάγκης. 6. Σύμβουλος οὐδείς 
ἐστι βελτίων χρόνους ἴ. Ὃ βασιλεὺς ἔχει πεντακόσια 
τάλαντα. 8. ‘O παῖς ἔχει τρία τάλαντα. 9. Ἔστι τὰ 
δώδεκα" δὶς ἔξ. 10. Ἔστι τὰ δώδεκα τετράκις τρία. 
11, Οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι πέμπουσι τρεῖς κήρυκας. 


IT. 


1. The boy is playing well. 2. He speaks the 
truth cheerfully. 3. Wespeak the truth very cheer- 
fully. 4. There are three boys in the park. 5. The 
daughter of the poet reads her letters three times. 





Lesson XXIX. 


- Pronouns.—Personal—Possessive—Reflexive. 


164. Pronouns are used to supply the place of 
nouns; as, ἐγώ, 7, σύ, thou, ἕο. They are divided 
into several classes. 

165. Personal Pronouns are three in number: 
ἐγώ, 7; σύ, thou; οὗ (Nom. not used), of him. 





* Literally the twelve: translate twelve. 


64 ETYMOLOGY. 


166. Parapiam or Persona Pronovns. 





SINGULAR, 

1st Person. 2d Person, 8d Person. 
Nom. ἐγώ σύ -- 
Gen. ἐμοῦ, μοῦ σοῦ. οὗ 
Dat. ἐμοί, μοί σοί ot 
Acc, ἐμέ, μέ . σέ ἕ 

DUAL, 
N. A. va σφώ (σφωξ) 
G. D. νῷν σφῷν (σφωΐν) 
PLURAL. Ξ 

Nom. ἡμεῖς ὑμεῖς σφεῖς, Neut. σφέα 
Gen. ἡμῶν ὑμῶν σφῶν 
Dat. ἡμῖν ὑμῖν σφίσι(ν) 
Ace. ἡμᾶς. ὑμᾶς. σφᾶς, N. σφέα. 











Rem.—The dual of the third person is not used in prose. 


167. From the Personal Pronouns are formed 

᾿ 1) Possessive Pronouns ; as, ἐμός, ἡ, dv, my; 
ἡμέτερος, A, ον, OUr; σός, σή, σόν, .thy, 
your ὑμέτερος, 4, ov, your ; ὅς, ἥ, ὅν, his ; 
σφέτερος, a, ov, their. They are all adjec- 
tives of the first and second declensions. 
The possessive ὅς is not used in Attic 
prose, and odérepos is rare: their place is 
supplied by the Gen. of the reflexive, 
ἑαυτοῦ. 

2) Leflexive Pronouns ; as, ἐμαυτοῦ, of myself ; 

σεαυτοῦ, of yourself ; ἑαυτοῦ, of himself. 
They are compounded of the personal pro- 
nouns and αὐτός. 


PRONOUNS.——EXERCISES. 


65 


168. Parapiem or Reritextve PRONOUNS. 





Ace. 


Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace, 


Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 





} 


1. ᾿Ἐμαυτοῦ, of myself. 


M. 
ἐμαυτοῦ 
. ὁ. a 
ἐμαυτῷ 
bd , 
ἐμαυτόν 
eee 3 «“᾿ 
ἡμῶν αὐτῶν 


ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς 
΄- 7 
ἡμᾶς αὐτούς 


M. 
¢ PAS ga Se 
ἑαυτοῦ = αὑτοῦ 
ἑαυτῷ -ΞΞ αὑτῷ 


ς ΘΕ χὰ RT 
εαῦτον — αὐτὸν 


ἑαυτῶν = αὑτῶν 
σφῶν αὐτῶν 
ἑαυτοῖς ΞΞΞ αὑτοῖς 
σφίσιν αὐτοῖς 
ἑαυτούς = αὑτούς 
σφᾶς αὐτούς 


ἡμῶν αὐτῶν 
ἡμῖν αὐταῖς 
ἡμᾶς αὐτάς. 


SINGULAR. 

F. M. 
; ἰς σεαυτοῦ 
τὸ τὸς ἐόν ας σαυτοῦ 
ἐμαυτῇ ᾿ σεαυτῷ 

Η σαυτῷ 
ἐμαυτήν σεαυτόν 
σαυτόν 
PLURAL. 


‘Eavrov, of himself. 


SINGULAR. 

F. 
ἑαυτῆς = αὑτῆς 
“apg 4 
ἑαυτῇ = αὑτῇ 
ἑαυτήν = αὑτήν 

PLURAL. 


} Vike Mase. 


ἑαυταῖς = αὑταῖς 

σφίσιν αὐταῖς 

ἑαυτάς = αὑτάς 
“ J , 

σφᾶς αὐτάς 


ὑμῶν αὐτῶν 
ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς 

an ’ 
ὑμᾶς αὐτούς 


2, σεαυτοῦ, of yourself. 


F. 
σεαυτῆς 
σαυτῆς 
σεαυτῇ 
σαυτῇ 
σεαυτήν 
σαυτὴν 


ὑμῶν αὐτῶν 
ὑμῖν αὐταῖς 
ὑμᾶς αὐτάς. 


N. 
c ae « a 
ἑαυτοῦ = αὑτοῦ 
ἑαυτῷ = αὑτῷ 
ἑαυτό = αὑτό 


like Mase. 
like Mase. 


ς | preg ek 3 

ἑαυτά = αὑτά 
’΄ > ie 

σφέα αὐτά. 








Lesson XXX. 


Pronouns.—Ezercises. 


169. The Genitive of the Personal or of the Re- 
flexive Pronoun may be used instead of the Posses- 
sive; as, ὁ ἐμαυτοῦ πατήρ, my father. 








66 ETYMOLOGY. 


170. As the ending of the verb shows the person 
of the subject, the nominative of Personal Pronouns 


is seldom expressed, except for the sake of emphasis 


or contrast. 


171. VocaBuLary. 
Βλέπω, εἰς, 
Tapa, ἡς, i, 
‘Eavrod, 7s, οὗ, 
"Eye, ἐμοῦ, μοῦ, 
"Epos, ή, OV; 
Οὐ, οὐκ before vowel, οὐχ before 
rough breathing, 
TIAotor, ov, τό, 
Πλουτίζω, eis, 
Πρός (prep. with acc.), 
Σός, σή, σόν, 
Σύ, σοῦ, 
Swrnpia, ας, %), 
Ὑμέτερος, τέρᾶ, τερον, 
Φενακίζω, εἰς, 


172, Exrrciszs. 


to look, look at, see. 
opinion. 


himself, herself, itself. 
L. 
my, mine. 


not. 

vessel, boat. 

to enrich. 

to, against. 
your, thy. 

you, thou. 
safety. 

your. 

to cheat, deceive. 


1. 

1. ΓΤράφω. 2. Παίζεις. 8. ᾿Εγὼ γράφω. 4. Σὺ 
παίζεις. 5. Οὐ κρύπτω τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην. 6. Πλοῖα 
ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἔχομεν. 7. Ὑ μεῖς ἐστε στρατηγοί. 8. Ἡμῖν 
καλαὶ ἐλπίδες εἰσί σωτηρίας. 9. Οἱ ῥήτορες hevaxifov- 
σιν ἑαυτούς. 10, Οἱ ὑμέτεροι παῖδές καλοί εἰσιν. 11. 
Οἱ στρατιῶται πάντες πρὸς ὑμᾶς βλέπουσιν. 12. Οἱ 
στρατιῶται ἑαυτοὺς πλουτίζουσιν. 13. Οἱ ῥήτορες ὑμᾶς 


φενακίζουσιν. 
Π. 


1. Iam reading your book. 2. You are writing ἃ 


PRONOUNS. 67 


letter. 3. Your father is wiser than you. 4. You 
are taller than your brother. 5. The bad deceive 
themselves. 6. I am reading your letter to my 
brother. 





Lesson XXXI. 
Pronouns.—Leeciprocal—Demonstrative—Lrelative. 


173. The Reciprocal Pronoun, ἀλλήλων, of one 
another, of each other, is declined in the following 








PARADIGM. 
DUAL. 
G.&D. ἀλλήλοιν ἀλλήλαιν ἀλλήλοιν 
Acc. ἀλλήλω ἀλλήλα ἀλλήλω 
PLURAL. 
Gen. ἀλλήλων ἀλλήλων ἀλλήλων 
Dat. ἀλλήλοις ἀλλήλαις ἀλλήλοις 
Ace, ἀλλήλους ἀλλήλας ἄλληλα. 








DEMONSTRATIVE PRoNovns. 


174. The principal Demonstrative Pronouns, so 
called because they point out or specify the objects 
to which they refer, are 

1) The article, ὁ, ἡ, τό, the. (See 70.) 
2) Its compound, ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, thes. 
8) Οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, this. 

4) ᾿Εκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνο, that. 

5) «Αὐτός, αὐτή, αὐτό, self, very, he. 


68 ETYMOLOGY. 


175. Parapiems.—Odros— Exeivos. 





SINGULAR. 
Nom. οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο ἐκεῖνος ἐκείνη ἐκεῖνο 
Gen. τστούτου ταύτης τούτου ἐκείνου ἐκείνης ἐκείνου 
Dat. τούτῳ ταύτῃ τούτῳ ἐκείνῳ ἐκείνῃ ἐκείνῳ 
Acc. τοῦτον ταύτην τοῦτο ἐκεῖνον ἐκείνην ἐκεῖνο 
DUAL. 

N.& A. τούτω (ταύτα) τούτω ἐκείνω ἐκείνα ἐκείνω 
6. ᾧ Ὁ. τούτοιν ταύταιν τούτοιν ἐκείνοιν ἐκείναιν ἐκείνοιν 
PLURAL. 

Nom. οὗτοι αὗται ταῦτα ἐκεῖνοι ἐκεῖναι ἐκεῖνα 
θη. τούτων τούτων τούτων ἐκείνων ἐκείνων ἐκείνων 
Dat. τούτοις ταύταις τούτοις ἐκείνοις ἐκείναις ἐκείνοις 
Ace. τούτους ταύτας ταῦτα. ἐκείνους ἐκείνας ἐκεῖνα. 











RemM.—Taira of the Dual is doubtful. 


110. “Οδε is declined like the article. It takes the 
accent on the penult, the circumflex in the Gen. and 
Dat., the acute in the other cases. 

177. Αὐτός is declined like ἐκεῖνος. 

178. Οὗτος and ὅδε are often used indiscriminately 
with the same general force: the former, however, 
frequently refers to what precedes, and the latter te 
what follows, e. g.: 


Ταῦτα λέγει. 1716 says this, i.e. as al- 
ready described. 

Τάδε λέγει. He says this, i.e. as fol- 
lows. 





179. The Demonstrative, when used with substan- 
tives, is generally accompanied by the article in the 
order—Demon. Art., Noun, or Art., Noun, Demon., 


e.g. : 


PRONOUNS. 69 


Ὁ ξΨ 
Οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος. ἡ  ἧ. 
Ο ἄνθρωπος οὗτος. 


180. «Αὐτός may stand 
1) Like any other Demonstrative, before the 


article and noun, or after them both; in 
which position it means self, 6. g.: 
Αὐτὸς ὁ ἄνθρωπο. | The man himself. 
2) Between the article and the noun; in which 


position it means same, e.g.: 


Ὃ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπος. [ The same man. 


ReEtativE Pronoun. 


181. The Relative Pronoun, és, ἥ, 6, who, so called 
because it always relates to some noun or pronoun, 
expressed or understood, called its antecedent, is de- 


clined according to the following 


Parapiem.— Os, ἥ, ὅδ. 











SING. DUAL PLURAL 
Nom. ὅς #7 6 oe o α ἃ 
Gen. οὗ ἧς οὗ οἷν αἷν οἷν ὧν ὧν ὧν 
= 
Dat. ᾧ 7 ᾧ οἷν αἷν οἷν | ois αἷς ois 
Acc. ὅν Ww 6 o ἅ ὦ οὕς ds a 











Lesson XXXII. 
᾿ Pronouns.—Lercises. 
182. Rutz.— Relative. 


The Relative agrees with its antecedent in gender 


and number, e.g.: 


Ὃ παῖς ὃς γράφει. | 716 boy who ts writing. 


70 ETYMOLOGY. 


183. VocabBULARY. 





᾿Αλλήλων, wy, wv, one another, | Onpevrjs, od, 6, huntsman, 
each other. hunter. 
Αὐτός, αὐτή, αὐτό, self, he, she, | Ὅς, 7, 6, who. 
wt; ὃ αὐτός, the same. Οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, this. 
Βαδίζω, εἰς, to go, march. Παρά (prep. with ace.), to, into 
Βλάπτω, εἰς, to injure. the presence of. 
Eis (prep. with ace.), to, into. | Προφύλαξ, ἄκος, ὁ, guard, ad- 
*Exeivos, ἡ, 0, that, he. vance guard, outpost. 
᾿Ενίοτε, at times, sometimes. 


184. Exercises. I 


1. Οἱ παῖδες ἑαυτοὺς βλάπτουσιν. 2. Οἱ παῖδες 
ἀλλήλους βλάπτουσιν. 8. Οὗτος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀγαθός 
ἐστιν. 4, ᾿Εκεῖνος ὁ ἀνὴρ κακός ἐστιν. 5. Ταῦτα σὺ 
λέγεις. 6. Ταύτην τὴν γνώμην ἔχω ἐγώ. ἴ. Βαδίζου- 
σιν εἰς ἀλλήλους. 8. ᾿Εκεῖνο ϑαυμάζω. 9. Οὗτος ταῦ- 
τὰ λέγει. 10. Οἱ στρατιῶται οὗτοι πρὸς ἡμᾶς βλέπου- 
σιν." 11, Ταῦτ᾽ ἐστὶν (161). ἃ ἐγὼ γράφω. 12. Sako 
τοὺς φίλους, ods ἔχω. 14. Οἱ προφύλακες ἄγουσιν ad- 
τὸν παρὰ τὸν Κλέαρχον. 15. Ταῦτα τὰ ϑηρία οἱ in- 


a > , 
πεῖς ἐνίοτε διώκουσιν. 
Il. 


1. This boy is writing a letter. 2. That boy is 
playing. 3. The boy himself is writing the letter. 
4. The same boy is reading his letter to his father. 
5. The girls love each other. 6. I read all the books 
‘which I have. 





Lxsson XXXIII. 
Pronouns.—Interrogative—Indefinite. 


185. The Interrogative τίς and the Indefinite τὶς 
are distinguished from each other by the accent. 


PRONOUNS.—INTERROGATIVE—INDEFINITE. 71 


The former has the acute, which it always retains ; 
the latter takes the grave, and is an enclitic. (See 15.) 


186. Parapiems.—Tis—Tis. 











Tis, who? ἢ Tis, some one. 
SINGULAR. 
Nom. τίς τί τὶς τὶ 
Gen. τίνος τίνος Tivos τῖνός 
Dat. τίνι τίνι τινί τινί 
Acc. τίνα τί τινά τὶ 
DUAL. 
N. & ΔΛ. rive τίνε τινέ τινέ 
α: ἃ ἢ. rivow  τίνοιν τινοῖν τινοῖν 
PLURAL. 
Nom. τίνες τίνα τινές . τινά (ΟΥ ἅττα) 
Gen. τίνων τίνων τιῶν. 
Dat. τίσι(ν) τίσι(ν) τισί(ν) 
Ace. τίνας τίνα. τινάς τινά (OP ἄττα). 





Rem.—The Gen. and Dat. Sing., both in the Interrogative 
and in the Indefinite, are often rod and τῷ. 

187. In the arrangement of the sentence or clause, 
the Interrogative τίς often stands at the beginning :. 
the Indefinite tis never does, e.g. : 


Ti λέγουσιν ; What do they say ? 
Δέγουσί τι. They say something. 


188. VocABULARY. 


᾿Ἐγχειρίζω, es, to put into one’s | Kedcvw, εἰς, to direct, command, 
hand, entrust to. urge. 
Ἕνεκα (prep. with gen.), for the | Tis; τί; who? what ? 
sake of, on account of. Tis, τὶ, certain, certain one, 
Θῦμα, dros, τό, victim, offering. some one. 





189. EXxEnciszs. i 


1. Ti λέγεις; 2. Tis ταῦτα λέγει; 8. Τί ἐστι 
τοῦτο; 4. Τίνος ἕνεκα ταῦτα λέγω; ὅ. Τί πρὸς ἐμὲ 


ἤρ ETYMOLOGY. 


λέγεις; 6. Τίς γράφει τὴν ἐπιστολήν; 7. Παῖς τις 
τὴν ἐπιστολὴν γράφει. 8. Ἔστιν ἄνθρωπός τις ἐν τῷ 
παραδείσῳ. 9. Τί κελεύω; 10. "Ἔστιν οὗτος τίς ; 
11. Τὸ ῥόδον ὃ ϑάλλει ἐν τῷ κήπῳ, καλόν ἐστιν. 12. 
Ὁ κριτὴς ἔχει τρεῖς ϑυγατέρας. 18. Ἣ Βακτριανὴ εὐ- 
δαίμων ἐστίν. 14. "ἔχεις τὰ ϑύματα. 15. Τοῖς ἱερεῦ- 
σιν ἐγχειρίξζομεν τὰ ϑύματα. 
Il. 

1. Who has the rose? 2. A certain girl has the 
rose. 8. Whohasthe book? 4. [haveit. 5. Which 
book have you? 6. 1 have my book. 7. The boys 
play in a certain park. 8. In which park do they 


play ? 





Lesson XXXIV. 
Verbs.—Synopsis of βουλεύω.--- Active Voice. 


190. Verbs in Greek, as in English, express ewist- 
ence, condition, or action, 6. g.? 


Ἔστιν. He ts. 
Καθεύδει. LHe sleeps, is asleep. 
Torre. Le strikes. 


191. Greek verbs have Voice, Mood, Tense, Num- 
ber, and Person. 
I, Vorors. 
192. There are three voices : 

1) The Active ; which in transitive verbs rep- 
resents the agent as acting upon some ob- 
ject, e.g. : 

᾿Εστεφάνωσα τὸν παῖδα. | 17] crowned the boy. 

2) The Middle; which represents the agent as 

acting upon himself, e. g.: 


γῇ 


VERBS.—ACTIVE VOICE. i3 


᾿Εστεφανωσᾶμην. | Lcrowned myself. 
8) The Passive; which represents the subject 
as acted upon by some other person or 
thing, e. g.: 
᾿Εστεφανώθην ὑπὸ τοῦ δή- | .7 was crowned by the peo- 
μου. ᾿ ple. 


If. Moons. 


‘ 198. There are five moods: 

1) Indicative ; which represents the action of 

the verb as a fact or reality, 6. g.: 
Βουλεύει. | He adwises. 

2) Subjunctive ; which expresses, not a fact, but 
a possibility or a conception of the mind, 
often rendered by may, can, &c., 8. g.: 

Βουλεύῃ. | Le may advise. 

8) Optative ; which, (1) as the name implies 
(from opto, I desire), expresses. wish, de- 
sire, rendered by let or may, and (2) serves 
as the subjunctive of the past tenses, ren- 
dered by might, could, would, should, 


e@. g.: 


Βουλεύοι. 


Let him advise. 
He might advise. 


_ 4) Imperative; which expresses a command or 
entreaty, 6. g.: 
Bovneve. | Advise thou. 
5) Infinitive ; which gives the simple meaning 
of the verb without reference to person or 
number, 6. g.: 


Βουλεύειν. | To advise. 


74 ETYMOLOGY. 


Ill. Tenses. 


194, There are six tenses, divided into two classes: 

1) Primary or Leading Tenses : 

1. Present, as, βουλεύω, 7 advise. 

2. Future, as, βουλεύσω, I shall advise. 

3. Perfect, as, βεβούλευκα, 7 have advised. 
2) Secondary or Historical Tenses: 

1. Imperfect, as, ἐβούλευον, I was advising. 

2. Aorist, as, ἐβούλευσα, 7 advised. 

8, Pluperfect, as, ἐβεβουλεύκειν, I had ad- 

vised. 


IV. Numpers. 


195. There are three numbers, as in nouns, Singu- 
lar, Dual, and Plural. 


V. Persons. 


196. There are three persons, /7%st, Second, and 
Third. It must be observed, however, 

1) That in the Active Voice the Dual has no 
special form for the First person distinct 
from the plural. 

2) That the Imperative from the nature of the 

- case never has the First person, but uses 
the Second and Third in the same manner 
as the Latin, e. g.: 


Βούλευε (2d Pers.). Advise thou ; advise. 
Βουλευέτω (8d Pers.). Let him advise. 


197. The Participle is that part of the verb which 
has the form and inflection of an adjective, e. g.: 
Βουλεύων. Advising. 
Βουλεύσας. | ITaving advised. 


VERBS.—ACTIVE VOICE. 


ἢ 
cr 


198. Synopsis or BovAedw.—ActIvE Voce. 









































|| ayproartve.| supsuncr. | oprative. [ΠΡΕΠΑΤΙΨῈ. ΙΝΡΙΝΙΤΙΥΕ. | PARTICIPLE. 
ῶ ᾿ῸΣ ἈΡΝΝ βουλεύω Ἰβουλεύοιμι βούλευε | βουλεύειν βουλεύων 
Ἑ I advise. 1 (ae al Advise. | To advise. | Advising. 
= ἐβούλευον 

&\I was ad- 

=| vising. 

2| βουλεύσω ΠΡΥΚΟΤΣ βουλεύσειν βουλεύσων 
Ξ 1 shall ad- Ἔ pati Tobe about About to 
=,| vt86. ailecaa: to advise,| advise. 
4 P λεύσαι- : 

τῷ,» βουλεύσω βου Ἢ βουλεύσας 
(Ὁ [ἐβούλευσα ἢ μι βούλευσον βουλεῦσαι . 

5. Tadvised.|/ ™2Y | Tmight | Advise. Τὸ advise.| Haring 
<4 é advise. ‘ 
s | βεβούλευ- | βεβουλεύ- βεβουλεύ- βεβουλευ- | βεβουλευ- 
2 ka ᾿Κω τὶ st κέναι κώς 

5 71 have ad-|Imay have Ἰὼ a: To have | Having 
Pi} vised. | advised. : advised. | advised. 

vised. 

ε: ἐβεβουλεύ- 

S| κειν 

= \I had ad- 

Pi! wised. 

















Lrsson XXXV. 


Verbs.—Bovretw— Active Voice. 


199. The inflection of the Actwe Voice of a regu- 
lar Greek verb is given in the following 


























76 Parapigm or BovAevo— 
TENSES. . _ INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Ss. 1. βουλεύω βουλευω 
2. βουλεύεις βουλεύῃς 
3. βουλεύει βουλεύῃ 
D. 2. βουλεύετον βουλεύητον 
Present, 3. BovAeverov βουλεύητον 
ἘΠ βουλεύομεν βουλεύωμεν 
>. 2: βουλεύετε βουλεύητε 
ὃ, βουλεύουσι(ν) βουλεύωσι(ν) 
δ ἧς ἐβούλευον 
2. ἐβούλευες 
= 3. ἐβούλευε(ν) 
. ὦ. ἐβουλεύετον 
Imperf. 3. ἐβουλευέτην 
P35: ἐβουλεύομεν 
2. ἐβουλεύετε 
Be ἐβούλευον 
ἘΠῚ βουλεύσω 
2. βουλεύσεις 
Suture. Inflect like Indic. 
Pres. - 
Ss. 1. ἐβούλευσα βουλεύσω. 
2. ἐβούλευσας βουλεύσης 
3. ἐβούλευσε(ν) Inflect like Stag 
ma ἐβουλεύσᾶτον Pres 
Aorist. 3. ἐβουλευσάτην 
che ἐβουλεύσᾶμεν. 
2. eBovdevodre 
3. ἐβούλευσαν 
aS Tis TE Te βεβούλευκα βεβουλεύκω 
2. βεβούλευκας βεβουλεύκῃς 
3. βεβούλευκε(ν) like Subj. Pres. 
D. 2. βεβουλεύκᾶτον 
Perfect. 3. βεβουλεύκἄτον 
QP. 1. βεβουλεύκᾶμεν 
2. βεβουλεύκᾶτε 
3. βεβουλεύκᾶσι(ν) 
8. 1. ἐβεβουλεύκειν 
2. ἐβεβουλεύκεις 
3. ἐβεβουλεύκει 
Ὦ..2. ἐβεβουλεύκειτον 
Pluperf. 3. ἐβεβουλευκείτην 
P. 1. ἐβεβουλεύκειμεν 
2. ἐβεβουλεύκειτε 
8 ἐβεβουλεύκεσαν 
: ἐβεβουλεύκεισαν. 























Active Voice. 


77 




















like Opt. Pres. 


OPTATIVE. IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. _ 
βουλεύοιμιε : βουλεύειν . βουλεύων, MM. 
βουλεύοις BovXeve βουλεύουσα, F. 
βουλεύοι βουλευέτω βουλεῦον, Ν. 
βουλεύοιτον βουλεύετον 
βουλευοίτην βουλευέτων 
βουλεύοιμεν 
βουλεύοιτε βϑουλεύετε 

, βουλευέτωσαν 
βουλεύοιεν 4 

βουλευόντων 
βουλεύσοιμι βουλεύσειν ἰβουλεύσων, ΗΠ. 
βουλεύσοις ϑβϑουλεύσουσα, F. 
Inflect like Opt. ϑουλεῦσον, LN. 

Pres. : 

βουλεύσαιμι βουλεῦσαι βουλεύσας, Η. 
᾿βουλεύσαις, 01" σειας βούλευσον βουλεύσαᾶσα, F. 
βουλεύσαι, σειεί(ίν) ἰβουλευσάτω βουλεῦσαν, LN. 
βουλεύσαιτον βουλεύσᾶτον 
βουλευσαίτην βουλευσάτων 
βουλεύσαιμεν : 
βουλεύσαιτε βουλεύσατε 

᾿ βουλευσἄάτωσαν 

βουλεύσαιεν, σειαν ὗ Boud , 

OVAEVCQAVT@YV 
βεβουλεύκοιμι βεβουλευκέναιβεβουλευκώς, MM. 
βεβουλεύκοις βεβουλευκυῖα, F° 


βεβουλευκός, LN. 























78 ETYMOLOGY. 


200. Accentuation.—The primary law for accentu 
ation in Greek verbs places the accent, 

1) In words of two syllables, on the jirst, e.g. 
γράφω, 7] write. 

2) In words of more than two syllables, on the 
penult, if the ultimate is long ; otherwise 
on the antepenult, e. g.: βουλεύω, I advise ; 
ἐβούλευον, 7 was advising. 


Rem. 1.—The exceptions to this primary law will be readily 
learned from the Paradigm itself. 


Rem. 2.—The endings a: and οι, except in the Optative, are re- 
garded as short in accentuation ; hence βουλεύεται with accent on 
the antepenult. 


Rem, 3.—In regard to the character of the accent, the pupil 
will observe that the accent of the antepenult is always the acute, 
while that of the penult is the circumflex, if the penult is long by 
Prat and the ultimate short, otherwise the acute. (See 10, 11, 
12. 





Lesson XXXVI. 
Verbs.—Bovretwa— Active Voice, continued. 


201. Participles are declined like adjectives. In 
Active Participles the feminine is of the first declen- 
sion, and the masculine and neuter of the third. 


VERBS.—ACTIVE VOICE. 


202. PARADIGMS. 


land 


9 








1. Present Participle, Βουλεύων, advising. 


M. 
βουλεύων 
βουλεύοντος 
βουλεύοντι 
βουλεύοντα 
βουλεύων 


' , 
. βουλεύοντε 
- βουλευόντοιν 


[4 
βουλεύοντες 
βουλευόντων 


βουλεύουσι(ν) 


΄ 
βουλεύοντας 
βουλεύοντες 


SINGULAR. 


F. 
βουλεύουσᾶ 
βουλευούσης 
βουλευούσῃ 
βουλεύουσαν 
βουλεύουσα 


DUAL. 


oe 
βουλευούσᾶ 
βουλευούσαιν 


PLURAL. 


βουλεύουσαι 
βουλευουσῶν 
βουλευούσαις 
βουλευούσας 
βουλεύουσαι 


Ν. 
βουλεῦον 
βουλεύοντος 
βουλεύοντι 
βουλεῦον 
βουλεῦον 


, 
βουλεύοντε 
βουλευόντοιν 


βουλεύοντα 
βουλευόντων 
βουλεύουσι(ν) 
βουλεύοντα 
βουλεύοντα. 


2. Aorist Participle, Βουλεύσας, having advised. 


D 


βουλεύσας 


βουλεύσαντος 


. βουλεύσαντι 
βουλεύσαντα 
’ 
βουλεύσας 


.A.V;> βουλεύσαντε 
& 


- βουλευσάντοιν 


, 
βουλεύσαντες 


βουλευσάντων 
βουλεύσασι(ν) 
βουλεύσαντας 
βουλεύσαντες 


SINGULAR. 


βουλεύσασᾶ 
βουλευσάσης 
βουλευσάσῃ 
βουλεύσασαν 
βουλεύσασα 


DUAL. 


ae = “te 
βουλευσᾶσᾶ 
βουλευσάσαιν 


PLURAL, 


βουλεύσᾶσαι 
βουλευσασῶν 
βουλευσάσαις 
βουλευσάσας 
βουλεύσασαι 


βουλεῦσαν 
βουλεύσαντος 
βουλεύσαντι 
βουλεῦσαν 
βυυλεῦσαν 


βουλεύσαντε 
βουλευσάντοιν 


βουλεύσαντα 
βουλευσάντων 
βουλεύσασι(ν) 
βουλεύσαντα 
βουλεύσαντα. 








80 ETYMOLOGY. 


Parapiems, continued. 





3. Perfect Participle, Βεβουλευκώς, having advised. 


SINGULAR. 
M. F, N. 
Nom. βεβουλευκώς βεβουλευκυῖα βεβουλευκός 
Gen. βεβουλευκότος βεβουλευκυία: ββεβουλευκότος 
Dat. βεβουλευκότι βεβουλευκυίᾳ βεβουλευκότι 
Acc. βεβουλευκότα βεβουλευκυῖαν βθεβουλευκός 
Voe. βεβουλευκώς βεβουλευκυῖα βεβουλευκός 
DUAL. 


N. A. Υ. βεβουλευκότε βεβουλευκυίᾶ βεβουλευκότε 
6. ἃ D. 


βεβουλευκότοιν βεβουλευκυίαιν βεβουλευκότοιν 


PLURAL. 
Nom. βεβουλευκότες βεβουλευκυῖαι βεβουλευκότα - 
Gen. βεβουλευκότων βεβουλευκυιῶν βθεβουλευκότων 
Dat. βεβουλευκόσι(ν)Ὶ BeBovdevkvias βεβουλευκόσι(ν) 
Ace. βεβουλευκότας βεβουλευκυίας ββεβουλευκότα 
γοο. βεβουλευκότες βεβουλευκυῖαι βββουλευκότα. 








4. The Future Participle, Βουλεύσων, is declined like the Present. 








Lesson XXXVII. 
Verbs.— Active Voice.—Exercises. 


208. Participles, like adjectives, agree with their 
nouns in gender, number, and case. 

204, The Participle is used much more freely in 
Greek than in English. With the article it often has 
the force of a relative clause with its antecedent, and 
sometimes is best rendered by the noun itself, e. g.: 


ἢ is ruling. 
ὋὉ βασιλεύων. ἘΝ st es ὁ 


VERBS.—ACTIVE VOICE.—EXERCISES. | 81 


205. VocABULARY. 


“Aypios, a, ov, wild. Δουλεύω, εἰς, to serve, be slave, 
Βᾶσϊλεύω, εἰς, to be king, rule, or servant. 
reign. Onpevo, es, to hunt. 


Βουλεύω, εἰς, advise. 


206. EXEnrcisEs. 
I. 


1. Aovredvers. 2. Βασιλεύεις. 3. Βασιλεύῃς. 4. 
Βουλεύῃς. 5. Βουλεύῃ. 6. Θηρεύῃ. T. Onpeve. 8. 
Aovrevéro. 9. ᾿Εδούλευεν. 10. ᾿Εδουλεύετε. 11. 
*EBacirevov. 12. ᾿Εβεβουλεύκειτον.: 13. "EBeBov- 
λευκείτην. 14. ᾿Εθήρευσας. 15. ᾿Εθηρεύσαμεν. 16. 
᾿Εθήρευσαν. 17. Βασιλεύσῃς. 18. Βασιλεύσαιμι. 19. 
Βασιλεύσαιτε. 20. Θήρευσον. 21. Θηρεύσατε. 22. 
 Θηρεύσω. 23. Onpedcere. 34. Βουλεύσοιμι. 25. Bov- 
λεύσοι.. 26. Ὃ βασιλεύων Inpever. 27. Ὃ βασιλεύ- 
σας βουλεύσει. 28. Κῦρος ἄγρια ϑηρία ἐϑήρευεν. 


II. 
1. Heisking. 2. They are kings. 3. Be kings. 
4. Let them be kings. 5. Youwere hunting. 6. We 
were hunting. 7 Ishall advise. 8. They will δά’ 
vise. 9. You were serving. 10. He served. 11. 
They served. | 





Lesson XXXVIII. 
Verbs.—Bovreto—Middle Voice. 


207. The inflection of the Middle Voice is given in 
the following 






































8. Parapiem or Βουλεύω--- 
TENSES. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Ss. 1. βουλεύομαι βουλεύωμαι 
2. βουλεύῃ, or εἰ βουλεύῃ 
8. βουλεύεται βουλεύηται 
D. 1. BovAevduedov βουλευώμεϑον 
2. βουλεύεσϑον βουλεύησϑον 
Present. 3. βουλεύεσϑον βουλεύησϑον 
ἢ: βουλευόμεϑα βουλευώμεϑα 
3. βουλεύεσϑε βουλεύησϑε 
8. βουλεύονται βουλεύωνται 
8.1. ἐβουλευόμην 
2. ἐβυυλεύου 
8. ἐβουλεύετο 
D. 1. ἐβουλευόμεϑον 
Imperfect. 2. ἐβουλεύεσδον | 
3. ἐβουλευέσϑην 
rk ἐβουλευόμεδϑα 
3. ἐβουλεύεσϑε 
8. ἐβουλεύοντο 
oe Ἢ βουλεύσομαι 
Mupire. like Indic. Pres. 
8. 1. ἐβουλευσᾶμην βουλεύσωμαι 
2. ἐβουλεύσω βουλεύσῃ 
8. ἐβουλεύσᾶτο βουλεύσηται 
D. 1. ἐβουλευσάᾶμεϑον βουλευσώμεϑον 
‘Rorist 2. ἐβουλεύσασϑον βουλεύσησϑον 
: 8. ἐβουλευσάσϑην βουλεύσησϑον 
Pits ἐβουλευσἄμεϑα βουλευσώμεϑα 
2. ἐβουλεύσασϑε βουλεύσησδε 
8, ἐβουλεύσαντο βουλεύσωνται 
8. 1. βεβούλευμαι βεβουλευμένος ὦ 
2. βεβούλευσαι βεβουλευμένος ἧς 
8. βεβούλευται βεβουλευμένος j 
D3. βεβουλεύμεϑον βεβουλευμένω ὦμεν 
Perfect 9: βεβούλευσϑον βεβουλευμένω ἦτον 
ἌΉΩΝ, 8. βεβούλευσϑον ᾿βεβουλευμένω ἦτον 
i eS βεβουλεύμεϑα βεβουλευμένοι Suey 
2. βεβούλευσϑε βεβουλευμένοι Fre 
8, βεβούλευνται βεβουλευμένοι ὧσι(ν) 
8. 1. ἐβεβουλεύμην 
2. ἐβεβούλευσο 
8. ἐβεβούλευτο 
4). 1. ἐβεβουλεύμεϑον 
Pluperfect. 2. ἐβεβούλευσδον 
8. ἐβεβουλεύσϑην 
P. 1. ἐβεβουλεύμεδα 
2. ἐβεβούλευσϑδε 
8. ὁἐβεβούλευντο 
. 8. 1. βεβουλεύσομαι 
Fut. Perf. like Indic. Pres. 














Middle Voice. 


83 









































OPTATIVE. IMPERATIVE. INFIN. PARTICIPLE. 
onesie isle “papa on a 
ουλεύοιο συλεύου εσϑαι | βουλευομένη, F. 
βουλεύοιτο βουλευέσϑω βουλευόμενον, LN. 
βουλευοίμεϑον 
βουλεύοισϑον βουλεύεσϑον 
βουλευοίσϑην βουλευέσϑων 
BovaAevoipeda 
βουλεύοισϑε βουλεύεσϑε 
Σ βουλευέσϑδωσαν 
βουλεύοιντο ᾿ βουλευέσϑων 
sae pcan βουλεύ- | BovAevoduevos, ἢ, 
ike Opt. Pres. σεσδαι ον 
springs hs ge eres rs 
ουλεύσαιο οὐύλευσαι σασϑαι  βουλευσαμένη, F. 
sega shat βουλευσάσϑω βουλευσάμενον, NV. 
ουλευσαίμεσον 
τ βουλεύσαισϑον βουλεύσασϑον 
βουλευσαίσϑην βουλευσάσϑων 
βουλευσαίμεϑα 
βουλεύσαισϑε βουλεύσασϑε 
ὀξυλόδδοννο βουλευσάσϑωσαν 
βουλευσάσϑων 
βεβουλευμένος εἴην βεβου- | βεβουλευμένος, DM. 
βεβουλευμένυς εἴης βεβούλευσο λεῦσϑαι | βεβουλευμένη, F. 
βεβουλευμένος εἴη βεβουλεύσϑω βεβουλευμένον, Ν. 
βεβουλευμένω εἴημεν 
βεβουλευμένω εἴητον | βεβούλευσδον 
βεβουλευμένω εἰήτην | βεβουλεύσϑδων 
βεβουλευμένοι εἴημεν 
βεβουλευμένοι εἴητε βεβούλευσϑε 
, βεβουλεύσϑωσαν 
βεβουλευμένοι εἴησαν BeBovrcbaSwv 
βεβουλευσοίμην βεβουλεύ-] βεβουλευσόμενος, 
like Opt. Pres. σεσϑαι ἢ, ov 











84 ETYMOLOGY. 


Rem. 1.—The pupil will observe in the above Paradigm, that 
in the present, future, and future perfect tenses, two different end- 
ings are given for the second person: thus in the present the sec- 
ond person is βουλεύῃ or βουλεύει. The form in ἢ is generally 
used. 

Rem. 2.—The future perfect given in the above Paradigm is 
scarcely a regular tense in the Greek language. It occurs only in 
a few verbs, and even in them it is confined almost exclusively to 
the middle and passive voices. 





Lesson XXXIX. 
Verbs.—Middle Voice.—Exercises. 


208. The Participles of the Middle Voice of Bov- 
λεύω, as of all verbs in @, are declined as adjectives 
of the First and Second Declensions, as, βουλευόμενος, 
ῃ, ov, Gen. βουλευομένου, ns, ov. 


209. VocABULARY. 





Βουλεύω, εἰς, to advise, Mid. cause to be educated, to have 
deliberate. educated. 
Bpadéws, slowly, deliberately. Tlavw, εἰς, to cause to cease, 
Δοῦλος, ov, ὃ, servant, slave, Mid. to cease, to stop one’s 
Λούω, εἰς, to wash, Mid. to | . self. 
wash one’s self, to bathe. Περί (prep. with gen.), in re- 
Mera (prep. with gen.), with, gard to, concerning, about. 
in company with. Πόλεμος, ov, ὃ, war. 
Παιδεύω, es, to educate, Mid. 


910. Exercises. : 


1, Τὸν βασίλέα βουλεύσομεν.υ 2. Βουλευσόμεθα. 
3. Τὸν κριτὴν ἐβουλεύετε. 4. ᾿Εβουλεύεσθε. ὅ. Οἱ 


VERBS.—PASSIVE VOICE. 85 


δοῦλοι €Aovcavto. 6. Ὃ δοῦλος ἐλούσατο. 7. ‘O Ba- 
σιλεὺς τὸν πόλεμον ἔπαυσεν. 8. Ὃ βασιλεὺς ἐπαί- 
σατο. 9. Tov πόλεμον ératcate. 10. Παύσασθε. 
11. Ὃ πατὴρ τοὺς παῖδας ἐπαίδευσεν. 12. ‘O πατὴρ 
τοὺς παῖδας ἐπαιδεύσατο. 13. Οἱ πολῖται τοὺς παῖδας 
παιδεύσουσιν. 14. Τοὺς παῖδας παιδεύσονται. 15. 
Βουλεύου βραδέως. 16. ‘O πατὴρ ἐβουλεύετο μετὰ 
τῶν φίλων (184). 17. «Αὐτοὶ περὶ εἰρήνης ἐβουλεύεσθε. 


Il. 

1. I shall advise my brother. 2. I shall deliber- 
ate in regard to the letter. 3. You are educating 
your pupils well. 4. I shall have my boy well edu- 
cated. 5. The Athenians themselves deliberated in 
regard to the war. 6. You have all deliberated well 
in regard to the city. 





Lesson XL. 
Verbs.—P assive Voice. 


211. The Passive Verb in its inflection differs from 
the Middle only in the Future and Aorist tenses. The 
forms therefore which have been given in the Para- 
digm of the Middle (207) for the other tenses belong 
also to the Passive. The difference of inflection be- 
tween these two voices will be mpeny seen in the 
ΕΗ 


5 


80 ETYMOLOGY. 


Parapiem or BovrAeto— 





Present, Imperfect, Perfect, Pluperfect, and 

















TENSES. ; INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Present, ἐν; βουλεύομαι βουλεύωμαι 
Imperf. S.1. ἐβουλευόμην 

Perfect. 5. 1 βεβούλευμαι βεβουλευμένος ὦ 





Pluperf. S. 1. ἐβεβουλεύμην 





ἐβουλείθην ᾿ Bovrevbd 

















S.1. 
2. ἐβουλεύθης βουλευβῆς 
3. eBovret bn BovAevb7 
D. 2. €BovAevdnrov βουλευβῆτον 
Aorist. 3. ἐβουλευθήτην βουλευϑῆτον 
Di; ἐβουλεύθημεν βουλευθῶμεν 
2. ἐβουλεύβθητε βουλευβῆτε 
3. €Bovrevdnoay βουλευϑῶσι(ν) 
8.1. βουλευθήσομαι 
2. βουλευϑήσῃ or et 
3. βουλευθήσεται 
D.1. βουλευϑησόμεϑον 
Future. 2. βουλευβδήσεσθον 
3. βουλευϑήσεσβον 
Fide Bovrevdnodpeda 
2. βουλευβήσεσϑε 
3. βουλευϑῆσονται 
βεβουλεύσομαι 


Fut. Per. 5.1. 

















” 


VERBS.—PASSIVE VOICE. 


Passive Voice. 


87 





Future Perfect the same as in the Middle Voice. 





OPTATIVE. _ 





























tae aero -- 








IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. | PARTICIPLE. 
βουλευοίμην βουλεύου βουλεύεσθαι [βουλευόμενος 
βεβουλευμένος εἴην βεβούλευσο βεβουλεῦσθαι βεβουλευμένος 
βουλευθείην βουλευθῆναι |BovAevbeis, Η. 
βουλευθείης _Bovdevdnre βουλευβεῖσα, F. 
βουλευθείη βουλευθήτω βουλευθέν, Ν. 
βουλευθείητον βουλεύθητον 
βουλευθειήτην βουλευθήτων 
βουλευβθείημεν, or εἶμεν 
βουλευθείητε, εἴτε  βουλεύβθητε 

P 5 λευθήτωσαν 
βουλευβείησαν, εἶεν pes ri eee 
βουλευθησοίμην βουλευθήσε-  βουλευθησό- 
βουλευθήσοιο σθαι μενος 
βουλευθήσοιτο 
βουλευθησοίμεθον 
βουλευθήσοισθον 
βουλευθησοίσθην 
βουλευθησοίμεβα 
βουλευθήσοισθε 
βουλευθήσοιντο 
βεβουλευσοίμην βεβουλεύσε- | βεβουλευσό- 
σθαι μενος. 











88 


ETYMOLOGY. 


212. The Aorist Passive Participle is declined as 


an adjective of the First and Third Declensions, as in 

















the following 
PARADIGM. 

F. SINGULAR. 
Nom Bovrevbeis Bovrevbcioa βουλευϑέν 
Gen Bovdevbévros Bovrevbeions βουλευθέντος 
Dat βουλευθέντι - βουλευθείσῃ βουλευβέντι 
Ace βουλευθέντα βουλευθεῖσαν βουλευθέν 
Voc βουλευθέις βουλευϑεῖσα βουλευθέν 

DUAL. 
N. A.V. βουλευθέντε Bovrevdciod Bovrevbévre 
G.&D. Bovdevdévrow βουλευϑείσαιν βουλευθέντοιν 
PLURAL. 
Nom βουλευθέντες βουλευβεῖσαι βουλευθέντα 
Gen βουλευϑέντων βουλευθεισῶν βουλευθέντων 
Dat βουλευϑεῖσι(ν) βουλευθείσαις βουλευϑεῖσι(ν) 
Ace. βουλευθέντας βουλευθείσας βουλευθέντα 
Voe. βουλευθέντες βουλευϑεῖσαι βουλευβθέντα. 
Lesson XLI. 


Verbs.—Passive Voice.—Ezxercises. 


918, Rutze.—anner, Means, &e. 
1) The manner or means of an action, and the 
instrument employed, are expressed by the 
Dative, 6. g.: 
You do every thing by 


U 7 
Τύχῃ πάντα πράττεις. ΣΑΙ 


2) The agent of an action after passive verbs is 


VERBS.—PASSIVE ὙΟΙΟΕ.----ἘΧΈΒΟΙΒΕΒ. ὁ 80 
expressed by a Genitive with ὑπό or some 
kindred preposition, 6. g.:— 
᾿Επαιδεύθην ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς | [was taught by my coun- 
πατρΐδος. try. 
914. VocABULARY. 


"ABovAos, ov, inconsiderate, fool-| cate, bring up, Pass. to be 


ash. educated. 
"AXXos, ἡ, 0, other, another. Σατῦρος, ov, 6, ὦ Satyr, com- 
᾿Ανόητος, ov, stupid, thoughtless. panion of Bacchus—Sile- 
Onpevo, ets, to hunt, catch, Pass. nus is meant. (See Gr. 


Be taken, be captivated with. Eng. Vocab.) 

Midas, ov, 6, Midas, a celebra-| vv (prep. with dat.), with. 
ted king of Phrygia. (See | Φονεύω, ets, to slay, kill, mur- 
Gr. Eng. Vocab.) der, Pass. be killed. 

Παιδεύω, εἰς, to instruct, edu- 





915. Exercises. 
1. 


1. Βουλεύετε. 2. Βουλεύεσθε. 8. Βουλεύητε. 4. 
Βουλεύησθες. 5. Bovrgeve. 6. Βουλεύουι 7. ᾿Εφό- 
vevov. 8. ᾿Εφονεύοντο. 9. ᾿Εφόνευεν. 10. ᾿Εφονεύ- 
eto. - 11. ᾿Επαίδευσαν.υΌ 12. ᾿Επαιδεύσαντος 18. 
᾿Επαιδεύθησαν. 14. Βουλεύσομεν. 15. Bovrevoo- 
μεθα. 10. Βουλευθησόμεθα. 17. Βουλευθῆς. 18. 
Παιδευθῆς. 19. Βουλευθεῖεν. 20. Παιδευθεῖεν. 21. 
Βουλεύθητι. 22. Παιδεύθητι. 28. Βουλευθήσεται. 
24, Παιδευθήσεται. 25. Κῦρος ἐπαιδεύετο σὺν τοῖς 
ἄλλοις παισίν. 26. Τοὺς ἀνοήτους παιδεύομεν. 97. 
Μίδας τὸν Σάτυρον ἐθήρευσεν. 28. ᾿Ανὴρ ἄβουλος 
ἡδοναῖς ϑηρεύεται. 

ἘΝ 
1. Lam advised. 2. I was educated. 3. I have 


90 ETYMOLOGY. 


been advised. 4. 1 had been educated. 5. We were 
advised.. 6. We shall be educated. 7. He was mur- 
dered. 8. You will be murdered. 





Lesson XLII. 


Verbs.—Augment and Ieduplication.—Lormation 
of Tenses. 


216. In the Paradigm of βουλεύω it will be,ob- 
served, . 
1) That the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future 
' Perfect prefix the first letter of the word 
with ε (@e), and retain them throughout 
all the moods and the participles. This 
prefix is called Leduplication. 

2) That the Historical tenses—Imperfect, Plu- 
perfect, and Aorist—prefix e, which they 
retain only in the Indicative. ‘This is 
called Auwgment. 

217. Augment is of two kinds: 

1) Syllabic, used in verbs beginning with con- 
sonants, so called because it prefixes ε as 
a distinct syllable; as, βουλεύω, ἐβούλευον. 

2) Temporal (from tempus, time) used in verbs 
beginning with vowels, so called because 
it merely lengthens the quantity or time 
(tempus) of the vowel, if short: @ and e 
into η; o into w; ¢ into δ; ὕ into ὃ; as, 
ἄγω, ἦγον ; ἱκετεύω, ἱκέτευον. 

218. Verbs beginning with the dipththongs, as, 


AUGMENT AND REDUPLICATION. 91 


ot, av, lengthen the first vowel as above, subscribing 
the 4, as, οἰκτίζω, Imp. ᾧὥκτιζον ; those beginning with 
ev sometimes lengthen the first vowel and sometimes 
omit the Augment; those beginning with ἡ, τ, 9, ὦ, εἰ, 
ov, admit no Augment. 

219. The Reduplication is used only in verbs 
which begin with a single consonant or with a mute 
and a liquid. Other verbs take only the Augment 
instead, the temporal if they begin with vowels, other- 
wise the syllabic; as, ἱκετεύω, Perf. ἱκέτευκα ; μνημο- 
νεύω, Perf. ἐμνημόνευκα (not μεμνημόνευκα). When 
the Augment thus takes the place of the Reduplica- 
tion, it is retained like that in all the moods and in the 
participle. 

220. In verbs compounded with a preposition, 

1) The final vowel of the preposition, except 
περί and πρό, is elided; as, ὑπακούω, com- 
pounded of ὑπό and ἀκούω, to listen. 

2) After such elision the smooth mutes 7 and τ 
of the preposition are changed to the cor- 
responding rough mutes ¢ and 3, when 
the simple verb has the rough breathing; 
6. g. ἀφορμίζω (to mark out), comp. of 
ἀπό and ὁρμίζω, o final dropped and π' 
changed to φ before ὁ. 

3) The Augment and Reduplication are placed 
between the preposition and the verb, and 
the final vowel of the preposition, except 
περί and πρό, is elided before the Aug- 
ment; as, ἐπιβουλεύω (ἐπί and βουλεύω), 
to plot against, Imp. ἐπεβούλευον ; ὑπα- 
κούω (ὑπό and ἀκούω, Imperf. ὑπήκουον. 

221. In most other compounds the Augment and 


92 ETYMOLOGY. 


Reduplication stand at the beginning, as in simple 
verbs. 


Formation or TrEnsrs. 


222. In conjugating a Greek verb, it will be found 
convenient to give the six tenses, Present, Future, 
Aorist, and Perfect Active, the Perfect Middle, and 
Aorist Passive, which may be called the Principal 
Parts. | 

223. In the Paradigm of a verb like βουλεύω, *°Y)S* 

1) The Root may be found by dropping ὦ of the 
present; as, βουλεύω ; root, βουλευ. 

2) The Principal Parts may be formed by ap- 
pending to the root the following endings, 
prefixing at the same time the Reduplica- 
tion for the Perfect, and the Augment for 


the Aorist: ; 
Tenses, Endings. Principal Parts. 
Present Act. @ βουλεύ--ω 
Future “ σω βουλεύ--σω 
Aorist “ σα ἐ-βούλευ-σα 
Perf. ω κα βε-βούλευ--κα 
Perf. Mid. peat βε-βούλευ--μαι 
Aorist Pass. Snv ἐ-βουλεύ--ϑην. 


924. From these parts the several tenses may be 
formed as follows: 
I. From the Present Active may be formed, 

1) The Jmperfect Active, by changing into ον 
and prefixing the Augment, e. g.: Bov- 
rev-w ; Imperfect, é—Bovrev-ov. 

2) The Present Middle and Passwe, by chang- 
ing ὦ into oma, e.g.: βουλεύ-ω; Bovdev~ 
owas (both Mid. and Pass.). 


FORMATION OF TENSES. 93 


8) The Imperfect Middle and Passive, by chang- 
ing ὦ into duny and prefixing the Aug- 
ment, 6. g.: βουλεύ-ω, ἐ-βουλευ--ὀμην. 

II. From the /uture Active may be formed the 
Future Middle, by changing cw into copas, e.g.: 
βουλεύ--σω, βουλεύ--σομαι. 

It. From the Aorist Active may be formed the 
Aorist Middle, by changing ca into σἅμην, ο. g.: ἐβού-" 
λευ-σα, ἐβουλευ--σἄμην. : 

IV. From the Perfect Actwe may be formed the | 
Pluperfect Actwe, by changing «a into xew and pre- 
fixing the Augment, 6. g.: βεβούλευ--κα, ἐ-βεβουλεύ-- 
KEW. 

V. From the Perfect Middle and Passive may 
be formed, 

1) The Pluperfect Mid. and Pass. by changing 

"pat into μην and prefixing the Augment, 
6. g.: βεβούλευ-μαι, ἐ-βεβουλεύ--μην. 

2) The Luture Perfect Mid. and Pass. by 
changing pas into copat, e.g.: βεβού- 

λευ-μαι, βεβουλεύ--σομαι.΄ 

VI. From the Aorist Passive may be formed the 
Future Passive, by changing Inv into ϑήσομαι and 
dropping the Augment, 6. g.: ἐ-βουλεύ--θην, βουλευ-- 
θήσομαι. 

225. Verbs in ἕω and ὕω lengthen the final vowel 
of the root in all the tenses except the present and 
imperfect, 6. g.: κωλύω, to hinder, Fut. κωλύσω, Perf. 
KeKwOADKA, Ke. 


94 


ETYMOLOGY 


Lzesson XLIII. 
Verbs.— Exercises. 


226. VocABULARY.* 


“Adnbeio, ow, to speak the truth, 
Pass. to come true, be ful- 
Silled. 

᾿Αριστεύω, ow, to be best, bravest. 

BdpBapos, ov, ὃ, barbarian, ap- 
plied to all who were not 
Greeks. 

Bios, ov, 6, life, period of life. 
Δαρεῖος, ov, ὃ, Darius, king of 
Persia. } 
Δυναστεύω, ow, to have power, 

or supremacy. 

‘Ikerevo, ow, to beseech, sup- 
plicate. 


927. TEXERCISES. 





Λύω, λύσω, ἔλῦσα, λέλὔκα, λέ- 
λῦμαι, ἐλύθην, to break, to 
violate. 

Συγγνώμη, ns, ἡ, pardon, favor. 

Συμβουλεύω (σύν, with, and 
βουλεύω), ow (220), to ad- 
vise with, to deliberate with. 


᾿Τελευτή, ἧς, ἡ, end. 


Ὑποπτεύω (ὑπό and ὀπτεύω), 
ow, Imp. ὑπώπτευον, Aor. 
᾿ὑπώπτευσα, to suspect, to an- 
ticipate, expect. 
Φιλοσοφΐα, as, ἡ, philosophy, 
love of wisdom. 


1. Οἱ παῖδες ἠλήθευον. 2. ᾿Αλήθευσον. 38. "Ad 


θεύωμεν. 


τευσεν. 6. ᾿Ηριστεύομεν. 


8, Ἱκετεύετε τὴν τῶν ϑεῶν συγγνώμην. 
10. Κῦρος ἐθήρευεν. 


\ / / 
TOUS νόμους AVC ATE. 


4, ᾿Αληθεύσαιμι. 


5. Ὃ στρατιώτης ἠρίσ- 
ἤ. ‘Inérevoy τοὺς ϑεούς. 
9. Τούτου; 
11. Δαρεῖος 


ὑπώπτευε τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου. 19. Ὃ πατὴρ συνεβου- 


λεύετο μετὰ τῶν φίλων. 


18, 


Ἡ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων πόλις 





* The pupil will find it a useful exercise to give, as described in 


228, the principal parts in full of every verb which he has occasion to 
ase; all irregularities of formation will be marked in the vocabularies, 
but in the regular verbs only the Present and Future will be given. 


IMPURE VERBS.—MUTE VERBS. 95 


ἐν τοῖς “Ελλησιν ἐδυνάστευεν. 14. ΝΗ φιλοσοφία τοὺς 
᾿Αθηναίους ἐπαίδευσεν. 


Il. 
1. He is supplicating the king. 2. The boys were 
supplicating their father. 3. Let us supplicate the . 
judge. 4. The enemy have broken the truce. 





Lesson XLIV. 
Impure Verbs.— Mute Verbs. 


228. The last letter of the root or stem, found by 
dropping ὦ in Pres. Ind. Act., is called the Verb-char- 
acteristic. 

229. Verbs are divided into Pure and Impure ac- 

cording as the verb-characteristic is a vowel or conso- 
nant: βουλεύω is therefore a pure verb. 

230. Impure verbs are subdivided into 

1) Mute verbs, whose characteristic is one of the 
nine mutes, as, ἄγω, 7 lead. 

2) Liquid verbs, whose characteristic is a liquid, 
as, ayyéArw, 7 send. 

231.\ Mute verbs again arrange themselves in three 
classes, according as the characteristic is 

1) A Pi-mute—r, B, ¢, as, γράφω, L write. 
2) A Kappa-mute—x, y, χ, as, ἄγω, I lead. 
3) A Tau-mute—r, ὃ, 3, as, ψεύδω, 7) deceive. 


Rem.—The characteristic is sometimes strengthened in the 
present: thus the Pi-mute becomes zr; the Kappa-mute, oo, rr, 
or ¢; the Tau-mute, ¢. 


232. In the Paradigm of βουλεύω, the Perfect Act. 


96 ETYMOLOGY. 


ends in xa. This is the common ending, except in 
Mute Verbs of the Pi and Kappa classes, which take 
a instead of xa. In these verbs the Pluperf. Act. is 
formed by changing a into ew and prefixing the Aug- 
ment. See 224, IV. | 

233. Verbs with a Pi-mute characteristic suffer 
the following 


“r 


Evrnonico CHANGES. 


1) Before o in the endings, the characteristic 
coalesces with it and forms yw; as, τρίβω 
(7 rub); Fut. (τρίβσω) τρίψω. 

2) Before μ it is assimilated; as, τρίβω, Perf. 
Pass. (τέτρεβμαι) τέτριμμαι. 

8) Before 3 and also in Perf. and Plup. Act. it 
becomes the aspirate @; as, τρίβω, Aor. 
Pass. (ἐτρίβθην) ἐτρίφϑην, Perf. Act. (τέ- 
τριβ--) τέτριφα. 

4) Before the smooth mute 7 it becomes itself 
the smooth mute 7; as, τρίβω, Perf. Pass. 
Third Person (τέτριβται) τέτρυπται. 

2384. Some verbs take a shortened form in the 
Perfect, Pluperfect, Aorist, and Future tenses, which 
is distinguished from the more common form as the 
Second Perfect, Second Pluperfect, &c. The pupil, 
however, must not suppose that the First and Second 
Perfects are two distinct tenses: they are but differ- 
ent forms of the same tense; so too with the Ist and 
2d Pluperfect, 1st and 2d Aorist, Ist and 2d Future. 


IMPURE VERBS.—MUTE VERBS. 


235. Synovsis.—Ipdde, 7 write. 


97 






















































































ACTIVE VOICE, 
INDICATIVE. | SUBJUNCT. | OPTATIVE, |IMPERATIVE.| INFINITIVE.| PARTIC. 
Pres. γράφω γράφω γράφοιμι |ypade γράφειν γράφων 
Imp. [ἔγρᾶφον 
Fut. I. γράψω γράψοιμι γράψειν Ἰγράψων 
Aor. 1, ἔγραψα γράψω ἵγράψαιμι Ἰγράψον i a Bs 
Perk” lyeypcga γεγράφω γεγρά- γεγραφέ- γεγραφώς 
φοιμι! ναι 
Plup. ᾿ἐγεγρἄφειν 
MIDDLE, 
Pres. ἰγράφομαι ἰγράφωμαι ypadoi- ἰγράφου [γράφεσϑαιϊγραφόμε- 
: μὴν νος 
Imp. ἐγρᾶάφόμην. 
Fut. I. γράψομαι γραψοί- γράψε- γραψόμε- 
μὴν σϑαι νος 
Aor. I. ἐγραψάμην ᾿γράψω- | γραψαί- γράψαι ἰγράψα- ἰγραψάμε- 
μαι μην σϑαι γος 
Perf. 1, γέγραμμαι γεγραμμέ- γεγραμμέ. γεγράφϑαι γεγραμμέ-) 
᾿ νος ὦ, vos εἴην vos 
2. γέγραψαι γέγραψο 
3. γέγραπται γεγράφϑω 
D. 1.. γεγράμμεϑον 
2. γέγραφϑξον γέγραφϑον 
3. yeypapsov γεγράφϑων 
ἘΣΣῚ γεγράμμεϑα ; 
2. | γέγραφϑε lyeypapSe 
9. γεγραμμένοι ETE: 
εἰσί(ν) ΄ read 
γεγράφϑων 
Plup. 1.ἐγεγράμμην 
Pl. 8. γεγραμμένοι 
ἦσαν 
F. Perf. γεγράψομαι yeypa- γεγράψε- ᾿γεγραψό- 
ψοίμην σϑαι μενος 
_ PASSIVE. 
Aor. ΠΠ|:ἐγράφην ἰγραφῶ ἰγραφείην ἱγράφηδι γραφῆναι |ypadeis 
Fut. Tf. oe kai γραφη- γραφήσε- γραφησό- 
σοίμην σϑαι μενος. 
Other tenses as in the Middle. 








98 ETYMOLOGY. 


Rem.—In the above table in the Perfect Mid. and Pass. the 
inflection of the Indicative and Imperative is given in full, to 
show some peculiarities of formation ; in the Pluperfect Mid. and 


Pass. the Third Pers. Plur. is added for the same reason. 


In the 


other parts the several persons will be readily formed according 


to the analogy of βουλεύω. 





Lesson XLV. 


Impure Verbs.—Mute Verbs.—LExereises. 


236. Verbs beginning with a rough mute (4) use 
in reduplication the corresponding smooth mute, to 
avoid a repetition of the aspirate, e. g.: 

Ova, Perf. τέθύκα : not ϑέθῦκα. 
Θάπτω, Perf. Pass. τέθαμμαι : not ϑέθαμμαι. 


237. VocABULARY. 
᾿Αναγκαῖος, G, ov, necessary. 
Γράφω, Yo, ya, pa, μμαι, pyv 

(235), to write, to propose in 
writing, as law, bill, &e. 
"Ei (prep. with ace.), against, 

to. 
EvBovdos, ov, 6, Eubitlus, an 
Athenian statesman. 
Εὐριπίδης, ov, ὁ, Euripides, 
tragic poet of Athens. 


Θάπτω, Ww, Ya, τέθαμμαι (236), 


238. Exercises. 





2 A. Pass. ἐτάφην, to bury, 
inter. 
Κλείω, ow, σμαι, σθην, to shut. 
Μακεδονία, as, ἡ, Macedonia, 
country north of Greece 
proper. 
Nexpds, οὔ, ὃ, corpse, dead body. 
Πύλη, ns, ἡ, gate. 
Srparévw, aw (219), to make 
an expedition. 
Τροία, as, ἡ, Troy, celebrated 
city in Asia Minor. 


1. Ταῦτα γέγραφα. 2. Ἢ κόρη τὰς ἐπιστολὰς ἐγε- 


IMPURE VERBS.—MUTE VERBS. 99 


γράφει. 8. Τοῦτο τὸ Ψήφισμα Εὔβουλος ἔγραψεν. 

4, Τὸν νόμον τοῦτον ἡ πόλις γέγραφεν. 5. Τοὺς νεκροὺς 

ἔθαπτον. 6. Τὸν νεκρὸν ἔθαψαν. 1. “O κριτὴς ἐν τοῖς 

ἀναγκαιοτάτοις παιδεύεται. 8. Οἱ “Ελληνες ἐπὶ Τροί. 
> - - \ > / > lal » 

av ἐστράτευσαν. 9. Τὴν εἰρήνην ἐκεῖνος ἔλυσεν. 10. 

Ὁ στρατιώτης ἔκλεισε τὰς πύλας. 


IT. 

1. The letter had been written. 2. My brother 
wrote the letter. 3. The boy buried the beautiful 
bird in the garden. 4. Euripides was buried in Mace- 
donia. 





Lesson XLVI. 
Impure Verbs—Mute Verbs, continued. 


239. Verbs with a Kappa-mute characteristic—x«, 
Y X% or ca, TT, and sometimes €—sufter the following 


Evpnonic CHANGES. 


1) With o the characteristic forms &; as, πλέκω, 
IT weave; Fut. (wréxow) πλέξω. 

2) Before mw it becomes y; as, πλέκω; Perf. 
Pass. (πέπλεκμαι) πέπλεγμαι. 

8) Before 9 and also in the Perf. and Plup. Act. 
it is changed to the corresponding aspirate 
x3 as, πλέκω; Aor. Pass. (ἐπλέκθην) ἐπλέ- 
xOnv ; Perf. Act. (πέπλεκ--ἀὴ) πέπλεχα. 

_ 4) Before the smooth mute τ, it becomes itself 
smooth; as, λέγω, 7 say; Perf. Pass. (λέ: 
λεγται) λέλεκται. 






























































100 ETYMOLOGY. 
240, Synopsts.—Tnréxo, I weave. 
ACTIVE VOICE. 
᾿ INDICATIVE, | SUBJUNCT. | OPTATIVE.| IMPER. INFIN. PART, 
Pres. |mdexw πλέκω [πλέκοιμι ἱπλέκε πλέκειν πλέκων 
Imp. ἰἔπλεκον 
Fut. Ἰπλέξω πλέξοιμι mreEew πλέξων 
Aor. ἰ[ἔπλεξα πλέξω [πλέξαιμι ᾿πλέξον 'πλέξαι | eA Eas 
Perf. |mémdexa πεπλέχω ᾿πεπλέχοι- πεπλεχέ- πεπλεχώς 
μι ναι 
Plup. ἰἐπεπλέχεϊν 
MIDDLE. 
Pres. |mAckopae [πλέκωμαι [πλεκοίμην᾽ πλέκου [πλέκεσϑαι ᾿πλεκόμε- 
vos 
Imp. ἰ[ἐπλεκόμην . 
Put. I. [πλέξομαι πλεξοίμην πλέξεσϑαι ἰπλεξόμε- 
νος 
Aor. I. ᾿έπλεξάμην ἰπλέξωμαι ᾿πλεξαί- πλέξαι ἰπλέξασϑαιϊπλεξάμε- 
μὴν vos 
Perf. 1. ἰπέπλεγμαι ᾿πεπλεγ- ἱπεπλεγμέ- πεπλέχϑαι πεπλεγμέ- 
μένος ὦ vos εἴην) - vos 
2.|rémdeEa πέπλεξο 
9. ᾿πέπλεκται πεπλέχϑω 
Ὁ. 1.πεπλέγμεϑον ἶ 
2.| πέπλεχϑον πέπλεχϑον 
3. redex Sov πεπλέχϑων 
Ρ, 1.}τεπλέγμεϑα : 
2, πέπλεχϑε πέπλεχϑε 
πεπλέ- 
9, πεπλεγμένοι χϑωσαν 
εἰσί(ν) πεπλέ- 
χϑων 
Plup. 1. ἐπεπλέγμην 
ῬΙ. 8. πεπλεγμένοι 
ἦσαν 
Ε, Perf. πεπλέξομαι πεπλεξοί- πεπλέξε- ᾿πεπλεξύ- 
" μὴν σϑαι μενος 
PASSIVE. 
Aor. 1. ἐπλέχϑην ἰπλεχϑὼ [πλεχϑείην᾽ πλέχϑητι ᾿πλεχϑῆναι ἰπλεχϑείς 
Fut. 1. πλεχϑήσο- πλεχϑη- πλεχϑήσε- πλεχϑησό- 
μαι σοίμην σϑαι μενος 
Aor. II [ἐπλάκην ἱπλακῶ ἰπλακείην ᾿πλάκηϑι | ἱπλακῆναι ᾿πλακείς 
Fut. ΤΙ. πλακήσομαι πλακησοί- πλακῆσε- πλακησύ-, 
μὴν σϑαι μενος. 
- Other tenses as in the Middle. 














IMPURE VERBS.—MUTE ὙΈΚΒΒ., ὁ ᾽;, 101: 


Rem. 1.—In the above table, it will be observed, πλέκω has in 
the Passive Voice botha First and a Second Aorist and a First 
and Second Future. This is unusual. Some verbs have the 
First Aorist and some the Second, but it is not common for the 
same verb to take both: so of ἘΝ two Futures, comparatively few 
verbs have both. 


Rem. 2.—The Second Future Passive 1 is formed from the Sec- 
ond Aorist Passive by changing nv into ἤσομαι and dropping the 
Augment; as, ἐ-πλάκτην, haehoonar: This formation, the learner | 
will observe, is entirely analogous to the formation of the First 
Future Passive from the First Aorist Passive by changing Sy» 
into ϑήσομαι and dropping the Augment. See 224, VI. 





Lesson XLVII. 


Impure Verbs.—Mute Verbs, continued. 


241. Verbs with a Tau-mute characteristic—r, ὃ, 
3, or €—suffer the following 


Evrnonic CHANGES. 


1) Before o and also before κα and κεὶν in Perf. 
and Pluperf. Act., the characteristic is 
dropped ; as, ψεύδω, 7 deceive ; Fut. (ψεύ- 
ὅσω) ψεύσω; Perf. (ἔψευδκα) ἔψευκα. — 

2) Before μ, τ, and 3 itis changed into σι; as, 
ψεύδω (I deceive); Perf. Pass. (ἔψευδμαὼὴ 
ἔψευσμαι; Third Pers. (ἔψευδται) ἔψευ- 
orat; Aor. Pass. (ἐψεύδθην) ἐψεύσθην. 


τ 


‘ 
δ € oes 


““ς 


ἷ ETYMOLOGY. 


242. Synopsis.— Wevdo, J deceive. 




























































































ACTIVE VOICE. ' 
INDICATIVE. | SUBJUNCT. | OPTATIVE, |IMPERATIVE| INFINITIVE. |PARTICIPLE. 
Pres. ἱψεύδω Wevda ἵψεύδοιμι ἱψεῦδε ἵψεύδειν ψεύδων 
Imp. ἔψευδον 
Fut. ἱψεύσω ψεύσοιμι evoew ψεύσων 
Aor. ἔψευσα ψεύσω Ῥψεύσαιμι ψεῦσον evoat evoas 
Perf. ἰέἔψευκα ἐψεύκω — | erevKotpt| ἐψευκέναι ἐψευκώς 
Plup. ἰἐψεύκειν 
MIDDLE. 
Pres. {ψεύδομαι ἱ{ψεύδωμαι ψευδοί- ἱψεύδον ἱψεύδεσϑαι ψευδόμε- 
μην νὸς 
Imp. ἰἐψευδόμην 
Fut. 1, ᾿ψεύσομαι ψευσοί- ψεύσεσϑαι Ψψευσόμε- 
μὴν vos 
Aor. I. ἐψευσάμην ᾿ἱψεύσωμαι ψευσαί- ἱψεῦσαι ψεύσασϑαι ψευσάμε- 
μὴν νος 
Perf. 1. ἔψευσμαι ἰέψευσμέ- ὙἜΒΒΟΝΝ Ι ἐψεῦσϑαι ᾿ἐψευσμέ- 
νος @| νος εἴην νὸς 
2. ἔψευσαι ἔψευσο 
ὃ, ἔψευσται ἐψεύσϑω 
D4, ἐψεύσμεϑον 
2, ἔψευσϑον ἔψευσϑον 
3. ἔψευσϑον ἐψεύσϑων 
P. 1. ἐψεύσμεϑα 
2. ἔψευσϑε ἔψευσϑε 
3, ἐψευσμένοι ἐψεύσϑω- 
εἰσί(ν) ΤΕ ΧΑ, ne 
ἐψεύσϑων 
Plup. 1. ἐψεύσμην 
Pl. 8, ἐψευσμένοι 
ἦσαν 
F. Perf. ἐψεύσομαι ἐψευσοί- ἐψεύσε- ἰἐψευσόμε- 
μην σϑαι νὸς 
PASSIVE. 
Aor, 1. ᾿ἐψεύσθην ἱψευσϑῶ νευσϑείην  ψεύσϑητι So ψευϑείς 
Fut. Ἱψευσϑήσο- ψευσϑη- ευσϑήσε- Ψψευσϑησύό- 
μαι σοίμην σϑαι μενος. 
Other tenses as in the Middle. 








IMPURE VERBS.—MUTE VERBS.—EXERCISES. 


108 


Lesson XLVIII. 
Impure Verbs. —Mute Verbs.— Exercises. 


943. VocABULARY. | 


᾿Αγαμέμνων, ovos, ὃ, Agamem- 
non, commander of Gre- 
cian forces at Troy. 

᾿Αγοράζω, dow, σμαι, σθην, to 
buy, purchase, trade. 

Διώκω, ξω, €a, A. Pass. ἐδιώ- 
χθην, to pursue. 

᾿Ἐγκωμιάξω, dow, évexwpiioa, 
κα, σμαι, A. Pass. ἐνεκωμιά- 
σθην, to praise, extol. 

᾿Ἐπιτήδειος, a, ov, necessary, 
useful. 


944, EXERCISES. 


1. Of πολέμιοι εἰς τὴν πόλιν φεύγουσιν. 
8, Τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἐγκωμιάξομεν. 


τὴν πόλιν φεύγομεν. 


4, Παιδεύετε τοὺς παῖδας. 





Θαυμάζω, dow, or ἄσομαι, doa, 
τεθαύμᾶκα, σμαι, cOnv (236), 
to wonder at, admire. 

Κατασκευάζω (κατά and σκευά- 
ζω), dow, σμαι, σθην (219, 
220), to prepare, make. 

Φεύγω, F. M. ἔομαι, 2 A. 
ἔφὕγον, 2 Perf. πέφευγα, to 
Jlee, shun, escape. 

Ψεύδω, ow (242), to deceive, 
cheat. 


2. Eis 


5. Οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι τριήρεις 


κατεσκευάσαντο. 0. “Ὅμηρος τὸν ᾿Αγαμέμνονα ἐνεκω- 
μίασεν. T. Οἱ “Ἕλληνες τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐδίωκον. 8. 
. Οἱ βάρβαροι ἐδιώχθησαν. 9. Oi ᾿Αθηναῖοι ϑαυμά- 
ἕονται. 10. Ἣ πόλις ϑαυμασθήσεται. 11. Ὃ παῖς 
τὸν πατέρα ἔψευκεν. 12. ᾿Εγὼ αὐτοὺς διώξω. 13. 
ἩΗδονὴν φεύγετε. 14. Οἱ στρατιῶται ἠγόραζον τὰ ἐπι- 
τήδεια. 
II. 

1. The general deceived his soldiers. 2. The sol- 
diers were deceived. 8. What are you purchasing? 


104 ETYMOLOGY. - 


4. All will admire your letter. 5. Iam reading the 
letter to your brother. . 





Lesson XLIX. 
Impure Verbs.—Liquid Verbs. 


245. Liquid Verbs are so called because their 
characteristic is one of the four liquids—Aa, yp, ν, p. 

246. Many liquid verbs, like some mute verbs 
(231, Rem.), have in the Present a strengthened form 
of the root. In such cases the true root may be ob- 
tained by shortening the root of the Present: 

1) By dropping the last consonant, as, τέμνω, 7 
cut; τεμν : root, Tew (v dropped) ; ἀγγέλλω, 
I send; ayyerr: root, ayyen. 

2) By shortening the radical vowel or diph- 
thong, as, φαίνω, show; paw: root, dav; 
κτείνω, 1] slay; Krew: root, κτεν. 

247, Liquid verbs present the following peculi- 
arities in tense formation : 

1) They form the Future Act. and Mid. by ad- 
ding éw contracted into ὦ, and éouas con- 
tracted into odmas, to the true root, 6. g.: 
ἀγγέλλω, I send; Lut. Act. ἀγγεχῶ ; Lut. 
Mid. ἀγγέλοῦμαι. 

2) They form Aor. Act. and Mid. without σ, 
but lengthen the radical vowel, e. g.: 
ἀγγέλλω ; Aor. Act. ἤγγείλα ; Did. ἠγγει- 
λἄμην. 


IMPURE VERBS.——LIQUID VERBS. 


105 


248. Parspiem.— Ayyérro, L announce. 









































i ete 
Root or PresEnt, dyyeAA. True Roor, ἀγγελ. 
ACTIVE VOICE. 
INDICATIVE. | SUBJ. | OPTATIVE. [ IMPER. INFIN. | PARTICIPLE. 
Pres. ἰἀγγέλλω ἰ[ἀγγέλλωἀγγέλλοιμι ᾿ἄγγελλε [ἀγγέλλειν ἀγγέλλων 
Imp. [ἤγγελλον ite 
Fut. L.jdyyedo ἀγγελοῖμι, ἀγγελεῖν ᾿ἀγγελῶν, I. 
οίην 
2. ἀγγελεῖς ἀγγελοῖς, ἀγγελοῦσα, 
οίης 7 
9, ἀγγελεῖ ἀγγελοῖ, oin ἐμ χοῦν ΝΣ 
D. 2.\dyyedetrov ἀγγελοῖτον, 
οἴητον 
ϑ.ἀγγελεῖτον ἀγγελοίτην, 
οιἰήτην 
Ῥ, 1.ἀγγελοῦμεν ἀγγελοῖμεν, 
οίημεν 
2. ἀγγελεῖτε ἀγγελοῖτε, 
οἴητε 
ὃ. ἀγγελοῦ- ἀγγελοῖεν 
σι(ν) 
Aor. Τιἤγγειλα ἀγγείλω ἀγγείλαιμι ἄγγειλον ἀγγεῖλαι ἀγγείλας 
Aor. IT. |#yyedov dyyeho ἀγγέλοιμι ἄγγελε ἀγγελεῖν ἀγγελών 
Perf. ἤγγελκα ἠγγέλκω [ἠγγέλκοιμι ἠγγελκέ- ᾿ἠγγελκώς 
ναι 
Plup. ᾿ἠγγέλκειν 
MIDDLE. 
Pres. ᾿ |dyyéAXopat [ἀγγέλ- ἰ[ἀγγελλοίμην ἀγγέλλου [ἀγγέλλε- [ἀγγέλλόμε- 
λωμαι σϑαι νος 
Impf. ἰἠγγελλόμην 
Fut. 1.ἀγγελοῦμαι᾽ ἀγγελοίμην ἀγγελεῖ- ᾿ἀγγελούμε- 
: oat vos 
2.\dyyedq, εἴ ἀγγελοῖο 
9. ἀγγελεῖται ἀγγελοῖτο 
Ὁ. 1, ἀγγελούμε- ἀγγελοίμε- 
Sov Sov 
2. ἀγγελεῖσϑον ἀγγελοῖσϑον 
3. ἀγγελεῖσϑον ἀγγελοίσϑην 
Pek ἀγγελούμεϑα ἀγγελοίμεϑα 
2. ἀγγελεῖσϑε ἀγγελοῖσϑε 
3. ἀγγελοῦνται ἀγγελοῖντο 
Aor. 1.ἠγγειλάμην ἀγγείλω- ἀγγειλαίμην ἰἄγγειλαι ᾿ἀγγείλα- [ἀγγειλάμε- 
Ὗ μαι σϑαι νος 
































100 


ETYMOLOGY. 


Paraviem or ᾿Αγγέλλω, continued. 






























































Roor or Present, dyyeAX. True Root, dyyed. 
MIDDLE, 
INDICATIVE. | SUBJ. | OPTATIVE. | IMPER, INFIN. | PARTICIPLE. 
Aor. IL.|nyyedsunv ἰἀγγέλω- ᾿ἀγγελοίμην ᾿ἀγγελοῦ ἀγγελέ- ἰἀγγελόμενος 
μαι ἷ σϑαι 
Perf. 1. ἤγγελμαι ἰἠγγελμέ- ἠἡγγελμένος ἠγγέλϑαι Ἰἠγγελμένος 
νος εἴην 
2. ἤγγελσαι ἤγγελσο 
ϑι[ἤγγελται NYYEAS@ 
Ὁ. 1.ἡγγέλμεϑον 
2. ἤγγελϑον ἤγγελϑον 
ὃ, ἤγγελϑον ἠγγέλπῳν 
P. 1..ἡγγέλμεϑα 
2. ἤγγελϑε ἤγγελϑε 
> ἠγγέλϑπω- 
3. ἠγγελμένοι ' see 
εἰσί(ν) wth 
nyyeAS@v 
Plup. 1. ἡγγέλμην ΐ 
PL. 8,,ηἡγγελμένοι 
ἦσαν 
PASSIVE. 
Aor. 1. [ἡἠγγέλθην |dyyeAS@|dyyeASeiny [ἀγγέλθητι[ἀγγελϑῆ- | dyyeASeis 
vat 
Fut. 1, ἀγγελϑήσο- ἀγγελϑησοί- ἀγγελϑή- ᾿ἀγγελϑησό- 
μαι μὴν σεσϑαι μενος 
Aor. Π. ἠγγέλην ἰἀγγελῶ ᾿ἀγγελείην ᾿ἀγγέληϑι ᾿ἀγγελῆναι ἀγγελείς 
Fut, 11. ἀγγελήσο- ἀγγελησοί- ἀγγελήῆσε- ἀγγελησόμε- 
μαι μὴν σϑαι vos. 
| Other tenses as in the Middle, 








IMPURE VERBS.—LIQUID VERBS. 


Lesson L. 


Liquid Verbs, continued. 


249. Paraviam.—Palvo, 7 show. 


107 



































ἧσαν 














Φαίνω, to show. Perf. II. and Plup. II. to appear. 
Root oF PREsENT, dav. TrvuE Root, dap. 
ACTIVE VOICE, 
"| INDICATIVE. | SUBJ. | OPTATIVE. | IMPERATIVE.| ΙΝΡῚΝ. PART. 
Pres, |paive paiva ἰφαίνοιμι [φαῖνε φαίνειν φαίνων 
Imp. ἔφαινον 
Fut. ve φανοῖμι φανεῖν φανῶν 
Aor. I. Ἰέφηνα φήνω φήναιμι [φῆνον φῆναι φήνας 
Per, 11 ἰπέφηνα πεφήνω ἱπεφήνοιμι πεφηνέναι πεφηνώς 
Plp. Π|.]ἐπεφήνειν 
Mipptze. (10 appear.) 
Pres. [φαίνομαι φαίνωμαι φαινοίμην φαίνου φαίνεσϑαιφαινόμε- 
vos 
Imp. [ἐφαινόμην 
Fut. [φανοῦμαι φανοίμην φανεῖσϑαι φανούμε- 
νος 
Aor. I. ἰἐφηνάμην ἰφήνωμαι φηναίμην φῆναι φήνασϑαι \pnvapevos 
Perf. 1..πέφασμαι nepag pen πεφασμέ- πεφάνϑαι ᾿πεφασμέ- 
wes ὦ vos εἴην vos 
2. πέφανσαι πέφανσο 
ὃ. πέφανται. πεφάνϑω 
D. 1.πεφάσμεϑον 
2, πέφανϑον πέφανϑον 
8.[πέφανϑον πεφάνϑων 
P. 1.πεφάσμεϑα 
2. πέφανϑε πέφανϑε 
3.|repacpevor πεφάνϑωσαν 
εἰσί(ν) πεφάνϑων 
Plup. 1. ἐπεφάσμην 
2. ἐπέφανσο 
8, ἐπέφαντο 
Ὁ. 1.ἰἐπεφάσμε- 
Sov 
2.| ἐπέφανϑον 
3.| ἐπεφάνϑην 
P. 1.:ἐπεφάσμεϑα ξ 
2, ἐπέφανϑε 
3.| πεφασμένοι 











108 


: 


ETYMOLOGY. 


Paraviem or Paiva, continued. 





Paiva, to show. Perf. II. and Plup. II. to appear. 
Root or PResENtT, dary. True Root, dav. 























Passive. (To be seen, to appear.) 
INDICATIVE. | SUBJ. | OPTATIVE. | IMPERATIVE. | INFIN. PART. 
Aor. I. [ἐφάνξην pavsa@ ἰφανϑείην ᾿φάνϑητι φανϑῆναι φανϑείς 
Fut. I. ἰφανϑήσομαι \pavSnooi- φανϑήσε- ᾿φανξϑησό- 
μην σϑαι μενος 
Aor. Π| ἐφάνην φανῶ φανείην ἰφάνηϑι φανῆναι φανείς 
Fut. ΠῚ. φανήσομαι φανησοί- φανήσε- ᾿φανησό- 
μην σϑαι μενος 











Other tenses as ini the Middle. 








250. VocABULARY. 


"AyyeXos, ov, 6, messenger. 

᾿Αγγέλλω, ἀγγελῶ, ἤγγειλα, 
ἤγγελκα, ἤγγελμαι, ἠγγέλ- 
Inv, to announce, to bring 
tidings, bear a message. 

᾿Αγείρω, ερῶ, ἤγειρα, ἠγέρϑην, 
to bring together, to collect. 

᾿Αναρίϑμητος, ov, countless, im- 
267,86, 

Καιρός, od, ὁ, fit time, oppor- 
tunity. 


951. Exercises. 


1. Οἰκτείρομεν τοὺς πένητας. 





Μένω, vd, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα, to 
remain, wait for, await. 

Νίκη, ns, ἡ, victory. 

Ἐέρξης, ov, ὃ, Xerxes, king of 
Persia, 

Οἰκτείρω, epd, εἰρα, to pity. 

Πένης, ἡτος, ὃ, day-laborer, a 
poor man. 

στόλος, ov, 6, expedition, force. 

Srparid, as, ἡ, army, force. 


2. "Ωικτειρα τὸν 


παῖδα. 8. ‘O ἄγγελος ἤγγειλε τὴν vienv. 4. Ὃ βασι- 


λεὺς τὴν στρατιὰν ἤγειρεν. 


5. Στρατιὰν ἀγερῶ. 0. 


Ξέρξης ἤγειρε τὴν ἀναρίϑμητον στρατιάν. T. ᾿Αγαμέ- 
μνων τὸν ἐπὶ Τροίαν στόλον ἤγειρεν. 8. Οἱ καιροὶ οὐ 
μένουσιν ἡμᾶς. 9. Ὁ κριτὴς ταύτην τὴν γνώμην τεϑαύ- 


CONTRACT VERBS. 109 


μακεν. 10. Οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἔμενον. 11. Οἱ ἄλλοι ἔφευ- 
γον. 12. Ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ Κύρῳ ἤγγελλον. 

; II. 

1. I announce this to you. 2. Your father an- 
nounced it tome. 3. This will be announced to the 
king. 4. The king of the Persians pitied his soldiers. 





| Lesson LI. 
Contract Verbs.—Class I.— Verbs in de. 


252. Pure verbs with the characteristic a, ε, or ὁ, 
suffer contraction in the Present and Imperfect tenses. 
They are divided into three classes, according as the 
characteristic is a, ¢, or ὁ. 

253. The tenses are formed in the manner already 
described (223 and 224), but the short characteristic 
vowel of the Present and Imperfect is generally 
lengthened in the other tenses—a and ¢ into ἡ and ὁ 
into w: thus the Futures Act. of τιμἄάω, φιλέω, and 
μισϑόω, are τιμή-σω, φιλή-σω, and μισϑώ-σω. 


Rem.—Verbs in ἕω and ὕω do not suffer contraction, but they 
lengthen the characteristic in all the tenses except the Present 
and Imperfect, e.g.: μηνΐω, pnvice, to be angry ; κωλύω, κωλύσω, 
to hinder (225). 


254. Contractions IN VERBS IN da. 

1) The characteristic a uniting with any o-sound 
produces ὦ, or, if an ὁ occurs in the first 
syllable of the ending, 9, e.g.: τεμάω-Ξ 

 σιμῶ; τιμαοίην--ετιμῴην. 

2) In other cases the result of contraction is a, 
or, if an ¢ occurs, ᾧ, e.g.: τίμαεΞξετίμα; 
τιμάεις ---τιμᾷς. - 


[10 


ETYMOLOGY. 


255. Paraviem.—Tipdo, I honor: Roor, ripa. 











PRESENT. 
INDICATIVE. oe 
8.1. Tipdeo τιμῶ 
2. τιμάεις τιμᾷς 
3. τιμάει τιμᾷ 
ig ΝΑ at af 
2. τιμάετον τιμᾶτον 
3. τιμάετον τιμᾶτον 
» ἢ, τιμάομεν τιμῶμεν 
2. τιμάετε τιμᾶτε 
ὃ. τιμάουσι(ν) τιμῶσι(ν) 
SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Side Tide τιμῶ 
3 τιμάῃς τιμᾷς 
. Tid τι 
D.L μαῃ μᾳ 
2. τιμάητον τιμᾶτον 
ὃ. τιμάητον τιμᾶτον 
Ῥ, i. τιμάωμεν τιμῶμεν 
2. τιμάητε τιμᾶτε 
3. τιμάωσι(ν)Ὶ τιμῶσι(ν) 
OpTATIVE. Attic Opt. 
8. 1. τιμ-ἄοιμι,-ῶμι τιμ-ἄοίην,͵ τῴην 
2. τιμ-άοις, τῷς τιμ-αοίης, τῴης 
3. {τιμτάοι -@ τιμ-αοίη, -ῴη 
1D. 1. 
2. |τιμτ-άοιτον, τιμ-αοίητον, 
τῷτον τῴητον 
3. τιμ-αοίτην, τιμ-αοιήτην, 
-ῴτην ,"φήτην 
P. 1, Ιτιμτάοιμεν, τιμ-αοίημεν, 
τῷμεν ,ῴημεν 
2. | rip-dowre,-@re τιμ-αοίητε, 
τῴητε 
3. | τιμ-ἀοιεν,τῷεν 
IMPERATIVE. 
S. 2. rivde ripa 
3. τιμαέτω τιμάτω 
D. 2. τιμάετον τιμᾶτον 
ὃ, τιμαέτων τιμάτων 
Pp. 2. τιμάετε τιμᾶτε 
3. τιμαέτωσαν ᾿ τιμάτωσαν 
| ᾿ τιμαόντων τιμώντων 











PASSIVE AND MIDDLE, 


τιμἄομαι 
τιμάῃ 
τιμάεται 
τιμαόμεϑον 
τιμάεσϑον 
τιμάεσϑον 
τιμαόμεϑα 
τιμάεσϑε 
τιμάονται 


τιμάωμαι 
τιμάῃ 
τιμάηται 
τιμαώμεϑον 
τιμάησϑον 
τιμάησϑον 


᾿ τιμαώμεϑα 


ὶ 


τιμάησϑε 
τιμάωνται 


τιμᾶοίμην 
τιμάοιο 
τιμάοιτο 
τιμαοίμεϑον 
τιμάοισϑον 


τιμαοίσϑην 
τιμαοίμεϑα 
τιμάοισϑε 


τιμάοιντο 


τιμᾶου 
τιμαέσϑω 
τιμάεσϑον 

, 
τιμαέσϑων 
τιμάεσϑε 

a 
τιμαέσϑωσαν 
τιμαέσϑων 


τιμῶμαι 
τιμᾷ 
τιμᾶται 
τιμώμεϑον 
τιμᾶσϑον 
τιμᾶσϑον 
τιμώμεϑα 
τιμᾶσϑε 
τιμῶνται 


τιμῶμαι 
τιμᾷ 
τιμᾶται 
τιμώμεϑον 
τιμᾶσϑον 
τιμᾶσϑον 
τιμώμεϑα 
τιμᾶσϑε 
τιμῶνται 


τιμῴμην 
τιμῷο 
τιμῷτο 
τιμῴμεϑον 
τιμῷσϑον 


τιμῴσϑην 
τιμῴμεϑα 
τιμῷσϑε 


τιμῷντο 


τιμῶ 
τιμάσϑω 
τιμᾶσϑον 
τιμάσϑων 
τιμᾶσϑε 

᾿ τιμάσϑωσαν 
τιμάσϑων 








Parapviom or Τιμάω, continued. 


CONTRACT VERBS. 


111 











PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. 


A 
Tider Sat 


τιμαόμενος τιμώμενος 
τιμαομένη τιμωμένη 
τιμαόμενον τιμώμενον, KC. 


ἐτιμάόμην 
ἐτιμάου 
ἐτιμάετο 
ἐτιμαόμεϑον 
ἐτιμάεσϑον 
ἐτιμαεσϑην 
ἐτιμαόμεϑα 
ἐτιμάεσϑε 


τιμᾶσϑαι 


ἐτιμῶμην 
ἐτιμῶ 
ἐτιμᾶτο 
ἐτιμώμεϑον 
ἐτιμᾶσϑον 
ἐτιμάσϑην 
ἐτιμώμεϑα 
ἐτιμᾶσϑε 





PRESENT. 
Ixrinirive. ΤΣ 
[ τιμᾶειν τιμᾶν | 
PaRTICIPLE. 
Nom.. τιμάων τιμῶν 
F. τιμάουσα τιμῶσα 
N. τιμάον τιμῶν 
Gen. τιμάοντος τιμῶντος 
τιμαούσης τιμώσης, ke. 
IMPERFECT. 
INDICATIVE. _ 
8. 1. ἐτίμᾶον ἐτίμων 
2, ἐτίμαες ἐτίμας 
ὃ. ἐτίμαε - ἐτίμα 
Dek 
2. ἐτιμάετον ἐτιμᾶτον 
. 8. ἐτιμαέτην ἐτιμάτην 
ΣΤ ἐτιμάομεν ἐτιμῶμεν ; 
2. ἐτιμάετε ἐτιμᾶτε 
ὃ, ἐτίμαον ἐτίμων 
FUTURE. 
ACTIVE, MIDDLE. 
τιμήσω | τιμήσομαι 
AORIST. 
ἐτίμησα | eripnoduny 
PERFECT. 
τετίμηκα | τετίμημαι 
PLUPERFECT. 
ἐτετιμήκειν | ἐτετιμήμην 


ἐτιμάοντο 


FUTURE PERFECT. 
τετιμήσομαι 


ἐτιμῶντο 


PASSIVE. 
τιμηϑήσομαι 


ἐτιμήϑην 


like Mid. 


like Mid. 


like Mid. 








119 ETYMOLOGY. 


Rem. 1,—In the above Paradigm the Present and Imperfect 
tenses throughout the several moods are given in full to illustrate 
the principles of contraction. In the other tenses—the Future, 
Aorist, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect—only the first 
person singular of the Indicative is given, but all the other per- 
sons and numbers in the several moods may be readily formed 
according to the analogy of βουλεύω. 


Rem. 2.—The contract verbs in their uncontracted forms do 
not differ at all in their inflection from βουλεύω except in the 
Attic Optative: thus, τιμάω, riders, τιμάει, &c., are entirely anal- 
ogous in formation to βουλεύω, βουλεύεις, βουλεύει, Ke. 





Lesson LIT. 
Contract Verbs.—Class I.—Exercises. 


256. VooABULARY. 


Σιλᾶνός, od, ὃ, Silanus,a Gre- 
cian seer. 


Bodw, jaw, to shout, ory aloud. 
Τνώμη, ns, ἡ, judgment, opin- 


ton, sentiment. 

Ἡμέτερος, τέρᾶ, τερον, our. 

Νικάω, now, to conquer, van- 
quish, prevail. 

Πρόγονος, ov, 6, ancestor, fore- 
Sather. 

Σιγάω, now, to be silent, to keep 
silence. 


257. Exercises. 





Τελευτάω, ἥσω, to end, finish, 
Jinish life, die. 

Τιμάω, yow, to honor, prize, 
value at. 

Χειρίσοφος, ov, ὃ, Chirisophus, 
commander under Cyrus, 


1. Tov πατέρα τίμα. 2, Tov πατέρα τιμᾷ. 8. Tov 
πατέρα ἐτίμα. 4, Τοὺς γονέας τιμῶμεν. 5. Τοὺς yo- 


νέας τιμᾶτε. 
8, Συγᾶτε. 


6. Τοὺς γονέας τιμῴημεν. 
9, Κῦρος ἐτελεύτα. 


ἴ. Σιγάτω. 
10. ᾿Ετελεύτησεν. 


CONTRACT VERBS. 113 


11. Οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐτελεύτησαν. 12. Χειρίσοφος τετε- 
λεύτηκεν. 18. Οἱ “Ἕλληνες νικῶσιν. 14. ᾿Ενίκων οἱ 
ἡμέτεροι πρόγονον τοὺς τούτων προγόνους. 15. Οἱ 
᾿Αϑηναῖοι τοὺς Πέρσας ἐνίκησαν. 16. Οἱ “Ἕλληνες 
ἐνίκων τοὺς βαρβάρους. 11. Ὃ Ἐενοφῶν ἐσίγα. 18. 
ῸὋ Σιλανὸς ἐβόα. 19. Οἱ στρατιῶται ἐβόων. 20. Evi- 
κησεν ἡ γνώμη. 21. Ὑμεῖς ἐνικήσατε βασιλέα. 


II. 


1. The city will conquer. 2. The citizens were 
conquering the enemy. 3. The general has been con- 
quered. 4. Let us conquer the king. 5. Honor the 
judge. 6. The soldiers were dying. 7. Let the boys 
be silent. 8. We were silent. 





Lzsson LIII. 
Contract Verbs—Class II— Verbs in έω. 


258. Verbs in ἔω suffer the following 


CoNTRACTIONS. 


The characteristic ε uniting 
1) With another ε, forms εἰ, 6. g.: φίλεεξεφίλει. 
2) With o forms ov, e.g.: ἐφίλεον---ἐφέλουν. 
8) In other cases it disappears, e.g.: ¢iréec= 
φιλεῖ. 


114 


ETYMOLOGY. 


259. Paraviam.—®iréo, 7 love: Roor, dire. 


























PRESENT. 
INDICATIVE. _ . ACTIVE. 
5.1 φϊλέω φιλῶ 
2. | φιλέεις φιλεῖς 
3. | φιλέει φιλεῖ 
D. 1, 
2. φιλέετον φιλεῖτον 
8. φιλέετον φιλεῖτον 
P. 1. φιλέομεν φιλοῦμεν 
2. | φιλέετε φιλεῖτε 
8. 1 φιλέουσι(») φιλοῦσι(ν) 
SuBJUNCTIVE. 
S.1. | φιλέω φιλῶ 
2. 1 φιλέῃς φιλῇς 
3. | ren φιλῇ 
1), 2, 
2. φιλέητον φιλῆτον 
3. | φιλέητον φιλῆτον 
P.1. | φιλέωμεν φιλῶμεν 
2. | φιλέητε φιλῆτε 
ὃ. 1 φιλέωσι(ν) φιλῶσι(ν) 
ΟΡΤΑΤΙΨΕ. Attic Opt. 
S. 1. [φιλ-έοιμι,-οἴμι φιλ-εοίην, 
-oinv 
2. φιλ-έοις,-οἷῖς φιλ-εοίης,-οίης 
3. ᾿φιλ-έοι, -ἷ φφιλ-εοίη, -oin 
Dp. 1. 
2. ἰφιλ-έοιτον, φιλ-εοίητον, 
-οἴτον -οίητον 
8, ᾿φιλ-εοίτην, φιλ-εοιήτην, 
-οἰτην -οιήτην 
P. 1, ᾿φιλ-έοιμεν, φιλ-εοίημεν, 
-οἴμεν τοίημεν 
2. ᾿ἰφιλ-έοιτε, φιλ-εοΐητε, 
᾿ -οἴτε -οίητε 
3. ᾿φιλ-έοιεν,-οἵεν 
IMPERATIVE. 
8.2. | φίλεε φίλει 
3. φιλεέτω φιλείτω 
Ὁ. 2.1 φιλέετον φιλεῖτον 
3. | φιλεέτων φιλείτων 
Ρ, 2, | φιλέετε φιλεῖτε 
3 ᾿ φιλεέτωσαν ᾿ φιλείτωσαν ᾿ 
ΤΠ ῥφιλεόντων φιλούντων 


MIDDLE AND PASSIVE, 


pireopat 
prey 
φιλέεται 
φιλεόμεϑον 
φιλέεσϑον 
φιλέεσϑον 
φιλεόμεϑα 
φιλέ εσϑε 
φιλέονται 


φιλέωμαι 
φιλέῃ 
φιλέηται 
φιλεώμεϑον 
φιλέησϑον 
φιλέησϑον 
φιλεώμεϑα 


. φιλέησϑε 


φιλέωνται 


φιλεοίμην 


φιλέοιο 
φιλέοιτο 
φιλεοίμεϑον 
φιλέοισϑον 


φιλεοίσϑην 
φιλεοίμεϑα 
φιλέοισϑε 
φιλέοιντο 


φιλέου 
φιλεέσθω 
φιλέεσϑον 
φιλεέσϑων 
φιλέεσϑε 
φιλεέσθωσαν 
φιλεέσσων 


φιλοῦμαι 
φιλῇ 
φιλεῖται 
φιλούμεϑον 
φιλεῖσϑον 
φιλεῖσϑον 
φιλούμεϑα 
φιλεῖσϑε 
φιλοῦνται 





φιλῶμαι 
φιλῇ 
φιλῆται 
φιλώμεϑον 
φιλῆσϑον 
φιλῆσϑον 
φιλώμεϑα 
φιλῆσϑε 
φιλῶνται 


φιλοίμην 
φιλοῖο 
φιλοῖτο 
φιλοίμεϑον 
φιλοῖσϑον 
φιλοίσϑην 
φιλοίμεϑα 
φιλοῖσϑε 
φιλοῖντο 
φιλοῦ 
φιλείσϑω 


φιλεῖσϑον 
φιλείσϑων 


ιλεῖσϑε 
εἶἰσσωσαν 
φιλείσϑων 








CONTRACT VERBS. 115 


Paraviem or Φιλέω, continued. 

















PRESENT. 
INFINITIVE. ACTIVE. MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
φιλέειν φιλεῖν | φιλέεσϑαι φιλεῖσϑαι 
PARTIOIPLE. 
Nom.m.| φιλέων φιλῶν φιλεόμενος φιλούμενος 
F.| φιλέουσα φιλοῦσα φιλεομένη φιλουμένη 
N.| φιλέον φιλοῦν φιλεόμενον φιλούμενον, ke. 
Gen. φιλέοντος φιλοῦντος 
φιλεούσης φιλούσης, Ke. 
IMPERFECT. 
INDICATIVE. 
S.1. | ἐφίλεον ἐφίλουν ἐφϊλεόμην ἐφιλούμην 
2. ] ἐφίλεες ἐφίλεις ἐφιλέου ἐφιλοῦ ᾿ 
3. | ἐφίλεε ἐφίλει ἐφιλέετο ἐφιλεῖτο 
ΤΕΣ: ἐφιλεόμεϑον ἐφιλούμεϑον 
2. ) ἐφιλέετον ἐφιλεῖτον ἐφιλέεσϑθον ἐφιλεῖσϑον 
8.1 ἐφιλεέτην ἐφιλείτην ἐφιλεέσϑην ἐφιλείσϑην 
P.l. | ἐφιλέομεν ἐφιλοῦμεν ἐφιλεόμεϑα ἐφιλούμεϑα 
2.| ἐφιλέετε ἐφιλεῖτε ἐφιλέεσθε ἐφιλεῖσϑε 
3. | ἐφίλεον ἐφίλουν ἐφιλέοντο ἐφιλοῦντο 
FUTURE. 

ACTIVE. MIDDLE. PASSIVE. 
φιλήσω | φιλήσομαι | φιληϑήσομαι 
AORIST. 
ἐφίλησα | ἐφιλησάμην | ἐφιλήϑην 
PERFECT. 
mepidnka | πεφίλημαι | like Mid. 
PLUPERFECT. 
ἐπεφιλήκηυ. Ἂ"[ ἐπεφιλήμην | like Mid. 


FUTURE PERFECT. 
πεφιλήσομαι =| like Mid. 








116 


ETYMOLOGY. 


Rem.—The form of the Optative Active in οίην, which is com- 


mon in contract verbs, but ex 


erally known as the 2 


ly rare in all others, is gen- 


ttic Optative. It is, however, by no means 


confined to the Atte dialect, but is found in all Greek authors. 





Lrsson LIV. 


Contract Verbs.—Class II.—Ezxercises. 


260. VocABULARY. 


‘Adixéw, ἥσω, to do wrong, to 
be ἄδικος, to wrong, to in- 
jure. 

"Adikos, ov, unjust. 

᾿Αϑυμΐα, as, ἡ, sadness, dejec- 
tion, despondency. 

Βωμός, od, ὃ, altar. 

Ἔπαινέω (ἐπί and αἰνέω), ἔσω, 
ἐπήνεσα, ἐπήνεκα, ἡμαι, έϑην, 
to praise. 


261. Exerrcisss. 





"ExIpds, od, ὃ, enemy, personal 
enemy. 

Znréw, ἤσω, noa, ἐζήτηκα 
(219), ἡμαι, 4 Inv, to seck, 
search for. 

Micéw, ἥσω, to hate. 


| ILov€w, now, to build, make, do. 


Πολεμέω, ow, to fight, wage 
war. 

Φίλέω, How, to love. 

Φιλόσοφος, ov, ὃ, philosopher. 


1. Diree τοὺς φίλους. 2. Ἢ κόρη τὴν μητέρα φι- 
λεῖ. 38. Τοὺς ἀγαϑοὺς φιλοῦμεν. 4. Οἱ ἀγαϑοὶ φιλοῦν- 


ται. 


9. Τί ποιήσομεν ; 
τιῶται ; 


5. Τοὺς γονέας φιλεῖτε. 
τὸν ᾿Αγαμέμνονα. Ἶ. Ποιήσω τοῦτο. 
10. Ti ποιήσουσιν οἱ ἄλλοι στρα- 
11. Οἱ πολῖται ἐποίησαν βωμόν. 


6. “Ὅμηρος ἐπήνεσε 
8, Τί ποιήσετε ; 


19, Ἡμεῖς 


πολεμήσομεν. 18, ᾿Επολεμήσαμεν. 14. Πολλοὶ ἄδικα 


ποιοῦσιν. 


15. Οἱ πολῖται τοὺς πολεμίους ἐνίκησαν. 


CONTRACT VERBS. 117 


16. Τοῦτο ἀϑυμίαν ποιήσει. 17. Οἱ φιλόσοφοι τι- 
μῶνται. 
ἯΙ: 


1. All love their friends. 2. Let us love our 
enemies. 3. The good love their enemies. 4. That 
boy loved his father. 5. The citizens hate the king. 
6. The Athenians hated Philip. 7. What had Philip 
done? 8. He had waged war. 9. He had injured 
all the Greeks. | 





Lesson LV. 
Contract Verbs.—Class IIT.— Verbs in oo. 


262. Verbs in όω suffer the following 


CoNTRACTIONS. 


The characteristic o uniting 
1) With ε or o, forms ov, 6. g.: μίσϑοεξεμίσϑου ; 
ἐμίσϑοον--εἐμίσϑουν: 
2) With ἡ, forms a, 6. g.: μισϑόητεΞξεμισϑῶτε. 
3) With ὦ or ov, disappears, e.g.: picdow= 
μισϑῶ ; μισϑόουΞξεμισϑοῦ. 
4) In other cases the result of contraction is οἱ, 
6. 2.2 μισϑόεις--ομισϑοῖς ; except. in Pres. 
Infin. Act., where it is ov, as μισϑόειν-ε 
μισϑοῦν. 


118 


ETYMOLOGY. 


263. Paraviem.—Mic90a, J let: Roor, pic So. 




















PRESENT. 
INDICATIVE. ACTIVE. 
S. 1. | μισϑόω μισϑῶ 
2. | μισϑόεις μισϑοῖς 
3. | μισϑόει μισϑοῖ 
D.1. 
2. | μισϑόετον μισϑοῦτον 
3. | μισϑόετον μισϑοῦτον 
P. 1.  μισϑόομεν μισϑοῦμεν 
2. | μισϑόετε pa Sovre 
3. | μισϑόουσι(ν) μισϑοῦσι(ν) 
SUBJUNCTIVE. 
S. 1. | μισϑόω μισϑῶ 
᾿ μισϑόῃς μισϑοῖς 
- | μισϑόῃ to Sot 
D, 1. Γ . 
2. | μισϑόητον - μισϑῶτον 
8. | μισϑόητον μισϑῶτον 
Ῥ, 1.  μισϑόωμεν μισϑῶμεν 
2. | μισϑόητε μισϑῶτε 
3, | μισϑόωσι(ν) μισϑῶσι(ν) 
ΟΡΤΑΤΙΨΕ. Attic Opt. 
S. 1. | μισϑ-όοιμ, μισϑ-οοίην, 
τοῖμι -οίην 
2. | μισϑ-όοις, μισϑτοοίης, 
-οἷς -oins 
3. | μισϑ-όοι, τοῦ μισϑ-οοίη, 
-οἰη 
D.1. 
2. | μισϑ-όοιτον, uta'S-ooinrov, 
-otrov -olnrov 
3. μισϑ-οοίτην, μισϑ-οοιήτην, 
-οἰτην -οιήτην 
P. 1.  μισϑ-όοιμεν, μισϑ-οοίημεν, 
ποῖμεν -οίημεν 
2. | μισϑ-όοιτε, μισϑ-οοίητε, 
-οἴτε -oinre 
3. μισϑ-όοιεν, 
-οἵεν 
IMPERATIVE. 
S. 2. | μίσϑοε μίσϑου 
3. | μισϑοέτω μισϑούτω 
D. 2.  μισϑόετον μισϑοῦτον 





MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 


μισϑόομαι 
μισϑόῃ 
μισϑόεται 
μισϑοόμεϑον 
μισϑόεσϑον 
μισϑόεσϑον 
μισϑοόμεϑα 
μισϑόεσϑε 
μισϑόονται 


μισϑόωμαι 
μισϑόῃ 
μισϑόηται 
μισϑοώμεϑον 
μισϑόησϑον 
μισϑόησϑον 


᾿μισϑοώμεξϑα 


μισϑόησϑε 
μισϑόωνται 


μισϑοοίμην 
μισϑόοιο 
μισϑόοιτο 


μισϑοοίμεϑον 
μισϑόοισϑον 


μισϑοοίσϑην 
μισϑοοίμεϑα 
μισϑόοισϑε 


μισϑόοιντο 


μισϑόου 
μισϑοέσϑω 
μισϑόεσϑον 


μισϑοῦμαι 
μισϑοῖ 
μισϑοῦται 
μισϑούμεϑον 
μισϑοῦσϑον 
μισϑοῦσϑον 
μισϑούμεϑα 
μισϑοῦσϑε 
μισϑοῦνται 


μισϑῶμαι 
μισϑοῖ 
μισϑῶται 
μισϑώμεϑον 
μισϑῶσϑον 
μισϑῶσϑον 
μισϑώμεϑα 
μισϑῶσϑι 
μισϑῶνται 


μισϑοίμην 
μισϑοῖο 
μισϑοῖτο 


μισϑοίμεϑον 
μισϑοῖσϑον 


μισϑοίσϑην 
po SoipeSa 
μισϑοῖσϑε 


μισϑοῖντο 


μισϑοῦ 
μισϑούσθω 
μισϑοῦσϑον 








ῬΑΒΑΡΙΟΜ or MicSow, continued. 


CONTRACT VERBS. 


119 














2 PRESENT. 
Teg erve: ACTIVE. MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
3. | μισϑοέτων μισϑούτων μισϑοέσθων μισϑούσϑων 
P. 2. | μισϑόετε μισϑοῦτε μισϑόεσϑε μισϑοῦσϑε 
μισϑοέτω- μισϑούτω- μισϑοέσθω- (μισϑούσθω- 
ὃ. σαν σαν σαν σαν 
μισϑοόντων {μισϑούντων | ({μισϑοέσθϑων {μισϑούσϑων 
INFINITIVE. 
| μισϑόειν μισϑοῦν | μισϑόεσϑθαι μισϑοῦσϑαι 
PARTIOIPLE. 
Nom.M.| μισϑόων μισϑῶν μισϑοόμενος. μισϑούμενος 
F.| μισϑόουσα μισϑοῦσα μισϑοομένῃη μισϑουμένη 
N.| μισϑόον μισϑοῦν μισϑοόμενον μισϑούμενον 
Gen. | μισϑόοντος μισϑοῦντος 
μισϑοούσης μισϑούσης 
INDICATIVE IMPERFECT. 
S. 1. ἐμίσϑοον ἐμίσϑουν ἐμισθϑοόμην ἐμισϑούμην᾽ 
2. | ἐμίσϑοες ἐμίσϑους ἐμισϑόου ἐμισϑοῦ 
3. | ἐμίσϑοε ἐμίσϑου ἐμισϑόετο ἐμισϑοῦτο 
ἘΚ, ἐμισϑοόμεϑον ἐμισϑούμεϑον 
2. | ἐμισϑόετον ἐμισϑοῦτον ἐμισϑόεσϑον ἐμισϑοῦσϑον 
3. | ἐμισϑοέτην ἐμισϑούτην ἐμισϑοέσϑην ἐμισϑούσϑην 
P.1. | ἐμισϑόομεν ἐμισϑοῦμεν =| ἐμισϑοόμεϑδα ἐμισϑούμεϑα 
2. | ἐμισϑόετε ἐμισϑοῦτε ἐμισϑόεσθε ἐμισϑοῦσϑε 
8. | ἐμίσϑοον ἐμίσϑουν ἐμισπόοντο ἐμισϑοῦντο 
FUTURE. 
ACTIVE. MIDDLE. PASSIVE. 
μισϑθώσω Ι μισϑώσομαι | μισϑωϑήσομαι 
AORIST. ; 
epioSeaca Ϊ ἐμισθωσάμον ὁ 6Σᾷἐἐμισϑώϑην 
PERFECT. 
μεμίσϑωκα Ι μεμίσϑωμαι | like Mid, 
PLUPERFECT. 
ἐμεμισϑώκειν Ι ἐμεμισϑθώμην =| like Mid. 
FUTURE PERFECT. 
| μεμισθϑώσομι | like Mid. 








120 


ETYMOLOGY. 


Lesson LVI. 
Contract Verbs.—Class IIT.— Exercises. 


264. VocABULARY. 
᾿Ανορϑόω (ἀνά and ὀρϑόω), 
dow, to restore, repair. 
Δολόω, dow, to deceive, beguile. 
Δόξα, ns, ἡ, glory, fame. 
Δουλόω, wow, to enslave, sub- 
jugate. 
᾿Ἐλευϑερόω, dow, to liberate, 
Sree, set free. 
Ζηλόω, wow (219), to be zeal- 
ous for, desire, emulate, envy. 


265. EXErcisEs. 





Κόνων, wvos, 6, Conon, Athe- 
nian general. 

Μῆδος, ov, ὃ, Mede, of Media. 

Μισϑόω, dow, to let, rent, Mid. 
to hire. 

Πατρίς, iSos, ἡ, native country, 
one’s country. 


Srepavdw, wow (219), to 
crown, to honor with ὦ 
crown. 


I. 


1. Κόνων τοὺς “Ἕλληνας ἠλευϑέρωσεν. 2. Κόνων 
τὰ τείχη τὰ τῆς πατρίδος ἀνώρϑωσεν. 3. Οἱ “Ἑλληνες 
ἠλευϑερώϑησαν. 4. Ζήλου, ὦ παῖ, τοὺς ἀγαϑούς. ὅ. 
Τὴν σοφίαν ζηλοῦμεν. 06. Τὴν ἀρετὴν ζηλῶμεν. 1. Οἱ 
νεανίαι τὴν ἀρετὴν ζηλοῖεν. 8. Φίλυππος δόξαν ἐζήλω- 
κεν. 9. Οἱ πολῖται ἐδολοῦντο. 10. Οἱ πολῖται ἐδου- 
λοῦντο. 11. Τοὺς πολίτας ἐλευϑεροῦτε. 12. Τὴν πό- 
λιν ἠλευϑερώσατε. 18. ᾿Εστεφανώϑησαν οἱ ποιηταί. 


Il. 

1. I have hired this house, 2, He has let his 
house. 8. Which house will you let? 4. We have 
rented all our houses. 5. Philip is enslaving these 
cities. 6. The Athenians will set them free. 


VERBS IN --κμέ. 121 


- 


Lesson LVII. 


Verbs in —pt. 


266. Verbs in —ys form a distinct conjugation, 
presenting in the Present, Imperfect, and Aorist I. 
tenses, certain marked peculiarities. 

267. In these verbs the root appears in the Pres- 
ent and Imperfect in a strengthened form, as follows: 

1) The short final vowel of the root is length- 
ened; as, φημί: root, da. 

2) A few verbs not only lengthen the final 
vowel, but also prefix a reduplication 
consisting (1) of the jirst letter of the word 
with «, if the root begins with a single 
consonant or a mute and liquid; as, δίδω- 
με: root, So (ο lengthened to w and δὲ pre- 
fiwed) ; (2) of t, if the root begins with two 
consonants not mute and liquid, or with 
an aspirated vowel; as, ἵστημι :" root, στὰ 
(a lengthened to ἡ, and ¢ prefixed). 

8) A few verbs annex to their root vyv or νυ: 
as, δεύκνῦμι : root, dex (νυ added). 


268. ῬΑΒΑΡΙΟΜΒ.--Ἶ ἘΚΒΒ IN --μί. 


ETYMOLOGY. 
































ACTIVE VOICE. 
Ἵστημι. Τίϑημι. Δίδωμι. Δείκνῦμι. 
To place. To put. To give. To show. 
Root, στα. Root, Se. Root, δος. Roor, deck. 
Present. INDICATIVE MOOD. 
S.1. { ἵστημι τίϑημι δίδωμι δείκνῦμι 
2. | ἵστης Tins δίδως δείκνῦς 
3. | ἵστησι(ν) τίϑησι(ν) δίδωσι(ν) δείκνυσι(ν) 
D. 2. | tordrov τίϑετον δίδοτον δείκνῦτον 
3. | tordrov τίϑετον δίδοτον δείκνῦτον 
Ρ,1.| ἵστᾶμεν τίϑεμεν δίδομεν δείκνῦμεν 
2. } ἵστἄτε τίϑετε δίδοτε δείκνῦτε 
ὃ, | ἱστᾶσι(ν) τιπέασι(ν) διδόασι(ν) δεικνύασι(ν) 
IMPERFECT. 
S.1. | ἵστην ἐτίϑουν ἐδίδουν ἐδείκνῦν 
2. | ἵστης ἐτίϑεις ἐδίδους ἐδείκνῦς 
3. |. ἵστη ἐτίϑει ἐδίδου ἐδείκνῦ 
D. 2. | tordrov ἐτίϑετον ἐδίδοτον ἐδείκνῦτον 
3..| ἱστάτην ἐτιϑέτην ἐδιδότην ἐδεικνύτην 
P.1. | ἕἵστἄᾶμεν ἐτίϑεμεν ἐδίδομεν ἐδείκνῦμεν 
2. | ἵστᾶἄτε ἐτίϑετε ἐδίδοτε ἐδείκνῦτε 
3. | ἵστἄσαν ἐτίϑεσαν ἐδίδοσαν ἐδείκνῦσαν 
Aorist II. 
8.1. | ἔστην é3nka * ἔδωκα * Not used. 
2. | ἔστης ἔϑηκας ἔδωκας 
3. |. ἔστη esnxe(v) eSaxe(v) 
Ὁ. 2. | ἔστητον ἔϑετον ἔδοτον 
3. | ἐστήτην eSernv ἐδότην 
P.1. | ἔστημεν ἔϑεμεν ἔδομεν 
2, ] ἔστητε ἔϑετε ἔδοτε 
3. | ἔστησαν ἔϑεσαν ἔδοσαν 
PRESENT. SUBJUNOTIVE MOOD. 
S.1. | ἱστῶ τιϑῶ διδῶ δεικνύω 
2. ] ἱστῇς τιϑῇς διδῴς δεικνύῃς 
3. | ἱστῇ τιϑῇ διδῷ δεικνύῃ 
D. 2. | ἱστῆτον τιϑῆτον διδῶτον δεικνύητον 
. | ἱστῆτον τιϑῆτον διδῶτον δεικνύητον 
P.1. | ἱστῶμεν τιϑῶμεν διδῶμεν δεικνύωμεν 
2, | ἱστῆτε τιϑῆτε διδῶτε δεικνύητε 
3. | ἱστῶσι(ν) τιϑῶσι(ν) διδῶσι(ν) δεικνύωσι(ν) 





* The Aor. II. is not 


used in the Sing. of these two verbs; the 


Aor. I., with the irregular ending κα instead of σα, supplies its place. 








VERBS IN -—fl.—ACTIVE VOICE. 


Parapiems, continued. 


128 





Ἐπ 
ACTIVE VOICE. 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Aorist II. 
Walk στῶ “ῶ ῶ Not used. 
2. | στῆς Sas δῷς 
3. | στῇ 37 δῷ 
D. 2.) στῆτον ϑῆτον δῶτον 
3. | στῆτον σῆτον δῶτον 
el 1. | στῶμεν SOpev δῶμεν 
2. στῆτε ϑῆτε δῶτε 
ὃ. 1 στῶσὶϊ(ν) σῶσι(ν) δῶσι(ν) 
OPTATIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT. 
. 1. | ἱσταίην TiSeinv διδοίην δεικνύοιμι 
2. | iorains τιϑείης διδοίης δεικνύοις 
3. | ἱσταίη τιϑείη διδοίη δεικνύοι 
Ὁ. 2. | ἱσταῖτον ἢ τιϑεῖτον * διδοῖτον * δεικνύοιτον 
3. | ἰσταίτην τιϑείτην διδοίτην δεικνυοίτην 
Pil. | ἱσταῖμεν τιϑεῖμεν διδοῖμεν δεικνύοιμεν 
2. | ἱσταῖτε τιϑεῖτε διδοῖτε δεικνύοιτε 
8. | ἱσταῖεν Tidelev διδοῖεν δεικνύοιεν 
Aorist IT. 
S.1. | σταίην Seinv δοίην Not used. 
2. | grains Seins δοίης 
3. | σταίη Sein δοίη 
D. 2. | σταίητον Seinrov δοίητον 
ὃ, σταιήτην σειήτην δοιήτην 
P.1. | σταίημεν ϑείημεν δοίημεν 
2. ] σταίητε σείητε δοίητε 
3. | σταῖεν Setev δοῖεν 
IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT. 
. 2. [ἵστη τίϑει δίδου δείκνῦ 
3. | ἱστἄτω τιϑέτω διδότω δεικνύτω 
D. 2. | tordroy τίϑετον δίδοτον δείκνυτον 
3. | ἱστάτων τιϑέτων διδότων δεικνύτων 
P. 2. | ἕστατε ridere δίδοτε δείκνυτε 
δ᾽. ᾿ ἱστάτωσαν ᾿ τιϑέτωσαν } διδότωσαν ᾿ δεικνύτωσαν 
“ | lioravrey τιϑέντων διδόντων δεικνύντων 


















































* In Dual and Plur. ἡ in the ending is dropped: hence ἱσταῖτον for 
ἱσταίητον, το. 


194 ETYMOLOGY. 


Paraviems, continued. 





ACTIVE VOICE. 


ἡ ἐπὰν Tl IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
S. 2. 









































στῆϑι Sés dds Not used. 
3. | στήτω Sérw δότω 
D. 2. | στῆτον Sérov δότον 
3. | στήτων ϑέτων δότων 
Ρ, 2. | στῆτε σέτε δότε 
3 στήτωσαν ; ϑέτωσαν δότωσαν 
* | loravrev ϑέντων δόντων ξ 
INFINITIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT. i 
© | ἱστάναι Ι τιϑέναι [ διδόναι δεικνύναι 
Aorist II, 
| στῆναι Ι Setvae δοῦναι | Not used. 
Da ὙΠ ΟΣ PARTIOIPLES. 
N. | ἱστᾶς, aoa, ἀν | riSeis, εἶσα; ἐν] διδούς, οὖσα, | δεικνύς, doa, 
év ὕν 
G. | ἱστάντος, &e. | τιϑέντος, &e. διδόντος, ὅτο, | Secxvivros,ke. 
Aorist II. 
Nom. | στάς, Goa,dy | Seis, εἶσα, ἐν | δούς, οὖσα, dv | Not used. 
Gen. | στάντος, ἄορ. | Sévros, ἄς. δόντος, Ke. 
SYNOPSIS OF OTHER TENSES. 
FUTURE. 
| στήσω -.| Show | δώσω | δείξω 
AORIST I. 
Ι ἔστησα | ἔϑηκα Ἐ | ἔδωκα" | ἔδειξα 
PERFECT. 
| €ornxat | τέϑεικα | δέδωκα | δέδειχα 
PLUPERFECT. 
ἑστήκειν, or | ereSeixew ἐδεδώκειν ἐδεδείχειν 
εἱστήκειν 
FUTURE PERFECT. 
| ἑστήξω | | 








* Rare except in Indic. Sing. See Aorist II., Paradigm. 
+ See 271. 


VERBS IN --αμί.---ΜΙΌ 1} AND PASSIVE. 


Lesson LVIII. 
Verbs ὧν -—ut.—Middle and Passive. Voices. 


269. Parapiams. 


125 











MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 


Τίϑεμαι. 
Root, Se. 


Aidopat. 
Root, do. 


INDICATIVE MOOD. 


τίϑεμαι 
τίϑεσαι, τίϑῃ 
τίϑεται 
τιϑέμεϑον 
τίϑσεσϑον 
τίϑεσϑον 
τιϑέμεϑα 
τίϑεσϑε 





τίϑενται 


ἐτιϑέμην 
ἐτίϑεσο, ἐτίϑου 
ἐτίϑετο 
ἐτιϑέμεϑον 
ἐτίϑεσϑον 
ἐτιϑέσϑην 
ἐτιϑέμεϑδα 
ἐτίϑεσϑε 





ἐτίϑεντο 


ἐθέμην — 
ἔσου 
ἔσετο 
ἐπέμεϑον 
ἔσεσδον 
ἐπέσϑην 
eSéueSa 
eSeaSe 


“Ἵστᾶἄμαι. 
Root, στα. 
PRESENT. 
5.1. | torapa 
2. ioracat 
3. ἵσταται 
D.1. | ἱστάμεϑον 
2. ἵστασϑον 
3. | toracSov 
P.l. | ἱστάμεϑα 
2. | toracde 
3.1 ἵστανται 
IMPERFECT. 
«1. ἱστάμην 
2.  ἵστᾶσο, ἵστω 
3. | ἵστατο 
D.1. | ἱστάμεϑον 
2. ioracSov 
3. | ἱστάσϑην 
Ῥ. 1. | ἱστάμεϑα 
2. ἵστασϑε 
3. | ἵσταντο 
Aorist II. (Middle only). 
8.1. | Not used. 
2. 
3. 
DEL. 
2. 
3, 
P. 1. 
2. 
oe 








ἔϑεντο 








δίδομαι 
δίδοσαι 
δίδοται 
διδόμεϑον 
δίδοσϑον 
δίδοσσον 
διδόμεϑα 
δίδοσσε 
δίδονται 


ἐδιδόμην 
ἐδίδοσο, ἐδίδου 
ἐδίδοτο 
ἐδιδόμεϑον 
ἐδίδοσϑον 
ἐδιδόσϑην 
ἐδιδόμεϑα 
ἐδίδοσϑε 
ἐδίδοντο 


ἐδόμην 
ἔδου 
ἔδοτο 
ἐδόμεϑον 
ἔδοσσον 
ἐδόσϑην 
ἐδόμεϑα 
ἔδοσϑε 
ἔδοντο 








Δείκνὕμαι. 
Roor, deck. 


δείκνῦμαι 
δείκνυσαι 
δείκνυται 
δεικνύμεϑον 
δείκνυσθον 
δείκνυσσον 
δεικνύμεϑα 
δείκνυσϑε 
δείκνυνται 


> : 
ἐδεικνύμην 

ΝΣ ees 
ἐδείκνῦσο 

᾽ ΄ > 
ἐδείκνῦτο 

> , 
ἐδεικνύμεϑον 

» , 
ἐδείκνυσσον 

> ᾽ 
ἐδεικνύσϑην 

> ’ 
ἐδεικνύμεϑα 

» ’ 
ἐδείκνυσσδε 

3 , 
ἐδείκνυντο 


Not used. 








190 


ETYMOLOGY. 


Paraviems, continued. 














MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 








διδῶμαι 
διδῷ 
διδῶται 
διδώμεϑον 
διδῶσϑον 
διδῶσϑον 
διδώμεϑα 
διδῶσσε 
διδῶνται 


διδοίμην 
διδοῖο 
διδοῖτο 
διδοίμεϑον 
διδοῖσϑον 
διδοίσϑην 
διδοίμεϑα 
διδοῖσϑε 
διδοῖντο 


δοίμην 
δοῖο 
δοῖτο 
δοίμεϑον 
δοῖσϑον 
δοίσϑην 
doipeSa 
dolce 


PRESENT. 
. 1, ἱστῶμαι τιϑῶμαι 
2. ] ἱστῇ TiS 
3. | ἱστῆται τιϑῆται 
D. 1. ἱστώμεϑον τιϑώμεϑον . 
2. | ἱστῆσϑον τιϑῆσϑον 
3. | ἱστῆσϑον τιϑῆσϑον 
P.1. | ἱστώμεϑα TiS@peSa 
2. | iornose , τιϑῆσϑε 
3. | ἱστῶνται ᾽ τιϑῶνται 
Aorist II. (Middle only). 
S.1. | Not used. ϑῶμαι 
2. σῇ 
ὃ. ϑῆται 
D. 1. σώμεϑον 
2. σῆσϑον 
3. σῆσϑον 
hs SaopeSa 
2. ϑῆσϑε 
3 ϑῶνται 
PRESENT. OPTATIVE MOOD. 
8.1. | ἱσταίμην τιϑείμην * 
2. 1} ἱσταῖο τιϑεῖο 
ὃ. ἱσταῖτο τιϑεῖτο 
D.1. | ἱσταίμεϑον τιϑείμεϑον 
2, | ἱσταῖσϑον τιϑεῖσϑον 
3. | ἱσταίσϑην τιϑείσϑην 
Ῥ, 1. | ἱσταίμεϑα τιϑείμεϑα 
2, } ἱσταῖσϑε τιϑεῖσϑε 
8. | ςὀἐἱσταῖντο τιϑεῖντο 
Aorist II. (Middle only). 
8.1. | Not used. Seiunv t 
2. σεῖο 
τ; Seiro 
Di ϑείμεϑον 
2, σεῖσϑον 
3. - SeloBnv 
Py ἃ, σείμεϑα 
2. ϑεῖσϑε 
3. Seivro 











Soivro 











Secxvinrat 
δεικνυώμεϑον 
δεικνύησϑον 
δεικνύησϑον 
δεικνυώμεϑα 
δεικνύησϑε 
δεικνύωνται 


Not used. 


δεικνυοίμην 
δεικνύοιο 
δεικνύοιτο 
δεικνυοίμεϑον 
δεικνύοισϑον 
δεικνυοίσθην 
δεικνυοίμεϑα 
δεικνύοισϑε 
δεικνύοιντο 


Not used. 





* The forms τιϑοίμην, τιϑοῖο, Kc., are also used, 
+ The form ϑοίμην is rare. 





VERBS IN —l.—MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 127 


Paraviems, continued. 





MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
IMPERATIVE MOOD. 























PRESENT. 
8.2. | ἵστασο,ἵστωϊ τίϑεσο, τίσδου! δίδοσο,δίδουί Seixvico 
ἐντὶ ἱστάσϑω ᾿ τιϑέσϑω διδόσσω δεικνύσσω 
D. 2. ἵστασϑον τίϑεσϑον δίδοσϑον δείκνυσϑον 
{Ὁ ἱστάσσων τιϑέσϑων διδόσϑων δεικνύσϑδων 
PZ. ἵστασϑε τίϑεσϑε δίδοσσε δείκνυσσε 
ἱστάσδωσαν {τιϑέσϑσωσαν | (διδόσσδωσαν δεικνύσθω- 
3 σαν 
: ἱστάσϑων τισέσϑσων διδόσϑδων ; 
δεικνύσσων 
Aorist II. (Middle only). 
S. 2. Not used. “οὔ δοῦ Not used. 
τ σέσϑδω δόσϑω 
ὭΣ" σέσϑον δόσϑον 
3. “έσϑων δόσϑων 
by ““έσϑε δόσδσε 
3 Séa3a@cav δόσϑωσαν 
᾿ σέσσδων δόσσων 
PRESENT INFINITIVE MOOD. 
| ἵστασϑαι  τίϑεσϑαι | δίδοσθαι δείκνυσθαι 
Aorist II. (Middle only). 
| Notused. | ϑέσϑαι | δόσϑαι | Not used. 
P RESENT PARTICIPLES. 
ἱστάμενος, ἡ, | τιθέμενος, n, | διδόμενος, n, | δεικνύμενος, 
ov ov ov ἢ: OV 
Aorist II. (Middle only). 
|. Not used. | ϑέμενος, ἡ, ov | Sdpevos, n, ov | Not used. 


SYNOPSIS OF OTHER TENSES. 


FUTURE MIDDLE. 


| στήσομαι  ϑήσομαι | δώσομαι | δείξομαι 
AORIST I. MIDDLE. 
| éornodpny | * | = | ἐδειξάμην 





* Aorist II. is used instead. See Paradigms. 





198 ETYMOLOGY. 


- Paraniems, continued. 





IDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
PERFEOT. 
Ἴ €ordpa | τέϑειμαι | δέδομαι | δέδειγμαι 
PLUPERFECT. 
| ἑστάμην | ἐτεδείμην ἐδεδόμην | ἐδεδείγμην 
FUTURE PERFECT. 
| ἑστήξομαι | 
AORIST I. PASSIVE. 
| eorasny | ἐτέϑην - ἐδόϑην | ἐδείχϑην 


FUTURE PASSIVE. 


| σταϑήσομαι  τεϑήσομαι | δοϑήσομαι | δειχϑήσομαι 











1π88ὸν LIX. 
Verbs in —yut.—Exercises.—Active Voice. 


270. The verb ἵστημι in the Active Voice means 
to place, to station, except in the Aorist IL, the Per- 
fect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect tenses, where it 
is intransitive, and means ¢o stand. 

271. The Perfect ἕστηκα and the Pluperfect ἑστή- 
xew assume a shortened form in the Dual and Plural 
of the Indicative, in most of the forms of the other 
moods, and in the Participle, as in the following 





. EXERCISES.—ACTIVE VOICE. 


PARADIGM. 


129 





PERFECT. 





INDIC. 


-SUBJUNCT. 


OPTATIVE, 


IMPERAT. 


INFIN. 


PARTIC. 





— 
. 


ἔστηκα 
ud 
ἔστηκας 


ἑστῶ * 


ἑσταίην 
ἑσταίης, 
c. 


ἕστἄδϑι 
ἑστάτω, 


ς Zé 
e€oTavat 


ε , 
ἑστώς 
ἑστῶσα 
ἑστώς ΟΥ̓ 


ἕστηκε(ν) 


ἔστἄτον 
ἕστἄᾶτον 

. Ἰἔστἄμεν 
ἕστἄτε 

2: Ae 

. Ἰἑστᾶσι(ν) 


ς a * 
ἐστωμεν 











coho peohd φ0}0 


ἑστῶσι(ν)" 


-ds 

Ο. ἑστῶτος 
ἑστώσης 
ἑστῶτος 


&e. 














PLUPERFECT. 





ἑστήκειν 
ἑστήκεις 
ἑστήκει 
ἕστἄτον 
ἑστάτην 
. Ἰέστᾶμεν 
.]έστἄτε 

. Ἰέστᾶσαν 





“Ὁ 
99 LO τὶ 99 BO $9 PO γι 





























272. VocABULARY. | 


* "Amo (prep. with gen.), from. 
᾿Αποδίδωμι (ἀπό and δίδωμι), 
δώσω, A. ἔδωκα, δέδωκα, §., 
to give back, to ascribe to. 
Adiorns (ἀπό and torn, 
220), ἀποστήσω, ἀπέστη- 
σα, 2 4. ἀπέστην, to remove, 
to make γουοῖξ; in 2d A. 
Perf. and Plup. intransi- 
tive, to depart from, revolt 
Srom. 


~ 





Acixvipu, δείξω, to show, ex- 
habit. 

Ackid, ἂς, ἡ, right hand, pledge. 

Δίδωμι, δώσω, to give, present, 
bestow. 

Eidos, eos, τό, form, appears 
ance. 

Ζεύς, G. Διός, ἢ. Διί 4. Δία, 
V. Ζεῦ, Zeus, Jupiter. 

Ἵστημι, στήσω, to place, erect, 
set up; 2d A. Perf. and 
Plup., to stand, be placed. 





* The other Persons are not found. 


180 ETYMOLOGY. 


Κορίνϑιος, ov, 6, Corinthian, of | ἹΠιστός, 7, ov, A foo ds true, 
the city of Corinth, in the reliable. 
northern part of Pelopon- | HAacrixy, js, ἧ, plastic art, 
nesus. statuary. 
MaJyrijs, od, 6, learner, pupil. | Svppiixos, ov, ὃ, ally, auzil- 
Nagios, ov, ὃ, Naxian, of the lary. 
island of Naxos, in the Ae- | Τίϑημι, ϑήσω, to place, appoint, 
gean Sea. enact, to stack (of arms). 
Ὀρόντης, ov, ὃ, Orontes, Per- | Τρόπαιον, ov, τό, trophy. 
sian nobleman. 





273. Exercises. Ξ 

1, Ζεύς πάντα τίϑησιν. 2. Ὃ Seds τοῦτον τὸν νό- 
μον τέϑεικεν. 8. ‘H πλαστικὴ δείκνυσι τὰ εἴδη τῶν 
ἀνθρώπων. 4. Θεός μοι δοίη φίλους πιστούς. ὅ. 
᾿Ορόντης γράφει ἐπιστολὴν παρὰ βασιλέα. 6. Ταύτην 
τὴν ἐπιστολὴν δίδωσι πιστῷ ἀνδρί, JT. Οἱ ᾿Αϑηναῖοι 
τρόπαιον ἱστᾶσιν. 8. Oi “Ἑλληνες τρόπαιον ἔστησαν. 
9. Δεξιὰς ἔδοσαν τοῖς στρατηγοῖς. 10. Ταῦτά μοι 
δεῖξον. 11, Οἱ Νάξιοι ἀπὸ τῶν ᾿Αϑηναίων ἀπέστησαν. 


, 


1. I will give you ἃ book. 2. Will you give me 
this beautiful book? 3. The teacher gives good books 
to his pupils. 4. The girl is showing the letter to her 
father. 


MIDDLE AND PASSIVE VOICES. 


131 


Lesson LX. 


Verbs in —ut.—Ezxercises—Middle and Passive 
Voices. 


974. VocABULARY. 


᾿Ανίστημι (ἀνά and ἵστημι), 
ἀναστήσω, to set up, raise 
up; Mid. to get up from 
seat, bed, Se. 

᾿Αποδείκνυμι (ἀπό and δείκνυ- 
pit) ἀποδείξω, to show forth ; 
Mid, to show or express as 
one’s own. 

"Evratda, there. . 

Θουκυδίδης, ov, 6, Thucydides, 
the Greek historian. 

Καϑίστημι (κατά and ἵστημι), 
καταστήσω (220), to ap- 
point, establish. 

Κῦρος, ov, ὃ, Cyrus, one sur- 
named the Great, the cel- 
ebrated founder of the 
Persian empire; for the 
other, see 102. 

Λακεδαιμόνιος, ov, ὃ, Lacedae- 


275. EXERCISES. 





monian, a citizen of Lacedae- 
mon or Sparta, in Pelo- 
ponnesus. 

Μέϑη, ns, ἡ, intoxication, drunk- 
enness. 

"OXiyapxia, as, 7, oligarchy, 
government by the few. 

"Orda, ων, τά (pl.), armor, arms 

Πρό (prep. with gen.), before, 
both of time and place. 

Πρός (prep. with dat. See 
171), at, near. 

Σόλων, vos, 6, Solon, law- 
giver of Athens. 

Τάξις, ews, ἡ, good order, ἐν 
τάξει, in order. 

Τάφος, ov, ὃ, tomb. 

Tipaciwv, wvos, 6, Timasion, a 
leader of the Greeks un- 
der Cyrus the younger. 


1. Ὃ Σόλων ᾿Αϑηναίοις νόμους ἔϑετο. 2. Πρὸς ταῖς 
πύλαις ὃ δείκνυται Θουκυδίδου τάφος. 3. Οἱ “Ελληνες 





* Of Athens. 


189 : ETYMOLOGY. 


ἔϑεντο τὰ ὅπλα. 4. Θέσϑε τὰ ὅπλα ἐκεῖναι, 5. ᾽Εν- 
ταῦϑα ἵσταντο οἱ πολέμιοι. 6. ᾿Απόδου τὸ κύπελλον. 
7. Πρὸ μέϑης ἀνίστασο. 8. ᾿Αποδείκνυται Τιμασίων 
γνώμην. 9. Οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ὀλυγαρχίαν ἐν ταῖς πό- 
λεσι καϑίσταντο. 10. Κῦρος τοὺς Μήδους ἐδουλώσατο. 
11. Τοὺς Πέρσας ἠλευϑέρωσεν. 19. Ὃ Σόλων τὴν 
γνώμην ἀπεδείξατο. 


II. 


1. The citizens are enacting laws. 2. Good laws 
were enacted. 38. The judge was giving his opinion. 
4, The orators had expressed their opinions. 5. I 
expressed this opinion. 6. What opinion did you 
express? 7. Will you give me your book? 8.1 
will give it to you. 9. Will you show me those 
letters? 10. I will show them to your brother. 





Lesson LXI. 
Verb εἰμί, 7 am. 


276. The verb εἰμέ is irregular, and is inflected 
according to the following 
















































































VERB εἰμί. 133 
PARADIGM. 
PRESENT TENSE. 
INDICATIVE. | SUBJ. | OPTATIVE. | IMPER. | INFIN. PART 

S.1.)  edpi ὦ εἴην εἶναι |Nont. dv 
2.| εἶ ἧς | εἴης ioe οὖσα 
3.| ἐστί(ν) ἢ εἴη ἔστω ὄν 

D.2.| ἐστόν ἦτον  εἴητον, etrov| ἔστον Gen. ὄντος 
3.| ἐστόν ἦτον | εἰήτην, εἴτην ἔστων οὔσης 

Ρ.1.} ἐσμέν ὦμεν | εἴημεν, εἶμεν 
2.| - ἐστέ ἦτε | εἴητε, εἶτε | ἔστε 
3.| εἰσί(»ν) |aox(v)| εἴησαν, εἶεν | ἔστωσαν, 

ἔστων 
IMPERFECT. 

S.1.| ἦν 
2.| ἦσϑα 
3. | ἦν 

D.2.  ἦστον, ἦτον 
3.| ἤστην, ἤτην 

Ρ.1. ἦμεν 
2. | re, ἦστε 
ὅ. [ἦσαν 

FUTURE. 

S.1.| ἔσομαι ἐσοίμην Τέσεσϑαι! ἐσόμενος 
2.} ἔσῃ, ἔσει ἔσοιο ἐσομένη 
o.| ἔσται ἔσοιτο ἐσόμενον 

}).1.} ἐσόμεϑον ἐσοίμεϑον 
2.| ἔσεσϑον ἔσοισϑον 
3.| ἔσεσϑον ἐσοίσϑην 

P.1.| ἐσόμεϑα ἐσοίμεϑα 
2.) ἔσεσϑε ἔσοισϑε, 

8.} ἔσονται ἔσοιντο 








277. Rurz.— Predicate Noun. 
An Attributive Noun in the predicate with εἰμέ is 
put in the same case as the subject when it denotes 
the same person or thing, 6. g.: 


Κῦρος βασϊλεὺς jv. | 
; 


Cyrus was king, 


184 


ETYMOLOGY, 


278. The predicate noun usually dispenses with 
the article even when the subject takes it, 6. g. : 


Ὃ δεσπότης ἣν ἡγεμών. | 


219. VocABULARY. 

Ἄγαλμα, ἅτος, τό, statue, im- 
age. | 

Αἴγυπτος, ov, 4, Egypt. 

᾿Απορΐα, as, %, difficulty, embar- 
rassment, want. 

Βέβαιος, G, ov, firm, trusty. 

Δῶρον, ov, τό, gift, present. 

Εἰμί (276), to be. 

᾿Εξηγητής, ot, 6, expounder, 
teacher. 

Ἑρμῆς, οὔ, 6, Hermes, Mer- 
cury, messenger of the 
gods, 

Θνητός, ἡ, dv, mortal. 

- Κλεινός, ἡ, dv, celebrated, fa- 

mous. 


280. Exmrciszs. 





The ruler was leader. 


Κώμη, ns, ἡ, village. 

Aivos, ov, 6, Linus, mythical 
minstrel. 

Mavia, as, }, madness, frenzy. 

Mixpés, 4, ov, short. 

᾿ΟὈλυμπΐα, as, ἡ, Olympia,’ in 
Elis in Greece. 

Περί (prep. with ace.), around, 
along. ; 

Πλάτων, wvos, ὃ, Plato, great 
philosopher of Athens. 

Φιλόκᾶἄλος, ov, fond of the beau- 
tiful, fond of beauty. 

Χιών, dvos, 7, snow. 

Χρηστός, ἡ, dv, useful, service- 
able. 


I, “ 

1. Θνητοί ἐσμεν. 2. Ἣ μέϑη μικρὰ μανία ἐστίν. 

8, ‘O Aivos παῖς ἣν Ἑρμοῦ. 4. Πλάτων φιλόκαλος 

ἣν. 5. Βέβαιος ἴσϑι. 0. Οἱ ἱερεῖς ἔστων ἐξηγηταὶ 

τῶν χρηστῶν. 'T. Ἢ Αἴγυπτος δῶρόν ἐστι τοῦ Νείλου." 

8, Ἦν χιὼν πολλή. 9. Πολλὴ ἀπορία ἣν. 10. Κῶμαι 

πολλαὶ περὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἦσαν. 11. Σοφὸς εἶ. 12. 
Κλεινότατον ἣν Διὸς ἄγαλμα. 





* In accordance with the ancient belief that most of Lower Egypt 
was a deposit from the Nile. 


PARTICLES. 135 


II. 


1. Your father is wise. 2. Be wise. 8. Who will. 
be happy? 4. The good will be happy. 5. The cel- 
ebrated statue of Jupiter was in Olympia. 6. This 
statue was very beautiful. 





Lesson LXII. 


Particles. 


_ 281. The Greek language has four parts of speech, 
called Particles. They are the Adverb, the Preposi- 
tion, the Conjunction, and the Jnterjection. With the 
single exception of the comparison of adverbs (155), 
they are not inflected. 

282. In Greek the adverb with the article often 
has the force of an adjective, and sometimes even of 
a noun, 6. g.: 


Οἱ viv ἄνϑρωποι. } The men of the present 
Οἱ viv. ot day. 
Ot πάλαι. | Zhe men of old. 


283. Prepositions show the relations of objects to 
each other, e. g.: 


There 1s an army in the 
park. 


Ἔστι δτράτευμα ἐν τῷ πα- 
ραδείσῳ:. 





284. Conjunctions are mere connectives, 6. g.: 


4Δόξα καὶ πλοῦτος. Glory and wealth. 
"Ayatos καὶ σοφός. | Good and wise. 


180 


ETYMOLOGY. 


285. Interjections are expressions of emotion or 
mere marks of address, e. g. : 


ἮὮ Κῦρε. 


286. VocABULARY. 


*Aci, always, ever. 

᾿Αληϑῶς (ἀληϑής), truly. 

Βρᾶχύς, εἶα, v, short, 

Δίκαιος, ἃ, ov, just. 

᾿Επιτελέω (ἐπί and τελέω), ἔσω, 
εσα, eka, expat, ἔσϑην, to ac- 
complish, finish, execute. 

Κακῶς (κακός), badly, basely. 

Kadds (καλός), well, nobly. 

Nov, now. 

‘OpIas (ὀρϑός), rightly. 


987. EXERcIsEs. 





O Cyrus. . 


Οὐρᾶνός, od, ὁ, firmament, hea- 
ven. 

Πάλαι, anciently, long ago, long 
since. 

Ilovgw εὖ, to treat well, use 
well. 

Tlovéw κακῶς, to treat ill, use 


badly. 
Téxéws (ταχύς), quickly, - 
promptly. 


Ὑπό (prep. with gen.), by. 


1. ᾿Ορϑῶς λέγετε. 2. Βουλεύου βραδέως. 3. ᾽Ἔπι- 


τέλει ταχέως. 


4, Οἱ πολῖται καλῶς ἐβουλεύσαντο. 


5. Τοὺς πολεμίους κακῶς ἐποιοῦμεν. 6. Τοὺς πάλαι 
ἀνθρώπους ϑαυμάζομεν. ἴ. Τὰς πάλαι πόλεις ϑαυμά- 


ere. 
ὁ ἀληϑῶς οὐρανός. 


8, Ὃ νῦν βασιλεὺς τιμᾶται. 


9. ᾿᾽Εκεῖνός ἐστιν 


1. The present life is short. 2. The soldiers love 
their present generals. 38. We all wonder at the wise 
men of old. 4. You have deliberated well. 


BOOK Il. 


ΞῪΝ Aa 





Lesson LXIIT. 
Classification of Sentences. 


288. Syntax treats of the structure and combina- 
tion of sentences. 
289. The object of all language is of course the ex- 
pression of thought. 
290. A sentence may express thought, 
1) In the form of an assertion, either affirmative 
or negative. It is then called a Declara- 
tive sentence, 6. &.: 


Ὃ παῖς γράφει. The boy is writing. 
᾿ Ὁ παῖς οὐ γράφει. The boy 1s not writing. 


2) In the form of a guestion. It is then called 
an Interrogative sentence, 6. g.: 
Τίς γράφει; | Who is writing? 

3) In the form of a command, exhortation, or en- 
treaty. It is then called an Lmperative 
SENTENCE, 6. Ὁ". Σ 

Γράφε. | Write thou. 


138 SYNTAX. 


291. A sentence may express 
1) A single thought, i.e. may make but one 
assertion, ask but one question, or give 
but one command. It may then be called 
a Simple sentence, 6. g.: 


Οἱ βάρβᾶροι φεύγουσιν. |The barbarians are fleeing. 


2) Two or more thoughts so related to each 
other that one or more of them are made 
dependent upon the others. It may then 
be called a Complea sentence, e. g.: 


Ἢν, ὅτε ἐτελεύτα, ἀμφὶ τὰ | Le. was about fifty years 
πεντήκοντα ETN. old when he died. 


Rem.—The two simple sentences, it will be observed, which 
compose the above complex, are (1) He was about fifty years old, 
and (2) He died. These are, however, so combined that the sec- 
ond only specifies the time of the other. He was about fifty 
years old (when ?) when he died. 


8) Two or more independent thoughts. It may 

then be called a Compound sentence, e. g.: 

Oi μὲν βάρβἄροι ἔφευγον, | The barbarians were flee- 

οἱ δ᾽ “Ἕλληνες εἶχον τὸ ing, but the Greeks oc- 
ἄκρον. cupied the height. 


ELEMENTS OF SENTENCES. 1389 


CHAPTER I. 


SIMPLE SENTENCES. 





Lesson LXIV. 


Principal Elements of Scntences.—Subject and 
Predicate.—Declarative Sentences. 


292. Every sentence, however simple, consists of 
two distinct parts, viz. : 
1) The Subject, or that of which it speaks; as 
mais in the sentence παῖς γράφει. 
2) The Predicate, or that which is said of the 
subject ; as γράφει in the above sentence. 
293. The subject, however, it will be remembered 
(38), is often omitted, as the form of the predicate, in 
many instances, fully shows what subject is meant; 
as, ἀληϑεύομεν, We speak the truth. 


294, VocABULARY. 


Ἕκτωρ, opos, 6, Hector, cele- [Τειχίζω, iow, wat, ίσϑην, to 
- brated Trojan leader. fortify, to defend with a 

Λύκος, ov, ὃ, wolf. wall. 

Nogéw, yow, to be sick or 11}. 


295. EXERCISES. 
Ι. 


1. “Ὅμηρος τιμᾶται. 2. Τιμώμεϑα. 8. Τιμᾶσϑε. 
4, Δύκος διώκεται. 5. Διώκομαι. 6. Φίλιππος éBact- 


140 SYNTAX. 


λευεν. - ἴ. Βασιλεύσεις. 8. Σόλων ἐφιλήϑη. 9. Φιλη- 
ϑήσῃ. 10. “Ἕκτωρ ἐφονεύϑη. 11. Σ᾽ τρατηγὸς νοσεῖ. 
12. Στρατιώτης τελευτᾷ. 18. Ἡμεῖς νικῶμεν. 14. 
Νικῶμεν. 15. άστυ τειχίζεται. 


Il. 


1. You will be honored. 2. He will be con- 
quered. 3. A letter had been written. 4. Letters 
were written. 5. Let us deliberate. 6. We will de- 
liberate. 





Lesson LXV. 
Subordinate Llements.—Modifiers.—Declarative 


Sentences. 


296. Both Subject and Predicate may have quali- 
fying words and clauses connected with them to limit 
or modify their meaning, 6. g. : 

1. Ὃ ayaS0s βασϊλεὺς τι- {| The good king is honored. 
paras. | 


2. Καλῶς ἐβουλεύσαντο. | They deliberated well. 


- Rem. 1.—In the first example ὁ and dya%ds limit βασιλεύς : 
i.e. they show that the predicate τιμᾶται is not affirmed of every 
king, but only of the good king. 


Rem. 2.—In the second example the predicate is modified by 
καλῶς, Showing how they deliberated. 


297. Qualifying words and clauses, whether be- 
longing to the subject or predicate, may be called 


modifiers. 


SUBORDINATE ELEMENTS. 


141. 


298. Any modifier, whether in the subject or 
predicate, may be itself modified, e.g.: 


Φίλιππος, ὁ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου 
πατήρ, ἐβασίλευεν. 


Philip, the father of Al- 


exander, was king. 


299. The subject (expressed or implied) and the 
predicate are essential to the structure of every sen- 
tence, and may therefore be called the Zssential or 
Principal Elements of sentences. 

300. All modifiers are subordinate to the subject 
and predicate, and may therefore be called the Sud- 
ordinate Elements of sentences. 


801. VocABULARY. 


"Apxov, οντος, 6, archon, ruler. 
Βασίλεια, as, 7, guecn. 
Κρύπτω, wo, wa, da, pat, 
φϑην, to conceal, hide. 
Παίζω, παίΐξομαι, ἔπαισα, πέ- 
παικα, πέπαισμαι, ἐπαίχϑην, 


Πέμπω, Wo, Wa, πέπομφα, πέ- 
πεμμαι, ἐπέμφϑην, to send. 
Πλησΐον (adv.), near, ὃ πλη- 

σίον, the near (282), the 
neighboring, the neighbor. 
Xwpa, as, 4, country, place. 





to play, to sport. 


202. FEEXERCISES. 
I 


1. Πέρσης ἔκρυψε κύπελλα. 2. Ὃ Πέρσης ἔκρυψε 
τὰ κύπελλα. 8. Ὃ κακὸς Πέρσης ἔκρυψε τὰ χρυσᾶ 
κύπελλα. 4. Ὃ κακὸς Πέρσης ἔκρυψε τὰ χρυσᾶ κύ- 
πέλλα ἐν τῷ κήπῳ. ὅ. Ὃ κακὸς Πέρσης ἔκρυψε τὰ 
χρυσᾶ κύπελλα ἐν τῷ τοῦ Xeipicodov κήπῳ. 6. Ὁ 
ἄρχων ἡγεμόνα πέμπει. ἴ. Ὃ τῆς χώρας ἄρχων ἡἦγε- 
μόνα πέμπει. 8. Ὃ τῆς. χώρας ἄρχων τοῖς “Ἑλλησιν 
ἡγεμόνα πέμπει. 9. "Ἔστι στράτευμα ἐν τῷ παραδεί- 
σῳ. 10. ἜἜστι στράτευμα πολὺ ἐν τῷ πλησίον παρα- 
δείσφ. 


149 SYNTAX. 


Il. 

1. The boys are playing. 2. The good boys are 
playing. 3. The good boys are playing in the park. 
4, The good boys are playing in the queen’s beauti- 
ful park. 





Lesson LXVI. 


Elements of Sentences, continued.—Interrogative and 
Imperative Sentences. 


303. Interrogative sentences are used in asking 
questions, and may be introduced 
1) By interrogative pronouns, adjectives, or ad- 
verbs, 6. g.: 


Tis γράφει ; Who is writing ? 

Πόσα ζημιώσεται ; How much will he be 
Jjined? 

Πότε ταῦτα πράξετε; | When will you do this? 





2) By interrogative particles, as ἢ, dpa, μή, ov, 


&c., e. g.: 
Ἦ  πολεμήσεις ; Will you wage war ? 
Οὐ πολεμήσεις ; Will you not wage war? 
"Apa πολεμήσεις ; Will you wage war? 


Rem.—Questions with 4, equivalent to Latin ne, ask for infor- 
mation; with οὐ, or dpa od, Latin nonne, expect the answer yes ; 
with dpa μή, Latin nwm, expect the answer no. 


8) Without any interrogative word. In this 
case the interrogative character of the sen- 
tence is indicated, as in English, by the 


ELEMENTS OF SENTENCES. 


148 


interrogation-mark in writing, and by the 
tone of voice in speaking, 6. g.: 


Etpnvnv ἄγετε, ὦ ἄνδρες 
᾿Αϑηναῖοι; 


Are you at peace, men of 
Athens? 


304. Imperative sentences are used in commands, 


exhortations, and éntreaties. 


They take the verb usu- 


ally in the Imperative, though sometimes in the Sub- 


junctive, 6. g.: 


Γράφε ἐπιστολήν. 
Μὴ κλέπτε. 
Μὴ ποιήσῃς τοῦτο. 


‘Write a letter. 
Do not steal. 
Do not do this. 


Rrem.—Observe that the negative in imperative sentences is 


μή; τοῦ οὐ. 


305. VocABULARY. 


"Apa. (before vowels often” Ap), 
interrog. part. (303, Rem.) 
cp ov=nonne expects an- 
swer yes; dpa py=num 
expects answer 20. 

Δουλεύω, ow, to serve, be a 
slave. 

"Ext, still, yet, besides, further. 

Εὐτύχέω, Yow, εὐτύχησα, εὐ- 
τύχηκα (218), to prosper, 
succeed. 


306. ExERcIsEs. 


1. Τί ποιήσω; 
ϑύσομεν ; 
θ, "Ap’ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγαϑός ; 





2. Τί σοι ἔτι ποιήσω; 
4. Ἔστι τι ἀγαϑόν; 
7. "Apa μὴ ἔστιν ἀγαϑός ; 


Θύω, ϑύσω, ica, τέϑὕκα, 
τέϑῦμαι, ἐτύϑην, to sacrifice. 

Κέρδος, «os, τό, gain, profit, 
lucre. 

My, not, used in prohibi- 
tions, &e. 


Παῖς, δός, ὁ or 4, Voc. παῖ, 


boy, son, child. 
Πότε; when ? 


᾿Σιωπάω, now, to be silent, keep 


silence. 


1. 
8, Πῶς 
5. "Ap’ εὐτυχεῖς ; 


144 SYNTAX. 


8. Tiva καιρὸν ζητεῖτε; 9. Δουλεύσομεν; 10. Ὦ 
παῖ, σιώπα. 11. Τοὺς ϑεοὺς τίμα. 12. Τοὺς ἀγαϑοὺς 
ἐπαινεῖτε. 18. Μή σε νικάτω κέρδος. 14. Τὴν σοφίαν 
ζηλῶμεν. 

Il. 


1. Who gave you the book? 2. My brother gave 
ittome. 8. When did he give it to you? 4. He 
‘gave it to me long since. 5. Give me the book. 6. 
Do not give it to him. 





Lusson LXVII. 
Simple Subject. 


307. Every simple sentence must have for its sub- 
ject either 
1) A noun; e.g., Παῖς γράφει, a boy ἐδ writing. 
2) A pronoun; e.g., ᾿Εγὼ γράφω, Jam writing. 
3) Some word used substantively; e.g., ᾿4γᾶἄ- 
Ids γράφει, a good man is writing. 
308. Rutn.—Subject. 
The subject of a finite verb is put in the nomina- 
tive, 9. g.: 
‘O παῖς γράφει. | The boy ts writing. 
[ H. 589: C. 842: 5. 157.] 


309. In the arrangement of the Greek sentence, 
the subject usually precedes the predicate, as in the 
above examples. 


COMPLEX SUBJECT. 145 


310. VocABULARY. 
AvSpeios, eta, <tov, brave, val- | Πίνδᾶρος, ov, 6, Pindar, cele- 
zant. brated lyric poet of The- 
Βοιωτός, od, ὃ, Boeotian. bes in Boeotia. 
Ἡγέομαι, ἥσομαι, nodpnv,  Πεισίστρᾶτος, ov, ὃ, Pisistra- 
Perf. UM. ἥγημαι, to com- tus, tyrant of Athens. 
mand, guide, lead. 





311. EXERciIsEs. 
I, 


1. Δαρεῖος ἐβασίλευσεν. 2. Κῦρος ἐστρατεύετο. 
8. Χειρίσοφος ἡγοῖτο. 4. Οὗτός ἐστιν ἀνδρεῖος. ὅ. 
Πίνδαρος Βοιωτὸς jv. 6. Τίς νενίκηται ; 1. Οὗτοι 
νενίκηνται. 8. Τίνες ϑαυμάζονται; 9. Ὑμεῖς ϑαυμά- 
Geode. 10. Πεισίστρατος ἐτελεύτησεν. 


Il. 
1. You will be honored. 2. Let them be honored. 
8. Let Cyrus be king. 4. Who was Pindar? 5. He 
was a poet. 6. Was he not a Boeotian? 7. He was 
a Boeotian. 





Lesson LXVIII. 
Complex Subject. 


312. The elements of a simple sentence may be 
either simple or complex: 
1) Simple, when not modified by other words, 
αὶ σὲ: ὶ 
Βασϊλεὺς βασιλεύει. | A king reigns. 


140 SYNTAX. 


2) Complex, when thus modified, e. g.: 
"Ayados βασϊλεὺς καλῶς 
βασιλεύει. 


Rem.—In the first example, βασιλεὺς βασιλεύει, both subject 
and predicate are simple, while in the second both are complex. 


A good king reigns well. 


818. Modifiers are of two kinds, viz. : 
1) Such as complete the meaning of other words 
by specifying some object. These may be 
called Objective Modifiers, ο. g.: 
Τῆς codias ἐπιϑυμοῦμεν. | We desire wisdom. 
Ἡ τῆς σοφίας ἐπιϑυμΐα. | The desire of (for) wisdom. 


Rem.—In the first example, τῆς σοφίας completes the mean- 
ing of ἐπιϑυμοῦμεν by specifying the object desired. In the second 
example, too, τῆς σοφίας just as really completes the meaning of 
ἐπιϑυμία by specifying the object of that desire: the desire of 
(what ?) wisdom. 


2) Such as restrict the meaning of other words, 
generally by specifying some guality or 
attribute. These may be called Adtridu- 
tive Modifiers, e.g. : 

᾿Αγάϑὸς βασϊλεὺς καλῶς 
βασιλεύει. 


A good king rules well. 


Rem. 1.— Aya%ds expresses the attribute of βασιλεύς (good 
king) and καλῶς of βασιλεύει (rules well). 

tem. 2.—It will be observed that the adverb καλῶς sustains 
the same relation to the verb βασιλεύει as the adjective dya%ds 
does to the noun βασιλεύς ; both are strictl attributive, but, for 
distinction’s sake, the latter may be called the adjective attri- 
bute, and the former the adverbial attribute. 


Moprrrers or tur Supsecr. 


314. The subject of a sentence may be limited or 
modified : 


COMPLEX SUBJECT. 147 


1) By an objective modifier, e. g.: 
‘H τῆς σοφίας ἐπιϑυμία | The desire for wisdom ac- 
ὑμᾶς παροξύνει. tuates us. 

Rem.—This modifier has been very properly called the objec- 
tive genitive ; though some grammarians regard it as merely at- 
tributive. It will be readily seen that τῆς σοφίας, in the above 
example, expresses no attribute of ἐπιϑυμία (desire) ; it says noth- 


ing of the character or qualities of that desire, but simply speci- 
fies the object on which it is exercised. 


2) By an attrebutive modifier, e. g.: 
"Ayadis βασϊλεὺς βασι- | A good king is reigning. 
λεύει. 


‘O τῶν Περσῶν βασϊλεὺς | The king of the Persians 
τιμῶται. as honored. 





Rem.—It will be observed, from the above examples, that the 
attribute of the subject is expressed sometimes by an adjective, 
and sometimes by a noun. 

315. Rutu.— Agreement of Adjectives. 

Adjectives and adjective pronouns (whether in the 
subject or the predicate) agree in gender, number, and 
case with the nouns which they qualify, 6. g.: 

᾿Αγαϑὸς βασϊλεύς. A. good king. 
"Aya βασίλεια. | A good queen. 
[ H. 498: C. 444: 8. 187.] 


316. Rurze.—Hodifying Nouns. 
A noun modifying the meaning of another noun 
is put in the genitive when it denotes a different * 
person or thing, 6. g.: | 
Ἢ τῆς σοφίας éridupia. | The desire of wisdom. 
[H. 558: C. 382: 5. 173.] 





* See 448, 


148 SYNTAX. 


Posrrion or Mopiriers ΙΝ tHE Compiex Svupsect. 


317. The Greek language allows great freedom in 
the arrangement of words, consulting emphasis and 
euphony rather than arbitrary laws. Some general 
directions, however, may be of service to the begin- 
ner, . : 
318. In the arrangement of the parts of a complex 
subject, 

1) The Article precedes its substantive, 6. g. : 

Ὃ βασϊλεύς. a The king. 

2) The Adjective precedes or follows its sub- 
stantive according as it 7s or ἐδ not em- 
phatic, 6. g.: : 

᾿Αγᾶϑὸς βασϊλεύς. ; 
Baothabs ἀγᾶϑός. A good king. 

3) The Adjective, when accompaniea by an ar- 
ticle, generally stands between the article 
and the noun, 6. g. : 

Ὃ ἀγαϑὸς Bacinevs. | The good king. 

4) The Genitive, whether with or without an 
article, may either precede or follow its 
substantive; though, when the governing 
word takes the article, the genitive more 
commonly stands between the article and 
the substantive, 6. g. : 

"Anraoos δένδρων. 
Δένδρων ἄλσος. 
Τὸ δένδρων ἄλσος. The grove of trees. 


A grove of trees. 


319. Again, any modifier in the complex subject 
may itself become complex, e. g: 


- COMPLEX SUBJECT. 


149 


"Aroos ἡμέρων δένδρων. | A grove of cultivated trees. 


Rem.—Here the modifier δένδρων is itself modified by the 


adjective ἡμέρων. 





Lesson LXIX. 


Complex Subject.—Exercises. 


890. VocABULARY. 


᾿Απόλλων, wos, ὃ, Apollo, god 
of prophecy. 

᾿Ασκληπῖός, οὔ, ὃ, Aesculapius, 
god of medicine. 

Γυνή, γυναικός, 4, Voc. S. γύ- 
vat, Dat. Pl. γυναιξίν, wo- 
man, wife. 

Ἕκαστος, ἡ, ov, each, every. 

"Exo, ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, to have, 
hold, possess. 

Evepyérys, ov, ὃ, benefactor. 


321. EX@ERcIsEs. 





Ἥκω, ἥξω, ἧκα, to come, to have 
arrwved. 
Ἰάομαι, ἰάσομαι, ἰασᾶμην (De- 
ponent), to cure, heal. ~ 
Mavrevouat, σομαι, ocapny 
(Dep.), to predict, to proph- 
esy. 

Τέχνη, ys, ἢ, art, occupation, 
trade. 

Φωκίων, wvos, 6, Phocion, Athe- 
nian commander. 


1. Stparnyol ἐβουλεύσαντο. 2. Οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐβου- 


λεύσαντο. 


8. Οἱ τῶν “Ελλήνων στρατηγοὶ ἐβουλεύ- 


σαντο. 4, Ἣ βασιλέως γυνὴ ἥκει. 5. ‘O τῆς βασι- 


λέως γυναικὸς ἀδελφὸς ἥκει. 


6. Ἣ Φωκίωνος γυνὴ 


ἐτεμήϑη. T. Οἱ εὐεργέται τῶν ἀνϑρώπων τιμῶνται. 
8, Ὃ τῶν Κορινϑίων στρατηγὸς ἐνικήϑη. 9. “Ἕκαστος 
τῶν ϑεῶν τέχνην τινὰ ἔχει. 10. Ὃ ᾿Απόλλων μαντεύ- 


ETAL. 


11. ‘O ᾿Ασκληπιὸς ἰᾶται. 


y Et eae SYNTAX. 


λ' ae ΕΠ, 

1. The queen is honored. 2. The good queen will 
be loved. 3. The servants of the good queen were 
silent. 4. The faithful servants will honor the queen. 





Lesson LXX. 
Simple Predicate. 


322. The Predicate of a sentence consists of two 
parts, an attribute of the subject, and a copula, by 
which that attribute is predicated or asserted of the 
subject. 

323. The attribute and copula, which form the 
predicate, sometimes appear separately, as when the 
former is expressed by a noun or adjective and the lat- 
ter by the verb εἰμί, and sometimes united in one word, 
in which case they must be expressed by a verb. 

324. The predicate of a simple sentence may, 
therefore, be 

1) A verb, e. g.: 
‘O παῖς παίζει. | Zhe boy ἐδ playing. 
2) The verb εἰμέ with an attributive * noun or 
adjective, e.g. : 
Ὃ Παρνασσὸς ὄρος ἐστίν. | Parnassus is ὦ mountain. 
Ἥφαιστος χωλὸς ἣν. Hephaestus was lame. 


Rem.—In the first example the predicate is not ἐστίν but ὄρος 
ἐστίν ; for the assertion is not that Parnassus ὦ (i.e. exists), but 





* By an attributive noun is meant one which is used to qualify or 
describe another noun. 


SIMPLE PREDICATE. 151 


ts a mountain. So, too, in the second example the predicate is 
χωλὸς ἦν, was lame. 


325. GuneraL Roite.—Linite Verbs. 

A finite verb agrees with its subject in number 
and person, 6. g. : 

Ὃ παῖς γράφει. | Lhe boy vs writing. 
[H. 497: Ὁ. 548 : 5. 157.] 

326. Spectra Rourz.—l/inite Verbs. 

The neuter plural generally takes the verb in the 
singular, and a collective noun in the singular may 
take the verb in the plural, 6. g.: 


Ταῦτα ἐγένετο. These things happened. 
Ὃ δῆμος ἐβόων. The people shouted. 


[H. 514, a; 515: ©. 548, 549: S. 157, 2 and 4.] 


327. Rute.— Predicate Noun. 

A predicate noun after euéis put in the same case 
as the subject when it denotes the same person or 
thing, e.g.: 

Κῦρος βασϊλεὺς jv. | Cyrus was king. 

[H. 540: ©. 331: S. 160, 2.] 


Rrem.—For the agreement of adjectives, see 315. 


328. As an apparent exception to rule 315, it 
should be observed, that the predicate adjective is 
often neuter, even when the substantive is masculine 
or feminine, 6. g.: 

Truth is beautiful (lit. a 
beautiful thing). 


Rem.—The copula (ἐστί, &c.) is often omitted, as in the above 
example. 


Καλὸν ἡ ἀλήϑεια. 


329. The predicate noun usually dispenses with 
the article, even when the subject takes it, 6. g.: 


152 SYNTAX. 


᾿Ηγεμὼν ἣν ὁ δεσπότης. | The ruler was leader. 
Remu.—The article shows that δεσπότης is the subject. 


330. VocABULARY. 


᾿Αλέξανδρος, ov, ὃ, Alexander, | TXotros, ov, 6, wealth, riches. 
surnamed the Great, of Πολιορκέω, iow, to. besiege, 
‘Macedon. blockade. 

Δέκα, ten. Πολύὔτελής, ἔς, magnificent, 

Δῆμος, ov, ὃ, the people. costly. 

Θρεπτὶκός, ἡ, dv, nourishing. Σκηνή, ἧς, ἡ, tent. 

‘Tepds, d, ὄν, sacred. Στέφἄνος, ov, ὃ, crown, gar- 

Κολᾶκεύω, ow, to flatter. land. 

Λόγος, ov, ὃ, word, account, re- | Τυφλός, ἡ, dv, blind. 
port. 





831. EXERrciszrs. 
I. 


1. Devyouev. 2. Φεύγωμεν. 3. Φεύγετε. 4. Oi 
στρατιῶται φεύγουσι. 5. Ἢ ϑυγάτηρ σου καλή 
ἐστιν. 0. Ὃ ἄνθρωπος ἣν σοφός. T. ᾿Επολιορκοῦντο 
οἱ “Ἑλληνες. 8. ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ἡ σκηνὴ πολυτελὴς ἣν. 
9. “O στέφανος ὁ τοῦ ποιητοῦ ἐστιν ἱερός. 10. Τυφλὸν 
(328) ὁ πλοῦτος. 11. Ὃ μέλας οἷνός ἐστι ϑρεπτικώτα- 
τος. 12. Ὑμεῖς ἐστε στρατηγοί. 13. Τίνες ἧσαν oi 
λόγοι; 14. Τὰ δίκαια καλά ἐστιν. 


Π. 

1. Who was the general? 2, There were ten gen- 
erals. 8. Who wasbrave? 4. That soldier was very 
brave. 5. These things are beautiful. 6, The people 
are flattered. | 


COMPLEX PREDICATE. 153 


Lesson LXXI. 
Complex Predicate.—Direct Object. 


332. The Predicate, like the subject, may be mod- 
ified, 
I. By Objective Modifiers. 
Il. By Attributive Modifiers. 
333. The objective modifiers of the verb-predicate 
may be divided into three classes, viz. : 
1) Direct Objects. 
2) Indirect Objects. 
3) Remote Objects. 
334. In the arrangement of the Greek sentence 
the object, of whatever kind, generally, though by no 
means uniformly, precedes its verb, e. g.: 


Ὃ παῖς ἐπιστολὴν γράφει. 
Τοῖς φίλοις ἀρήγει. 


The boy is writing a letter. 
LHe aids his friends. 
335. The direct object of the predicate may rep- 
resent, | 
1) The person or thing on which the action of 
the verb is directly exerted, e. g.: 





‘O νεανίας ἐπιστολὴν ava- 
γιγνώσκει. 


The youth is reading 
(what?) ὦ letter. 


2) The direct effect of the action, i. 6. the object 
produced by it, e.g: 





Ὁ veavias ἐπιστολὴν ypd- | Zhe youth is writing 
φει. (what ?) ὦ letter. 
336. Rute.— Direct Object. 


154 SYNTAX. 


Any transitive verb may take an Accusative as 
the direct object of its action. (See examples above.) 


[H. 544: ©. 493: 8. 163.] 


837. Any thought, which may be expressed by a 
transitive verb with a direct object, may also be ex- 
pressed by the passive voice of the same verb, having 
_ for its subject the noun used as the direct object of 
the active, e. g.: 

Τὴν πόλιν ϑαυμάζουσιν. | They admire the city. 
Ἢ πόλις ϑαυμάζεται. The city is admired. 
Rem.—The agent of the action with passive verbs, when ex- 
pressed, is generally put in the genitive with ὑπό, as we shall have 
occasion to notice in another place. 

338. The object, and, in fact, any noun, whether 
in the subject or predicate, may be modified in the 
various ways already specified for the subject. (See 
314.) 


339. VocABULARY. 


᾿Αγών, vos, ὃ, contest, struggle, | Δοκιμάζω, dow, to try, prove, 
battle. " test. 

Αἰγύπτϊος, ia, tov, Egyptian, of | “Hyiteos, ov, ὃ, demigod. 
Egypt. Μυϑολογέω, ἥσω, to tell mythic 

᾿Αριστείδης, ov, ὃ, Aristides, tales, to recount. 
Athenian statesman sur-  Πενϑέω, jaw, to lament, mourn 
named the Just. Sor. 

Tewpeérpys, ov, ὃ, geometer, Τιμάω, ἥσω, to honor, revere, 

worship. 





340. Exercises. ὶ 


1. Δοκίμαξε τοὺς φίλους. 2. Σοφίαν ϑαυμάξομεν. 
3. Τὴν τοῦ γεωμέτρου σοφίαν ϑαυμάξομεν. 4, Η τοῦ 


COMPLEX. PREDICATE. 155 


γεωμέτρου σοφία ϑαυμάζεται. 5. Οἱ “ἙΕλληνες τοὺς 
Πέρσας ἐνίκησαν. 6. Οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ϑηρία τιμῶσιν. 
7. Οἱ αὐτῶν ϑεοὶ πενϑοῦνται. 8. ᾿Αλέξανδρος ἐνίκησε 
Δαρεῖον. 9. “Ὅμηρος τοὺς ἀγῶνας τοὺς τῶν ἡμιϑέων 
ἐμυδολόγησεν. 10, Πάντες οἱ ᾿Αδηναῖοι τὸν ᾿Αριστεί- 
δην ἐπαινοῦσιν. 


I. 


1. Who conquered Darius? 2. The Athenians 
conquered the king. 3. The general of the Athe- 
nians conquered the king of the Persians. 4. The 
king of the Persians was conquered. 





Lesson LXXII. 
Complez Predicate.—Indirect Object. 


341. The verb of the predicate may be modified 
by a noun denoting the person or thing ¢o or for 
which any thing is or is done. This modifier is called 
an indirect object. 

842. Rote.—Lndirect Object. 

The Zndirect Object is put in the Dative, and is 
used, 

1) After εἰμί and γέγνομαι, and their compounds, 
in expressions denoting possession, 6. g. : 
What shall we have? 
What will be to us ? 
2) After a large class of verbs to denote the 
person or thing for whose advantage or 
disadvantage any thing is or is done, e. g.: 


fe v 
Τί ἡμῖν ἔσται ; 


156 


Πᾶς ἀνὴρ αὑτῷ πονεῖ. | 


Θεοῖς μὴ μάχου. 


SYNTAX. 


Every man labors for him 


self. 


Do not fight against gods. 


3) After many verbs to denote the object Zo 
which any thing is done, e. g.: 


Eixe τοῖς ϑεοῖς. 


Yield to the gods. 


4) After many verbs which in English take the 
direct object, as to help, serve, blame, fol- 
low, accompany, obey, trust, believe, and 


the like, e. g.: 


Τοῖς φίλοις ἀρήγει. 
᾿Ακολουϑεῖ τοῖς νόμοις. 


He wids his friends. 
He obeys (follows) the 
laws. 


[H. 595, 596, 602: Ο. 398, 401: 8. 195, 197] 


343. VocABULARY. 


᾿Αρήγω, ἕω, a, to help, aid, 
succor. 

Biotrcia, as, 4, kingdom. 

Βοηϑέω, now, to assist, run to 
the assistance of. 

Eikw, εἴξω, εἶξα, to submit to, 
yield to. 

"EmBovrcdw (ἐπί, upon, against, 
and βουλεύω), ow, to plot 
against. 


844. Exercises. 





“‘Opiréw, jow, to associate with. 

Πιστεύω, ow, to confide in, to 
trust. 

Πολεμέω, now, to fight with, 
make war upon. 

Πῦρ, πυρός, τό, fire. 

Συνουσΐα, ας, ἡ, society, com. 
pany, intercourse. 


1. ᾿Αρήξομεν τῇ πόλει. 2. Ομίλει τοῖς ἀγαϑοῖς. 
8, Κύρῳ ἣν μεγάλη βασιλεία. 4. Εἴκουσι τοῖς πολε- 
μίοις. 5. Οἱ Πέρσαι ϑύουσι πυρί. 0. Τοῖς ϑεοῖς ἔϑυ- 


COMPLEX PREDICATE. 157 


σαν οἱ “EXrnves. 7. TO ἡγεμόνι πιστεύσομεν. 8. 
᾿Επίστευον Κύρῳ ai πόλεις. 9. ᾿Επιβουλεύει Φίλιυπ- 
wos πᾶσι τοῖς “Ελλησιν. 10. Φιλίππῳ πολεμοῦμεν. 
11, Οἱ στρατιῶται ἐβοήϑησαν αὐτῷξςἨ 12. Tas τῶν 
κακῶν συνουσίας φεῦγε. 


, Ii. 
1. To what will you yield? 2. We shall yield to 
necessity. 3. The soldiers were plotting against their 
general, 4. Let us‘all wage war against this king. 





Lesson LXXIII. 
Complex Predicate—Remote Object. 


345. The verb of the predicate may be modified 
by a Genitwe, often appearing indeed in the English 
translation as the. object of an action, though in the 
Greek the distinction between the direct object and 
this genitive is clearly marked. To indicate this dis- 
tinction, we will call the latter a remote object, e. g.: 
Méuvyoo τῆς κοινῆς τύχης. | Remember the common lot. 

346. Rute.—Genitive—Remote Object. 

The Genitive is used, 

1) After verbs of remembering, desiring, caring 
_ for, and their contraries, 8. 2. : 

᾿Επιϑυμῶ τῆς σοφίας. | L desire wisdom. 

2) After verbs of hearing, tasting, smelling, and 
feeling, 6. g.: 
Tod Pree: ἤκουσαι. | TL heard the orator. 


᾿ 1ὅ8 


SYNTAX, 


8) After verbs involving the force of a compara- 
tive, of superiority or inferiority ; as, Kpa- 
τέω, to be master of ; βασϊλεύω, to rule (be 
king of ); ἄρχω, to rule, 6. g.: 


Κροῖσος Δυδῶν ἦρχεν. 





Croesus was ruling the 
Lydvans. 


_ 4) After verbs of plenty and want, e.g.: 


Ὁ δίκαιος οὐδενὸς Setrat 


νόμου. 





The just man needs no 
law. 


5) After verbs of partaking, touching, laying 
hold of, and indeed after any verb when 
the action relates only to a part of the ob- 


ject, e.g. 3 


‘O ἄνϑρωπος μετέχει τῆς 
ϑείας φύσεως. ᾿ 
Κλέπτει τὰ δημόσϊα. 


Κλέπτει τῶν δημοσίων. 





Man partakes of the di- 
vine nature. 

He is stealing the public 
money. 

Le ἐδ stealing some of the 
public money. 


[H. 574, 575, 576: O. 346, 357, 367, 375: 8.179, 


182, 184.] 


847. VocoABULARY. 


᾿Απορέω, now, to be in want, be 
at a loss for. 

‘Ado, δεήσω, ἐδέησα, δεδέηκα, 
δεδέημαι, ἐδεήϑην, to need, 
ask, beg. 

Ἐπιϑυμέω (ἐπί and ϑυμέω not 
used), now, to desire. 

᾿Επιϑυμία, as, ἡ, desire. 





Eiropéw, yow, to prosper, be 
rich in. 

Θάλασσα, nS, ἡ, 80d. 

Θῆβαι, ὧν, αἱ (plur.), Thebes, 
city in Boeotia. 

Κάδμος, ov, ὁ, Cadmus, Phoe- 
nician, reputed founder of 
Thebes. 


COMPLEX PREDICATE. 1589 


Κοινός, ἡ, dv, common, common [ Μίνως, wos, ὃ, Minos, king of 
to all, Crete. 

Kparéw, yow, to rule, be mas- | Swrnpia, as, 7, safety, security. 
ter of, govern. 





348. EXERCISES. : 


1. Κάδμος Θηβῶν ἐβασίλευσεν. 2. Ὃ Φίλιππος 
δόξης ἐπιϑυμεῖ. 8. Δαρεῖος τῆς ϑαλάσσης ἐκράτει. 4. 
Δαρεῖος Περσῶν ἐβασίλευσεν. 5. Μίνως τῆς ᾿Ελλη- 
νικῆς ϑαλάσσης ἐκράτησεν. 6. Οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἐκράτη- 
σαν τῶν βαρβάρων. 7. ᾿Επιϑυμοῦμεν τῆς ἡμετέρας 
πόλεως. 8. Οἱ Δακεδαιμόνιοι δέονται τοῦ στρατεύμα- 
τος. 9. Φίλιππος χρημάτων εὐπόρει. 10. Adyov 
ἀποροῦμεν. 11. Χρημάτων εὐποροῦμεν. 


Il. 
1. What do you desire? 2. I desire wisdom. 3. 
The boy desires a beautiful horse. 4. The wise gov- 
ern their desires. 5. All need wisdom. 





Lesson LXXIV. 
Complex Predicate-—Direct Object with Predicate- 


Accusative. 


349. Rotn— Direct Object with Predicate-Accu- 
sative. 

Verbs of making, choosing, electing, calling, show- 
ing, and the like, are followed by two accusatives de- 
noting the same person or thing, e. g. : 


100 SYNTAX. 


Πυϑάγορας ἑαυτὸν φιλόσο- | Pythagoras called himself 
φον ὠνόμᾶσεν. a philosopher. 
[H. 556: ©. 434: S. 166.] 


Rem.—Here ἑαυτόν is the direct object, but the other accusa- 
tive, φιλόσοφον, is neither object nor modifier, but an essential 
part of the predicate, and may therefore be called the predicate- 
accusative. ‘The assertion is not that Pythagoras called himself, 
but that he called himself a philosopher. 


350. When verbs of this class assume the passive 
form, the direct object of the active becomes the sub- 


ject, and the predicate-accusative becomes the predi- 
cate-nominative, 6. g.: 


Οἱ κόλἄκες ᾿Αλέξανδρον | The flatterers called Al- 
Sedov ὠνόμαζον. exander a god. 

᾿Αλέξανδρος eds ὠνομά- | Alexander was called a 
Gero. : god. 

351. The predicate noun, whether nominative or 
accusative, usually dispenses with the article, as in 
the above examples. | 

352. In the arrangement of the object and the 
predicate-accusative, the former generally precedes, 
6. g.: 
᾿Αλέξανδρον ϑεὸν ὠνόμα- | They called Alexander ὦ 

Cov. god. 





353. VocABULARY. 





"Appevia, as, ἡ, Armenia, coun- [ Λαός, od, ὃ, people. 
try in Asia, Νομίζω, low (or td), σμαι, 
"Agia, as, ἡ, Asia. σϑην, to regard, think, con- 
Karéw, ἔσω, eva, κέκληκα, sider.’ 
κέκλημαι, ἐκλήϑην, to call, | "Ovopalw, dow, σμαι, σϑην, to 
name. name, call by name. 
Κόσμος, ov, ὃ, ornament, honor. | ἸΤἄλαιός, d, ov, ancient, old. 


COMPLEX PREDICATE. 161 





Ῥωμαῖος, a, ov, Roman. Ταμεῖον, ov, τό, store-house, 

Ῥώμη, ns, ἡ, Lome. treasury. 

Σικελία, as, 7, Sicily, the is- | Toros, ov, ὃ, place, region, coun- 
land of Sicily. try. 


354. EXERCISES. Ἶ 

1. Τὸν τόπον τοῦτον ᾿Αρμενίαν καλοῦμεν. 2. Ὁ 
τόπος οὗτος ᾿Αρμενία καλεῖται. 3. Πατέρα ἐμὲ ἐκα- 
λεῖτε. 4. Φίλους μέγιστον κόσμον νομίζετε. ὅ. “Ομη- 
pos ᾿Αγαμέμνονα “ ποιμένα λαῶν" ὀνομάζει. 6. Πᾶσα 
ἡ ᾿Ασία ἐδούλευε τῷ τῶν Περσῶν βασιλεῖ. T. Τὴν 
Σικελίαν τὸ παλαιὸν ταμεῖον τῆς Ῥώμης ἐκάλουν οἱ 
“Ρωμαῖοι. 

Il. 

1. They called the city Rome. 2. The city was 
called Rome. 3. Whom did you call king? 4. We 
called Cyrus king. 5. Cyrus was called the great 
king. 





Lesson LXXV. 


Complex Predicate—Combined Objects—Two Accw 
sates. 


355. The several objects already considered—the 
direct, indirect, and remote—are not only used singly 
as modifiers of verbs, but are also variously combined 
with each other. The principal combinations will 
now be noticed in order. 

356. A few verbs take two direct objects, the one 
of a person and the other of a thing. 


102 


SYNTAX. 


357. Rute.—Combined Odjects—Two Accusatives. 

Verbs of asking, demanding, teaching, concealing, 
clothing, unclothing, doing or saying good or il, and 
some others, may take two accusatives, one of a per- 
son and the other ofa thing, 6. g.: 


Οὔ ce κρύψω τὴν ἐμὴν 


, 
γνώμην. 
Ταῦτα αἰτοῦμεν τοὺς ϑεούς. 


[H. 553: Ο. 48, 436: 


LI will not conceal ἜΣ 
you my opinion. 

We ask this of the gods. 

S. 165.] 


358. When verbs, which in the active voice take 
two accusatives, become passive, the direct object of 
the person generally becomes the subject, and the 
accusative of the thing is retained. 


359. Rutr.—Obdject after Passive Verbs. 

Verbs in the passive voice may be followed by 
the same cases as in the active, except the personal 
object, which generally becomes the subject of the 


passive, 6. g.: 

Tov ἄνδρα μουσὶϊκὴν ἐπαί: 
δευσαν. 

c > \ w 48 > 7 

Ο ἀνὴρ μουσὶϊκὴν ἐπαιδεύ- 


In. 





They taught the man mu- 
sic. 

The man was taught mu- 
810. 


[Π| 553 a, 595 a: Ὁ. 562: S. 206, 3.] 


Rem.—This rule, it will be observed, applies to all verbs which 
take combined objects i in any of their several forms. 


360. VocanuLary. 
Αἰτέω, now, ἤτησα, &e., to ask, 
beg, demand. 
"Aroorepéw (ἀπό, from, and 
στερέω), now, to deprive of, 
take from. 





Δάμων, wvos, ὃ, Damon, cele- 
brated musician, 

Addon, άξω, aa, ἄχα, αγμαι, 
άχϑην, to teach. 


COMPLEX PREDICATE. 163 





"Epyarys, ov, 6, laborer, work- | Μουσϊκή, ἧς, 7, music. 

man. Tlevrexaidexa, fifteen. 
Μήν, μηνός, ὃ, month. Σωφροσύνη, ys, ἣν prudence, 
Μισϑωτός, od, 6, hireling. self-control, moderation. 


361. EXERcIsEs. 
I. 


1. Οἱ Πέρσαι διδάσκουσι τοὺς παῖδας σωφροσύνην. 
2, Οἱ τῶν Περσῶν παῖδες σωφροσύνην διδάσκονται. 
3. Δάμων τὴν κόρην τὴν μουσικὴν ἐδίδαξεν. 4. Ἢ κό- 
pn τὴν μουσικὴν ἐδιδάχϑη. 5. Διδάξω τὰ βέλτιστα 
ὑμᾶς. 6. ‘Tuas ἀποστερεῖ τὸν μισϑόν. ἴ. .Ο Περσῶν 
βασιλεὺς πεντεκαίδεκα μηνῶν τοὺς στρατιώτας τὸν μισ- 
Sov ἀπεστέρησεν. 8. Κῦρον αἰτοῦσι πλοῖα. 9. “Hye- 
μόνα αἰτῶμεν Κῦρον. 10. Μισϑωτὸν ἐγώ σε Φιλίπ- 
που καλῶ. 

II. 

1. Let us teach our children. 2. We will teach 
them wisdom. 3. Who taught you music? 4. My 
father taught me music. 5. We will not deprive the 
laborer of his pay. 





Lesson LXXVI. 


Complea Predicate—Combined Objects—Accusative 
and Date. 


362. Rurz.—Combined Objects—Accusative and 
Dative. 

Any transitive verb may take the Accusatwe of 
the direct and the Dative of the indirect object, 6. g.: 


104 


Ὑμῖν ἡγεμόνας δώσω. 


SYNTAX. 


| JL will give you guides. 


[H. 544, 595: ©. 401, 423: S. 195, 2.] 


_ 863. The passive admits of two constructions : 
1) The direct object of the active becomes the 
subject, and the indirect is retained, e. g.: 


Τοῖς ξένοις φιάλας ἀργῦ- 
ρᾶς ἔδωκεν. 

Τοῖς ξένοις φιἄᾶλαι ἀργῦ- 
pat ἐδόϑησαν. 





fe gave silver bowls to 
the guests. 

Silver bowls were given to 

the quests. 


2) The indirect personal object becomes the 
subject, and the direct object is retained, 


86, 5. ᾿ 
Τοῖς ᾿Αϑηναίοις τὴν φύλἄ- 
κὴν ἐπιτρέπουσιν. 
Οἱ ᾿Αϑηναῖοι τὴν φύλακὴν 
ἐπιτρέπονται. 





They entrust the watch to 
the Athenians. 

The Athenians are en- 
trusted with the watch. 


364. In the arrangement of objects, the dative of 
the person generally precedes the accusative of the 
thing, as in the above examples. 


865. VooABULARY. 


᾿Δείμνηστος, ov, memorable, not 
to be forgotten. 

᾿Αμᾶϑία, as, ἡ, wnorance. 

Avo, two. 

Δῶρον, ov, τό, gift, present. 

Ἐὐδαιμονία, as, ἡ, prosperity, 
happiness. 

Θηβαῖος, a, ov, Theban. 

Kaxodatpovia, as, 7), misfortune, 
trouble, unhappiness. 





Λυκοῦργος, ov, ὃ, Lycurgus, 
lawgiver of Sparta, 

Maxn, ys, ἡ, battle, engage- 
ment, — 

᾿Ονειδίζω, ἔσω (ζῶ), to impute 
as reproach, cast in one’s 
teeth. 

Παιδεία, as, ἡ, lesson, instruc- 
tion. 


COMPLEX PREDICATE. 165 


Παρασκευάζω (rapdand σκευά- | Σωκράτης, εος, 6, Socrates, 
ζω), dow, σμαι, σϑην (219 Athenian philosopher. 





and 220), to prepare. - Duxixds, 4, dv, Phocian, of 
Ῥητορὶκή, ἧς, ἡ, rhetoric. Phocis, in Greece. 


366. EXERCISES. 
3, 


1. Ads μοι τὴν ἐπιστολήν. 2. Δός μοι τὴν τοῦ Φι- 
λίππου ἐπιστολήν. 8. Οἱ ᾿Α4ϑηναῖοι Θηβαίοις τὴν ἀμα- 
Siav ὀνειδίζουσιν. 4. ‘O Δυκοῦργος παρεσκεύασε τοῖς 
ἀγαϑοῖς εὐδαιμονίαν. 5. Παρεσκεύασε τοῖς κακοῖς κακο- 
δαιμονίαν. 6. 4εξιὰς ἔδοσαν τοῖς τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων στρα- 
τηγοῖς. 7. Ὃ Φωκικὸς πόλεμος ἀείμνηστον παιδείαν 
τοὺς Θηβαίους ἐπαίδευσεν. 8. Ἣ μάχη τῷ βασιλεῖ 
ἀγγέλλεται. ὃ. Πολλὰ δῶρα δέδοται τοῖς στρατιώταις. 
10. Σωκράτης ῥητορικὴν ἐπαιδεύϑη. 


If. 

1. Will you give me abook? 2. I will give you 
two books. 3. Which book was given to you? 4. All 
these books were given to me. 5. Who gave them 
to you? 6. My father gave them to me. 





Lesson LXXVII. 


Complen Predicate-—Combined Objects—Accusative 
and Genitive. 


367. Rote—Combined Objects—Accusative and 
Genitive. 

I. Verbs of accusing, convicting, acquitting, and 
the like, take the Accusative of the person and the 


106 . / SYNTAX. 


Genitive of the crime, charge, &c., except compounds 
of xard, which take the accusative of the crime and 
the genitive of the person, e. g.: 


Μέλητος Σωκρἄτη aceBeil- | Meletus aaa Socrates 


as ἐγράψἄτο. _ Of impiety. 
Μιλτιάδου κατηγοβοῦσι τυ- | They accuse Miltiades of 
pavvida. tyranny. 





Il. Verbs of freeing from, giving part in, and in 
fine any transitive verb which involves any one of the 
relations specified for the genitive (846), may take 
the Accusative of the direct object in connection with 
that genitive, 6. g.: 


Aidcov pe δεσμῶν. | Free me from chains. 


[H. 544, 574, 577 Ὁ, 579: OC. 846, 374, 493: S. 
180, 2; 188, 1 and 2.] 


368. In the arrangement of objects, the person 
generally precedes the thing, as in the above ex- 
amples. 

369. In the passive construction the direct object 
of the active becomes the subject, and the genitive is 
retained, e. g. : 


᾿Αναξαγόρας ἀσεβείας éxpi- | Anaxagoras was tried for 
empiety. 


810. VocABULARY. 


᾿Αϑῆναι, ὧν, αἱ (plur.), Athens, lus, Athenian patriot who 

city of Athens. delivered Athens from 
Δεινός, ἡ, dv, terrible. _ the thirty tyrants. 
Δίκαστής, od, ὃ, juror, dicast. | ἸΚακόν, ot, τό, misfortune, ca- 
Θρασύβουλος, ov, 6, Zhrasybu- lamity. 





COMPLEX PREDICATE. 167 


Κατηγορέω, now, to accuse. Τριάκοντα, thirty. 

Λοχᾶγός, οὔ, ὃ, commander, | Tupavvos, ov, ὃ, tyrant, usurper. 
captain. Ψιλόω, dow (219), to strip 

Μωρία, as, ἡ, folly. bare, to deprive of. 

Στερέω, How (219), to deprive of. 





371. EXErcisEs, 
1 


1. ᾿Εμοῦ σὺ ταῦτα κατηγορεῖς ; 2. Τυράννων ἠλευ- 
ϑερώϑησαν οἱ ᾿Αϑηναῖοι. 3. Πάντων τῶν ἀγαϑῶν ἐστε- 
ρήμεϑα. 4. ᾿Εψιλοῦτο ὁ λόφος τῶν ἱππέων. - 5. At- 

\ \ \ > / \ \ 
καστὰς τοὺς λοχαγοὺς ἐποιήσαντο. 6. Aoxayovs τοὺς 
δικαστὰς ἐποιήσαντο. T. Η μωρία δίδωσιν ἀνϑρώποις 
κακά. 8. Θεός μοι δοίη φίλους πιστούς. 


Ro 
1. Who delivered Athens from the tyrants? 2. 
Thrasybulus delivered the city from the thirty ty- 
rants. 8, The city was delivered from the thirty 
tyranis. 





Lesson LXXVIII. 


Complex Predicate —Combined Objects— Genitive and 
Dative. 


372. Rutze.—Combined Object—Genitive and Da- 
twe. 
_ I. A few impersonal varbs,, as δεῖ, μέλει, μεταμέ- 
λει, μέτεστι, &e., take the Dative of the person and 
the Genitive of the thing, e. g.: 


Ὑμῖν δεῖ χρημἄτων. - | You need money. 


168 ΒΥΝΤΑΧ. 


II. The transitive verbs, which usually take both 
a direct and an indirect object, admit the Genztive 
and Dative, instead of the accusative and dative, 
when the action is restricted to a part of the object, 
6. δ᾿. 

"Edaxd σοι τὰ χρήμᾶτα. Ἷ 7] gave you the money. 
"Εδωκά σοι τῶν χρημάτων. I gave you some of the 
MONeY. 

[H. 574, e, 596: C. 357, 358, 401: 8. 178, 181, 
WL? 195.) 


373. VocABULARY. . 


Aéw, δεήσω, ἐδέησα, δεδέηκα, ληκεν (Impersonal), τέ con- 
δεδέημαι, ἐδεήϑην, to need, cerns, there is a care 07. 
δεῖ, impers. there 7s need. Μῆλον, ov, τό, apple. 

MiéSnrijs, od, 6, pupil, learner. | Μισϑοφόρος, ov, ὃ, mercenary. 

Mae, μελήσει, ἐμέλησε, μεμέ- | pais, ews, ἡ, acticn, deed, 

exploit. 





914. ἘΧΕΒΟΙΒΕΒ. 
I 


1, Δεῖ τῶν βίβλων. 2. Ὑμῖν δεῖ τῶν βίβλων. 3. 
Τῷ μαϑητῇ δεῖ ταύτης τῆς βίβλου. 4. Δεῖ ταχειῶν 
τριήρων ἡμῖν. 5. Μισϑοφόρων τυράννῳ δεῖ. 6. Δεῖ 
τῇ πόλει πράξεως. T. Τῆς πόλεως ἐμοὶ μελήσει. 8. 
Μέλει ἡμῖν τῶν “Ελλήνων. 9. ΖΙώσομέν σοι τὰ μῆλα. 
10. Δώσω ὑμῖν τῶν μήλων. 11. Σωφροσύνης δεήσει 
τοῖς νεανίαις. 12, Διδάξομεν τὰ βέλτιστα τοὺς παῖδας. 


Il. 
1, We need you. 2. Do you need us? 3. Who 
needs this book? 4. My brother needs it. 5, Will 


you give me the money? 6. I will give you some 
of it. 


COMPLEX PREDICATE. . 169 


Lesson LXXIX. 


Complex Predicate—Adverbial Attribute —Ad- 
verbs. 


375. The verb of the predicate, as already stated 
(332), may take not only objective, but also atiributive 
modifiers. These may be, 

I. Adverbs. 

If. Adverbial Expressions. 

376. Adverbs, as attributive modifiers of the 
predicate, may denote 

1) The place of the action or event, e. g.: 


Scie) ee ee : You will carry on war 
Ὑμεῖς ἐκεῖ πολεμήσετε. 


there. 
2) Its tume, 6. g.: 
Ὑμεῖς νῦν πολεμεῖτε. | You are waging war now. 


3) Its manner, means, &e., 6. g.: 
“Ὑμεῖς καλῶς πολεμεῖτε. | You wage war well. 
4) Its cause, 6. g.: 
Ti πολεμεῖτε ; | Why do you wage war? 
877. There is also a class of adverbs which do not 
express the attribute of the predicate, but show the 
manner or mode of the assertion, and are accordingly 
called. modal adverbs. They denote either certainty 
or uncertainty, and are either affirmative or negative, 
e. g.: 
— Οὐκ oda. | LI do not know. 
378. Rutze.— Adverbs. 


Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, and other ad- 
verbs, e..g.: 


170 SYNTAX. 
Καλῶς λέγεις. You speak well. 
᾿Ορϑία ἰσχῦρῶς. Very steep. 
[C. 646: S. 223.] 


379. VocABULARY. 
“Ayo, ἄξω, ἤγἄγον, ἦχα, ἦγμαι, 
ἤχϑην, to lead, conduct, draw, 
attract. 
‘Aci, always, ever. 
"Apxw, ἄρξω, ἦρξα, to command, 
rule, govern. 
Aiptov, to-morrow, on the mor- 
row. 
Aais, dards, ἡ, banguet, feast ; 
meal. A 
Δεῖπνον, ov, τό, dinner, chief 
meal. 
Ἡμέρα, as, ἡ, day. 
Kivéw, now, to move, excite, pro- 
voke. , 


880. EXERcIsEs. 


1. Ed πράττεις. 
ploy ὑμᾶς πρωὶ ἄξομεν. 
Τί ταῦτα λέγεις ἡμῖν ; 


Eere ; 
δαιμόνιοι. 


11. Ὃ τύραννος πολέμους τινὰς ἀεὶ κινεῖ. 





2. Εὖ ποιήσομεν ὑμᾶς. 

4, Ἐενοφῶν ἔλεξεν ὧδε. ὅ. 
6. Τί οὖν ταῦτα λέγεις ἡμῖν ; 
7. Τί οὖν ταῦτα λέγεις ἡμῖν νῦν ; 
9. Ἦρχον τότε πάντων τῶν “Ἑλλήνων οἱ Aaxe- 


10. Οἱ ᾿Αϑηναῖοι τὰ δεῖπνα δαῖτας ἐκάλουν. 


Οἴκοι, at home. 

Oiv, then, therefore. 

Ποῦ; where ? 

Πράττω (or cow), ἄξω, aga, 
axa, aypat, ἄχϑην, to do, 
manage ; εὖ πράττω, to sue- 
ceed well, do well. 

IIpwi, early, early in the day. 

Τί (from τίς, ri, used as adv.), 
why, wherefore ? 

Tore, then, at that time. 

Popéw, now, to wear. 

Ὧδε, 80, thus, as follows. 


8, Av- 


8, Πότε ταῦτα πρά- 


19, ‘H Φω- 


κίωνος γυνὴ οὐκ ἐφόρει χρυσοῦν κόσμον. 


Il. 
1. When will you give me the letter? 2. I will 


COMPLEX PREDICATE. 171 


give it to you to-morrow. 3. Where is your brother ? 
4, He is at home. 5. Is your father at home? 6. 
He is not at home. 





Lesson LXXX. 


Complex Predicate—Adverbial Expressions —Place 
and Time. 


381. The oblique cases of nouns, with or without 
prepositions, may be used as adverbial expressions to 
modify the verb-predicate. They may be referred to 
the following classes, viz. : 

1) Adverbial expressions of place. 

2) Adverbial expressions of évme. 

3) Adverbial expressions of manner, means. 
4) Adverbial expressions of cause. 


382. Rore.— Place. 

I. Extent of space is expressed by the Accusative, 
6. 5... 
᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει παρα- | Thence he marches twenty 

σάγγας εἴκοσιν. parasangs. 

Il. The other relations of place are generally ex- 
pressed by the appropriate cases with prepositions, 
6. £.4 





Ἔν τῇ γῇ ἄρχουσι Aaxedai- | Lacedaemonians rule on 
μόνιοι. the land. 

‘Aro τοῦ Τίγρητος ἐπορεύ- | They proceeded from the 
ϑησαν. Tigris. 


[ H. 550, 617: C. 489, 648: S. 169} 172, 194, 203.] 


112 


388. Roure.— Time. 


SYNTAX. 


I. Time at which is expressed by the Dative, e. g.: 


Ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ ἐμαχέ- 
σᾶτο βασϊλεύς. 





The king did not fight on 
that day. 


II. Time during which (in the course of which), by 


the Genitive, e. g.: 


Γίγνεται τῆς νυκτὸς χιὼν 
πολλή. 





There is a heavy fall of 
snow during the night. 


Ill. Length of time, by the Accusative, 6. g.: 


Κῦρος ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας πέντε. | Cyrus remained five days. 
[ H. 550, 591, 613: C. 878, 420, 439: 8.168, 191, 


201.] 


384. VocaBULARY. 

Δέκα, ten. 

Δέκᾶἄτος, ἡ, ov, tenth. 

Ἔνταῦϑα, there, in that place. 

"Egéraots, ews, ἡ, review, exami- 
nation. 

᾿Ἐξελαύνω (ἐξ and ἐλαύνω), ἐλά- 
cw or ἐλῶ, ἡλᾶσα, ἐλήλᾶκα, 
ἐλήλἄᾶμαι, ἠλάϑην, to march 
Sorth, to march. 

‘Exrd, seven. 

EinjAtos, ov, sunny, having the 
sun, well sunned. 


885. Exercises. 


1. Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει παρασάγγας ὀκτώ. 


ἐξελαύνει εἰς Κολοσσάς. 





Εὐὔσκϊος, ov, well shaded, in the 
shade. 

Θέρος, eos, τό, summer. 
Κολοσσαί, ὧν, αἱ (plur.), Co- 
lossae, city of Phrygia. 

᾿Οκτώ, eight. 


‘Tlapacayyys, ov, ὃ, parasang= 


about four miles. 
DvAGKH, Hs, ἡ, guard. 
Χειμών, Gvos, ὃ, winter. 


2. Κῦρος 


3. ᾿Εξελαύνει παρασάγγας 


ὀκτὼ εἰς Κολοσσάς. 4. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά. 


COMPLEX PREDICATE. 173 


5. ᾿Ενταῦϑα Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν τῶν Ελλήνων ἐποίησεν ἐν 
τῷ παραδείσῳ. 6. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμεινε Κῦρος ἡμέρας τριά- 
κοντα. JT. Οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἐπὶ τὴν γέφυραν φυλακὴν 
ἔπεμψαν. 8. Ἣ ἀρετὴ ἐπὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἄξει σε. 
9. Ἣ οἰκία χειμῶνος εὐήλιος ἔστω. 10. Ἢ οἰκία τοῦ 
Jépous εὔσκιος ἔστω. 


Il. 


1. Cyrus remained ten days. 2. Cyrus remained 
in the city ten days. 3. They sent messengers on the 
tenth.day. 4. I will send a messenger into the city 
in the course of the tenth day. 





Lesson LXXXI. 


Complez Predicate—Adverbial Expressions—Man- 
ner, Means, Cause. 


386. Rute.—Manner, Cause, &e. 
1. The manner or means of an action and the zn- 
strument employed are expressed by the Dative, 6. g.: 


Τοῖς ὀφϑαλμοῖς ὁρῶμεν. | We 866 with our eyes. 
Il. Cause and price, by the Genitive, 6. g.: 
Τῶν πόνων πωλοῦσιν ἡμῖν ἔ The gods sell us all bless- 
πάντα Taya? οἱ ϑεοί. ings for labor. 


Ill. The agené of an action after passive verbs, by 
the Genzteve with ὑπό or some kindred preposition, 
as πρός, παρά, e.g! 


114 


SYNTAX. 


᾿Επαιδεύϑην ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς | J was taught by my coun- 


πατρίδος. 


try. 


[ H. 577, 578, 606, 656, Ὁ: Ο 872, 874, 415, 562: 


S. 190, 198, 206.] 


887. VocABULARY. 


Τυμνάζω, ἄσω, ασμαι, aod yy, 
to exercise, train, especially 
with gymnastics. 

“Ἑκούσϊος, ἃ, ov, voluntary. 

"Ezrauos, ov, ὃ, praise. 

Εὐδαιμονίζω, tow, to think or 
deem happy. 

Ἥδομαι, ἡσϑήσομαι, ἥσϑην, to 
be pleased with. 

Ἰζροκόδειλος, ov, ὃ, crocodile. 

Μνᾶ, ἂς, ἡ, mina=$17. 


388. EXERCISES. 





Νέος, a, ov, young, new. 

Πέντε, five. 

ILdvos, ov, ὃ, labor, toil. 

Tpdzos, ov, 6, turn, disposition, 
character. | 

Ὑπό (prep. with gen.), by, by 
the agency of, under. 


“Φόβος, ov, 6, fear. 


Xaipw, χαιρήσω, κεχάρηκα, to 
rejowe, rejoice in, 


1, “Ἥδομαι φίλοις ἀγαϑοῖς. 2. Οἱ νέοι ἐπαίνοις 


χαίρουσιν. 


3. Φόβῳ ἀποστερεῖται τῶν συμβούλων ἡ 


πόλις. 4. Ὃ δοῦλος πέντε μνῶν τιμᾶται. 5. Σωφρο- 


4 > 7 ¢ nA 
σύνης ἄρα οὐ δεήσει ἡμῖν ; 

’ 
σύνης. 
σε τοῦ τρόπου. 


7. Οὐ ζηλῶ σε τοῦ πλούτου. 
9. Γύμναζε σεαυτὸν πόνοις ἑκουσίοις. 


θ. Θαυμάζω σε τῆς σωφρο- 
8, Εὐδαιμονίζω 


10, Ὃ κροκόδειλος ἐϑηρεύετο ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων. 


II. 


1. We are pleased with the good. 


2. We aro 


pleased with the company of the good. 3. Let us not 
rejoice in the praises ofthe bad. 4, Tyrants are often 
praised by flatterers. 


COMPLEX PREDICATE. 175 


Lesson LXXXII. 


Complex Predicate—Oblique Cases with Preposi- 
tions as Adverbial Expressions. 


889. Oblique cases with prepositions express a 
great variety of adverbial relations, as t¢me, place, 
manner, cause, &e. 

390. Rutz.— Prepositions. 

Of the Prepositions, 

1) Four, ἀντί, ἀπό, ἐκ (ἐξ), πρό, govern the 
Genitive, 6. g.: 
᾿Απὸ τῆς πόλεως. From the city. 
Πρὸ τῶν πυλῶν. | Before the gates. 
2) Two, ἐν, σύν (ξύν), the Dative, 6. g.: 
Ἔν τῇ πόλει. | In the city. 
Σὺν ἀνδράσιν. With men. 
3) Three, avd, eis, es, the Accusative, e.g.: 
Eis Δελφούς. To (into) Delphi. 
‘Qs βασΐλέα. To a king. 
4) Lour, διά, κατά, μετά, ὑπέρ, the Genitive or 
Accusative, 6. g.: 








Ὑπὲρ τῆς “Ελλάδος. for the sake of Greece. 
Ὑπὲρ “Ελλήςποντον. | Beyond the Hellespont. 


5) Six, ἀμφί, ἐπί, παρά, περί, πρός, ὑπό, the Gen- 
ative, Dative, or Accusative, 6. g.: 
Ilapa τοῦ Bactréws. | From (from near) the king. 
Παρὰ τῷ Bacinre?. With (near) the king. 
ITapa τὸν Bacinéa. Zo (into presence of) the 
king. 





176 SYNTAX. 


[H. 619: ©. 648: S. 172, 194, 203.] 


Rem. 1.—In the poets, ἀνά and μετά sometimes govern the da- 
tive. 

Rem. 2.—The prepositions are only auxiliaries to assist the 
case-endings in expressing the various relations. Hence it hap- 
pens that the same preposition seems to have at times a force 
very unlike its ordinary meaning. Thus, in the above examples, 
rigs with the genitive is rendered from, but with the accusative, 

This difference, however, is not in the preposition itself, but 
in ‘the case which it assists. 


Rem. 3.—Prepositions in composition often govern the same 
case as when they stand alone. 


391. VocaBuLARY. 





Ris (prep. with accus.), to, to | Πρέσβεις, εων, οἱ, Pl. (Sing. 
the practice of. poetic), ambassadors. 

Eis ἀρετήν, to the practice of | Σἄλᾶμίς, tvos, ἡ, Salamis, is- 
virtue, for virtue. land on the coast of Atti- 

Evdogéw, ow, εὐδόξησα (218), ca, celebrated for the vic- 
to be illustrious, famous. tory of the Greeks over 

Μετά (prep. with accus.),after.| the Persians, B. c. 480. 

Ναυμᾶχία, as, ἡ, naval battle. 


392. EXERCISES. 
I, 


1. Πρέσβεις ἐπέμπετε. 2. Αὐτοὶ πρέσβεις ἐπέμ- 
πετε. 8. «Αὐτοὶ πρὸς Φίλιππον πρέσβεις ἐπέμπετε. 
4, Αὐτοὶ πρὸς Φίλιππον περὶ εἰρήνης πρέσβεις ἐπέμ- 
mere. ὕ. Παιδεύομεν ἀνϑρώπους εἰς ἀρετήν. 0. ᾽Ἔπαι- 
δεύϑη ὁ Κῦρος ἐν Περσῶν νόμοις. ἴ. Ἣ πόλις τῶν 
᾿Αϑηναίων εὐδόξησε μετὰ τὴν ναυμαχίαν. 8. ‘H πόλις 
τῶν ᾿Αϑηναίων εὐδόξησε μετὰ τὴν ἐν Σαλαμῖνι ναυμα- 
χίαν πρὸς τὸν Πέρσην. 


Il. 
1. Let us educate our boys in the laws of our coun- 


COMPLEX SUBSTANTIVE PREDICATE. 


177 


try. 2. In what laws were you educated? 3, I was 


educated in the laws of the Athenians. 


4, Our 


fathers brought us up to (the practice of) virtue. | 





Lesson LXXXIII. 


Complex Substantive Predicate. 


398. The Substantive Predicate may be modified 
in the various ways already specified for the subject, 
as also for nouns generally (see 314 and 338), e. g.: 


Κῦρος βασϊλεὺς ἦν. 


Cyrus was king. 


Κῦρος βασϊλεὺς ἣν πρῶτος | Cyrus was the first king 


τῶν Περσῶν. 


Of the Persians. 


Rem.—The copula ἐστίν may be modified by a modal adverb 
(377), e.g. Ταῦτ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι καλά, These things are not beautiful. 


394. VocaBULARY. 

Airia, as, ἡ» cause. 

᾿Αληϑής, és, true. 

᾿Αμφίων, ovos, ὃ, Amphion, son 
of Zeus, said to have built 
the walls of Thebes by 
the music of his lyre. 

᾿Ασφᾶλης, és, sure, unfailing. 

Βᾶἄσανίζω, iow or ζῶ, toa, &e., 
to test, try. 

TAdooa, ns, 7, tongue. 

Διά (prep. with gen.), by means 
of, through. 


EidwAov, ov, τό, tmage. 





Εὐδόκίμος, ov, famous, alustri- 
ous. 
Εὐσέβεια, as, ἡ, prety, religion. 

Avpa, as, 9, lyre. 

Ὀργή, ἧς, ἣν, passion, anger. 

Ilavraxov, everywhere. 

Σιωπή, ἧς, ἡ, silence. 

Φάρμᾶκον, ov, τό, medicine, rem- 
edy. 

Xpiciov, ov, τό, gold, piece of 
gold, money. 

Ψυχή, js, ἡ, soul, spirit, life. 


178 SYNTAX. 


395. EXERrcisEs. 
i 


1. Ἢ μέϑη μανία ἐστίν. 2. Ἢ μέϑη μικρὰ μανία 
ἐστίν. 8. Κῦρος βασιλεὺς ἦν. 4. Κῦρος εὐδοκιμώτα- 
τος βασιλεὺς ἦν. 5. Πασῶν τῶν ἀρετῶν ἡγεμών ἐστιν 
ἡ εὐσέβεια. 6.°O χρόνος πάσης ἐστὶν ὀργῆς φάρμακον. 
ἴ. Πανταχοῦ τῷ νέῳ κόσμος ἀσφαλής ἐστιν ἡ σιωπή. 
8. Τὸ χρυσίον ἐν τῷ πυρὶ βασανίζομεν. 9. Η γλῶσσα 
πολλῶν ἐστιν αἰτία κακῶν. 10. Adyos ἀληϑὴς ψυχῆς 
πιστῆς εἴδωλόν ἐστιν. 11. Ὃ ᾿Αμφίων διὰ λύρας τὸ 
Θηβαίων ἄστυ ἐτείχισεν. 


Π, 
1. Philip was king. 2. Philip was king of all 
Macedonia. 38. Alexander was the son of this great 


king. 4. Who was the father of Linus? 5. , Hermes 
was the father of Linus. 





Lesson LXXXIV. 


Complex Adjective Predicate. 


396. The Adjective Predicate may be modified, 
I. By Adverbs, e. g.: 


Ἡ ὁδὸς ἣν ἰσχὺρῶς ὀρϑία. | The way was very steep. 
II. By the Genitive, e. g.: 
Ὁ παράδεισος ἣν ἀγρίων | The park was full of wild 
Inpiov πλήρης. beasts. 
Ill. By the Dative, e.g. : 


COMPLEX ADJECTIVE PREDICATE. 179 


A tyrant ἐδ hostile to free- 


Τύραννος ἐχϑρὸς ἐλευϑερίᾳ. 
' dom. 





IV. By the Accusative, 6. g.: 


LI am skilled in (as to) that 
art. 


Aewos εἰμι ταύτην τὴν τέ- 
χρῆν. 


Rem.—For the use of adverbs, see Rule 378. 





397. Rutz.— Genitive after Adjectives. 

Many adjectives signifying desire, care, know- 
ledge, skill, participation, possession, recollection, ful- 
ness, and the like, together with their contraries, take 
the Genitive, e. g.: 
Ἔρημοι συμμἄχων ἐσμέν. | We are destitute of allies. 
‘Iepos ὁ χῶρος τῆς “Apté-| The place is sacred to 

μἴδος. (sacred property of) Ar- 
temis. 


[H. 584: ©. 857, 375: S. 181, 185.] 





398. Rutz.—Datiwe after Adjectives. 
The Dative is used, 
1) After a large class of adjectives, to denote 
the object to which the quality is directed, 
or for which it exists, 6. g.: 


Οἱ πονηροὶ ἀλλήλοις ἐχ- | The base are hostile to each 
Spoi. | other. 
2) After ‘any adjective to denote manner or 
means, 6. g.: 


Οὐδεὶς φύσει dyads. | Wo oné ts good by nature. 
Γένει “Ελλην. A Greek by birth. 


cH. 595, c; 596, 606: ©. 398, 415: S. 195, 198.] 





180 


SYNTAX. 


399. Rurr.— Accusative after Adjectives. 
An adjective may take an adverbial accusative to 
define more definitely its application, e. g. : 


Κακός ἐστι τὴν ψυχήν. 


ἸΠΠοικΐλοι τὰ νῶτα. 


He 7s base im (as to his) 
spirit. 
Tattooed on their backs. 


[H. 549: ©. 437: 5. 1611. 


Rem.—This accusative frequently specifies the part to which 
the quality denoted by the adjective particularly ‘belongs: thus 
τὰ νῶτα specifies the part to which ποικίλοι is particularly applica- 


ble. 


400. Adjectives in any situation, whether as predi- 
cate or attribute, are modified. according to the above 


Rules. 


401. Vocanunary. 
Evvoos, oov, or εὔνους, ουν, well 
disposed, kind. 
Ἵερός, d, ὄν, sacred; τὰ ἱερά, 
victims, sacrifices. 
Kupios, ia, tov, controlling, mas- 
ter, guardian, supreme. 
Maxedovixds, ἡ, dv, Macedonian, 
Μεστός, ἡ, ov, full, abounding 
in. 


402. Exercises. 


1. ‘H νὺξ φοβερὰ ἣν. 





Νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ, night. 

Ὅμοιος, &, ov, like, resembling. 

Ilovnpés, a, dv, bad, base, worth- 
less. 

Φοβερός, a, ὄν, fearful, dread- 
Sul, frightful. 

Ὠφέλζμος, ov, useful, servicea- 
ble. 


2. Ἣ νὺξ ἡμῖν φοβερὰ ἣν. 


3. Πώδαρος Βοιωτὸς ἣν. 4. Πίνδαρος Βοιωτὸς ἣν τὴν 
“πατρίδα. ὅ. Τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ ἣν. 0. ᾿Εγὼ Κύρῳ πιστὸς 


ἣν. 
πολλῶν μεστὸν ἣν. 


7. Νῦν ὑμῖν εὔνους εἰμί. 8. Τὸ χωρίον χρημάτων 
9. Ἣ Μακεδονικὴ δύναμις πολλῶν 


ELEMENTS OF SIMPLE SENTENCES. 181 


κακῶν ἐστι μεστή. 10. "Ayatol ἄνδρες ὠφέλιμοι ταῖς 
πόλεσιν. 11. Ὃ ἀγαϑὸς τῷ ἀγαϑῷ φίλος. 12. Οἱ 
πονηροὶ ἀλλήλοις ὅμοιοι. 18. Ὃ δίκαιος εὐδαίμων. 14. 
Ἢ ψυχὴ τοῦ σώματος κυρία ἐστίν. 


If. 


1. You are like your father. 2. These books will 
be useful to my pupils. 3. Your garden is beauti- 
ful. 4. My garden is full of beautiful flowers. 





Lesson LXXXV- 
Elements of Simple Sentences.—Recapitulation. 


403. We have seen that the elements of the sim- 

ple sentence are, 
I. Principal Elements, viz. : 
1) Subject. 
2) Predicate. 
Il. Subordinate Elements, viz. : 
1) Objective Modifiers. 
2) Attributive Modifiers. 

404. We have also seen that these elements may 
stand either without qualifying words, in which case 
they are called s¢mple—or with thet, in which case 
they are called complex. 

405. All subordinate elements mee as the modi- 
fiers of swbstantives (including pronouns), adjectives, 
verbs, and adverbs. 

406. Exeposacne and conjunctions are properly 


182 SYNTAX. 


connectives, and neither modify nor are modified, 
though they are used (the former always and the lat- 
ter often) as elements in objective or attributive ex- 
pressions. ; | 

407. Interjections are expressions of emotion, or 
mere marks of address, and have no grammatical in- 
fluence upon the rest of the sentence. 

408. The name of a person to whom a sentence is 
addressed is often introduced into it, but forms no 
part of the sentence itself. 

409. Ruiy.— Vocative. 

The name of the person or thing addressed is put 
in the Vocative, e. g.: 


Ταῦτα ϑαυμάξω, ὦ ἄνδρες | I wonder at these things, 
᾿Αϑηναῖοι. O Athenians. 


[. 543: ΟἹ 442: 5. 204. 


CHAPTER IL 


COMPLEX SENTENCES. 





SECTION I. 


Compiex SENTENCES—UNABRIDGED. 


Lesson LXXXVI. 


Sentence as Subject or Predicate. 


410. Entire sentences are often used as elements 
in the formation of other sentences. 
411. Sentences thus formed are called complex. 
(See 291.) ᾿ a 
412. A complex sentence may take an entire sen- 
tence in place of any one of its elements, i. 6. : 
1) As Subject. | 
2) As Predicate. 
3) As Object. - 
4) As Attribute. 


Sentence as Subject or Predicate. 


413. A declarative sentence may be uséd as the 
subject or as the predicate of a complex sentence, 
1) Without either connective or change of 
form, 6. g. : 
Οἱ λόγοι εἰσί: Τοὺς “EXAn- | The words are: “ Le ἐδ de- 
vas ἐκδίδωσιν. livering up the Grecks.” 


184 SYNTAX. 


Rrem.—In this example the sentence Τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐκδίδωσι 
becomes the predicate after εἰσί. 


2) By taking the connective ὅτε or ὡς, and by 
changing its verb, in case the leading verb 
is in a historical tense, to the optative, 
e.g. 5 

4ῆλόν ἐστιν ὅτι πρᾶγμά τί 
ἐστιν. 

Δῆλον ἣν ὅτι πρᾶγμά τι 
εἴη. 


It 7s evident that there is 
some trouble. : 

It was evident that there 
was some trouble. 





Rem.—In- the first example the sentence πρᾶγμά ri ἐστιν be- 
comes the subject of the new sentence, and is introduced without 
any change of form by the connective ὅτι : in the second example, 
however, it not only takes the connective, but also changes its 
verb ἐστίν to the optative εἴη, because the leading verb ἦν is in a 


past tense. 


3) By changing its subject to the accusative, 
its verb to the infinitive, and its predicate- 
adjective or noun (if any) to the accusa- 


tive, 6. g.: 


Βαρβάρων “Ἑλληνας ἄρ- 


χειν εἰκός. 


Αἴσχρόν ἐστι δικάστην ἄδϊ- 
κον εἶναι. 


414, VooanuLary. 


"Adixos, ον, unjust. 

᾿Αϑροίζω, cw, σμαι, σϑην, to 
collect, assemble. 

Δηλόω, dow, to show, make 
plain. 








Lt is proper that the Greeks 
should rule the barba- 
Tians. 

Lt is base for a judge to be 
unjust. 


Ἑλληνϊκός, ἡ, ov, Grecian, Hel- 
lenic. 

Ἔμπροσϑεν, before, ὃ ἔμπρο- 
σϑεν, the former. 

"Emixoupéw, now, to aid, assist. 


- 


SENTENCE AS MODIFIER OF SUBJECT. 185 


Kopw Ios, ov, %, Corinth, im-| Λέγω, λέξω, ἔλεξα, λέλεγμαι, 
portant city inthe north-| ἐλέχϑην, to tell, relate, say. 
ern part of the Pelopon- | Ὅτι (conj.), that. 
nesus. ‘Os, that, how. 


415. EXERCISES. ° 
I. 


1. Ὃ ᾿Αμφίων διὰ λύρας τὸ Θηβαίων ἄστυ érelyi- 
σεν. 2. Δέγεται τὸν ᾿Αμφίονα διὰ λύρας τὸ Θηβαίων 
ἄστυ τειχίσαι. 3. Καλὸν ἀδελφοὺς ἀλλήλοις ἐπικου- 
ρεῖν. 4. ᾿Ηϑροίσϑη Κύρῳ τὸ ᾿Ελληνικὸν στράτευμα. 
5. ‘Qs ἠϑροίσϑη Κύρῳ τὸ ᾿Ελληνικὸν στράτευμα ἐν τῷ 
ἔμπροσϑεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 6. ‘Qs Κῦρος ἐτελεύτη- 
. σεν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 


If. 
1. Your father is in the city. 2. It is said that 
your father is in the city. 3. Where is the general? 


4. It is said that he is at Corinth. 5. It is said that 
the judge is unjust. 





Lxsson LXXXVIL. 
Sentence as Modifier of Subject or other Noun. 


416. A sentence introduced to modify the subject 
or any other noun in a complex sentence, frequently 
takes the form of the relative clause, 6. g.: 

Ἢ ὁδὸς ἣν ὁρᾷς opSia. | The way, which you see, 
i as steep. 


180 _ SYNTAX. 


Οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ἐτείχίσαν | The Lacedaemonians for- 
τὴν πόλιν, ἣ viv “Hpd-| tified the city which as 
κλεια καλεῖται. now called Heracléa. 





417. Rotz.— Relative Pronoun. 
The Relative agrees with its antecedent 
1) In gender, number, and person, but its case 
depends upon the construction of the rela- 
tive clause itself, e. g.: 


These whom I just men- 
tioned are the wisest. 


Οὗτοι, ods ἄρτι ἔλεγον, 
σοφώτατοί εἶσιν. 





2) Sometimes also in case, when it would other- 
wise be in the accusative, while its ante- 
cedent is in the genitive or dative, 6. g.: 


Αἴγισϑος τούτων ἦρχεν, ὧν 
σὺ λέγεις. 


Acgisthus commanded 
these whom you men- 
tion. 


[H. 503, 808: ©. 522, 526: S. 150, 161. 





Rem.—Here ὧν, which is the object of λέγεις, would be regu- 
larly in the accusative, but is assimilated to the genitive to agree 
with τούτων. 


418, The common position for the relative clause 
in Greek is directly after the antecedent, though one 
or more words are not unfrequently allowed to inter- 
vene. 

419. The antecedent of the relative is often omit- 
ted, especially when it is a demonstrative, e. g.: 


Ὃ δὴ ἔγραψα, δῆλον ἦν. | What (that which) J wrote 
| was evident. 


Rem.—Here ὃ is the relative, and is the object of ἔγραψα; its 
omitted antecedent is the subject of ἦν. 


SENTENCE AS MODIFIER OF SUBJECT. 


420. VocABULARY. 


᾿Αδείμαντος, ου, ὃ, Adimanius, 
brother of Plato. 

Ἔν, mn, at. 

Κίμων, wvos, 6, Cimon, father 
of Miltiades. 

AiSos, ov, 6, sometimes 7, 
stone, rock. 

Μαγνῆτις, wos, ἡ (106), mag- 

* net. 

MapaéJwv, ὥνος, ἡ, Marathon, 
plain in Attica, celebrated 
for the victory ofthe Athe- 


421. EXERcIsEs. 





187 © 


oe 


nians over the Persians, 
B. 6. 490. 

Μιλτιάδης, ov, ὁ, iltiades, 
Athenian commander at 
Marathon. 

Πάρειμι (παρά, near, and εἰμί; 
see 216), to be present. 

Ποῖος, ποία, ποῖον, what ? of 
what sort or kind ? 

Σίδηρος, ov, ὃ, ion. 

ὮὨφελέω, How, ησα, YKA, ἡμαι; 
ήϑην, to benefit. 


I. τ 

1. Ταῦτα σὺ λέγεις. 2. Πάντες ἐπαινοῦμεν ἃ σὺ 
λέγεις. 8. Ταῦτ᾽ ἐστὶν ἃ ἐγὼ ὑμῶν δέομαι. 4. Φίλιπ- 
πος ἐπιστολὴν ἔπεμψεν. 5. Ἔχω τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἣν 
ἔπεμψε Φίλιππος. 6. Τὴν λῶον μαγνῆτιν καλοῦσιν. 
7. Ἧ λίϑος, ἣν μαγνῆτιν καλοῦσιν, ἄγει τὸν σίδηρον. 8. 
Ποῖά ἐστιν ἃ ἡμᾶς ὠφελεῖ; 9. Πάρεστιν ᾿Αδεΐμαντος, 
οὗ ἀδελφός ἐστι Πλάτων. 


II. 


1. What are you doing? 2. I am reading the 
book which you gave me. 3. Miltiades, who con- 
quered the Persians at Marathon, was the son of 
Cimon. 


188 


SYNTAX, 


Lesson LXXXVIII. 


Sentence as Object of Predicate. 


422. A sentence, whether declarative, interroga- 
tive, or imperative, may be used in direct quotation 
as the object of the predicate of a new sentence. It 
is then introduced without change, e. g.: 


_ Eire: Tov ἄνδρα ὁρῶ. 
Εἶπε" Ti πράττεις ; 


Εἶπε" Τράφε τὴν ἐπιστο- 
λήν. 





He said: “I sce the man.” 

He said: “What are you 
doing ?” 

He said: 


“ Write the let- 
ter.” tat 


423. In indirect quotation a sentence may become 
the object of the predicate in a new sentence : 
1) If declarative, by taking the form of the Ac- 
cusative with the Infinitive, or by taking 
ὅτι or-@s with the finite verb, 6. g.: 


‘O ἀγᾶϑὸς ἀνὴρ εὐδαίμων 
ἐστίν. 

Τὸν ἀγάϑὸν ἄνδρα εὐδαίμο- 
va εἵναί φημι. 


Οὗτοι ἔλεγον ὅτι Κῦρος ré- 
ϑνηκεν. 





The good man ts prosper- 
us. 

L say that the good man 
48 PrOsperous. 

These said that Cyrus had 
died. 


2) If cnterrogative, either without any change, 
or by changing the direct interrogative 
word to the indirect,* as τίς (who?) to 





- 


* The indirect interrogative is in most instances formed from tho 
direct, by prefixing 6, as πότε, ὁπότε; ποῦ, ὕπου, Ke, 


SENTENCE AS OBJECT OF PREDICATE. 189 
ὅςτις ; τί ἰο ὅ τε; πότε (when?) to ὁπότε; 
ποῦ (where?) to ὅπου, 6. g.: 


τίς ἐστιν ὁ διδάσκἄλος ; Who is the teacher ? 
"Epihcopas τίς ἐστιν ὁ διδά- I will ask who is the 





oKaNOS. ~ teacher. 
"Epicopas ὅςτις ἐστὶν ὁ δι- | 1 will ask who is the 
δάσκᾶἄλος. teacher. 


8) If cmperative, by changing the verb to the 
infinitive, 6. g.: 
Μὴ yapec. Do not marry. 
"Enreyov σοι μὴ γαμεῖν. | L told you not to marry. 


Use of Moods. 


424, In regard to the use of moods in declarative 
sentences, introduced by ὅτὲ or ws, and in interroga- 
tive sentences in indirect discourse, it may be ob- 
served, | 

1) That after the leading tenses, there is no 
change of mood, as in the above exam- 
ples. : 

2) That after the Acstorical tenses, the optative 
is generally used, though sometimes the 
indicative is retained, e. g.: 


They knew that the fear 
was groundless. 


"Eyvacay ὅτε κενὸς ὁ φό- 
Bos εἴη. 





_ Rem.—Here the indicative ἦν is changed to the optative εἴη, 
because it is made dependent upon a historical tense, ἔγνωσαν. 
425. VocaABULARY. 


Εἶπον, es, 2 Aor. of εἴπω (not 
used), Z sad. 


"Epwrdw, yow, to ask, ask ὦ 
question. 





190 SYNTAX. 


Θέω, ϑεύσομαι (defective), to 1 "Ολβϊος, a, ov, happy, blessed. 
yun. | - Χρή, Lud. χρήσει (empers.), τ 

KXéavdpos, ov, ὃ, Cleander, a| 18 necessary, one ought. 
Spartan. 





426. IXxErciseEs. 
I 


1. "OpSas λέγετε. 2. Εἶπε Kyéavipos+ ᾿Ορϑῶς 
λέγετε. 8. Εἶπεν: Ὑμῖν ἡγεμόνας δώσω. 4. Κλέαν- 
Spos τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι λέγει" Μὴ ποιήσῃς ταῦτα. 5. Τί 
χρὴ λέγειν; 6. ‘Tuas ἐρωτήσω, Τί χρὴ λέγειν. 7. 
“Δεγέτω, τί ἔσται τοῖς στρατιώταις. 8. Mn ϑεῖτε. 9. 
Οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐβόων ἀλλήλοις μὴ ϑεῖν. 10. Νομίζω 
ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ εἶναι πατρίδα. 11. Κροῖσος ἐνόμιζεν ἑαυτὸν 
εἶναι πάντων ὀλβιώτατον. 


Π. 
1. The boy said, “Give mea book.” 2. I said, 
“T will give you a book.” 3. Your father thinks this 


a very useful book. 4. It is necessary to read good 
books. 





Lesson LXXXIX. 
Adverbial Attributive Sentences.—Place, Time. 


427. Sentences may be used to express some attri- 
bute of the action or event denoted by the predicate ; 
and may then be called adverbial attributive sen- 
tences. 

428, Sentences used as adverbial attributives of 
place, are generally introduced by adverbs of place ; 


ADVERBIAL ATTRIBUTIVE SENTENCES. 


as, ov, where, ὅπου, where, ὅζο. 


191 


Frequently this ad- 


verb has a correlative in the principal member of the 
sentence, as ὅπου---ἐνταῦϑα, 6. g.: 


“Ὅπου παῖδές εἰσιν, ἐνταῦϑ' 
ἀνάγκη πολλὰς εἶναι βου- 
λήσεις. 


Where there are.children, 
there must be many de- 
sures. 


Rem.—The learner will observe that the assertion is, that 
there must be many desires (where ?) where there are children. 
The clause beginning with ὅπου is therefore in effect an adverb of 
place. 


429. Sentences used to denote the adverbial attri- 
bute of time, are generally introduced by adverbs of 
time, as ὅτε, when; sometimes with a correlative in 
the principal member, as ére—rore. 


Amphiaraus, when he 
Sought against Thebes, 
obtained great praise. 

When spring comes, then 
the flowers bloom. 


᾿Αμφιάρᾶος, ὅτε ἐπὶ Θήβας 
ἐστράτευσε, πλεῖστον ἐκ- 
THOATO ἔπαινον. 

Ὅτε τὸ ἔαρ ἦλϑε, τότε τὰ 


ἄνϑη ϑάλλει. 





{786 of Moods in Temporal and Local Clauses. 


430. Subordinate clauses used to express place and 
time, generally take the verb in the indicative mood. 
We must notice, however, the following important ex- 
ceptions : 

1) The compounds of ἄν, as ὅταν (ὅτε and ἄν), 
ὁπόταν (ὁπότε and av), ἐπειδάν (ἐπειδή and 
av), &c., and adverbs of place with ἄν, as 
οὗ av, require the Subjunctive, 6. g.: 


᾿Επειδὰν ἅπαντα ἀκούσητε, When you have heard all, 
κρίνἄτε. judge. 


192 


SYNTAX. 


2) Clauses introduced by πρίν generally take 
the infinitive, e.g. : 


᾿Αναβαίνει Χειρίσοφος πρίν 


, , ὃ nw 
Twa αἰσϑέσϑαι τῶν πο- 
Nepiov. 


431, ‘V OCABULARY. 


᾿Αριαῖος, ov, ὁ, Ariaeus, com- 
mander under Cyrus. 

᾿Αχάριστος, ov, ungrateful. 

Διαβάλλω (διά and βάλλω), 
βαλῶ, 2 A. ἔβαλον, βέβλη- 
κα, μαι, Inv, to slander, 
accuse. 

᾿Ενοικέω (ἐν and oikéw), How, 
ἐνῴκησα, to dwell, inhabit. 

᾿Επεί, when, after. 


432. EXERCISES. 





Chirisophus goes up before 
any one of the enemy 
percewes tt. 


Ὅδε, ἧδε, τόδε (see 176), this, 
this which follows. 

Οἴκησις, ews, ἣ, abode, dwelling. 

Ὅπου, where. 

Πρόξενος, ov, 6, Proxenus, 
Grecian commander un- 
der the younger Cyrus. 

Συνοικΐα, as, 7, house for sev- 
eral families, lodging-house. 

Τισσαφέρνης, cos, 6, Zissapher- 
nes, Persian satrap. 


1, 

1. ᾿Ετελεύτησε Δαρεῖος. 2. ᾿Επεὶ ἐτελεύτησε 4α- 
ρεῖος, Τισσαφέρνης διαβάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς τὸν 
ἀδελφόν. 3. “Ὅπου εἷς ἐνοικεῖ, οἰκίαν καλοῦμεν. 4. 
“Ὅπου πολλοὶ μίαν οἴκησιν ἔχουσι, συνοικέαν καλοῦμεν. 
5. Πρόξενος εἶπεν, Αὐτός εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖς. 6. Ὃ ἄνϑρω- 
πος εἶπεν, "Ἐπεμψέ με “Apiaios. Ἴἴ. ᾿Επεὶ Πρόξενος 
εἶπεν, ὅτε αὐτός εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖς, εἶπεν ὁ ἄνϑρωπος τάδε " 
ἜἜπεμψέ με ᾿Αριαῖος. 8. Πονηρός ἐστι πᾶς ἀχάριστος 
ἄνϑρωπος. 

Il. 


1. When did the Athenians conquer the Per- 
sians? 2. The Athenians conquered the Persians at 


ADVERBIAL ATTRIBUTIVE SENTENCES. 193 


Marathon, when Darius was king. 3. Where there 
are good laws, there are good citizens. 





"Lesson XC. 


Adverbial Attributive Sentences.—Cause, Manner, 
Condition. 


433. Sentences used to assign a cause or reason 
for an action or event denoted by the principal verb, 
are called causal clauses. . They are usually introduced 
either by a pure causal conjunction, as ὅτε, διότε, or 
by ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, OTe, ὁπότε, ὧς, Which have reference 
both to cause and teme, 6. g.: 

Τοὺς παῖδας ζηλῶ, ὅτε ved-| 7 envy the children, be- 
τεροί εἰσιν. cause they are younger. 


434, Attributive sentences of manner sometimes 
take the form of a comparison, and sometimes indi- 
eate the manner or character of an action or event by 
giving its results or consequences, 6. 2.: 

“Ostrep φρονοῦμεν, οὕτω | As we think, so we speak. 
λέγομεν. 

Οὕτως ἀγνωμόνως ἔχετε, Are you so senseless as to 
ὥστε διὰ τούτων édmi-| hope that by these 
Sere ; means? &e. 





435. Clauses denoting consequence or result are 
introduced by ὥςτε or ὡς, and generally take the i- 
juutive mood; though the finite verb is sometimes 
used, especially when the fact itself is to be made 
emphatic, as in the second of the above examples. 


194 SYNTAX. 


436. Conditional sentences are of four kinds : 
1) Those which assume the condition, 6. g. : 
Εἴ τι ἔχει, δίδωσιν. Lf he has any thing, he 
gives it, or is giving tt. 
Rem.—Here assuming that he has something, we affirm that ; 
he gives it. ν 
2) Those which represent the condition as a 
present uncertainty, i.e. as one which at 
the present moment may or may not be 
realized, 6. g. : 
Ἐάν τι ἔχῃ, δώσει. | Tf he has any thing, he 


wil give it. 





3) Those which represent the condition as a 
mere possibility, i.e. as one which has not 
yet been realized, but may or may not be 
at some future time, 6. g.: 

Tf he should have any 

thing, he would give it. 


Εἴ τι ἔχοι, διδοίη ἄν. 





4) Those which represent the condition as an 
ampossibility, i.e. as one which has not 
been realized, and never can be, e. g.: 
Εἴ τι εἶχεν, ἐδίδου ἄν. If he had any thing, he 
would give tt. — 
Εἴ τι ἔσχεν, ἔδωκεν ἄν. | If he had had any thing, 
he would have given it. 





Rem.—In both these examples, the condition relates to a defi- 
nite time—the former to the present, the latter to the past 5 and is 
represented then as not realized. 


437. In regard to the use of moods in conditional 
sentences, it may be observed, 
1) That the condition is expressed in the jirst of 


ADVERBIAL ATTRIBUTIVE SENTENCES. 


195 


the above forms by εἰ with the indicative, 
in the second by ἐάν with the subjunctive, 
in the third by εἰ with the optative, and in 
the fourth by εἰ with the indicative, the 
imperfect for present time and the aorist 


for past time. 


2) That the conseguence is expressed in the first 
and second by the indicative, sometimes 
by the imperative, in the third by ἄν with 
the optative, and in the fourth by ἄν with 
the indicative, the imperfect for present 
time and the aorist for past time. 


438. VocABULARY. 


᾿Αδικέω, ow, to do wrong, to 
injure. 

"Av (particle), denoting uncer- 
tainty, possibility. (See 436.) 

᾿Απαλλᾶγή, ἧς, 7, escape, escape 
From. 

Ἐάν (particle), of. 

Ei, if, 

"Exedy, since, when. 

Ἔργον, ov, τό, work, deed, bust- 
ness, duty. 

Ἕρμαιον, ov, τό, favor, privi- 
lege, good luck. 


439. EX®RcisEs. 





Θάνᾶτος, ov, 6, death. 

Kai, and, also, 

Οὕτως (before consonants gen- 
erally οὕτω), thus, so. 

Πολυμᾶϑης, és, having much 
learning, very learned. 

Πυκτεύω, ow, to box. — 

Diropadys, ες, fond of learn- 
mg. | 

Ppovew, ἥσω, to think, have in 
mind. 

“Osmep, as, just-as. 


1. Χειρίσοφος ἡγείσϑω, ἐπειδὴ AaxedSatpovids ἐστιν. 


2. Θαυμάζομεν ὅτι οἱ φιλόσοφοι οὐ τιμῶντα. 


3. Εἰ 


“νητὸς εἶ, ϑνητὰ καὶ φρόνει. 4. Εἰ ϑεοὶ εἰσίν, ἔστι καὶ 


190 , SYNTAX, 


ἔργα Seay. 5. ᾿Εὰν ἧς φιλομαϑής, ἔσῃ πολυμαϑής. 
6. Ei τοῦτο ποιήσαις, ἀδικήσαις ἄν. ἵ. Εἰ ἦν ὁ ϑάνα- 
τος τοῦ παντὸς ἀπαλλαγή, ἕρμαιον ἂν ἣν τοῖς κακοῖς. 
8, “Ὥςπερ οἱ βάρβαροι πυκτεύουσιν, οὕτω πολεμεῖτε 
Φιλίππῳ. 

Il. 

1. Always speak as you think. 2. We honor the 
general, because he is brave. 3. We shall honor 
him, if he is brave. 4. If you say that, you speak the 
truth. 5. If you say that, you will speak the truth. 





SECTION IL. 


Compitex SENTENCES—ABRIDGED. 


Lesson XCI. 


Prinbipal Elements, Abridged.— Modijiers σ΄ Sub- 
ject, Abridged. 


440. An infinitive sentence used as subject or 
predicate, may have its own subject omitted when it 
expresses a Bene tells or when its subject may be 
easily- supplied, e. 

Τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν ‘be Meg | Zo find fault ts easy. 


Rem. 1.——Here ἐπιτιμᾶν is the subject, but its own subject is 
omitted, because, the truth being a general one, any subject may 
be supplied : thus, that you, I, any one, should find fault is easy. 

Rem. 2.—The infinitive used substantively, whether with or 
without a subject, sometimes takes the artic ὃ, as in the above 
example, τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν, and sometimes omits it. 


- 


PRINCIPAL ELEMENTS, ABRIDGED. 197 


441, The relative clause, whether modifying the 
subject or any other noun, may be abridged by drop- 
ping the relative, and sometimes also the copula, and 


retaining the attribute. 


449, When a relative clause is thus abridged, the 
attribute may be expressed, 

1) By a participle agreeing with the antecedent 
of the omitted relative. This occurs when 
the predicate of the relative clause would 
have been expressed by a verb, e. g.: 

He who has these things 


Ὃ ταῦτα ἔχων, πλουτεῖ. 
| as rich. 





2) By an adjective agreeing with the antecedent 
of theomitted relative. This occurs when 
the predicate would have been expressed 
by an adjective and the copula εἰμί, 6. g.: 

There were many villages 

(which were) full of 
many good things. 3 


Ἦσαν κῶμαι πολλαὶ πλή- 
pels πολλῶν ἀγἄϑῶν. 





8) By ἃ nown in apposition with the antecedent 
of the omitted relative. This occurs when 
the predicate would have been expressed 
by a noun and the copula εἰμέ, 6. g.: 

Κροῖσος, ὁ Δυδῶν Bact-| Croesus, (who was) the 
λεύς, ἐπλούτει. king of the Lydians, 
was rich. | 
Rrem.—Combining the above with article 316, we have the 
following 
443. Rute.— Modifying Nouns. 
A noun modifying the meaning of another noun, 
is put, 


\ 
198 SYNTAX 


1) In the same case as that noun, when it de- 
notes the same person or thing, e. g.: 


Κροῖσος, ὁ Bacinets. | Croesus, the king. 


2) In the genitive, when it denotes a different 
person or thing, e. g.: 


Ὁ Δυδῶν βασϊλεύς. | The king of the Lydians. 
[H. 499, 558: Οἱ 881, 882: 5. 136, 173.] 


444, VocaBuLARY. 
Καλῶς, well, nobly. “Ὑγιαίνω, ὑγιανῶ, ὑγίᾶνα, to be 
Μακεδών, ὄνος, 6, Macedonian. well, be in health. 

Nooéw, now, to be sick, be ill. |"Qv, οὖσα, dv (276), being. 
Προδίδωμι (πρό and δίδωμι, ; 
268), to betray. 





445. Exrroclszs. 
I. 


1. Αἰσχρόν ἐστι προδοῦναι τοὺς εὐεργέτας. 2. Τὸ 
ὑγιαίνειν ἀγαϑόν ἐστιν. 8. Τὸ νοσεῖν κακόν ἐστιν. 4. 
Τὸ ὑγιαίνειν ἀγαϑὸν εἶναι νομίζω. ὅ. ᾿Ηδύ ἐστι τὸ ἔχειν 
χρήματα. 0. Οὐχ ἡδὺ πολλοὺς ἐχϑροὺς ἔχειν. ἴ. Βαρ- 
βάροις δουλεύσομεν; 8. “Ἑλληνες ὄντες βαρβάροις 
δουλεύσομεν; 9. Φίλιππος, ὁ Μακεδόνων βασιλεύς, 
ἔγραψε τοῖς ᾿Αϑηναίοις. 10. “Ὅμηρος τοὺς πολεμή- 
σαντας ἐνεκωμίασεν. 11, “Ὅμηρος καλῶς τοὺς πολεμή- 
σαντας τοῖς βαρβάροις ἐνεκωμίασεν. 


Il. 

1. Miltiades, the Atheman general, conquered 
Darius the king of the Persians. 2. We love those 
who love us, 3. Let us love those who hate us. 4. 
It is pleasant to have friends, 


MODIFIERS OF PREDICATE, ABRIDGED. 199 


Lrsson XCII, 
Modifiers of Predicate, Abridged. 


{ 


446. When the subject of an infinitive sentence 
used as object is the same person or thing as that of 
the verb on which it depends, it is omitted, e.g. : 


“Oporoya ἀδικεῖν. | L confess that I do wrong. 


Rem.—Here ἀδικεῖν is the direct object of ὁμολογῶ. Its sub- 
ject ἐμέ is omitted, because it is the same person as the subject of 
ὁμολογῶ, 1. 6. ἐγώ, implied in the termination of the verb. 

447, When the subject of the infinitive is thus 
omitted, any predicate noun or adjective after the in- 
finitive is attracted into the nominative to agree with 
the subject of the principal verb, e. g.: 


Νομίζω οὐδὲν χείρων εἶναι) L think that 7 am not at 
τῶν ἄλλων. all worse than the others. 


448. An attributive sentence of time, cause, man- 
ner, condition, &c., may be abridged, | 
1) When its subject is some person or thing 
mentioned in the principal clause, by 
dropping the subject, and generally the 
connective, and retaining the predicate in 
the form either of a participle or of a 
noun or adjective, with or without ὦν 
(οὖσα, dv), in agreement with that noun in 
the principal clause, e. g.: 
Κῦρος συλλέξας στράτευμα | Cyrus . having collected 
ἐπολιόρκει τὴν πόλιν. (i.e. when he had col- 
lected) an army, be- 
sieged the city. 





900 | SYNTAX. 


Κῦρος ἔτι παῖς ὧν πάντων | Cyrus while still aboy was 
κράτιστος ἐνομίζετο. thought the best of all. 

_ 2) When the subject is some person or thing 
not mentioned in the principal clause, by 
dropping the connective and putting the 
subject in the genitive, and changing the 
verb to the participle in agreement with 
it. This construction is called the Geni- 
tiwe Absolute, 6. g.: 

Περικλέους ἡγουμένου, xa-| While Pericles led, the 
Ad ἔργα ἀπεδείξαντο ot | Athenians exhibited no- 
᾿Αϑηναῖοι. ble deeds. 


449, Rure.—Agreement of Participles. | 
Participles, like adjectives (315), agree in gender, 
number, and case, with the nouns to which they be- 


long. (See examples above.) 
[H. 498: C. 444: 8. 187.] 

450. Rute.—Genitive Absolute. 

A noun and a participle standing grammatically 
independent of the rest of the sentence, are put in the 
Genitive Absolute. (See above example.) 

[ H. 790: C. 698 : 8. 192.] 

«δ. Comparisons of inequality take two different 
constructions : 

1) The connective ἤ may be used; and then the 
following noun is generally in the same 
case as the corresponding noun before ἤ, 
6. 2.3 

Μείζων εἶ ἢ ἐγώ. | You are taller than I. 

2) The connective may be omitted; and then 
the following noun is put in the genitive, 


ὁ. g.: 


MODIFIERS OF PREDICATE, ABRIDGED. 


Μείζων ἐμοῦ εἶ. 


201 


You are taller than TI. 


452. Rots.—Comparison. 
The comparative degree is followed, 
1) Without ἤ by the genitive. 
2) With ἤ by the case of the corresponding 


noun before it. 


(See examples above.) 


[H. 660: ©. 851: S. 186.] 


458. VocABULARY. 


Βούλομαι, βουλήσομαι, BeBov- 
λημαι, ἐβουλήϑην or ἠβου- 
λήϑην (Depon.), to be will- 
ing, wish, desure. 

᾿Ελεύϑερος, G, ov, free. 

Πρέπω, πρέψω, ἔπρεψα, to be be- 


TlopJéw, now, to destroy, plun- 
der. 

Σώζω, σώσω, ἔσωσα, σέσωκα, 
σέσωσμαι, ἐσώϑην, to save, 
preserve. 

Ὑγίεια, as, 4, health. 





coming, to suit. 


454, EXERcisEs. | 
I, 

1. Βούλομαι ἀληϑεύειν. 2. ‘O δῆωος οὐ βούλεται 
αὐτὸς δουλεύειν. 8. “O δῆμος βούλεται ἐλεύϑερος εἶναι. 
4, Θεός ἐστιν ὁ σώζων τὰ πάντα. 5. Aéyetas τοὺς 
ϑεοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ads βασιλεύεσϑαι. 6. ‘O κάλλιστος 

ῇ a a f ¢ μ- a ped \ 
κόσμος τῷ νικᾶν πρέπει. T. ‘O Ἐενοφῶν ἐνόμιζε τὸν 
κάλλιστον κόσμον τῷ νικᾶν πρέπειν. 8. “Ἕλλην ὧν 
“Ἕλληνας ἀδικεῖ. 9. Δίκαια λέγοντες πολλοὶ ἄδικα που- 
᾿ οῦσιν. 10. Τί ἐστι μεῖζον ἀγαϑὸν ἀνθρώποις ὑγιείας ; 


IT. 


1. He thinks he is wise. 2. We think he is wise. 
8. You think you are wise. 4. We think you are 
wise. 5. What is better than virtue ? 


CHAPTER II. 


COMPOUND SENTENCES. 


» 





SECTION I. 


Compounp SENTENCES— UNABRIDGED. 


Lusson XCIIL. 
. Classes of Compound Sentences. 


455. A compound sentence is one which consist. 
of two or more endepeneens, though related, sen- 
tences. ᾿ 

Rrem.—The sentences, thus united, may themselves be either 
simple, complex, or compound. β 

456. Derepeene sentences may be divided into 
three classes, viz. 

1) Copulatine sentences; in which two or more 
thoughts are presented in harmony with 
each other, e. g.: 


IIpecBevere. You send ambassadors. 

Karnyopeire. You make accusation. 

IIpecBevere καὶ xatnyo-| You send ambassadors 
ρεῖτε. and make accusation. 





2) Disjunctive sentences; in which a choice 
between two or more thoughts is offered, 
6, δ: 


- 


CLASSES OF COMPOUND SENTENCES. 203 


"H λέγε τι σιγῆς κρεῖττον | Luther say something bet- 
ἢ σιγὴν ἔχε. ter than silence, or keep 
silence. 3 


8) Adversative sentences ; in which the thoughts 
stand opposed to each other, e. g.: 


Aéyeis μὲν εὖ, πράττεις δ᾽] You speak well, but you 
οὐδέν. do nothing. 


457. Copulative clauses may be connected by καί, 
τέ, OF οὔτε. 


Rem.—Kai is the most common, and may be used as the af- 
firmative connective in all cases, unless the preceding member is 
more important than that which follows: τέ, which is an enclitic 
and seldom used in prose, indicates a more intimate relationship, 
and may be used when the second member represents something 
as belonging to the first, or derived from it, ἄο. Οὔτε (οὐ and τέ) 
has the force of and not. 


458. Frequently a connective appears in both 
clauses ; thus we find the following correlatives: καί 
—xal; Té—rté; té—xKal; οὔτε---οὔτε, 6. g.: 


᾿Ορϑῶς τε λέγετε, καὶ ἐγὼ | You speak well, and [wilt 
TO νόμῳ πείσομαι. obey the law. 


459. Disjunctive sentences usually employ the 
connective 7 or the correlatives ἤ---ῆ. 

460. The most common adversative particle is δέ, 
generally with the correlative μέν ; the strongest is 
ἀλλά. | 

461. The article is often used with the correlatives 
μέν and δέ, as follows: 


Ὃ μέν ---- ὁ δέ. The one — the other. 
Οἱ μέν — οἱ δέ. Some “--- others. 


204 


462. VocABULARY. 


᾿Αλλά, but, 

Aé, but, and, correlative of 
μέν. 

᾿Ἐμπεδόω, dow, to observe, keep 
inviolate. 

Δύω, Adow, ἔλῦσα, λέλὔκα, λέ- 


λῦμαι, ἐλύϑην, to violate, 


SYNTAX. 


Μισϑοδότης, ov, ὃ, paymaster. 


- Ὀπισϑοφυλᾶκέω, now, to guard 


or command the rear. 
"Opxos, ov, ὃ, oath. 
Οὐδέποτε, never. 
Οὔτε, neither ; οὔτε----οὔτε, nei= 
ther—nor. 


break. 
Mev, indeed, on the one hand; 
often omitted in translat- 


ing. 


Té (enclitic), and ;* τὲ καί or 
té—xkal, both—and. 





463. ἘΧΕΒΟΙΒΕΒ, ; 


1. Ed λέγετε. 2. Ποιήσω ταῦτα. 38. Ed λέγετε 
καὶ ποιήσω ταῦτα. 4. Ed τε λέγετε καὶ ποιήσω ταῦτα. 
5. Ὃ μὲν φιλεῖ, ὁ δὲ φιλεῖται. 6. ᾿Ηγεῖτο μὲν Χειρί. 
σοῴφος, ὠπισϑοφυλάκει δὲ Ἐενοφῶν. 1. Ἡμεῖς μὲν 
ἐμπεδοῦμεν τοὺς τῶν ϑεῶν ὅρκους, οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι τὰς 
σπονδὰς λελύκασιν. 8. Οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἔτι Κύρου στρατιῶ- 
ται, οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἡμῖν ἔτι μισϑοδότης. 


Π. 

1. The boy is playing. 2. The girl is writing a 
letter to her mother. 8, The boy is playing, and the 
girl is writing a letter to her mother. 4, The boy is 
playing, but the girl is writing a letter to her mother. 


COMPOUND ELEMENTS. 


205 


SECTION IL. 


Compound SENTENCES—ABRIDGED. 





2 Lesson XCIV. 


Compound Elements.—Subjects, United.—Predicates, 
United. 


464. The several members ofa compound sentence 
frequently differ from each other only in their sub- 
jects, and then these subjects are generally united, 
and the other elements appear but once, though in 
such a form as to agree with the compound subject, 


@. g.: 
Κριτίας Σ᾽ ωκρἄτει ὡμΐλει. 


᾿Αλκιβιάδης Σωκράτει ὡμί- 
λει. 
Πλάτων Σωκράτει ὡμίλει. 


Κριτίας καὶ ᾿Αλκιβιάδης 
Σωκράτει ὡμιλείτην. 

Κριτίας καὶ ᾿Αλκιβιάδης 
καὶ Πλάτων Σωκράτει 
ὡμίλουν. 





Critias associated with 
Socrates. 

Alcibiades associated with 
Socrates. 

Plato associated with Soc- 
rates. 

Critias and Alcibiades as- 
sociated with Socrates. 
Critias, Alcibiades, and 
Plato associated with 

Socrates. 


Rem.—Here, it will be observed, the predicates of the three 
simple sentences are all in the singular, but when the first two 
sentences are united the predicate is changed to the dual, and 
when all three are united, to the plural, . 


10 


206 SYNTAX. 


465. Rotz.—Agreement, Number. 

The predicate generally agrees in number with its 
compound subject, as in the above examples, though 
the plural is often used for the dual when two sin- 
gular subjects are united. 


[H. 511: ©. 544: 8. 157, 3.] 


466. Rorz.— Agreement, Person. 

The verb must agree in person with the compound 
subject, unless the various members are of different 
persons, in which case it takes the first person in 
preference to the second, and the second in preference 
to the third, e. g.: 


“Ὑμεῖς καὶ ἐγὼ τἄδε λέγομεν. | You and I say this. 
[H. 511: C. 544: 85. 157, 3.] 


467. When the subjects are of different genders, 
any predicate-adjective in the plural generally takes 
the gender of one of the subjects, preferring the mascu- 
line to the feminine and the feminine to the neuter ; 
unless the subjects denote things without life, in which 
case it is usually neuter, with the copula in the singu- 
lar, 6. g.: 

Kai ἡ γυνὴ καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀγᾶ- | Both the woman and the 
Soi εἰσιν. man are good. 

Πόλεμος καὶ στἄσις ὀλέ- | War and sedition are de- 
Spia ταῖς πόλεσίν ἐστιν.) structive (things) fo cities. 





Rem.—Sometimes the predicate, whether verb or adjective, 
agrees with one of the subjects, and is understood with the rest, 
@.g.2 Σύ τε Ἕλλην εἶ καὶ ἡμεῖς, Both you and we are Greeks. 


468. The several members of a compound sentence 
frequently differ only in their predicates, and then 


these predicates are united, while the other elements 
appear but once, 9. g. : 


COMPOUND ELEMENTS. 


Κῦρος τὸν ἀδελφὸν rales. 

Κῦρος τὸν ἀδελφὸν τιτρώ- 
σκει. 

Κῦρος τὸν ἀδελφὸν παίει 
καὶ τιτρώσκει. 





207 


Cyrus strikes his brother. 
Cyrus wounds his brother. 


Cyrus strikes and wounds 
his brother. 


Rem. 1.—When the modifiers of the several predicates are not 
the same, they must be associated with their respective predi- 
cates, 6. g.: Ὃ Δαρεῖος ἀδικεῖ τὴν πόλιν καὶ ποιεῖ πόλεμον, Darius 
is injuring tie city and making war. 

Rem. 2.—If the predicate is expressed by a copula and attri- 
bute separately, the copula being the same in the several mem- 
bers, we have only to unite the attributes, e.g.: "AroApos εἶ καὶ 
μαλακός, You are cowardly and effeminate. 


469. VocABULARY. 


Βασίλειον, ov, τό (common in 
plur.), palace. 

Kpitias, ov, 6, Critias, one of 
the thirty tyrants of Ath- 
ens. 

Μένων, wvos, 6, Menon, com- 
mander under the young- 
er Cyrus. 


470. ExErcisgs. 


a \ » “ 
πλεῖστα κακὰ ἐποίησεν. 





is 
1. Κριτίας πλεῖστα κακὰ ἐποίησεν. 
3. Κριτίας καὶ ᾿Αλκιβιάδης 


Πλεῖστος, ἡ, ον (superl. of πο- 
Avs), roost, very many. 

Πλήρης, ες, full, full of, abound- 
mg iM. 

TloAutixds, ἡ, dv, constitutional, 
political. 


2. ᾿Αλκιβιάδης 


πλεῖστα κακὰ ἐποιησάτην. 4. Σωκράτης σοφὸς ἦν. 5. 
Πλάτων σοφὸς ἣν. 6. Σωκράτης καὶ Πλάτων σοφοὶ 
ἦσαν. Ἴ. ᾿Ενταῦϑα Κύρῳ βασίλεια ἣν καὶ παράδεισος 
μέγας, ἀγρίων ϑηρίων πλήρης, ἃ ἐκεῖνος ἐϑήρευεν. 8. 
Δυκοῦργον ϑαυμάξζομεν. 9. Δυκοῦργον τιμῶμεν. 10. 
Δυκοῦργον ϑαυμάζομεν καὶ τιμῶμεν. 11. Πρόξενος 
καὶ Μένων εἰσὶν ὑμέτεροι μὲν εὐεργέται, ἡμέτεροι δὲ 


908 SYNTAX. 


στρατηγοί. 12. Τοῦτο ποιεῖν οὔτε πολιτικὸν οὔτε Si- 
καιόν ἐστιν. 18, Ὃ Φίλιππος οὔτε ἀδικεῖ τὴν πόλιν 
οὔτε ποιεῖ πόλεμον. 


Il. 

1. My brothers admire this beautiful city. 2. My 
father admires this beautiful city. 3. Both my father 
and my brothers admire this beautiful city. 4. We 
love our parents. 5. We both love and honor our 
parents. 





Lesson XCV. 


Compound Elements.—Modifiers of Subject, United. 
—NModifiers of Predicate, United —Elements Com- 
mon to Different Members. 


471. The several members of a compound sen- 
tence frequently differ only in the modifiers of their 
subjects ; and then these modifiers may be united, and 
the other elements of the sentence appear but once, 


e. g.% 


Μένων ὑμέτερος εὐεργέτης 
τιμᾶται. 

Μένων ἡμέτερος στρατηγὸς 
τιμῶται. 

Μένων ὑμέτερος μὲν εὐεργέ- 
της, ἡμέτερος δὲ στρατη- 
γὸς τιμῶται. 





Menon your benefactor is 
honored. 

Menon our general is hon- 
ored. 

Menon, your benefactor 
but our general, tis hon- 
ored. 


412. The several members of a compound sen- 
tence sometimes differ only in the objects of their 


COMPOUND ELEMENTS. 209 © 


predicates ; and then these objects may be united, 

and the other elements of the sentence appear but 

once, 6. g.: | 

Τὴν πόλιν. καὶ τὴν ἄκραν | We are guarding the city 
φυλάττομεν. and the citadel. 


473. The several members of a compound sentence 
sometimes differ from each other only in the atire- 
butes of their predicates; and then these attributes 
may be united, and the other elements appear but 
once, 6. g.: 


Cyrus besieged Miletus by 
land and sea. 


Ὃ Κῦρος ἐπολιόρκει Mirn- 
τον κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ 
ϑάλασσαν. 





474, The several members of a compound sen- 
tence sometimes differ from each other in two or more 
of their elements, and still have one or more in com- 
mon. When this is the case, the parts which are 
common to the several members appear in one of 
them, but are usually omitted in the rest, 6. g.: 


In winter let your house 
have the sun, in sum- 


mer the shade. 


ς ,γ« A \ 27 

Η οἰκία χειμῶνος pev εὐη- 
λζος ἔστω, τοῦ δὲ ϑέρους 
εὔσκϊζος. 





Rem.—Here, it will be observed, the common elements, ἡ 
οἰκία and ἔστω, appear but once, while all the other parts retain 
their positions in their respective members. 


475. VocaBuLARY. 
Τῇ, γῆς, ἡ, land, earth. 
Δεσπότης, ov, 6, despot, ruler, 
master, lord. 


Θάλαττα {or acca), 4S, ἢ, 
sed. 
Kara (prep. with accus.), on, 





910 SYNTAX. 


through, by; κατὰ γῆν, by | Svppiixos, ov, ὃ, ally, aunil- 
land. tary. 

IIposxivéw (πρός and κυνέω), | Τιμή, ἧς, ἡ» honor, esteem. 
now, to worship, adore. 





476, EXERCISES. ; 

1. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἣν παράδεισος μέγας. 2. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἣν 
παράδεισος καλός. 3. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἣν παράδεισος μέγας 
καὶ καλός. 4. Πρόξενος καὶ Μένων, ὑμέτεροι μὲν evep- 
γέται, ἡμέτεροι δὲ στρατηγοί, ἐν μεγάλῃ τιμῇ εἰσιν. ὅ. 
Οὐδένα δεσπότην προςκυνοῦμεν. 0. Τοὺς ϑεοὺς προςκυ- 
νοῦμεν. Ἴ. Οὐδένα δεσπότην, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ϑεοὺς προςκυ- 
νοῦμεν. 8. Τίνα χρόνον ἢ τίνα καιρὸν ζητεῖτε; 9. 
᾿Ενίκων οἱ ἡμέτεροι πρόγονοι τοὺς τούτων προγόνους καὶ 
κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ ϑάλατταν. 10. Νομίζω ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ 
εἶναι καὶ πατρίδα καὶ φίλους καὶ συμμάχους. 


Il. ; 

‘1. Philip, the king of the Macedonians, conquered 
the Athenians. 2. Philip, the father of Alexander, 
conquered the Athenians. 3. Philip, the king of the 
Macedonians and the father of Alexander, conquered 
the Athenians. 





Lrsson XCVI. 
Classification of Sentences.—LRecapitulation. 


477. Sentences may be divided, according to the 
form in which the thought is expressed, into three 
classes : 


CLASSIFICATION OF SENTENCES. 911 


1) Declarative Sentences, which assume the 
form of an assertion. 

2) Interrogative Sentences, which assume the 
form of a question. 

3) Lmperative Sentences, which assume the form 
of a command, exhortation, or entreaty. | 

478. Again: sentences may be divided, according 
to their structure, into three classes : 

1) Simple Sentences, which express but a single 
thought, i.e. make but one assertion, ask 
but one question, or give but one com- 
mand. 

2) Complex Sentences, which express two or 
more thoughts so related that one or more 
of them are made dependent a the 

others. 

3) Compound Sentences, which express two or 
more independent thoughts. 


I. Smverte SENTENCES. 


479. The elements of the simple sentence, as we 
have seen, are of two kinds: 
1. Principal Elements: 
1) Subject. 
2) Predicate. 
Il. Subordinate Elements : 
1) Objective Modifiers. 
2) Attributive Modifiers. 
480. These elements appear in two different forms, 
viz. : ‘ 
1) Semple, i.e. without modifiers. 
2) Complex, i.e. with modifiers. 


219 SYNTAX. 


Il. Comprex Sentences. 
A. Complex Sentences, Unabridged. 


481. A simple sentence may become complex by 
having one or more sentences substituted for one or 
more of its constituent elements. 

482. A sentence thus used as an element in the 
formation of a complex sentence, may be itself either 
simple, complex, or compound. 

483. The subordinate character of a sentence thus 
used may be denoted, 

1) By a subordinate connective without any 
change in the sentence itself. 

2) By change of form without the use of a con- 
nective. 

3) By both a connective and a corresponding 
change of form. 


B. Complex Sentences, Abridged. 


484. Complex sentences are abridged in two 
ways: 
1) A portion of the subordinate clause is omit- 
ted, and the rest remains unchanged. 
2) A portion of the subordinate clause is omit- 
ted, and the rest is changed to adapt it to 
its new situation. 


III. Comprounn Sentences. 
A. Compound Sentences, Unabridged. 


485. Compound sentences may be formed by co- 
ordinating any two or more sentences, whether sim- 
ple, complex, or compound. 


RECAPITULATION. 913 


486. This co-ordination is of three distinct kinds : 
1) Copulative. , 
2) Disjunctive. 
3). Adversative. 


B. Compound Sentences, Abridged. 


487. When the several members of a compound 
sentence have one or more parts in common, those 
parts, as we have seen in the last few lessons, gener- 
ally appear but once in the sentence. 


ΠΟ i 


ay, ia i ἜΣ δ ᾿ 
ΤῊΣ 


Th ic Stes 4 
So 
Στὰ 
τὰ 





PART II. 
GREEK SELECTIONS. 


I. FABLES. 


1.—TueE Wank 


488. Avxos ἰδὼν ποιμένας ἐσϑίοντας ἐν σκηνῇ πρό- 
βατον, Ἡλίκος, ἔφη, ἂν ἣν ϑόρυβος, εἰ ἐγὼ τοῦτο 
ἐποίουν / 


9--- ΤῊΣ ὟΥῪ ΟἿ AND THE LAms. 


489, Δύκος ἀμνὸν ἐδίωκεν. “O δὲ εἰς ναὸν κατέφυγε. 
ἹΠροςκαλουμένου δὲ τοῦ λύκου τὸν ἀμνὸν καὶ λέγοντος, 
ρ 
eo ’ὔἢ » \ 4 e \ »" “Ὁ > Ὁ » \ 
ὅτι ϑυσιάσει αὐτὸν ὃ ἱερεὺς τῷ Jew, ἐκεῖνος ἔφη πρὸς 
> tf 3 ᾽ e , 7 fie 3 “Ὁ ΄ = Ἶ x 
αὐτόν: ᾿Αλλ᾽ αἱρετώτερόν μοί ἐστι ϑεῷ ϑυσίαν εἶναι, ἢ 
ὑπὸ σοῦ διαφϑαρῆναι. 


3.—Tur GARDENER. 


& 

490. Κηπωρῷ tis ἐπιστὰς ἀρδεύοντι λάχανα ἐπυν- 

ϑάνετο αὐτοῦ, Sv ἣν αἰτίαν τὰ μὲν ἄγρια τῶν λαχάνων 

εὐθαλῆ τέ ἐστι καὶ στερεά, τὰ δὲ ἥμερα λεπτὰ καὶ με- 

μαρασμένα" κἀκεῖνος ἔφη" Ἣ γῆ τῶν μὲν μήτηρ, τῶν 
δὲ μητρυιά ἐστιν. 


916 GREEK SELECTIONS. 


4.—Tur Woman AND THE Hen. 


491. Γυνή τις χήρα ὄρνιν εἶχε, nad ἑκάστην ἡμέραν 
ὠὸν αὐτῇ τίκτουσαν. Νομίσασα δὲ, ὡς, εἰ πλείους τῇ 
ὄρνιϑι κριϑὰς παραβάλοι, δὶς τέξεται τῆς ἡμέρας, τοῦτο 
πεποίηκεν. “H dé ὄρνις πιμέλὴς γενομένη οὐδ᾽ ἅπαξ τῆς 
ἡμέρας τεκεῖν ἠδύνατο. 


5.—Tue Brrps AnD THE PEAcooK. 


492. Τῶν ὀρνίϑων βουλομένων ποιῆσαι βασιλέα, 
ταὼς ἑαυτὸν ἠξίου διὰ τὸ κάλλος χειροτονεῖν. Aipov- 
7 \ “ “ »,» c \ » > > > 
μένων δὲ τοῦτον τῶν ἄλλων, ὁ κολοιὸς ἔφη . ᾿Αλλ, εἰ, 
᾿ σοῦ βασιλεύοντος, ὁ ἀετὸς ἡμᾶς καταδιώκειν ἐπιχειρή- 
σει, πῶς ἡμῖν ἐπαρκέσεις ; 


6.—Tue Witp AND THE Tamm Ass. 


493. Ὄνος ἄγριος ὄνον ἥμερον ἰδὼν ἔν τινι εὐηλίῳ 
τόπῳ, ἐμακάριξεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῇ εὐεξίᾳ τοῦ σώματος καὶ 
τῇ τῆς τρυφῆς ἀπολαύσει. Ὕστερον δὲ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν 
> n \ \ > lA ” ε ἤ \ 
ἀχϑοφοροῦντα καὶ τὸν ὀνηλάτην ὄπισϑεν ἑπόμενον Kal 
€ / eh” , Ν > >» } ey . > 
ῥοπάλοις αὐτὸν παίοντα ἔφη " ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔγωγε οὐκέτι σε εὐ- 
δαιμονίζω" ὁρῶ γὰρ, ὅτε οὐκ ἄνευ κακῶν μεγάλων τὴν 
εὐδαιμονίαν ἔχεις. 


7.—Tue Doa anp nis MaAster. 


494, "ἔχων tis κύνα Medraiov καὶ ὄνον, διετέλει τῷ 

‘ ΝΜ a » Ud , 

κυνὶ προςπαίζων " καὶ εἴ ποτε ἔξω δεῖπνον εἶχεν, ἐκόμιζέ 

τί αὐτῷ. ὋὉ δὲ ὄνος ζηλώσας προςέδραμεν αὐτὸς καὶ 

lal / \ / Φ > 

σκιρτῶν ἐλάκτισε τὸν δεσπότην " Kal οὗτος ἀγανακτήσας 

ἐκέλευσε παίοντα αὐτὸν ἀνωγαγεῖν πρὸς τὸν μυλῶνα καὶ 
τοῦτον δῆσαι. 


FABLES. 217 


8.—Tue TRUMPETER. 


495. Σαλπυγκτὴς στρατὸν ἐπισυνάγων, καὶ κρατη- 
Seis ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, ἐβόα" Μὴ κτείνετέ με, ὦ ἂν- 
δρες, εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην " οὐδένα γὰρ ὑμῶν ἀπέκτεινα " πλὴν 
γὰρ τοῦ χαλκοῦ τούτου, οὐδὲν ἄλλο κτῶμαι. Οἱ δὲ πρὸς 
αὐτὸν ἔφασαν " Aid τοῦτο γὰρ μᾶλλον τεϑνήξῃ, ὅτι σύ, 
μὴ δυνάμενος πολεμεῖν, τοὺς πάντας πρὸς μάχην ἐγεί- 
pets. 


9.—Tue CicADA AND THE ANTS. 


496. Χειμῶνος ὥρᾳ τέττιξ λιμώττων ἤτει τοὺς μύρ- 
7] e \ 3 3 > a \ Ἃ 
μηκας τροφήν: Οἱ δὲ μύρμηκες εἶπον αὐτῷ " Διὰ τί τὸ 
ϑέρος οὐ συνῆγες τροφήν ; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν " Οὐκ ἐσχόλαζον, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἦδον μουσικῶς" οἱ δὲ γελάσαντες εἶπον" “ANN εἰ 
ϑέρους ὥραις ηὔλεις, χειμῶνος ὀρχοῦ. 
ρ pay ἢ ΧΕ PX 


10.—Tnr Horsr Anp nis Groom. 


497. Κριϑὴν τὴν τοῦ ἵππου ὁ ἱπποκόμος κλέπτων 
\ al \ σ΄ + Ἄς τῷ / 7 ς 7 
καὶ πωλῶν, τὸν ἵππον ἔτριβε Kal ἐκτένιζε πάσας ἡμέρας " 
ε fal 
ἔφη δὲ ὁ ἵππος" Εἰ ϑέλεις ἀληϑῶς καλὸν εἶναί pe, τὴν 
\ Ἁ \ A 
κριϑὴν τὴν τρέφουσαν μὴ πώλει. 


11.—Tne Horse anv tue Srag. 


498. Ἵππος κατεῖχε λειμῶνα μόνος " ἐλϑόντος δ᾽ 
ἐλάφου καὶ διαφϑείροντος τὴν νομήν, βουλόμενος τιμωρή- 
Ἁ Σ > [4 > » 3 ΄ 
σασϑαι τὸν ἔλαφον, ἠρώτα τιν᾽ ἄνϑρωπον, εἰ δύναιτο 
μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ κολάσαι τὸν ἔλαφον " ὁ δ᾽ ἔφησεν, ἐὰν λάβῃ 
\ > Ν > n ΚΦ ἃ > Ἁ 5 » “ 
χαλινὸν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀναβῇ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν, ἔχων ἀκόντια" 
συνομολογήσαντος δέ, ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμωρήσασϑαι, αὐτὸς 
> UA 5» ιν , 
ἐδούλευσεν ἤδη τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. 


918 GREEK SELECTIONS. 


12.—Sraa. 


499. Ἔλαφος διψήσας ἐπὶ πηγὴν ἦλϑεν" ἰδὼν δὲ 
τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκιάν, τοὺς μὲν πόδας ἐμέμφετο ὡς λεπτοὺς 
καὶ ἀσϑενεῖς ὄντας " τὰ δὲ κέρατα αὑτοῦ ἐπήνει ὡς μέ- 
γίστα καὶ εὐμήκη. ᾿Μηδέπω πιών, κυνηγοῦ καταλα- 
βόντος, ἔφευγεν" ἐπὶ πολὺν δὲ τόπον δραμὼν καὶ εἰς 
ὕλην ἐμβάς, τοῖς κέρασιν ἐμπλακεὶς EInpedIn* ἔφη δέ" 
Ὦ μάταιος ἐγὼ, ὃς ἐκ μὲν τῶν ποδῶν ἐσώϑην, οἷς ἐμεμ- 
φόμην, ἐκ δὲ τῶν κεράτων προεδόϑην, οἷς ἐκαυχώμην. 


13.—Tne Fox anp tue Lion. 


500. ᾿Δἀλώπηξ μήπω ϑεασαμένη λέοντα, ἐπειδὴ κατά 
τινα τύχην αὐτῷ συνήντησε, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οὕτως ἐφο- 
βήϑη, ὡς μικροῦ καὶ ἀποϑανεῖν. "Ἐπειτα τὸ δεύτερον 
ϑεασαμένη, ἐφοβήϑη μέν, οὐ μὴν ὡς τὸ πρότερον. "Ex 
τρίτου δέ τοῦτον ϑεασαμένη, οὕτως αὐτοῦ κατεϑάῤῥησεν, 
ὡς καὶ προςελϑοῦσα διαλεχϑῆναι. 


14.—Tue Lion, true Ass, AND THE Fox. 


501. Δέων καὶ ὄνος καὶ ἀλώπηξ κοινωνίαν ποιησά- 
μενοι, ἐξῆλϑον πρὸς ἄγραν. Πολλῆς οὖν ϑήρας συλλη- 
φϑείσης, προςέταξεν ὁ λέων τῷ ὄνῳ διελεῖν αὐτοῖς " ὁ δὲ 
τρεῖς μερίδας ποιησάμενος ἐκ τῶν ἴσων, ἐκλέξασϑαι τού- 
Tous mpovtpémeto. Καὶ ὁ λέων ϑυμωϑεὶς, τὸν ὄνον κα- 
τέφαγεν. Eira τῇ ἀλώπεκι μερίζειν ἐκέλευσεν" ἡ δ᾽, εἰς 
μίαν μερίδα πάντα σωρεύσασα, ἑαυτῇ βραχύ τι κατέ- 
λιπε. Καὶ ὁ λέων πρὸς αὐτήν" Τίς σε, ὦ βελτίστη, 
διαιρεῖν οὕτως ἐδίδαξεν ; ἡ δ᾽ εἶπεν" ἩΗ τοῦ ὄνου συμ- 


φορά. 


JESTS. 219 


LL. JE SES. 





E02. Σ᾽ χολαστικὸς οἰκίαν πωλῶν, λίϑον ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εἰς 
δεῖγμα περιέφερεν. 

508. Σ᾽χολαστικὸς ϑέλων εἰδέναι, εἰ πρέπει αὐτῷ 
κοιμᾶσϑαι, καμμύσας ἐςοπτρίζετο. 

504. Σ᾽ χολαστικὸς μαϑὼν ὅτι ὁ κόραξ ὑπὲρ τὰ δια- 
κόσια ἔτη ζῇ, ἀγοράσας κόρακα εἰς ἀπόπειραν ἔτρεφεν. 

505. Σ᾽, χολαστικὸς εἰς χειμῶνα vavayov, καὶ τῶν 
συμπλεόντων ἑκάστου πεῤυπλεκομένου σκεῦος πρὸς τὸ 
σωϑῆναι, ἐκεῖνος μίαν τῶν ἀγκυρῶν περιεπλέξατο. 

506. Διδύμων ἀδελφῶν εἷς ἐτελεύτησε. Σ΄ χολαστι- 
Kos οὖν ἀπαντήσας τῷ ζῶντι ἠρώτα" Σὺ ἀπέϑανες, ἢ ὁ 
ἀδελφός σου; 

507. Σ᾽ χολαστικὸς ϑέλων τὸν ἵππον αὑτοῦ διδάξαι 
μὴ τρώγειν πολλὰ, οὐ παρέβαλεν αὐτῷ τροφάς. ᾿4πο- 
Javovtos δὲ τοῦ ἵππου τῷ λιμῷ, ἔλεγε: Μέγα ἐζημιώ- 
Ἅην " ὅτε γὰρ ἔμαϑε μὴ τρώγειν, τότε ἀπέϑανεν. 

508. Σ᾽ χολαστικὸς ἰδὼν στρουϑία ἐπὶ δένδρου; λάϑρω 
ὑπειςελϑὼν ὑφαπλώσατο τὸν κόλπον, καὶ ἔσειε τὸ δέν- 
Spov, ὡς ὑποδεξόμενος τὰ στρουϑία" 

509. Σ᾽ χολαστικὸς σχολαστικῷ συναντήσας εἶπεν" 
"Epatov ὅτι ἀπέϑανες": κἀκεῖνος, "ANN ὁρᾷς με ἔτι, 
ἔφη, ζῶντα. Καὶ ὁ σχολαστικός, Καὶ μὴν ὁ εἰπών μοι 
πολλῷ σου ἀξιοπιστότερος ὑπάρχει. 

ὅ10. Σ᾽ χολαστικὸς κολυμβᾶν βουλόμενος, παρὰ μι- 
κρὸν ἐπνίγη. "Ὥμοσεν οὖν μὴ ἅψασϑαι ὕδατος, ἐὰν μὴ 
πρῶτον μάϑῃ κολυμβᾶν. 

ὅ11. Σ᾽ χολαστικὸς φίλῳ συναντήσας εἶπε" Καϑ' 


920 GREEK SELECTIONS. 


ὕπνους ce ἰδὼν προςτηγόρευσα. ‘O δὲ, Σύγγνωθί μοι, 
ὅτι οὐ προςέσχον. 

512. Σ᾽ χολαστικὸς ναυαγεῖν μέλλων, πινακίδας ἤτει, 
ἵνα διαϑήκας γράφῃ. Τοὺς δὲ οἰκέτας ὁρῶν ἀνγοῦντας 
διὰ τὸν κίνδυνον, ἔφη: Μὴ λυπεῖσϑε, ἐλευϑερῶ γὰρ 
ὑμᾶς. 

518. Σ᾽ χολαστικὸὲ ποταμὸν βουλόμενος περᾶσαι 
ἀνῆλϑεν ἐς τὸ πλοῖον ἔφυππος" πυϑομένου δέ τινος τὴν 

ΦΟΨ 4 / 
αἰτίαν ἔφη, σπουδάζειν. 

ὅ14. Σ᾽ χολαστικὸς ἀπορῶν δαπανημάτων τὰ βιβλία 
αὑτοῦ ἐπίπρασκε, καὶ γράφων πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ἔλεγε" 
Σύγχαιρε ἡμῖν, πάτερ' ἤδη γὰρ ἡμᾶς τὰ βιβλία τρέ- 
φει. 

515. Σ᾽ χολαστικῷ φίλος ἔγραψεν, ἐν “Ελλάδι ὄντι, 
βιβλία αὐτῷ ἀγοράσαι" τοῦ δὲ ἀμελήσαντος, ὡς, μετὰ 

ἤ a / , 5 \ > \ 
χρόνον, TO φίλῳ συνώφϑη, εἶπε: Τὴν ἐπιστολὴν, ἣν 

Ν / > f / > > / 
περὶ βιβλίων ἀπέστειϊλάς μοι, οὐκ ἐκομισάμην. 





ὁ 
+ 
© 


III. ANBCDOTES. 


AGESILAUS. 


516.1. ‘O ’Aynotraos ἐρωτώμενος, Tas μεγάλην. 
δόξαν περιεποιήσατο, ϑανάτου καταφρονήσας, ἔφη. 2. 
᾿Επιζητοῦντός τινος, τίνα δεῖ μανϑάνειν τοὺς παῖδας " 
Ταῦτ᾽, εἶπεν, οἷς καὶ ἄνδρες γενόμενοι χρήσονται. 
8, ᾿Ερωτώμενος, διὰ th μάλιστα παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους 
εὐδαιμονοῦσιν οἱ Σπαρτιᾶται" Διότι, εἶπε, παρὰ τοὺς 
ἄλλους ἀσκοῦσιν ἄρχειν τε καὶ ἄρχεσδϑαι. 


ANECDOTES. 921 


Aais. 


517. 1. ἾΆγις, ὁ Aaxedatpoviwy βασιλεύς, ἔφη τοὺς 
ων, fal ς , ’ / 5 \ a , δι 
“ακεδαιμονίους μὴ ἐρωτᾶν, ὁπόσοι εἰσίν, ἀλλὰ ποῦ εἰσὶν 
e YS 3 “ , ’ bhai, ε 

οἱ πολέμιοι. 2. ᾿Ερωτῶντός τινος, πόσοι εἰσὶν οἱ Aaxe- 
δαιμόνιοι, “Οσοι ἱκανοί, εἶπε, τοὺς κακοὺς ἀπερύκειν. 8. 
ἦάγις, ὁ βασιλεύς, ἐν Μαντινείᾳ κωλυόμενος διαμάχε- 
> La 4 / 5 Ss 3 / 
ovat τοῖς πολεμίοις πλείοσιν οὖσιν, εἶπεν" ᾿Ανάγκη 
πολλοῖς μάχεσϑαι τὸν ἄρχειν πολλῶν βουλόμενον. 


ALCIBIADES. 


518. 1. Εὐπόντος τινὸς πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αλκιβιάδην, Od 
πιστεύεις τῇ πατρίδι τὴν περὶ σεαυτοῦ κρίσιν; ᾿Εγὼ 
μέν, ἔφη, οὐδὲ τῇ μητρί, μή πως ἀγνοήσασα τὴν μέλαι- 
ναν βάλῃ ψῆφον ἀντὶ τῆς λευκῆς. 2. ᾿Ακούσας ὁ ᾿Αλκι- 
βιάδης, ὅτε ϑάνατος αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ κατέγνω- 
σται, AclEwpev οὖν, εἶπεν, αὐτοῖς ὅτι ζῶμεν" καὶ πρὸς 
“Δακεδαιμονίους τρεψάμενος τὸν 4Δεκελῶκτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐπὶ 
τοὺς ᾿Αϑηναίους πόλεμον. 


ALEXANDER. 


519. 1. ᾿Αλέξανδρος, προτρεπομένων τινῶν αὐτὸν 
5 Lal ¥ / 7 \ \ Lal 4 
ἰδεῖν tas Δαρείου ϑυγατέρας καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, ἔφη, 
Αἰσχρὸν τοὺς ἄνδρας νικήσαντας ὑπὸ γυναικῶν ἡττῶᾶ- 
ota. 2. ᾿Αλέξανδρος ἀκούσας ὅτι Δαρεῖος μυριάδας 
τριάκοντα εἰς παράταξιν ἄγει, ἔφη, Εἷς μάγειρος οὐ φο- 
βεῖται πολλὰ πρόβατα. 


ANACHARSIS. 


> ec 
520. 1. Avayapaots ὁ Σ᾽ κύϑης ἐρωτηϑεὶς ὑπό τινος, 
τί ἐστι πολέμιον ἀνϑῶρώποις ; Αὐτοί, ἔφη, αὑτοῖς. 9. 
᾿Ονειδιζόμενος ὑπὸ ᾿Αττικοῦ, ὅτι Σ᾽ κύϑης ἐστίν, ἔφη" 


222 GREEK SELECTIONS. 


"AN ἐμοὶ μὲν ὄνειδος ἡ πατρίς, σὺ δὲ τῆς πατρίδος. 
3. ᾿Ερωτηϑεὶς, τί ἐστιν ἐν ἀνϑρώποις ἀγαϑόν τε καὶ 
φαῦλον, ἔφη, Γλῶσσα. 


ANTALCIDAS. 


521. 1. ᾿Ανταλκίδας πρὸς τὸν ἀμαϑεῖς καλοῦντα 
τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους ᾿Αϑηναῖον, Μόνοι γοῦν, εἶπεν, ἡμεῖς 
οὐδὲν μεμαϑήκαμεν παρ᾽ ὑμῶν κακόν. 2. “Ἑτέρου δ᾽ 
᾿Αϑηναίου πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰπόντος, ἀλλὰ μὴν ἡμεῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ 
Κηφισοῦ πολλάκις ὑμᾶς ἐδιώξαμεν, Ἡμεῖς δέ, ἔφη, οὐ- 
δέποτε ἀπὸ τοῦ Εὐρώτα. 8. Σοφιστοῦ τινος μέλλοντος 
ἀναγιγνώσκειν ἐγκώμιον “Ἡρακλέους, Τίς γὰρ αὐτὸν, 
ἔφη, ψέγει ; 

ANTISTHENES. 


522. 1. ᾿Αντισϑένης ποτὲ ἐπαινούμενος ὑπὸ πονὴη- 
a ° a αὶ / \ Μ ᾽ 
ρῶν, ᾿Αγωνιῶ, ἔφη, μή TL κακὸν εἴργασμαι. 2. ᾿Ερωτη- 
Seis, τί αὐτῷ περιγέγονεν ἐκ φιλοσοφίας, ἔφη" To 
δύνασϑαι ἑαυτῷ ὁμιλεῖν. 8. ᾿Ερωτηϑεὶς, τέ τῶν μαϑη- 
μάτων ἀναγκαιότατον, ἔφη " Τὸ κακὰ ἀπομαϑεῖν. 


ARISTIPPUS. 


523. 1. “Apiotiummos épwrndels, τί αὐτῷ περιγέ- 
yovev ἐκ φιλοσοφίας, ἔφη, Td SivacSar πᾶσι Sappowv- 
τως ὁμιλεῖν. 2. Συνίσταντός τινος αὐτῷ υἱόν, ἤτησε 
πεντακοσίας δραχμάς " τοῦ δὲ εἰπόντος, Τοσούτου δύνα- 
μαι ἀνδράποδον ὠνήσασϑαι, Πρίω, ἔφη, καὶ ἕξεις δύο. 
8. ᾿Ονειδιξζόμενός ποτε ἐπὶ τῷ πολυτελῶς ζῆν, Εἰ τοῦτ᾽, 
ἔφη, φαῦλόν ἐστιν, οὐκ ἂν ἐν ταῖς τῶν Sedv ἑορταῖς 
ἐγίγνετο. 4. Δοιδορούμενός ποτε ἀνεχώρει" τοῦ δ᾽ ἐπι- 
διώκοντος εἰπόντος, Τί φεύγεις ; “Ort, φησί, τοῦ μὲν 
κακῶς λέγειν σὺ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἔχεις, τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἀκούειν 
ἐγώ. 


ANECDOTES. 223 


ARISTOTLE. 


524. 1. ᾿Αριστοτέλης ἐρωτηϑεὶς, th περιγίγνεται 
κέρδος τοῖς ψευδομένοις, “Ὅταν, ἔφη, λέγωσιν ἀλήϑειαν, 


μὴ πιστεύεσϑαι. 2. ᾿Ερωτηϑεὶς, τί γηράσκει ταχύ, 


Χάρις, ἔφη. 8. ᾿Ερωτηϑεὶς, τίνι διαφέρουσιν οἱ πεπαι- 
δευμένοι τῶν ἀπαιδεύτων, “Ὅσῳ, εἶπεν, οἱ ζῶντες τῶν 
, 7 4 > \ , 
τεϑνηκότων. 4. Κατανοήσας μειράκιον ἐπὶ πολυτελείᾳ 
rat t / > 7 37 4 
τῆς χλαμύδος σεμνυνόμενον, Ov παύσει, ἔφη, μειράκιον, 
ἐπὶ προβάτου Sopa σεμνυνόμενος; 5. ᾿Αριστοτέλης 
a , 39 \ \ e/ 5 Δ Lal Ἁ 
τῆς παιδείας ἔφη τὰς μὲν ῥίζας εἶναι πικράς, γλυκεῖς δὲ 
τοὺς καρπούς. 6. ᾿Ονειδιζόμενός ποτε, ὅτε πονηρῷ 
> 7 iA 3 > th” ΄ » 
ἀνδρώπῳ ἐλεημοσύνην ἔδωκεν, Οὐ τὸν τρόπον, ἔφη, 
ἀλλὰ τὸν ἄνδρρωπον ἠλέησα. ἷ. Πρὸς τὸν καυχώμε- 
ς > \ 4 “ "7 > “Ὁ 5», n 
νον, ὡς ἀπὸ μεγάλης πόλεως εἴη, Οὐ τοῦτο, ἔφη, δεῖ 
an > ᾽ 35, 4 / A / > 
σκοπεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις μεγάλης πατρίδος ἄξιός ἐστιν. 


DEMADES. 


525. 1, Δημάδης ὁ ῥήτωρ εἶπεν, ὅτι δι’ αἵματος, οὐ 
διὰ μέλανος τοὺς νόμους ὁ Δράκων ἔγραψε. 2. Anud- 
dns δημηγορῶν ποτε ἐν ᾿Αϑήναις, ἐκείνων δὲ μὴ πάντη 
προςεχόντων, ἐδεήϑδη αὐτῶν, ὅπως ἐπιτρέψωσιν αὐτῷ 
Αἰσώπειον μῦδον εἰπεῖν. Τῶν δὲ προτρεψαμένων, av- 

Ἃ » 4 / \ A Ἂν ἂν 
τὸς ἀρξάμενος ἔλεγε: Anuntpa καὶ χελιδὼν καὶ ἔγχελυς 
Ἁ » A 5, / ε , / ¥ > lal 4 
τὴν αὐτὴν ἔβάδιζον ὁδόν " γενομένων δὲ αὐτῶν κατά τινα 
, ς κ Ἁ + « \mM” / \ 
ποταμόν, ἡ μὲν χελιδὼν ἔπτη, ἡ δὲ ἔγχελυς KaTédu* καὶ 
ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐσιώπησεν. ᾿Ερομένων δ᾽ αὐτῶν, Τί οὖν ἡ 
Δήμητρα ἔπαδϑεν ; ἔφη, Κεχόλωται ὑμῖν, οἵτινες τὰ τῆς 
πόλεως πράγματα ἐάσαντες Αἰσώπειον μῦδον ἀνέχεσϑε. 


DIoGENES. 


526. 1. ᾿Ερωτηϑεὶς 6 Διογένης, ποῦ τῆς ᾿Ελλάδος 
dot ayaxovs ἄνδρας, "Avdpas μέν, εἶπεν, οὐδαμοῦ, παῖ- 


924 GREEK SELECTIONS. 


das δὲ ἐν Aaxedaipow. 2. ᾿Ιδών ποτε μειράκιον épv- 
ϑριῶν, Θάῤῥει, ἔφη, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι τῆς ἀρετῆς τὸ χρῶ- ἡ 
μα. 38. Πρὸς τὸν εἰπόντα, Πολλοί σου καταγελῶσιν, 
"AAN ἐγώ, ἔφη, οὐ καταγελῶμαι. 4. Eis Μύνδον 
ἐλθὼν καὶ δεασάμενος μεγάλας τὰς πύλας, μικρὰν δὲ 
τὴν πόλιν, "ἄνδρες Μύνδιοι, ἔφη, κλείσατε τὰς πύλας, 
μὴ ἡ πόλις ὑμῶν ἐξέλϑῃ. ὅ. ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ποτὲ ἐπι- 
στάντος αὐτῷ καὶ εἰπόντος, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ᾿Αλέξανδρος ὁ μέ- 
yas βασιλεύς, Κἀγώ, φησί, Διογένης ὁ κύων. 6. Δύχνον 
wey ἡμέραν ἅψας, "Ανϑδρωπον, ἔφη, ζητῶς ἴ. “Ore 
ἁλοὺς καὶ πωλούμενος ἠρωτήϑη, τί οἷδε ποιεῖν, ἀπεκρί- 
νατο, ᾿Ανδρῶν ἄρχειν" καὶ πρὸς τὸν κήρυκα, Κήρυσσε, 
ἔφη, εἴ τις ἐθέλει δεσπότην αὑτῷ placa. 8. MoySn- 
pov τινος ἀνδρώπου ἐπιγράψαντος ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν " Μη- 
δὲν εἰςέτω κακόν" Ὃ οὖν κύριος τῆς οἰκίας, ἔφη, ποῦ 
εἰξέλϑοι ἄν; 9. Πρὸς τὸν πυϑόμενον, ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ δεῖ 
> ee > \ , Μ μή , > \ s 
ἀριστᾶν, Εἰ μὲν πλούσιος, ἔφη, ὅταν ϑέλῃ, εἰ SE πένης, 
ὅταν ἔχῃ. 10. Πλάτωνος ὁρισαμένου, "Ανϑρωπός ἐστι 
ζῶον δίπουν, ἄπτερον, καὶ εὐδοκιμοῦντος, τίλας ἀλεκτρυ- 
’ > DM! f > \ \ > nr » Φ , 
ova εἰςήνεγκεν εἰς τὴν σχολὴν αὐτοῦ, Kal ἔφη, Οὗτός 
» ς / 3 

ἐστιν ὁ Πλάτωνος ἄνδλρρωπος. 


EPAMINONDAS. 


527. 1. ᾿Επαμινώνδας ἕνα εἶχε τρίβωνα" εἰ δέ ποτε 
a. 4 Μ ’ a ey e / ν > »* 
αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν εἰς γναφεῖον, αὐτὸς ὑπέμενεν οἴκοι St’ ἀπο- 
ρίαν ἑτέρου. 2. ᾿Επαμινώνδας, ὁ Θηβαῖος, ἰδὼν στρα- 
, / \ Ἁ \ > » ς Υ 
τόπεδον μέγα καὶ καλὸν, στρατηγὸν οὐκ ἔχον, ᾿Ηλίκον, 
ἔφη, ϑηρίον, καὶ κεφαλὴν οὐκ ἔχει. 


ΤΙΞΟΝΙΌΛΒ. 


528. 1. Aewvidas, ὁ Aaxedaipdvios, λέγοντός Twos, 
‘Ard τῶν ὀϊστευμάτων τῶν βαρβάρων οὐδὲ τὸν ἥλιον 


ANECDOTES. 225 


ἰδεῖν ἔστιν" Οὔκουν, ἔφη, χάριεν, εἰ ὑπὸ σκιὰν αὐτοῖς 
μαχεσόμεδα; 2. "άλλου δὲ εἰπόντος, Πάρεισιν ἐγγὺς 
ἡμῶν οἱ πολέμιοι: Οὔκουν, ἔφη, καὶ ἡμεῖς αὐτῶν ἐγγύς ; 
8. Τοῦ Ἐέρξου γράψαντος, gin Ta ὅπλα, avTéypa- 
ψε: Moda λάβε. 


Lycurauts. 


529. 1. Aveodpryos ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος εἴϑισε τοὺς πο- 
λίτας κομᾶν λέγων, ὅτε τοὺς μὲν καλοὺς ἡ κόμη εὐπρε- 
πεστέρους ποιεῖ, τοὺς δὲ αἰσχροὺς φοβερωτέρους. 2. 
Πρὸς τὸν ἀξιοῦντα δημοκρατίαν ἐν τῇ πόλει καταστή- 
σασϑαι ὁ Δυκοῦργος εἶπε, Σὺ πρῶτος ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ σου 

Vf , / \ Ν U 
ποίησον δημοκρατίαν. 3. Πυνδανομένου τινὸς, διὰ τί 
μικρὰς οὕτω καὶ εὐτελεῖς ἔταξε τὰς ϑυσίας " “Ὅπως, ἔφη, 
μηδέποτε τιμῶντες τὸ ϑεῖον διαλείπωμεν. 


PERICLES. 


580. 1. Ὃ Περικλῆς, ὁπότε μέλλοι στρατηγεῖν, 
ἀναλαμβάνων τὴν χλαμύδα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔλεγε, Πρόςεχε, 
Περίκλεις, ἐλευϑδέρων μέλλεις ἄρχειν, “Ελλήνων καὶ 
᾿Αϑηναίων. 2. Μέλλων ἀποδνήσκειν ὁ Περικλῆς αὐτὸς 
ἑαυτὸν ἐμακάριζεν, ὅτι μηδεὶς ᾿Αϑηναίων μέλαν ἱμάτιον 
δι’ αὐτὸν ἐνεδύσατο. 


Putrtre. 


531. 1. Φίλυππος, ὁ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου πατήρ, ἔλεγε, 
a = / / / 
κρεῖττον εἶναι στρατόπεδον ἐλάφων, λέοντος στρατη- 
γοῦντος, ἢ λεόντων, ἐλάφου στρατηγοῦντος. 2. Φίλιπ- 
> t Ζ γ > Ke 
mos AxXnvaiouvs μακαρίζειν ἔλεγεν, εἰ Kay ἕκαστον 
ἐνιαυτὸν aipeta sat δέκα στρατηγοὺς εὑρίσκουσιν " αὐτὸς 
γὰρ ἐν πολλοῖς ἔτεσιν ἕνα μόνον στρατηγὸν εὑρηκέναι, 
Παρμενίωνα. 


926 GREEK SELECTIONS. 


SocRATES. 


532. 1. ‘O Σωκράτης ἔλεγε τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ἀνδρώ- 
πους ζῆν, ἵν᾽ ἐσ ίοιεν, αὐτὸν δὲ ἐσ έειν, ἵνα San. 2. Τῆς 
γυναικὸς εἰπούσης, ᾿Αδίκως ἀποδνήσκεις - Σὺ δὲ, ἔφη, 
δικαίως ἐβούλου; 3. ᾿Ιδὼν μειράκιον πλούσιον καὶ 
ἀπαίδευτον, ᾿Ιδού, ἔφη, χρυσοῦν ἀνδράποδον. 4. ᾿Ερω- 
τηδεὶς, τίνων δεῖ μάλιστα ἀπέχεσϑαι, Τῶν αἰσχρῶν καὶ 
ἀδίκων ἡδονῶν, ἔφη. 


THEMISTOCLES. 


583. 1. Τῶν τὴν ϑυγατέρα μνωμένων 6 Θεμιστο- 
κλῆς τὸν ἐπιεικῆ τοῦ πλουσίου προτιμήσας, *Avdpa ἔφη 
ζητεῖν χρημάτων δεόμενον μᾶλλον ἢ χρήματα ἀνδρός. 
2. Θεμιστοκλῆς ἔτι μειράκιον dv ἐν πότοις ἐκυλινδεῖτο " 
ἐπεὶ δὲ Μιλτιάδης στρατηγῶν ἐνίκησεν ἐν Mapadave 
τοὺς βαρβάρους, οὐκ ἔτι ἣν ἐντυχεῖν ἀτακτοῦντι Θεμι- 
στοκλεῖ. Πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ϑαυμάξοντας τὴν μεταβολὴν ἔλε- 
γεν, Οὐκ ἐᾷ με κα εύδειν, οὐδὲ ῥᾳ)υμεῖν τὸ Μρῶιντιάδου 
τρόπαιον. 8. ᾿Ερωτηϑεὶς δὲ, πότερον ᾿Αχιλλεὺς ἐβού- 
rer ἂν εἶναι ἢ “Ὅμηρος; Σὺ δὲ αὐτὸς, ἔφη, πότερον 
ἤδελες ὁ νικῶν ἐν ᾿Οολυμπιάσιν ἢ ὁ κηρύσσων τοὺς 
νικῶντας evar; 4. Θεμιστοκλῆς πρὸς τὸν Εὐρυβιάδην 
τὸν Δακεδαιμόνιον ἔλεγέ τι ὑπεναντίον, καὶ ἀνέτεινεν 
αὐτῷ τὴν βακτηρίαν ὁ Εὐρυβιάδης. Ὃ δέ, Πάταξον μέν, 
ἔφη, ἄκουσον δέ. 


ZENO. 


584. 1. Ζήνων δοῦλον ἐπὶ κλοπῇ ἐμαστίγου. Tod 
δὲ εἰπόντος, Εἵμαρτό μοι κλέψαι, Καὶ δαρῆναι, ἔφη. 
2. Πρὸς τὸ φλυαροῦν μειράκιον, Διὰ τοῦτο, εἶπε, δύο 
ara ἔχομεν, στόμα δὲ ἕν, ἵνα πλείω μὲν ἀκούωμεν, ἥττονα 
δὲ λέγωμεν. 8. Neavicxov πολλὰ λαλοῦντος, Ζήνων 
ἔφη, Τὰ ὦτά σου εἰς τὴν γλῶσσαν συνεῤῥύηκεν. 


ANECDOTES. — 227 


MISCELLANEOUS ANECDOTES. 


535. x. Ἢ Πελίου ϑυγάτηρ "Αλκηστις ἠθέλησεν 
ὑπὲρ τοῦ αὑτῆς ἀνδρὸς ἀποϑανεῖν. 2. Emel, τῶν ᾿43η- 
ναίων ὁρμωμένων ἐπὶ τὸν ἐξοστρακισμόν, ἄνϑρωπος 
ἀγράμματος καὶ ἄγροικος ὄστρακον ἔχων προςῆλϑεν 
᾿Αριστείδη, κελεύων ἐγγράψαι τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ᾿Αριστείδου, 
Τιγνώσκεις γάρ, ἔφη, τὸν ᾿Αριστείδην ; τοῦ δὲ ἀνδρώπου 
μὲν οὐ φήσαντος, ἄχϑεσϑαι δὲ τῇ τοῦ δικαίου προςηγο- 
ρίᾳ, σιωπήσας ἐνέγραψε τὸ ὄνομα τῷ ὀστράκῳ καὶ ἀπέ- 
δωκεν. 8. ᾿Αρχίδαμος ὁ ᾿Αγησιλάου, Φιλίππου μετὰ 
τὴν ἐν Χαιρωνείᾳ μάχην σκληροτέραν αὐτῷ ἐπιστολὴν 
γράψαντος, ἀντέγραψεν, Εἰ μετρήσεις τὴν σεαυτοῦ 
σκιὰν, οὐκ ἂν εὕροις αὐτὴν μείζονα γεγενημένην ἢ πρὶν 
νικᾶν. 4. Βίων ὁ σοφιστὴς τὴν φιλαργυρίαν μητρόπο- 
λιν ἔλεγε πάσης κακίας εἶναι. 5. “Ὁ νεώτερος Διονύ- 
σιος ἔλεγε πολλοὺς τρέφειν σοφιστάς, οὐ ϑαυμάξων᾽ 
ἐκείνους, ἀλλὰ OL ἐκείνων ϑαυμάξεσϑαι βουλόμενος. 
0. Ὃ Ζεῦξις, αἰτιωμένων αὐτὸν τινῶν, ὅτε ζωγραφεῖ 
βραδέως, “Ομολογῶ, εἶπεν, ἐν πολλῷ χρόνῳ γράφειν, καὶ 
γὰρ εἰς πολύν. T. ᾿Ισοκράτης, ὁ ῥήτωρ, νεανίου τινὸς 
λάλου σχολάζειν αὐτῷ βουλομένου, διττοὺς ἤτησε μισ- 
ϑούς. Τοῦ δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν πυϑομένου, “Eva, ἔφη, μέν, ἵνα 
λαλεῖν μάϑῃς, τὸν δ᾽ ἕτερον, ἵνα σιγᾶν. 8. "Ελεγεν ὁ 
Κλεομένης, ὁ τῶν Aaxedaipoviov βασιλεύς, κατὰ τὸν 
ἐπιχώριον τρόπον, τὸν “Ὅμηρον Δακεδαιμονίων εἶναι 
ποιητὴν, ὡς χρὴ πολεμεῖν λέγοντα, τὸν δὲ ᾿Ησίοδον τῶν 
Εἱλώτων, λέγοντα, ὡς χρὴ γεωργεῖν. 9. “άκων ἐρωτη- 
Seis, διὰ τέ ἀτείχιστός ἐστιν ἡ Σπάρτη, Μὴ ψεύδου, 
ἔφη, τετείχισται γὰρ ταῖς τῶν οἰκούντων ἀρεταῖς. 10. 
Ξενοκράτης πρὸς τὸν μήτε μουσικὴν μήτε γεωμετρίαν 
μήτε ἀστρονομίαν μεμαϑηκότα, βουλόμενον δὲ παρ᾽ 


928 GREEK SELECTIONS. 


αὐτὸν φοιτᾶν, Πορεύου, ἔφη, λαβὰς yap οὐκ ἔχεις pido- 
σοφίας. 11. Πιττακὸς ἀδικηϑεὶς ὑπό τινος καὶ ἔχων 
ἐξουσίαν αὐτὸν κολάσαι, ἀφῆκεν, εἰπὼν, Συγγνώμη 
τιμωρίας ἀμείνων" τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἡμέρου φύσεως ἐστί, τὸ 
δὲ ϑηριώδους. 12. Πλάτων ὀργιζόμενός ποτε τῷ οἰκέτῃ, 
ἐπιστάντος Ξενοκράτους, AaBov, ἔφη, τοῦτον, μαστί- 
γωσον" ἐγὼ γὰρ ὀργέζομαι. 13. Πτολεμαῖόν φασι τὸν 
“Μάγου, καταπλουτίζοντα τοὺς φίλους αὑτοῦ ὑπερχαί- 
ρειν " ἔλεγε δὲ ἄμεινον εἶναι πλουτίζειν ἤ πλουτεῖν. 14. 
Σιμωνίδης ἔλεγεν, ὅτε λαλήσας μὲν πολλάκις μετενόησε, 
σιωπήσας δὲ οὐδέποτε. 15. “O Σόλων, ἐπειδὴ ἐδάκρυσε 
τὸν παῖδα τελευτήσαντα, πρὸς τὸν εἰπόντα, “ANN οὐδὲν 
ἀνύτεις, εἶπε" At’ αὐτὸ δὲ τοῦτο δακρύω, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀνύ- 
τω. 16. Srpatdvixos διδάσκων κιϑαριστάς, ἐπειδὴ ἐν 
τῷ διδασκαλείῳ εἶχεν ἐννέα μὲν εἰκόνας τῶν Μουσῶν, 
τοῦ δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνος μίαν, μαϑητὰς δὲ δύο, πυνϑανομένου 
τινὸς, πόσους ἔχοι μαϑητάς, ἔφη" Σὺν τοῖς ϑεοῖς δώ- 
δεκα. 17. Χαρίλαος ἐρωτηϑεὶς, διὰ τέ τοὺς νόμους ὁ 
“Δυκοῦργος οὕτως ὀλίγους ἔϑηκεν, Ὅτι, ἔφη, τοῖς ὀλίγα 
λέγουσιν ὀλίγων καὶ νόμων ἐστὶ χρεία. 





IV. LEGENDS. 


AEOLUS. 


536. Δέγουσιν, ὅτι Αἴολος ἣν κυριεύων τῶν πνευμά- 

“ »” , a \ > oP > > fol 
των, ὅςτις ἔδωκεν ᾿Οδυσσεῖ τοὺς ἀνέμους ἐν ἀσκῷς Περὶ 
δὲ τούτου, ὡς οὐχ οἷόν τε, δῆλον εἶναι πᾶσιν οἶμαι. 
Εἰκὸς δὲ, ἀστρολόγον γενόμενον Αἴολον φράσαι ᾿Οδυσσεῖ 
τοὺς χρόνους, Ka? ods ἐπιτολαί τινες ἀνέμων γενήσον- 
ται. Φασὶ δὲ, ὅτε καὶ χαλκοῦν τεῖχος τῇ πόλει αὐτοῦ 


LEGENDS. 929 


περιεβέβλητο" ὅπερ ἐστὶ ψευδές. “Οπλίτας yap, ὡς 
οἶμαι, εἶχε τὴν πόλιν αὐτοῦ φυλάττοντας. 


Tae Horsses or Diomepr. 


5387. Περὶ τῶν Διομήδους ἵππων φασὶν, ὅτι avd po- 
πους κατήσϑιον. Τοῦτο δὲ γελοῖον" τὸ γὰρ ζῶον τοῦτο 
κριϑῇ καὶ χόρτῳ ἥδεται μᾶλλον, ἢ κρέασιν ἀνϑρωπίνοις. 
Ἢ δὲ ἀλήϑεια ἧδε. Τῶν παλαιῶν ἀνϑρώπων ὄντων av- 
τουργῶν, καὶ τροφὴν καὶ περιουσίαν πλείστην κεκτημέ- 
νων, ἅτε τὴν γῆν ἐργαζομένων, ἱπποτροφεῖν οὗτος ἐπελά- 
βετο, καὶ μέχρι τούτου ἵπποις ἥδετο, ἕως οὗ τὰ αὑτοῦ 
ἀπώλεσε, καὶ πάντα πωλῶν κατηνάλωσεν εἰς τὴν τῶν 
ἵππων τροφήν. Οἱ οὖν φίλοι τοὺς ἵππους ἀνδροφάγους 
ὠνόμασαν" οὗ γενομένου, προήχϑη ὁ μῦϑος.. 


Nope. 


538. Daciv, as Νιόβη ζῶσα λίϑος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τῷ 
τύμβῳ τῶν παίδων. ἽΟστις δὲ πείϑεται, ἐκ λίϑου γενέ- 
σϑαι ἄνϑρωπον, ἢ ἐξ ἀνϑρώπου λίϑον, εὐήϑης ἐστί. Τὸ 
δὲ ἀληϑὲς ἔχει ὧδε. Νιόβη, ἀποϑανόντων τῶν ἑαυτῆς 
παίδων, ποιήσασα ἑαυτῇ εἰκόνα λιϑίνην, ἔστησεν ἐπὶ τῷ 
τύμβῳ τῶν παίδων. Καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐϑεασάμεϑα αὐτὴν, οἵα 
καὶ λέγεται. 

' Lyncevs. 


539. Δυγκέα λέγουσιν, ὡς τὰ ὑπὸ γῆν ἑώρα. Τοῦτο 
δὲ ψεῦδος. To δὲ ἀληϑὲς ἔχει ὧδε. “υγκεὺς πρῶτος 
ἤρξατο μεταλλεύειν χαλκὸν, καὶ ἄργυρον, καὶ τὰ λοιπά. 
Ἔν δὲ τῇ μεταλλεύσει λύχνους καταφέρων ὑπὸ τὴν γῆν, 
τοὺς μὲν κατέλιπεν ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου" αὐτὸς δὲ ἀνέφερε τὸν 
χαλκὸν καὶ τὸν σίδηρον. "Ελεγον οὖν οἱ ἄνϑρωποι, ὅτι 
Avyxeds καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ γῆν ὁρᾷ, καὶ καταδύνων, ἀργύριον 
ἀναφέρει. ; 

1] 


230 GREEK SELECTIONS. 


Europa. 


540. Daclv, Εὐρώπην τὴν Φοίνικος, ἐπὶ ταύρου ὀχου- 
μένην διὰ τῆς ϑαλάττης, ἐκ Τύρου εἰς Κρήτην ἀφικέσϑαι. 
᾿Εμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ οὔτε ταῦρον, οὔδ᾽ ἵππον, τοσοῦτον πέλα- 
γος διανύσαι δύνασϑαι, οὔτε κόρην ἐπὶ ταῦρον ἄγριον 
ἀναβῆναι" ὅ τε Ζεύς, εἰ ἐβούλετο Εὐρώπην εἰς Κρήτην. 
ἐλϑεῖν, εὗρεν ἂν αὐτῇ ἑτέραν πορείαν καλλίονα. Τὸ δὲ 
ἀληϑὲς ἔχει ὧδε" ᾿Ανὴρ Κνώσιος, ὀνόματι Ταῦρος, ἐπο- 
λέμει τὴν Τυρίαν χώραν, τελευταῖον δὲ ἐκ Τύρου ἥρπα- 
σεν ἄλλας τε κόρας, ἀλλὰ δὴ καὶ τὴν τοῦ βασίχέως 
ϑυγατέρα Εὐρώπην. "Ἐλεγον οὖν οἱ ἄνϑρωποι" Εϊρώ- 
anv τὴν τοῦ βασίλέως Ταῦρος ἔχων ὥχετο. Τούτου δὲ 
γενομένου, προσανεπλάσϑη ὁ μῦϑος. 


HEsPERIDEs. 


541. Aéyovow, ὅτι γυναῖκές τινες ἦσαν ai “Eorepi- 
Ses. Ταύταις δὲ ἣν μῆλα χρυσᾶ ἐπὶ μηλέας, ἣν ἐφύ- 
λασσε δράκων " ἐφ᾽ ἃ μῆλα καὶ Ἡρακλῆς ἐστρατεύσατο. 
Ἔχει δὲ ἡ ἀλήϑεια ὧδε. “Ἑσπερος ἣν ἀνὴρ Μιᾶιλήσιος, 
ὃς κεν ἐν τῇ Καρίᾳ, καὶ εἶχε ϑυγατέρας δύο, a? ἐκα- 
λοῦντο ‘Eomepises. Τούτῳ δὲ ἦσαν ὄϊς καλαὶ, καὶ εὔ- 
καρποι, οἷαι καὶ νῦν αἱ ἐν Μιλήτῳ. ᾿Επὶ τούτῳ δὴ 
ὀνομάζονται χρυσαῖ" κάλλιστον γὰρ ὁ χρυσός " ἦσαν δὲ 
ἐκεῖναι κάλλισται. Mijra δὲ καλεῖται τὰ πρόβατα" 
ἅπερ ἰδὼν ὁ Ἡρακλῆς βοσκόμενα παρὰ τῇ ϑαλάττῃ, 
περιέλάσας ἐνέϑετο εἰς τὴν ναῦν, καὶ τὸν ποιμένα αὐτῶν, 
ὀνόματι Δράκοντα, εἰςήγαγεν εἰς οἶκον, οὐκέτι ζῶντος τοῦ 
‘Eorépov, ἀλλὰ τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ. "Ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ 
ἄνϑρωποι' ᾿Εϑεασάμεθδα χρυσᾶ μῆλα, ἃ Ἡρακλῆς 
ἤγαγεν ἐξ “Ἑσπερίδων, τὸν φύλακα ἀποκτείνας Apd- 
κοντα. ΚΚαὶ ἔνϑεν ὁ μῦϑος προσανεπλάσϑη. 


LEGENDS. 231 


GERYON. 


542. Γηρυόνην φασὶν, ὅτι τρικέφαλος ἐγένετο. ᾿Αδύ- 
νατον δὲ, σῶμα τρεῖς κεφαλὰς ἔχειν. “Hy δὲ τοιόνδε 
τοῦτο. Πόλις ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ πόντῳ, Τρικαρηνία 
καλουμένη. “Hv δὲ -Γηρυόνης ἐν τοῖς τότε ἀνϑρώποις 
ὀνομαστὸς, πλούτῳ τε, καὶ ἄλλοις διαφέρων. Εἶχε δὲ 
καὶ βοῶν ἀγέλην ϑαυμαστὴν, ἐφ᾽ ἣν ἐλϑὼν Ἡρακλῆς 
ἀντυποιούμενον Τηρυόνην ἔκτεινεν. Οἱ δὲ ϑεώμενοι 
περιέλαυνομένας τὰς βοῦς ἐθαύμαζον. Πρὸς τοὺς 

, io > / «ς na 7 
πυνϑανομένους οὖν ἔλεγόν τινες" ‘Hpaxdis ταύτας 
UA 5 / A , \ \ 
περιήλασεν, οὔσας Γηρυόνου τοῦ Τρικαρήνου " τινὲς δὲ 
> a / e UA , ee | n 5, [4 
ἐκ τοῦ λεγομένου ὑπέλαβον αὐτὸν τρεῖς ἔχειν κεφαλάς. 


ORPHEUS. 


543. Wevdns δὲ ὁ περὶ τοῦ ᾿᾽Ορφέως μῦϑος, ὅτι κιϑα- 
ρίζοντι αὐτῷ ἐφείπετο τὰ τετράποδα, καὶ τὰ ὄρνεα, καὶ 
\ [4 a , n 5 Δ tal 
τὰ δένδρα. Δοκεῖ δέ μοι ταῦτα εἶναι. Βάκχαι μανεῖ- 
σαν πρόβατα διέσπασαν ἐν τῇ Πιερίᾳ" τρεπόμενα τε 
» 5 δ ως ’ > Lal \ ς / c \ my” 
εἰς TO ὄρος, διέτριβον ἐκεῖ τινὰς ἡμέρας. “Ὥς δὲ ἔμειναν, 
e a /, ‘ > lA 5. ἡ Qn 
οἱ πολῖται μεταπεμψάμενοι τὸν ᾿᾽Ορφέα, ἐδέοντο μηχανᾶ- 
σϑαι, ὃν τρόπον καταγάγοι αὐτὰς ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους. Ὃ δὲ 
7 a ΄ ” / Pa 
συνταξάμενος τῷ Διονύσῳ Ὄργια, κατάγει αὐτὰς βακ- 
χευούσας κιϑαρίζων. Ai δὲ νάρϑηκας τότε πρῶτον 
ἔχουσαι, κατέβαινον ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους, καὶ κλῶνας δένδρων 
παντοδαπῶν. Τοῖς δὲ ἀνθρώποις, ϑαυμαστὰ τότε ϑεα- 
, > , a \ ΄ ῇ Ν 
σαμένοις, ἐνεφαίνετο πρῶτον τὰ ξύλα καταγόμενα. Καὶ 
ἔφασαν ὅτι ᾿Ορφεὺς κυϑαρίζων ἄγει τὴν ὕλην ἐκ τοῦ 
ὄρους. Καὶ ἐκ τούτου ὁ μῦϑος ἀνεπλάσϑη. 


ALCESTIS. 


544, Περὶ ᾿Αλκήστιδος λέγεται μῦϑος τραγικώδης, 
ὡς δὴ, μέλλοντός ποτε TOD ᾿Αδμήτου ϑανεῖν, αὕτη εἵλετο 


- 


932 GREEK SELECTIONS. 


ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ϑάνατον " καὶ Ἡρακλῆς αὐτὴν διὰ τὴν εὐσέ- 
βειαν ἀφελόμενος, καὶ ἀναγαγὼν ἐκ τοῦ “Αιδου, ἀπέδω- 
κεν ᾿Αδμήτῳ. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐγένετό τι τοιοῦτον. ᾿Επειδὴ Πε- 
λίαν ἀπέκτειναν αἱ ϑυγατέρες, "άκαστος ὁ Πελίου 
ἐδίωκεν αὐτὰς, καὶ τὰς μὲν ἄλλας λαμβάνει" "Αλκηστις 
δὲ καταφεύγει εἰς Φερὰς πρὸς “Adunrov, τὸν ἀνεψιὸν 
αὐτῆς" καὶ καϑεζομένην ἐπὶ τῆς ἑστίας οὐκ ἐβούλετο 
"Aduntos ᾿Δκάστῳ ἔκδοτον ἐξαιτουμένῳ δοῦναι. Ὃ δὲ 
πολλὴν στρατιὰν παρακαϑίσας ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν, ἐπυρπό- 
λει αὐτούς. ᾿Επεξιὼν δὲ ὁ "Ἄδμητος, ἔχων καὶ λοχα- 
yous, νύκτωρ, συνελήφϑη ζῶν" ἠπείλει δὲ "Ἄκαστος 
ἀποκτείνειν αὐτόν. Πυϑομένη δὲ ἡ "άλκηστις, ὅτι μέλ- 
λει ἀναιρεῖσϑαι "Aduntos δι’ αὐτὴν, ἐξελϑοῦσα ἑαυτὴν 
παρέδωκε. Tov μὲν οὖν "Ἄδμητον ἀφίησιν ὁ Ἄκαστος, 
ἐκείνην δὲ συλλαμβάνει. "Ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ ἄνϑρωποι" 
᾿Ανδρεία γε "Ἄλκηστις ἑκοῦσα ὑπεραπέϑανεν ᾿Αδμήτου. 
Τοιοῦτο μέντοι οὐκ ἐγένετο, ὡς ὁ μῦϑός φησι. Κατὰ 
γοῦν τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον Ἡρακλῆς ἧκεν ἄγων ἔκ τινων 
τόπων τὰς Διομήδους ἵππους. Τοῦτον ἐκεῖσε πορευό- 
μενον ἐξένισεν "Ἄδμητος. ᾿Οδυρομένου δὲ ᾿Αδμήτου τὴν 
συμφορὰν τῆς ᾿Αλκήστιδος, ἀγανακτησάμενος Ηρακλῆς, 
ἐπιτίδϑεται τῷ ᾿Ακάστῳ, καὶ τὴν στρατιὰν αὐτοῦ δια- 
φϑεέρει, καὶ τὰ μὲν λάφυρα τῇ αὐτοῦ στρατιᾷ διανέμει, 
τὴν δὲ "ἄλκηστιν τῷ ᾿Αδμήτῳ παραδίδωσιν. "Ἔλεγον 
οὖν οἱ ἄνϑδρωποι, ὡς ἐντυχὼν Ἡρακλῆς, ἐκ τοῦ ϑανάτου 
ἐῤῥύσατο τὴν "Αλκηστιν. Τούτων γενομένων, ὁ μῦϑος 
προσανεπλάσϑη. 


ΞΡΗΙΝΧ. 


545. Περὶ τῆς Καδμείας Σ᾽ φιγγὸς λέγουσιν, ὡς δη- 
ρίον ἐγένετο, σῶμα μὲν ἔχον ὡς κυνὸς, κεφαλὴν δὲ καὶ 
πρόςωπον κόρης, πτέρυγας δὲ ὄρνιϑος, φωνὴν δὲ ἀνδρώ- ° 
που. KaSefouévn δὲ ἐπὶ Σ᾽ φυγγίου ὄρους, αἴνυγμά τι 


MYTHOLOGY. 233 


A a Cx if : \ \ \ C= F, Le 
TOV πολιτῶν ἑκάστῳ ἔλεγε, Kal τὸν μὴ εὑρόντα ἀνῇρει. 
Εὑρόντος δὲ τοῦ Οἰδίποδος τὸ αἴνυγμα, ῥίψασα ἑαυτὴν 
ἀνεῖλεν. “Hore δὲ ἄπιστος καὶ ἀδύνατος ὁ λόγος. "ἔχει 
οὖν ἡ ἀλήδεια ὧδε. Κάδμος ἔχων γυναῖκα ᾿Αμαζονίδα, 
ἣ ὄνομα Σ᾿ φὺγξ, ἦλϑεν εἰς Θήβας, καὶ ἀποκτείνας τὸν 
Δράκοντα, τὴν τούτου βασιλείαν παρέλαβε" μετὰ δὲ 
καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν ΖΔίράκοντος, ἣ ὄνομα “Appovia. Αἰσδδλο- 
μένη δὲ ἡ Σφὺὶγξ ὅτι καὶ ἄλλην ἔγημε, πείσασα τοὺς 
πολλοὺς τῶν πολιτῶν συναπαίρειν αὐτῇ, καὶ τῶν χρημά- 
των τὰ πλεῖστα ἁρπάσασα, καὶ τὸν ποδῶκυν ‘Kiva, ὃν 
Μ / + an \ 4 > an » \ 
ἧκε Κάδμος ἄγων, λαβοῦσα, μετὰ τούτων ἀπῆρεν εἰς TO 
λεγόμενον ὄρος Σ᾽ φυγγίον, καὶ ἐντεῦϑεν ἐπολέμει τῷ 

εγόμενον ὄρ γγίον, pee τᾷ 

> J \ , > ¢ ? 
Κάδμῳ. ᾿Ενέδρας δὲ ποιουμένη xa ἑκάστην ὥραν 
ἀνήρει. Καλοῦσι δὲ οἱ Θηβαῖοι τὴν ἐνέδραν αἴνυγμα. 
᾿Εδρύλλουν δὲ οἱ πολῖται λέγοντες, ἡ Σ φὺγξ ἡμᾶς, αἴνι- 
lA / ὃ / Ἢ n δὲ \ ” 
γμά τι λέγουσα, διαρπάζει. ξευρεῖν δὲ τὸ αἴνυγμα 

3 \ 7 J, Δ) .( a 3 “Ἢ 
οὐδεὶς δύναται. Κηρύττει δὲ ὁ Κάδμος τῷ ἀποκτενοῦντι 
τὴν Σφίγγα δώσειν χρήματα πολλά. ᾿Ελδϑὼν οὖν ὁ 
Οἰδίπους, ἀνὴρ Κορίνϑιος, τά τε ἄλλα πολεμικὰ ἀγα- 
Sods, ἔχων ἵππον ποδῶκυν, καί τινας λαβὼν pe’ ἑαυτοῦ 
τῶν Καδμείων, νυκτὸς ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, ἀπέκτεινε τὴν 
Σφίγγα. Τούτων οὕτω συμβάντων, ὁ μῦδος emery 


devs. 





Vo MOY TRORGCrY, 


PRoMETHEUS. 
546. Προμηϑεὺς ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ γῆς ἀνδρώπους πλά- 
σας ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς καὶ πῦρ λάδρα Διός, ἐν νάρϑηκι κρύ- 
was. “Qs δὲ ἤσϑετο Ζεύς, ἐπέταξεν “Ἡφαίστῳ τῷ 


934 GREEK SELECTIONS. 


Καυκάσῳ ὄρει τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ προςηλῶσαι" τοῦτο δὰ 
Σ κυϑικὸν ὄρος ἐστίν " ἐν δὲ τούτῳ προςηλωϑεὶς Προμη- 
ϑεὺς πολλῶν ἐτῶν apiSpov ἐδέδετο" καὶδ᾿ ἑκάστην δὲ 
ἌΓΕΝ ee ? ΄ὔ 9 “κῳ ‘ \ 2s 
ἡμέραν ἀετὸς ἐφιπτάμενος αὐτοῦ τοὺς λοβοὺς ἐνέμετο 
τῶν ἡπάτων, αὐξανομένων διὰ νυκτός. Καὶ Προμηϑεὺς 

Ἁ / / ” , ε fol 
πυρὸς κλαπέντος δίκην ἔτινε ταύτην, μέχρις «Ηρακλῆς 
αὐτὸν ὕστερον ἔλυσεν. 


ORPHEUS. 


547. ᾿Ορφεὺς ὁ ἀσκήσας KiSappdiav ἄδων ἐκίνει λέ: 
Nous τε καὶ. δένδρα. ᾿Αποδανούσης δὲ Εὐρυδίκης τῆς 
γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ, δηχϑείσης ὑπὸ ὄφεως, κατῆλϑεν εἰς “At 
δου ϑέλων ἀγαγεῖν αὐτήν, καὶ Πλούτωνα ἔπεισεν ἀνα- 
πέμψαι. Ὃ δὲ ὑπέσχετο τοῦτο ποιήσειν, ἂν μὴ πορευό- 
μενος ᾿Ορφεὺς ἐπιστραφῇ, πρὶν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὑτοῦ 

/ « 1 > “ > ‘ , 
mapayeveosat. “O δὲ ἀπιστῶν, ἐπιστραφεὶς ἐδεάσατο 
4 a e / e / 
τὴν γυναῖκα" ἡ δὲ πάλιν ὑπέστρεψεν. 


TANTALUS AND ΝΊΟΒΕ. 


548. Τάνταλος μὲν Aids ἣν vids, πλουτῳ δὲ Kat 
δόξῃ διαφέρων κατῴκει τῆς ᾿Ασίας περὶ τὴν νῦν ὀνομα- 
ζομένην Παφλαγονίαν. Διὰ δὲ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς Διὸς 
εὐγένειαν, ὥς φασι, φίλος ἐγένετο τῶν ϑεῶν ἐπὶ πλεῖον. 
Ὕστερον δὲ τὴν εὐτυχίαν οὐ φέρων ἀνϑρωπίνως, μετα- 
σχὼν κοινῆς τραπέζης καὶ πάσης παῤῥησίας ἀπήγγελλε 
τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ παρὰ τοῖς ἀϑανάτοις ἀπόῤῥητα. Ad 
ἣν αἰτίαν καὶ ζῶν ἐκολάσϑη καὶ τελευτήσας αἰωνίου τι- 
μωρίας ἠξιώϑη καταχϑεὶς εἰς τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς. Τούτου δ᾽ 
ἐγένετο Πέλοψ' υἱὸς καὶ Νιόβη ϑυγάτηρ. Αὕτη δὲ 
ἐγέννησεν υἱοὺς ἑπτὰ καὶ ϑυγατέρας τὰς ἴσας, εὐπρεπείᾳ 
διαφερούσας. “Em δὲ τῷ πλήϑει τῶν τέκνων μέγα 
φρυαττομένη πλεονάκις ἐκαυχᾶτο καὶ τῆς Antods éav- 


MYTHOLOGY. 935 


τὴν εὐτεκνοτέραν ἀπεφαίνετο. Et? ἡ μὲν Anta χολω- 
, , A Ν > , ΄ XY 
σαμένη προςέταξε τῷ μὲν ᾿Απόλλωνι κατατοξεῦσαι τοὺς 
υἱοὺς τῆς Νιόβης, τῇ δ᾽ ᾿Αρτέμιδι τὰς ϑυγατέρας. Τού- 
των δ᾽ ὑπακουσάντων τῇ μητρὶ καὶ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν και- 
ρὸν κατατοξευσάντων τὰ τέκνα τῆς Νιόβης, συνέβη 
αὐτὴν ὀξέως ἅμα εὔτεκνον καὶ ἄτεκνον γενέσϑαι. ὃ 


ALOESTIS. 


549. ᾿Αδμήτου δὲ βασιλεύοντος τῶν Φερῶν, ἐϑήτευ- 
σεν ᾿Απόλλων αὐτῷ μνηστευομένῳ τὴν Πελίου ϑυγατέρα 
"Ἄλκηστιν. Δώσειν ἐπαγγειλαμένου Πελίου τὴν ϑυγα- 
τέρα τῷ καταζεύξαντι ἅρμα λεόντων καὶ κάπρων, ᾿ΑἋπόλ- 
λων ζεύξας ἔδωκεν ἐκείνῳ. “O δὲ κομίσας πρὸς Πελίαν, 

άλκηστιν λαμβάνει. ᾿Απόλλων δὲ ἡτήσατο παρὰ Mor- 
ρῶν, ἵνα, ὅταν “Aduntos μέλλῃ τελευτᾶν, ἀπολυϑῇ τοῦ 
Javatou, ἂν ἑκουσίως τις ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ϑνήσκειν ἕληται, 
πατὴρ, ἢ μήτηρ, ἢ γυνή. “Qs δὲ ἦλϑεν ἡ τοῦ ϑνήσκειν 
ἡμέρα, μήτε τοῦ πατρὸς, μήτε τῆς μητρὸς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ 
ϑνήσκειν ϑελόντων, "Ἄλκηστις ὑπεραπέϑανε, καὶ αὐτὴν 
πάλιν ἀνέπεμψεν ἡ Κόρη. 


PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA. 


550. Ὃ Περσεὺς παραγενόμενος εἰς AiStorriav, ἧς 
ἐβασίλευε Κηφεύς, εὗρε τὴν τούτου ϑυγατέρα ᾿Ανδρομέ- 
δαν παρακειμένην βορὰν ϑαλασσίῳ κήτει. Κασσιέπεια 
γὰρ ἡ Κηφέως γυνὴ Νηρηΐσιν ἤρισε περὶ κάλλους καὶ 
πασῶν εἶναι κρείσσων ηὔχησεν" ὅϑεν αἱ Νηρηΐδες ἐμήνυ- 
σαν, καὶ Ποσειδῶν αὐταῖς συνοργισϑεὶς πλήμμυράν τε 
ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν ἔπεμψε καὶ κῆτος. "Ἄμμωνος δὲ χρή- 
σαντος τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῆς συμφορᾶς, ἐὰν ἡ Κασσιεπεί- 
ας ϑυγάτηρ ᾿Ανδρομέδα προτεϑῇ τῷ κήτει βορά, τοῦτο 
ἀναγκασϑεὶς ὁ Κηφεὺς ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰϑιόπων ἔπραξε καὶ 


236 GREEK SELECTIONS. 


: | 
προφέδησε τὴν ϑυγατέρα πέτρᾳ. Ταύτην ϑεασάμενος ὁ 
\ fal 

Περσεὺς καὶ ἐρασϑεὶς ἀναιρήσειν ὑπέσχετο Κηφεῖ τὸ 
‘al f a an al 

κῆτος, εἰ μέλλει σωϑεῖσαν αὐτὴν αὐτῷ δώσειν γυναῖκα" 

ἐπὶ τούτοις γενομένων ὅρκων, ὑποστὰς τὸ κῆτος ἔκτεινε 

\ A > / 3 
καὶ τὴν ᾿Ανδρομέδαν ἔλυσεν. 
) 


SPHINX. 


551. Κρέοντος δὲ βασιλεύοντος, οὐ μικρὰ συμφορὰ 
κατέσχε Θήβας. "ἔπεμψε γὰρ Hpa Σ᾿ φίγγα" εἶχε πρός- 
ὠπον μὲν γυναικός, στῆϑος δὲ λέοντος καὶ πτέρυγας ὄρνι- 
Jos. Madoica δὲ αἴνιγμα παρὰ Μουσῶν ἐπὶ τὸ Φίκειον 
ὄρος ἐκαϑέζετο καὶ τοῦτο προὔτεινε Θηβαίοις. "Hy δὲ 
τὸ αἴνιγμα" Τί ἐστιν ὃ μίαν ἔχον φωνὴν τετράπουν καὶ 
δίπουν καὶ τρίπουν γίγνεται; Xpnopod δὲ Θηβαίοις. 
ὑπάρχοντος τηνικαῦτα ἀπαλλαγήσεσϑαι τῆς Σ᾿ φιγγός, 
ἡνίκα ἂν τὸ αἴνυγμα λύσωσι, προςιόντες πολλοὶ ἐπει- 
ρῶντο εὑρεῖν, τί τὸ λεγόμενόν ἐστιν" ἐπεὶ δὲ μὴ εὕροιεν, 
ἁρπάσασα ἕνα κατεβίβρωσκε" Πολλῶν δὲ ἀπολλυμένων 
καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον Aipovos τοῦ Κρέοντος, κηρύσσει 
Κρέων τῷ τὸ αἴνιγμα λύσοντι καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν 
Aaiov δώσειν γυναῖκα. Οἰδίπους δὲ ἀκούσας ἔλυσεν 
εὐπὼν τὸ αἴνυγμα τὸ ὑπὸ τῆς Σ᾽ φυγγὸς λεγόμενον ἄνϑρω- 
πον εἶναι " γεννᾶσϑαι γὰρ τετράπουν βρέφος τοῖς τέτταρ- 
σιν ὀχούμενον κώλοις, τελειούμενον δὲ τὸν ἄνϑρωπον 
εἶναι δίπουν, γηρῶντα δὲ τρίτην προςλαμβάνειν βάσιν 
τὸ βάκτρον. Ἢ μὲν οὖν Σφὺγξ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκροπόλεως 
ἑαυτὴν ἔῤῥιψεν, Οἰδίπους δὲ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν παρέ- 
λαβε, καὶ τὴν μητέρα ἔγημεν ἀγνοῶν. 


NOTES. 


FABLES. 


These Fables are from a collection bearing the name of Aesop, 
the celebrated fabulist of antiquity, who probably lived about 
600 s.c. He was born a slave, but, having obtained his free- 
dom, he entered upon a course of travel, and became distinguished 
as a wit and a philosopher. Many of the fables ascribed to him 
were probably composed by later writers. 

488. ἰδών, 2 aor. act. part. of dpdw. 
φημί. ἂν ἦν, would be, 436. 

489. Ὁ δέ, and it, the lamb: the article with δέ is often best 
rendered by and, with the appropriate pronoun. 
aor. of καταφεύγω. mooskaAoumévou ... λέγοντος, genit. absol. 
with λύκου, denoting time, when the wolf called, &c. 448. 
vos, that one, he, i.e. the lamb. AAA’, well but, assenting to 
what had been said; i.e. true, he will sacrifice me, but. 
what is the subject?-——d:apSapijvai, 2 aor. infin. pass. of diapSelpw. 

490. ἐπιστάς, from ἐφίστημι: ἀρδεύοντι, 442.——aibrod, genit. 
of source after éruvSdvero, inquired of him, asked from him. — This 
verb takes the same construction as those of hearing, 346. με- 
μαρασμένα, perf. pass. part. of μαραίνω. κἀκεῖνος, καὶ ἐκεῖνος, 
and he.——réav μέν, the former, referring to τὰ μὲν ἄγρια. 

491. τίκτουσαν, lit. laying; translate which laid. πλείους, 
accus. pl. of πλείων, comparative of πολύς ; decline like μείζων, 148. 
τέξεται and τεκεῖν from tiktw.— iuepas, 383.—rodT0, this, 
referring to the condition, εἰ . . . mapaBdAo1.—vyevouevn, 2 aor. 
mid, part. of γίγνομαι, having become, or when she had become. 

492. τῶν... βουλομένων, gen. absol. denoting time, when the 
birds wished. χειροτονεῖν, to extend or raise the hand, as in vot- 
ing ; hence, to elect, choose. σοῦ βασιλεύοντος, lit. you being 
king ; translate while you are king, or if you are king.— piv, 
_ indirect object, 342. 











κατέφυγε, 2 








ἐκεῖ- 








> / 
ἐστί, 
































PAGE 


ἔφη, imp. 3 sing. of 215 


216 


238 NOTES. 


PAGE 

“216 493. ῥοπάλοις, dative of means, 386.—raloyra belongs to 
ὀνηλάτην. ἔφη takes the rest of the sentence as direct object. 

᾿Αλλ᾽, but: the thought is, Before I deemed you happy, but 
now I do not. ὁρῶ, give the direct object. 

494. Ἔχων, having; translate who had, 442. κύνα Μελι- 
ταῖον, Melitaean dog. The lap-dogs of Melite, now Malta, were, 
according to Strabo, much esteemed by the Roman ladies. —— 
διετέλει. . . mposal(wy, lit. continued playing; trans. was continu- 
ally playing. ei... εἶχεν, tf at any time he took (had) his meal 
out of doors. ἐκόμιζε, he used to bring, was wont to bring ; im- 
perfect to express customary action. αὐτῷ, for him, i.e. the 
dog.——<(nadoas, having envied; trans. from envy, as the cause of 
his action, 448. mposédpamer, 2 aor. act. of rpostpéxw.——airds, 
himself ; trans. of his own accord, i.e. uncalled.——After ἐκέλευσε 
supply τινά, some one.——malovra... ἀναγαγεῖν, lit. beating to 
take ; trans. to beat him and to take him. τοῦτον, this one, i. c. 
the ass. 

217 495. Χαλκοῦ, lit. brass, hence brazen trumpet; governed by 
πλήν, except. H. 619: C. 349: S. 194. Διὰ τοῦτο γάρ; there 
is an ellipsis here, and γάρ introduces a reason for that which is 
omitted. The thoughtis, We will not grant your request, for, &c. 
στ μᾶλλον τεϑνήξῃ, you shall more surely die; reSvhty is in the 
fut. perf. mid. of ϑνήσκω. μὴ δυνάμενος, not being able; trans. 
though not able, or without being able. 

496. Χειμῶνος ὥρᾳ, in the season of winter, or simply in the winter, 
883. μύρμηκας. . . τροφήν, 857: TH. 558: C. 485, 486: 8. 165. 
—What is the direct object of εἶπον ῦ See 422.— rd Sépos, 
during the summer, 383.——6é δέ, but he, i.e. the cicada.——vyead- 
σαντες εἶπον, lit. having laughed, said; trans. laughed and said.—— 
᾿Αλλ᾽, see note on this word in 489.———With χειμῶνος supply ὥραις. 
——«i... ηὔλεις, if you piped; the indicative to denote a real 
case, 436. 

497. Κρίϑην, barley, still much used in the East as food for 
horses. ——xAérrwy .. . πωλῶν, participles denoting time, while he 
was stealing and selling, 448. πάσας ἡμέρας, lit. all days; trans. 
every day, 383.——rhyv τρέφουσαν, lit. the supporting ; trans. which 
supports me, 442. 

498. ἐλϑόντος», 2 aor. part. of ἔρχομαι. The participle denotes 
time relative to the principal verb; if the participle is present, its 
time is the same as that of the verb; but if it is past, it denotes 
time past with reference to that verb. Here ἐλϑόντος is past with 


















































FABLES. 


reference to ἠρώτα, which is itself past; hence the participle has 
the force of the pluperfect, when the stag had come: διαφϑείροντος, 
on the contrary, being present, denotes the same time as ἠρώτα; 
hence translate was destroying. εἰ δύναιτο, if, or whether, he 
(the man) would be able. μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, with him, the horse. 
ἔφησεν, aor. of φημί, to say γ68.-------ἐἀὰν λάβῃ, if he (the horse) 
would take; λάβῃ, 2 aor. subj. of λαμβάνω. αὐτός, he himself, 
the man. ἀναβῇ, 2 aor. subj. of ἀναβαίνω. ἔχων, having, may 
be translated with. With συνομολογήσαντος supply τοῦ ἵππου. 
ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμωρήσασϑαι, lit. instead of the to avenge himself, 
translate instead of avenging himself. See 440, R. 2. 

499. &s... ὄντας, as being, i.e. because they were. 
ὡς... εὐμήκη, supply ὄντα, from ὄντας, above. πιών, 2 aor. 
part. of πίνω. καταλαβόντος, from KaradapBdvea.——dpaydy, 2 
aor. part. of τρέχω; ἐμβάς of ἐμβαίνω ; ἐμπλακείς, 2 aor. pass. part. 
of ἐμπλέκω (ἐν and πλέκω, 240); the first and second denoting 
time, the third means, when he had run and had entered, &c.; he 
was caught by having become entangled——"2 . . . ἐγώ, nominative 
used in exclamations. H. 541: C. 348. ἐκ, lit. from, here by 
means of. προεδόϑην, 1 aor. pass. οἵ προδίδωμι, to betray. 

500. μικροῦ, used adverbially, almost.——amoSaveiy, 2 aor. infin. 
of ἀποϑνήσκω; for government, see 435. ex τρίτου, lit. from the 
third (time); trans. the third time.——avtod depends upon κατε- 
ϑάῤῥησεν by the force of the preposition xard.——anposedrdsoiaa, 2 
aor. part. of προςέρχομαι (πρός and ἔρχομαι). as... διαλεχϑῆ- 
ναι, lit. as even having approached to converse ; trans. as even to 
approach and converse (with him). 

ὕ01. ἐξῆλϑον, 2 aor. of ἐξέρχομαι. :--------πολλῆς .. . συλληφδεί- 
ons, lit. much game therefore having been jointly taken; trans. 
when therefore much game had been taken between them; συλλη- 
φϑείσης, 1 aor. pass. part. of συλλαμβάνω (σύν, together, and λαμβά- 
ve, to take). διελεῖν, 2 aor. οὗ διαιρέω (διά and aipéw), to take 
apart; trans. to divide (it, i.e, the game).—éek« τῶν ἴσων, lit. 
from the equal; trans, of equal value-——xpoirpérero for προετρέ- 
mero, imperf. mid. of προτρέπω, urged them. κατέφαγεν, 2 aor. 
act. of καταφάγω, not used in pres. ; κατεσϑίω supplying its place. 
n δ᾽, and she, the fox. βραχύ τι, some trifling thing. 
κατέλιπε, from xaradetrw.—With λέων supply &n.——After 
συμφορά supply ἐδίδαξεν from the preceding question. 


























After 









































239 


PAGE 
217 


218 


240 NOTES, 


JESTS. 

PAGE 

These Jests or Witticisms are from a work ascribed to Hiero- 
cles, a philosopher and wit who flourished at Alexandria, in the 
fifth century of our era. 

219 502. SxoAacrixéds, properly a scholar, a philosopher, then one 
who makes pretension to learning, a pedant. The object of Hiero- 
cles in these jests is to ridicule such pretensions. This word may 
generaily be translated pedant, though in some instances simpleton 
will accord better with the context. οἰκίαν πωλῶν, selling a 
house, or having a house to sell,_——eis δεῖγμα, for a sample— 
περιέφερεν, imperfect to denote customary action, wsed to carry 
about. 

508. “εἰδέναι, 2 perf. infin. of épdw, I see; 2 perf. oldu, 1 have 
seen, hence I know. Synopsis as follows: Indic. οἶδα, Subj. εἰδῶ, 
Opt. εἰδείην, Imp. Yo, Infin. εἰδέναι, Part. εἰδώς. ésomrpicero, 
imperf. mid. without the augment. 

504. paddy, 2 aor. part. of μανϑάνω. Gf, pres. indic. act. 3d 
sing. of (dw, irregular contraction, for (@.° - 

505. eis χειμῶνα ναυαγῶν, being shipwrecked in a storm ; lit. into 
a storm: the Greek involves the idea of coming inéo the storm, 
i.e. of being caught in it.——zpds τὸ σωδῆναι, lit. to the to be 
saved; render for safety, or to save himself. 

506. τῷ ζῶντι, the one who was still alive ; supply ἀδελφῷ. 























508. ὑπειξελϑών, 2 aor. act. part. of dreisépxoua. ὑφαπλώ- 
σατο; observe the omission of the temporal augment. τὸν KéA- 
πον, the bosom, lap; here the lap or folds of -his robe. ὡς ὑπο- 


δεξόμενος ; ὡς with fut. part. denotes purpose or intention; render 
with the intention of catching, or simply ¢o catch. 

509. What is the direct object of ἔμαϑον ὃ 423. 
by crasis for καὶ éxeivos. After ὁ σκολαστικός supply ἔφη. 
6 εἰπών μοι, he who told me, 442.. τττ---τολλῷ, by much, or much. 
With comparatives the measure of difference is often expressed by 
the dative.» H. 610: C. 419: 8. 197: N. 8. gov, 452. 

510. “Quocey, from ὄμνυμι.------τὕδατος, 346. 

‘BIL. Kas’ for κατά, Ὁ δέ, supply &n——Zbyyve%, 2 aor. 
imp. of συγγιγνώσκω (σύν and γιγνώσκω). Synopsis of 2 aor. of 
γιγνώσκω is: Ind. ἔγνων, Subj. γνῶ, Opt. γνοίην, Imp. γνῶϑι, Infin. 
γνῶναι, Part. γνούς. wot, indirect object. ὅτι ov προξέσχον, 
lit. that I did not have (my mind) to (you); supply τὸν νοῦν and 
σοί ; render that J did not notice you. 





κἀκεῖνος, 























ANECDOTES. 


513. πυϑομένου . .. τινος, 448; πυϑομένου, from πυνϑάνομαι. 

514. δαπανημάτων, 346. ἡμῖν depends upon σύν in σύγχαιρε. 
——tpeper, why singular? 826. 

515. ἐν Ἑλλάδι ὄντι, who was in Greece, 442.— rod... ἂμελή- 
σαντος, 448. συνώφϑη, 1 aor. pass. οὗ συνοράω; the agent is τῷ 
φίλῳ, the dative instead of the genitive with ὑπό, 386, III. 
ἀπέστειλας, from ἀποστέλλω. 














ANECDOTES. 


These Anecdotes of eminent men in antiquity are mainly from 
the works of Diogenes Laertius and Plutarch; a few are from 
Stobaeus and Aelian. 

516. ᾿Αγησίλαος, celebrated Spartan king.——Savdrov, 346. 
καταφρονήσας, having despised; render by having disregarded ; 
this answers the question πῶς, 448. 2. Ταῦτ᾽, supply δεῖ μανϑά- 














νειν. ois, dat. of means with χρήσονται, render like direct object 
which they will use. 3. διὰ τί μάλιστα, for what reason espe- 
cially. 


517. 2. ἀπερύκειν depends upon ἱκανοί. H. 767: C. 620: 5. 
219. 8. Μαντινείᾳ, city in Arcadia, famed for the victory of 
Epaminondas over the Spartans, 362 8. c., and that of Agis over 
the Argives, 418 B.c. κωλυόμενος, being restrained (by others). 
tov... βουλόμενον is the subject of μάχεσϑαι, 413, 3). H.773: 
C. 626: 5. 158. 

518. ᾿Αλκιβιάδην, an Athenian general and demagogue, of rare 
talents, but of unprincipled character. He refused to obey the 
summons of his country when ordered home from Sicily on a 
charge of sacrilege. Sentence of death was accordingly pro- 
nounced against him in his absence. Ἐγώ, supply verb from 
πιστεύεις above, I would not commit the decision even to my mother. 
μέλαιναν ψῆφον ; the black pebble was used in voting for con- 
demnation; the white, for acquittal. 2. κατέγνωσται, perf. 
pass. of καταγιγνώσκω, with augment in place of reduplication. 
Δείξωμεν, let us show. Δεκελικὸν . «. πόλεμον; the latter part 
of the Peloponnesian war is so called from the town of Deceléa in 
Attica, where, at the suggestion of Alcibiades, the Lacedaemo- 
nians, in the spring of 413 8. ¢., established a permancnt encamp- 
ment. 


























241 


PAGE 
220 


221 


249 NOTES. 


PAGE 

221 519. τοὺς &dpas νικήσαντας, those who have conquered men; 
ἄνδρας, object of νικήσαντας. 

520. ᾿Ανάχαρσις, a Scythian of noble family, who visited Athens, 
in the time of Solon, to acquire wisdom.——aAirol, supply πολέ. 
μιοί εἰσιν. 2. σὺ δέ, supply ὄνειδος εἶ. . 

222 521. πρὸς tov... καλοῦντα. .. ᾿Αϑηναῖον, to the Athenian who 
called. μεμαδϑήκαμεν, from pavSdvw.——2. Κηφισοῦ; the Cephi- 
sus is asmall stream near Athens, the Eurotas a river near Sparta. 
The retort of the Spartan is particularly spirited, “‘ We have never 
driven you from the Eurotas,” for the best of reasons, you were 
never there. Εὐρώτα, genit. for Εὐρώτου. 3. ἔφη, supply 
᾿Ανταλκίδας. 

522. εἴργασμαι, perf. mid. of ἐργάζομαι; observe peculiarity of 
augment, εἰ for 7.——7ti... φιλοσοφίας, what advantage had ac- 
crued to him, or what advantage he had derived from philosophy ; 
περιγέγονεν, perf. of περιγίγνομαι, translated by the pluperf., be- - 
cause it is perfect with respect to ἐρωτηϑείς, which is itself past, 
——Td .. . ὁμιλεῖν, subject of repryéyovey understood. 

523. 2. Τοσούτου, 386. Πρίω, imperat. 2 aor. mid. of mpia- 
μαι, not used; supply ἀνδράποδον .-------8. ἐπὶ... ζῆν, for the ex- 
travagantly to live ; render for his extravagant living.——4. tov... 
λέγειν, used as noun in gen. limiting ἐξουσίαν, 440, R. 2.——rovd. . . 
ἀκούειν, gov. by ἐξουσίαν understood. With ἐγώ supply ἐξουσίαν 
ἔχω. 

298 524. μὴ πιστεύεσϑαι is subject οἵ περιγίγνεται, understood: 
this is the κέρδος which they receive. 2. Χάρις, supply γηράσκει. 

3. Ὅσῳ; see note on πολλῷ, 509.——Oi ζῶντες, supply διαφέ- 

povat——7. εἴη, opt. because dependent upon past tense, as καυ- 

χώμενον relates fo the same time as ἔφη, 424.——zarpidos gov. 
by ἄξιος, worthy of. 

525. δὲ αἵματος, lit. through, by means of blood; render with or 
in blood.—yéaavos, black, hence ink.——Apdxwy, Athenian law- 
giver, whose code, from its severity, was said to be written in 
blood.——2. éxelvwy .. . προτεχόντων, when they (the people) did 
not attend: supply τὸν νοῦν. ἐπιτρέψωσιν, subj. of purpose. 
----προτρεψαμένων, supply εἰπεῖν : observe difference of force be- 
tween this word and ἐπιτρέπω, to permit: this means to urge for- 
ward, so eager were they to hear that they even urged him to 
speak._——dddy, accus. of kindred signification as in the Eng. to ge 
a journey ——tnrn, 2 aor. of trrauat. trader, 2 aor. of πάσχω. 
----κεχόλωται, supply Δήμητρα, as subject. 



































ANECDOTES. ; 248 








PAGE 
526. Ἑλλάδος, gov. by ποῦ, 151. ἴδοι, 424..——od5ap0v, Dio- 228 

genes could not find a man any where. See 6, below. 2. τοιοῦ- 

tov, such, i.e. the blush of modesty, implied in ἐρυϑριῶν. 3. σου, 








346. 5. Κἀγώ =xal éyé—é κύων, a name often given to Dio- 
genes from his habits of life.——6. wed’ ἡμέραν, by day; eS? for 
7. ἁλούς, 2 aor. part. of ἁλίσκομαι. --------ἄρχειν, supply οἶδα. 

----κήρυκα, the crier at the auction. 8. eisirw, imperat. 3 sing. 
of εἴξειμε (εἰς and εἶμι, to go); εἶμι (to go) is irregular. Synopsis of 
the Present is as follows: Ind. εἶμι, Subj. ἴω, Opt. ἐοίην, Imp. ἴϑι, 
Inf. ἰέναι, Part. ἰών. 10. Πλάτωνος δρισαμένου, when Plato had 
given the definition, καὶ εὐδοκιμοῦντος, and was making a reputation 
by it.——rlAas, from τίλλω. εἰτήνεγκεν, from eispépw. 

528. ᾿Από, lit. from; render on account of. ἔστιν, ἐ8 possi- 
ble; what is its subject? 2. ἡμῶν depends upon ἐγγύς;--- 
ἡμεῖς, Supply πάρεσμεν. ἀντέγραψε. This was during his mem- 
orable defence of Thermopylae, 480 8. c. Μολὼν λάβε, having 
come take; render come and take (them).—woddy, 2 aor. part. 
See ἔμολον, under βλώσκω. 

529. εἴϑισε, 1 aor. of ἐδίζω, augment εἰ for ἢ. 8. Ὅπως... 
διαλείπωμεν, that we may never cease honoring, ὅθ. Supply the 
leading clause. 

530. ὅπότε μέλλοι, whenever he was about, &c.: the opt. here, 
as often, is used of repeated action. Tipdésexe, supply τὸν νοῦν, 
attend, take heed. Ἑλλήνων καὶ ᾿Αϑηναίων, in apposition with 
ἐλευδϑέρων, 448. 2. μέλαν ἱμάτιον, i.e. in mourning. 

531. λέοντος στρατηγοῦντος, lit. a lion being general; render 
with a lion for its general. δεκὰ στρατηγούς; ten generals were 
elected yearly at Athens. αὐτὸς yap... εὑρηκέναι, for that he 
himself had found=for he said that he, &c.; εὑρηκέναι from εὗ- 
ρίσκω. 

532. 2. Τῆς γυναικός, his wife, Xanthippe. ἐβούλου, SC. ἀπο- 
δινήσκειν με.--------ά, ἡδονῶν, gov. by ἀπέχεσϑαι understood. 

533. Τῶν... μνωμένων, dep. upon τὸν ἐπιεικῆ, 161. -ττ---χρή- 
ματα, scil, δεόμενα. 2. és... ὥν, abridged temp. clause, 448. 
——erTparnyay, part. commanding. There were ten Athenian 
generals in the field, Themistocles among the number, but Milti- 
ades was the general in command on the day of the battle. This 
is the celebrated battle of Marathon, in which 10,000 Athenians, 
aided by 1,000 Plataeans, in the year 490 B. c. won a signal victory 
over at least 100,000 Persians. ἐντυχεῖν, 2 aor. infin. of ἐντυγχά- 
vw.——Td Μιλτιάδου τρόπαιον, the trophy of Miltiades in commem- 





μετά. 



























































224 


22ὅ 


226 


944 NOTES. 


PAGE 
226 


227 


oration of the victory. 3. ’AxuAAebs . . . Ὅμηρος, the former the 
hero of the Iliad, the latter its author.——Odvumdow, the Olym- 
pic games, celebrated at Olympia in Elis once in four years. An 
Olympic victory was one of the highest honors which a Greek 
could attain. ——4. ὁ δέ, he, Themistocles. Ὁ 

534. Efuapro, plup. pass. of μείρομαι, with the force of imperf. - 
used impers. it was fated——dapijiva, 2 aor. pass. of δέρω, sc. «f- 
μαρτό σοι. Zeno was a Stoic; the slave therefore endeavored to 
justify himself on the Stoic principle that every thing was fated. 
2. ὦτα, from ois. πλείω, neut. pl. comp. of πολύς. 
ἥττονα, n. pl. of κακός, less, συνεῤῥύηκεν, perf. act. of συῤῥέω. 

585. rod... ἀνδρός, her husband, Admetus king of Pherac. 
An oracle had declared that he could not recover from his illness 
unless some one would die in his stead. Alcestis offered herself 
as the substitute.——-2. ἐξοστρακισμόν, ostracism. The Athenian 
government sometimes decreed that the citizens might write upon 
shells (ὄστρακον) the names of any persons whom they wished to 
banish. The one against whom the most votes were cast (if not 
less than 6,000) went into banishment for ten years. Aristides, 
one of the purest and best of the Athenian statesmen, was a vic- 
tim of this unjust institution. Γιγνώσκεις γάρ, &c. object of 
ἔφη: γάρ, for ; render then, as often in questions. There is an 
ellipsis: Why do you ask this, for do you know?——rtiy τοῦ, Xe. 
the name of the: Just. - The rustic voted against him simply because 
he was tired of hearing him called the Just. Probably many a 
vote cast at the ostracism was supported by no better reason, 
3. ὁ ᾿Αγησιλάου, the son of Agesilaus, sc. vids; the article is often 
so used before a genitive to denote son or daughter.——Xaipovelg, 
city in Boeotia, famed for the victory of Philip over the Greeks, 
338 B. C. σκληροτέραν, somewhat harsh, or too harsh. γεγε- 
νημένην, from γίγνομαι. νικᾶν, 480, 3). 7. ἵνα σιγᾶν, sc. μά- 
ans. 8. nara... τρόπον, according to or in the style of his 
country, i. e. with laconic (from Laconia) brevity. ——“Ounpor, ‘Hoi- 
οδον, the two great Epic poets of Greece; the former treated of 
war, the latter of the arts of peace, husbandry, &c.; hence called 
the poet of the Helots, who were serfs, and cultivated the soil for 
their Spartan lords ——9. ἀτείχιστος ; Sparta, unlike Athens, was 
but a group of unpretending villages, without even an encircling 
wall to give it the appearance of a city; it was, however, well 
protected by mountain barriers, though the Spartan boast, in the 
anecdote before us, contains much truth.——10._ μεμαϑηκότα, from 



































LEGENDS. 945 


PAGH 











μανϑάνω. 11, ἀφῆκεν, from ἀφίημι. τιμωρίας, 452.——16. 
ἔχοι, 434 .-------ἔφη agrees with Στρατόνικος. Σὺν τοῖς δεοῖς in- 
volves ἃ pun, as it may mean either with the blessing of the gods, 
as his hearer would understand it, or with (i.e. including) the gods 
(the nine Muses and the Apollo), as he intended it.——d#dexa, sup- 
ply μαϑητὰς ἔχω. 17. λέγουσιν, part. dat. pl. 











LEGENDS. 


These Legends are from an ancient work entitled Περὶ ᾿Απί- 
στων Ἱστοριῶν, whose object was to show that many of the Grecian 
legends were historical fictions, having indeed a basis of fact, but 
being in all their details fabrications of poets and fabulists. This 
general view of mythological stories is perhaps correct, though the 
particular explanations here given may not be worthy of much 
confidence. The work is ascribed to Palaephatus, of whom little 
is known: he probably lived in the fourth century before Christ. 

586. ᾿Οδυσσεῖ, one of the most celebrated of the Grecian 
heroes at Troy. His wanderings form the subject of the Odessey 
of Homer. ἀσκῷ, aleathern bag ; according to Homer, made of 
the skin ofan ox nine years old. ὡς ovx οἷόν τε, lit. that (this is) 
not (such) as (to be); render that this is not possible-——rf.. . 








227 


228 


αὐτοῦ, his city, i.e. Lipara, on the island of the same name in the 





Aeolian group. περιεβέβλητο, from περιβάλλω. 

ὅ81. ἀλήϑεια, sc. ἐστίν. ἥδε, this, i.e. as follows.——dére 
νον ἐργαζομένων, as tilling; render since they tilled.——imnnorpo- 
oeiv... ἐπελάβετο, he undertook to keep horses, interested himself 
in keeping horses. μέχρι τούτου... . ἕως οὗ, lit. until this (time), 
until which (time), sc. χρόνου ; render simply until. The Greek 
idiom often uses correlatives, where in English a single adverb is 
sufficient (429): he delighted in horses until he lost, &.: μέχρι 
and ἕως with the force of prepositions govern the genitive. 
ἀπώλεσε, from ἀπόλλυμι. 
προήχϑη, from προάγω. 

538. ἔχει ὧδε, has itself thus; render is as follows. 
γεται, such as it is said (to be); sc. εἶναι. 

539. Avyxéa.. . ἑώρα, lit. they say Lynceus that he saw ; Greek 
idiom; render they say that Lynceus saw: ἑώρα, imperf, of ὁράω, 
with both temporal and syllabic augment. 














κατηνάλωσεν, from καταναλίσκω. 





/ 
οἵα λέ- 





229 


940 NOTES. 


PAGE 
230 540. τὴν Φοίνικος, the daughter of Phoenix, See Note 535, 8, 

The common tradition makes Europa the daughter of Agenor and 

sister of Phoenix. Palaephatus here follows the Homeric account. 

ἀφικέσϑαι, from ἀφικνέομαι. ἀναβῆναι, from ἀναβαίνω. -τττττ- 
εὗρεν, from εὑρίσκω. -----τπροςανεπλάσϑη, from προταναπλάσσω. 

541. ἐφ᾽ ἃ μῆλα, and that in quest of these apples; the relative 
at the beginning of a clause is often best rendered by a demon- 
strative or by a personal pronoun.——éxadoivro Ἑσπερίδες, i. 6. 
daughters of Hesperus.——MijAa... πρόβατα; Palaephatus sup- 
poses the fable of the golden apples guarded by the dragon, to be 
founded on the twofold use of μῆλα and Δράκων: the former 
meaning either apples or sheep; the latter either Draco (proper 
name) or dragon.—-—repieddoas, from περιελαύνω. χρυσᾶ μῆλα, 
golden sheep, so called because very beautiful, as described above. 

231 542. ἐν... πόντῳ, on the shore of.——év τοῖς τότε ἀνδρώποις, 
282.—o¥ous Γηρυόνου τοῦ Tpixaphvov, belonging to Geryon, the 
Tricarenian (i. e. of Tricarenia): Γηρυόνου depends upon οὔσας like 
the English possessive being Geryon’s: εἰμί and γίγνομαι are often 
followed by the genitive of the possessor. H. 572: C. 390: 8,175. 
The attempted explanation turns on the twofold meaning of Τρι- 
κάρηνος, Tricarenian or three-headed (τρεῖς, three, and κάρηνον, 
head). 

543. μῦϑος; observe the several modifiers: 1st, 6; 2d, περὶ 
τοῦ Ophéws; 3d, from ὅτι to the end of the sentence: the predi- 
cate is ψευδής (ἐστιν). -τττττ-- μανεῖσαι, aor. pass. part. of μαίνομαι. -ττ-- 
ὅν τρόπον, Supply κατά, in what way.——rédre πρῶτον, then for the 
first time; this is represented as the origin of the custom of carry- 
ing wands at the festivals of Bacchus. ——xAdvas depends upon 
ἔχουσαι. ἐνεφαίνετο . . . καταγόμενα, trees (woods) seemed at 
Jirst to be descending. 

644, εἵλετο, from alpéw.——é Πελίου, the son of Pelias.——ént 
τῆς ἑστίας, upon the hearth; thus rendering the appeal sacred as 
made in the name of the household gods. ἔκδοτον .. . δοῦναι, 
to deliver up.——rapaxadicas, from παρακαδίζω.--τατἐπυρπόλει αὐὖ- 
τούς, lit. laid them waste with fire; render laid waste their fields 
with fire.——Emetuéy, part. of ἐπέξειμι (ἐπί, ἐξ, and at), « Bes 
Note on 526, 8.---οσυνελήφϑη, from συλλαμβάνω. A 
ἵππους, 587,.——1j αὐτοῦ στρατιᾷ, his own army. ΚΞ ΈΣΡΗ from 
ἐντυγχάνω. 

232 545. ἐπὶ Σφιγγίου ὕρους, on Mount Sphingium, so called be- 
cause it was the resort of the Sphinx ; otherwise known as Mount 



































MYTHOLOGY. 


247 


PAGE 


Phicius, near Thebes in Boeotia.——rdv μὴ εὑρόντα, him who did 2382 


not solve, i.e. whoever did not solve: εὑρόντα, from εὑρίσκω. 
«-- --νεῖλεν, from ἀναιρέω.--------ὔνομα, 80. ἦν. ἀδελφήν, SC. παρέ- 
λαβε, lit. took, here married. Αἰσϑομένη, from αἰσϑάνομαι: ob- 
serve the accumulation of participles in this sentence. ἔγημε, 
from γαμέω.--------ἀπῆρεν, from ἀπαίρω. --τττ-τῷ ἀποκτενοῦντι, to him 
who shall kill: ἀποκτενοῦντι, fut. part. of ἀποκτείνω.--------τὰ ... 
πολεμικά, 399. Ta ἄλλα, the other; ἔχων ἵππον ποδῶκυν being 
regarded as one qualification. νυκτός, 383.——amidy, from 
ἄπειμι.-----οσυμβάντων, from συμβαίνω. 




















MYTHOLOGY. 


After seeing the above attempts of Palaephatus to explain the 
legends of the Greek Mythology, the pupil will perhaps be inter- 
ested in a few extracts from the Mythology itself. The extracts 
here given are from the mythologist Apollodorus, who lived in the 
second century Β. c., and the historian Diodorus Siculus, in the 
first century B.C. : 

546. πλάσας ἔδωκεν = ἔπλασε καὶ ἔδωκεν, fashioned and gave. 
AdSpa Aids, without the knowledge of Zeus: Διός depends 
upon λάϑρα, which, with the force οὗ ἃ preposition, sometimes gov- 
erns the genitive. νάρϑηκι, a reed; Giant Fennel, still used by 
the Greeks for tapers, is meant.——sSero, from αἰσϑάνομαι. 
ἐδέδετο, from δέω.-------αὐξανομένων, which grew, 442. πυρὸς κλα- 
πέντος δίκην, lit. penalty of the fire stolen ; render penalty for hav- 
ing stolen fire. 

547. Snxdelons, from δάκνω. εἰς Αἰδου, Sc. δῶμα, depending 
upon εἰς and governing “Αἰδου, into the abode of Hades. ὑπέσχε- 
το, from ὑπισκνέομαι. ἄν--- ἐάν. ἐπιστραφῇ, 2 aor. pass. with 
force of mid. from ἐπιστρέφω.-------πρίν, 480, 2). 

548. ᾿Ασίας depends upon τὴν Παφλαγονίαν .---------περί, lit. around, 
in the vicinity of—— emt πλεῖον, to a higher (degree than others). 
μετασχών, from μετέχω.-------τραπέζης, 346.—ra . . . ἀπόῤῥη- 
ra, lit. the among the gods secrets, i. 6. the secrets of the gods. 
καταχϑείς, from κατάγω, brought down, doomed.—ras ἴσας, the 
equal, i. e. in number; render the same number of daughters. 
ΕΘ Ξξ εἶτα. ᾿Αρτέμιδι, supply προξέταξε.-------Θυγατέρας, supply 












































233 


234 


248 


PAGE 


235 


236 


NOTES. 


katatotetoa.——robtwy ὑπακουσάντων, when these (Apollo and 
Diana) had obeyed ——ovv€Bn, from ovjsBalvw.—See 538. 

549. Φερῶν, 346.——7@ καταζεύξαντι, to the having yoked; ren- 
der to the one who would yoke-——ty, if——éAnra, from αἱρέω. 
ἡ τοῦ δνήσκειν ἡμέρα, lit. the of the to die day ; render the day 
of death. ἣ Κόρη, Proserpina, the goddess of the lower world. 
She was worshipped in Attica as ἡ Κόρη, the Maiden or the Daugh- 
ter, i, e. of Ceres.——See 544. 

550. βοράν, as food, in apposition with Suvyarépa.—racdy de- 
pends upon κρείσσων, 451.——airais συνοργισϑείς, having become 
angry along with them, i.e. sympathizing with them, as Poseidon 
would be likely to with his Nereids|\ ——“Auuovos, Jupiter Ammon 
the god of the Libyans.——évayxaodels, from ἀναγκάζω. -τττττττοῦτο, 
this, i.e. the act contemplated in the oracle; it depends upon 
ἔπραξε, below. ἐρασδϑείς, 1 aor, pass. part. of épdw, with the 
active signification.——airhy, her (Andromeda).—scwdcicayr, 
when rescued._—yvvaina, as a wife.——ém) τούτοις, on these terms. 
ὑποστάς, from ὑφίστημι. 

551. Φίκειον ὄρος ; see note on Σφιγγίου ἔρους, 545.——zpob- 
τεινε for προέτεινε, from προτείνω. τηνικαῦτα ---- ἡνίκα, then — 
when, 429. ἀπαλλαγήσεσϑαι, from ἅπαλλάσσω. Σφιγγός de- 
pends upon ἀπαλλαγήσεσϑαι by the force of the preposition ἀπό. 
—rposidyres, going forward, from mpéseiut.——éprdcaca κατεβί- 
βρωσκε, having seized devoured (i.e. each time); render she seized 
and devowred.—Aituovos, sc. ἀπολλυμένου. Aatov, Laius was 
king before Creon. In terror Creon now offers the throne and the 
widow of the late king to any one who will solve the enigma,—— 
ἔλυσεν εἰπών, solved (it) by saying.——redrciovmevoy τὸν ἄνϑρωπον, 
when grown to manhood. ἔῤῥιψεν, from plrrw.—rhv μητέρα, 
i.e. Jocasta the widow of Laius. Oedipus was the son of Laius 
and Jocasta, though he was ignorant of tbe fact, hence ἀγνοῶν in 
the text.——See 645, 





























GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 





( The numerals accompanying the proper names refer to arti 


cles in which those names occur. 


A. 


A; Alpha. <As a prefix ἃ often has 
the force of a negative, not, with- 
out, like the English un in un- 
wise: it ἐδ then called ἃ priva- 
tive. 

ἄβουλος (& priv. and βουλή, coun- 
sel), ov, inconsiderate, foolish. 

ἀγᾶϑός (147), 4, dv, good, brave. 

ἔγαλμα, aros, τό, ornament, im- 
age, statue. 

᾿Αγαμέμνων, ovos, 6, Agamemnon, 
commander of Grecian forces at 
Troy, 244. 

ἂἀγανακτέω, how, to be displeased, 
be angry. 

ἀγγέλλω, ἀγγελῶ, ἤγγειλα, ἤγγελ- 
κα, ἤγγελμαι, ἠγγέλϑην, to an- 
nounce, bring tidings, bear a 
message. 

ἄγγελος, ov, 6, messenger. 

ἀγείρω, ερῶ, ἤγειρα, ἠγέρϑην, to 
collect, bring together. 

ἀγέλη, ns, ἢ, herd, drove of cat- 
tle 


᾿Αγησίλδος, ov, 6, Agesilaus, cele- 

brated king of Sparta, 516. 
*Ayis, tos, 6, Agis, king of Sparta. 
&yxvpa, as, 7, anchor. 


ἀγνοέω, How, to be ignorant, not to | 


know. 

ἀγοράζω, dow, σμαι, σϑην, to buy, 
purchase, trade. 

ἄγ,α, as, ἡ, hunting, the chase. 





ἀγράμμᾶτος (& priv. γράμμα, let- 
ter), illiterate, ignorant. 

ἄγρϊος, fa, ἴον, wild, uncultivated, 
fierce. 

ἄγροικος, ov, rustic, living in the 
country, countryman. 

ἄγω, ἄξω, ἤγᾶγον, xa, ἦγμαι, 
ἤχϑην, to drive, lead, conduct, 
draw, attract. 

ἀγών, Gvos, 6, contest, struggle, 
battle. 

ἀγωνιάω, acw, to be troubled or 
distressed, to fear. 

᾿Αδείμαντος, ov, 6, Adimantus, broth- 
er of Plato, 421. 

ἀδελφή, ἧς, 7, Sister. 

ἀδελφός, od, 6, brother. 

adixéw, ow, to do wrong, to 
wrong, to injure. 

ἄδικος, ov, unjust. 

ἀδίκως, unjustly. 

"Αδμητος, ov, 6, Admetus, fadled 
king of Pherae, 544. 

ἀδύνἄτος, ov, impossible. 

ἀεί, always, ever. 

ἀείδω, Or ἄδω, Goouat, oa, ἧσμαι, 
ἤσϑην, to sing. 


᾿ἀείμνηστος, ov, memorable, not to 


be forgotten. 

ἀετός, ov, 6, eagle. 

addvaros (4, Sdvaros), oy, immor 
tal. 

᾿Αϑῆναι, Gv, ai (plur.), Athens, city 
of Athens. 

᾿Αϑηναῖος (Αϑῆναι), ἃ, ov, Athe- 


250 


nian ; *ASnvaios, ov, 6, an Athe- 
nian. 

ἀδροίζω, ow, Tua, σϑην, to collect, 
assemble, 

aSvuia, as, 7, sadness, dejection, 
despondency. 

Aiytrrios (Αἴγυπτος), a, ov, Egyp- 
tian ; Αἰγύπτιος, ov, 6, an Egyp- 
tian. 

Αἴγυπτος, ov, h, Egypt. 

“A:dns, ov, 6, Hades, the abode of 
the dead. 

Αἰϑιοπΐα, as, ἡ, Ethiopia, in Africa, 
550. 

Aisioy (Αἰϑιοπία), οπος, 6, an Ethio- 
pian, 550. 

αἷμα, &ros, τό, blood. 

Αἵμων, ovos, 6, Haemon, fabled son 
of Creon of Thebes, 551. 

Αἰνείας, ov, 6, Aeneas, celebrated 
Trojan prince, 89. 

αἴνιγμα, Gros, τό, enigma, riddle. 

Αἴολος, ov, 6, Aeolus, fabled king of 
the winds, 586. 

aiperds (aipéw), 4, dv, preferable, 
desirable. 

alpéw, how, 2 aor. εἷλον, nka, nuat, 
Inv, to take, capture; JDfid. 
choose, elect. 

αἰσδάνομαι; αἰσϑήσομαι, ἤσϑημαι 
(dep.), to perceive, ascertain. 

αἰσχρός, d, dv, Shameful, base, ugly, 
hideous. 

Αἰσώπειος, a, ov, Aesopic, of or like 
Aesop, 525. 

uitéw, how, to ask, beg, demand. 

αἰτία, as, 7, cause, reason. 

aitidoua, ἄσομαι (dep.), to blame, 
accuse, charge. 

aidvios, ta, tov (also with two end- 
ings ios, ἴον), lasting, perpetual. 

Ἄκαστος, ov, 6, Acastus, son of Pe- 
lias, 544. 

ἀκόντϊον, ov, τό, javelin, spear, 
dart. 

ἀκούω, ἀκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, P. axh- 
Koa, ἠκούσμαι, ἠκούσϑην, to hear, 
listen to. 

a Rah ews, 7, citadel, acropo- 
is. 

ἀλγέω, how, to grieve, be pained, 

ἀλεκτρύών, dvcs, 6 or 3}, cock, hen. 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 





᾿Αλέξανδρος, ov, 6, Alexander, str 
named the Great, of Macedon. 

ἀλήδϑεια (4ANSHs), as, ἧ, truth. 

ἀληϑεύω, εὐσω, to speak the truth. 
ἀληϑής, és, true, certain. 

ἀληδϑῶς (ἀληϑή5), truly. 

ἁλίσκομαι (defect. pass.); ἁλώσο- 
μαι, ἥλωκα and ἑάλωκα, 2 aor. 
ἥλων and ἑάλων, part. ἁλούς, to 
be taken, be captured. 

“AAknotis, ἴδος, 7, Alcestis, wife of 
Admetus, 549. 

᾿Αλκιβιἄδης, ov, 6, Alcibiades, Athe- 
nian general and politician. 

aAAd, but. 

ἀλλήλων (173), one another, each 
other. 

ἄλλος, An, Ao, Other, another. 

ἀλώπηξ, exos, 7, fox. 

ἅμα, together, together with, at 
the same time. 

᾿Αμάζονις, idos, 7, Amazon. 

ἀμᾶϑής, és, ignorant, unlearned. 

ἀμᾶϑία, as, 7, ignorance. 

ἀμείνων (comp. of a&yadds), ov, bet- 
ter, 

ἀμελέω, How, to neglect. 

Αμμων, wyos, 6, Ammon, the Lib- 
yan Zeus, 550. 

ἀμνός, od, ὃ, lamb. 

*Audiwy, ovos, 6, Amphion, son ὁ 
Zeus, said to have built the 8 
of Thebes by the music of his 
yre. 


ἄν, a particle denoting uncertainty, 
possibility (486); by contraction 
Sor ἐάν, if, 

ἀνά (prep.), up, through; én comp. 
up, back, again. 

ἀναβαίνω (ἀνά, Balyw), -βήσομαι, 
-έβην, -βέβηκα, -βέβᾶμαι, -εβὰ- 
anv, to go up, to mount. 

ἀναγιγνώσκω (ἀνά, γιγνώσκω), -γνώ- 
σομαι, 2 aor. -έγνων, -έγνωκα, 
-ἔγνωσμαι, -εγνώσϑην, to know 
again, to read. 

ἀναγκάζω (ἀνάγκη), dow, σμαι, σϑὴν, 
to compel, force. 

ἀναγκαῖος (ἀνάγκη), ἄ, ov, Neces- 
sary. 

ἀνάγκη, ns, }, necessity. 

ἀνάγω (ἀνά, ἄγω), -dtw, -ἠγἄγον, 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


τῆχα, -ἤγμαι, -ἤχϑην, to lead up, 
lead back, lead away. 

ἀναιρέω (ἀνά, αἱρέω), how, ἀνεῖλον, 
κα, μαι, ἔδην, to take up, de- 
stroy, kill. 

ἀναλαμβάνω (avd, λαμβάνω), ἀναλή- 
ψομαι, ἀνέλᾶβον, ἀνείληφα, ἀνεί- 
λημμαι, ἀνελήφϑην, to take, take 
u 


ἀναπέμπω (avd, πέμπω), Yo, -πέπο- 
φα, -πέπεμμαι, ἀνεπέμφϑην, to 
send up, send back. 

ἀναπλάσσω (avd, πλάσσω), -πλάσω, 
σμαι, σϑην, to form, fashion, in- 
vent. 

ἀναρίϑμητος, ov, countless. 

ἀνατείνω (avd, τείνω), -τενῶ, ἂνέ- 
τεινα, -τέτἄᾶκα, -τέτᾶμαι, ἀνετᾶ- 
nv, to lift up, raise. 

ἀναφέρω (avd, φέρω), ἀνοίσω, aor. 
ἀνήνεγκα, ἄνενήνοχα, ἄνενήνε- 
γμαι, ἀνηνέχϑην, to bear back 
or up, to carry up er back. 

᾿Ανάχαρσις, ios, 6, Anacharsis, 
Scythian philosopher. 

ἀναχωρέω (avd, xwpéw), How, to go 
back or away, to depart. 

ἀνδράποδον, ov, τό, slave. 

ἀνδρεῖος, ἃ, ov, brave, manly. 

*Avdpoueda, ns, %, Andromeda, 
daughter of Cepheus, 550. 

ἀνδροφᾶγος, ov, feeding upon man, 
cannibal, eating human flesh, 
man-eating. 

ἄνεμος, ov, 6, wind. 

ἀνέρχομαι (ἀνά, ἔρχομαι), ἀνελεύσο-- 
μαι OV ἄνειμι, ἀνῆλθον, ἀνελήλῦ- 
δα, to gO up or upon, to mount. 

ἄνευ (with gen.), without. 

ἀνέχω (dvd, ἔχω), -έξω, -ἔσχον, 
-έσχηκα, -έσχημαι, -εσχέσϑην, to 
raise up, mid. endure, put up 
with. 

ἀνεψιός, od, 6, cousin. 

ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, 6, man. 

ἄνϑος, eos, τό, flower. 

ἀνδρώπϊνος (kvSpwros), ἡ, ov, hu- 
man. 

ἀνδρωπίΐνως (avSpémvos), humanly, 
as man ought. - ; 

ἄνδρωπος, ov, 6 or 7, Man, Woman. 

tviornut (avd, ἵστημι), sce 268 and 





251 


269, to set up, raise up, mid. to 
get up from seat, bed, &c. 

ἀνόητος, ov, thoughtless, stupid, ig- 
norant. 

ἀνορϑόω (avd, dpSdw), ecw, to re- 
store, repair. 

*AvraAkidas, ov, 6, Antalcidas, dis- 
tinguished Spartan. 

ἀντί (prep. with gen.), against, in- 
stead of. 

ἀντιγράφω (ἀντί, γράφω), see γρά- 
gw, to write back, write in re- 
ply. 

ἀντιποιέω (avi, ποιέω), how, to act 
against, mid. to claim as one’s 
own. 

᾿Αντισϑένης, eos, 6, Antisthenes, 
Greek philosopher, 522. 

ἀνύτω (only in pres. and impf.), to 
effect, accomplish. 

ἀξιόπιστος, ov, trustworthy, enti- 
tled to belief. 

ἄξιος, ia, tov, worthy. 

ἀξιόω (ἄξιος), dow, to think wor- 
thy (whether of reward or pun- 
ishment), ask, demand. 

ἀπαγγέλλω (ἀπό, from, back, ἀγγέλ- 
Aw), see 248, to bring or carry 
tidings back, report. 

ἀπαίδευτος, ov, ignorant, uneduca- 
ted. 

ἀπαίρω (ard, αἴρω) p&, ἀπῆρα, ἀπῆρ- 
κα, ἀπῆρμαι, ἄπήρδϑην, to take 
away, destroy ; to withdraw, de- 
part. 

ἀπαλλᾶγή, 7s, 7, release. 

ἀπαλλάσσω (amd, ἄλλάσσω), ἄξω, 
ata, axa, αγμαι, ἄχϑην, to re- 
lease. 

ἄπαντάω (ἀπό, ἂἄντάω), how, to 
meet. 

ἅπαξ, once. 

ἄπειλέω, how, to threaten. 

ἄπειμι (ἀπό, εἶμι, to go), ἀπείσομαι, 
see εἶμι, to go away. ~ 

ἀπερύκω (ἀπό, ἐρύκω), Ew, to ward 

ff. 


ou. 

ἀπέχω (ard, ἔχω), see ἔχω, to hold 
from, mid. to obtain from. 

ἀπιστέω (ἄπιστος), How, to disbe- 
lieve. 

ἄπιστος, ov, incredible. 


252 


ἀπό (prep. with gen.), from, after, 
in consequence of. 

ἀποδείκνῦμι (ἀπό, Seixvipur), see 268 
and 269, to show forth, mid. to 
show or express as one’s own. 

ἀποδίδωμι (ἀπό, δίδωμι), see 268, to 
give back, restore, 

ἀποδινήσκω (ἀπό, δνήσκω), See ϑνή- 
σκω, to die. 

ἀποκρίνω, va, ἀπέκρινα, ἀποκέκρϊκα, 
ἵμαι, ἴϑην, to separate, mid. to 
answer, 

ἀποκτείνω (ἀπό, κτείνω), see κτεί- 
vw, to slay, kill. 

ἀπόλαυσις, ews, 7, enjoyment. 

ἀπόλλῦμι, ἀπολέσω OF ἀπολῶ, ἀπώ- 
λεσα, ἀπολώλεκα, to destroy, 
mid, to perish. 

᾿Απόλλων, wvos, 6, Apollo, god of 
prophecy. 

ἀπολύω (ἀπό, Adw), see λύω, to re- 
lease. ; 

ἀπομανϑάνω (ἀπό, μανϑάνω), see 
μανϑάνω, to unlearn. 

ἀπόπειρα, as, 7, trial, experiment. 

ἀπορέω, haw, to be in want, be at a 
loss for. 

ἀπορΐα, as, ἡ, difficulty, want, em- 

_ barrassment. 

ἀπόῤῥητος, ον, not to be told, se- 
cret. 

ἀποστέλλω, ελῶ, ἀπέστειλα, ἀπέ- 
σταλκα, ἀπέσταλμαι, ἀπεστἄλην, 
to send. Pee 

ἀποστερέω (ἀπό, στερέω), haw, to 
deprive of, take from. 

ἀποφαίνω (ἀπό, palyw), see 249, to 
show, declare. 

ἄπτερος, ον, without wings, 

ἅπτω, ἅψω, ya, Fuca, Aosnv, to 
fasten, to light, méd. to touch, to 
lay hold of. 

dpa (interrog. part. 303), ἄρ᾽ ob= 
nonne expects answer yes; dpa 
ph=num expects answer no. 

ἀργύρϊον, ov, τό, silver, silver coin. 

&pyipos, ov, ὃ, silver, 

ἀρδεύω, ebow, to water. . 

ἀρετή, 7s, }, manhood, virtue, ex- 
cellence, valor. 

ἀρήγω, tw, ta, to help, aid, suc- 
cor, 





GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


*Apiaios, ov, 6, Ariacus, commander 
u : 

&piduds, ov, 6, number. 

ἀριστἄω, how, to take breakfast. 

᾿Αριστείδης, ov, 6, Aristides, Athe- 
nian statesman surnamed the 
Just, 535. 

ἀριστεύω, εὐσω, to be the best or 
bravest. 

᾿Αρίστιππος, ov, 6, Aristippus, Greek 
philosopher, 523. 

᾿Αριστοτέλης, ov, 6, Aristotle, Greek 
philosopher, 524. 

ἅρμα, ἄτος, τό, chariot. 

᾿Αρμενΐα, ας, ἣ, Armenia, country in 
Asia. 

‘Apuovia, as, 7, Harmonia, Draco’s 
sister, 545. . 

ἁρπάζω, dow, doa, aka, σμαι, TONY, 
to seize. 

“Apreuis, idos, 4, Artemis, Diana, 
goddess of the chase. 

᾿Αρχίδαμος, ov, 6, Archidamus, king 
of Sparta, 535, 

ἄρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρξα, ἦρχα, ἦργμαι, 
ἤρχϑην, to rule, command; to 
begin. 

ἄρχων, ovros, 6, archon, ruler. 

ἀσεβής, és, impious. 

ἀσδενής, és, weak, feeble. 

᾿Ασΐα, as, , Asia, 548. 

ἀσκέω, how, to practise. 

᾿Ασκληπῖός, od, 6, Aesculapius, god 
of medicine, 321. 

ἀσκός, ov, 6, leathern bag, sack. 

ἀστρολόγος, ov, ὃ, astrologer, as- 
tronomer. 

ἀστρονομΐα, as, 7, astronomy. 

ἄστυ, εος, τό, city. 

ἀσφᾶλής, és, sure, unfailing. 

ἀσφᾶλῶς (ἀσφαλής), securely, firm- 
; ; 


ἀκ ύλολῳ how, to be disorderly, 
lead a disorderly life. 

ἅτε, as, inasmuch as. 

ἀτείχιστος, ov, unfortified, without 
walls, 

ἄτεκνος, ον, childless, 

᾿Αττῖκός, od, ὃ, citizen of Attica, an 
Athenian. 

αὐλέω, how, to pipe. 

αὐξάνω, αὐξήσω, ηὔξησα, ηὔξηκα, 


ε 
GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


nua, ἠϑην, to enlarge, to in- 
crease, mid. to grow. 

αὔρϊον, to-morrow, on the morrow. 

αὐτός, ἡ, 6, self, he, she, it; 6 αὖ- 
τός, the same. 

αὐτουργός, ov, 6, laborer, worker, 
one who works with his own 
hands. 

αὐχέω, How, to boast. 

ἀφαιρέω (ἀπό, aipéw), see αἱρέω, to 
take away, release. 

ἀφίημι, ἀφήσω, apeixa, to release, 
send away. 

ἀφικνέομαι, ἀφίξομαι, ἀφικόμην, ἀφῖγ- 
μαι, to come, arrive at, reach. 

ἀφίστημι (ard, ἵστημι), see ἵστημι, 
268 and 269, to remove, make 
revolt; intransitive tenses, to de- 
part from, revolt from. 

ἀχᾶριστος, ov, ungrateful. 

ἄχϑομαι, ἄχϑέσομαι, 2 aor. ᾿ἠχϑό- 
μην, ἤχϑεσμαι, ἠχϑέσϑην, to be 
displeased, tired of. 

&xSopopéw, How, to bear burdens. 

᾿Αχιλλεύς, éws, 6, Achilles, hero of 
the Iliad. 


B 


Badl(w, ἔσω (τῶ), ἴσα, ixa, to go, to 
march. 

βᾶϑύς, εἴα, ὑ, deep, profound. 

βακτηρΐα, as, 7, staff, stick. 

Βακτριᾶνή, js, 7, Bactriana, cown- 
try in Central Asia. 

βάκτρον, ov, τό, staff. 

βακχεύω, ow, to be frantic, cele- 
brate the rites of Bacchus. 

Βάκχη, ns, 7, priestess of Bacchus, 
Bacchante. 

βάλλω, βαλῶ, 2 aor. ZBaAov, BEBAn- 
κα, βέβλημαι, ἐβλήϑην, to'throw, 
hurl, cast. 

BdpBapos, ov, 6, barbarian, applied 
to all who were not Greeks. 

βᾶἄσανίζω, iow or ia, to test, try. 

βᾶσϊλεία, as, 7, kingdom. 

βἄσϊΐλεια, as, 7, queen. 

βασΐλειον, ov, τό (common in plur.), 
palace, royal palace. 

βᾶσϊλεύς, éws, 6, king. 

12 





253 


βᾶσϊλεύω, evow, to be king, reign, 
rule. 

βάσις, ews, ἧ, basis, support, foot. 

βέβαιος, ἃ, ov, firm, trusty. 

βιβλίον, ov, τό, book, little book. 

βίβλους, ov, 7, book. 

Bios, ov, 6, life, period of life. 

Βίων, wos, 6, Bion, Greek philoso- 
pher and sophist, 535. 

βλάπτω, yw, Ya, pa, μμαι, PIny, to 
hurt, injure. 

βλέπω, Yo, Ya, pa, μμαι, φϑην, to 
see, look, look at. 

βλώσκω, μολοῦμαι, 2 aor. ἔμολον, 
μέμβλωκα, to go, come. 

Bodéw, haw, to shout, cry aloud. 

βοηϑέω, how, to assist, run to the 
assistance of. 

Βοιωτός, od, 6, Boeotian, citizen of 
Boeotia. 

Bopd, ἂς, 7, food. 

βόσκω, βοσκήσω, σα, to feed, 
keep. 

βουλεύω, evow, to advise, mid. to 
deliberate. 

βούλομαι, βουλήσομαι, βεβούλημαι, 
ἐβουλήϑην or ἠβουλήϑην (dep.), 
to be willing, wish, desire. 

βοῦς, Bods, 6 or 7, Ox, cow, cattle. 

βραδέως, slowly. 

βρᾶχύς, εἴα, ¥, short, small, little. 

βρέφος, eos, τό, infant. 

βωμός, οὔ, 6, altar. 


E 


γάλα, ακτος, τό, milk. 

γαμέω, γαμῶ, ἔγημα, κα, μας 
ἤδην, to marry. 

γάρ, for, indeed, then. 

γέ, at least, indeed, truly. 

yeAdw, aow Or ἄσομαι, doa, to 
laugh. 

γελοῖος (or γέλοιοΞ), ofa, οἷον, laugh- 
able, absurd. 

yevvaw, how, to beget, bring forth, 
bear. 

γέφῦρα, as, 7, bridge. 

γεωμέτρη», ov, 6, geometer, geome 
trician. ; 

γεωμετρΐα, as, 7, geometry, 


254 


γεωργέω, how, to till, to cultivate 
the soil. 

γεωργός, οὔ, 6, husbandman, tiller 
of the soil. 

γῆ, γῆς, ἣ, earth, land. 

med ge, aow, to grow old, become 
ο 


γηράω, ἄσω, to grow old. 

Unpvdrns, ov, 6, Geryon, 542. 

γίγνομαι, γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι, 2 
aor. ἐγενόμην, 2 perf. γέγονα, to 
become, come, spring from, be, 
be made. 

γιγνώσκω, γνώσομαι, ἔγνωκα, ἔγνω- 
σμαι, ᾿ἐγνώσϑην, 2 aor. ind. ἐ- 
νων, sub. γνῶ, opt. γνοίην, imp. 
γνῶδι, infin. γνῶναι, part. γνούς, 
to know, think. 

γλυκύς, εἴα, ¥, sweet, agreeable. 

γλῶσσα (Or γλῶττα), ns, 7, tongue. 

γναφεῖον, ov, τό, fuller’s shop. 

γνώμη, ns, ἡ, Opinion. 

γονεύς, éws, ὃ, father, p/. parents. 

γοῦν, therefore, now, certainly, in- 
deed. 

γράφω, yo, Pa, pa, μμαι, pny, write, 
paint, propose, as law, bill, etc. 

γυμνάζω, dow, arma, ἄσϑην, to ex- 
ercise, train, especially with gym- 
nastics, 

γυνή, γυναικός, }, Voor. 8. γύναι, 
Dat. Pl. γυναιξίν, woman, wife, 


A 


δαίς, dards, ἡ, banquet, feast, meal. 

δάκνω, δήξομαι, δέδηχα, δέδηγμαι, 
ἐδήχϑην, 2 aor. ἔδἄκον, to bite. 

δακρύω, vow, to weep, mourn for, 

Δάμων, wvos, 6, Damon, celebrated 
musician. 


δαπάνημα, aros, τό, expense, Money. 


Aapeios, ov, 6, Darius, king of Per- 
sia. 

δέ, but, and, correlative of μέν. 

δεῖγμα, aos, τό, specimen, sample. 

δείκνῦμι, see 268, to show, exhibit. 

δεινός, ἢ, dv, terrible. 

δεῖπνον, ov, τό, dinner, chief meal. 

δέκα (indec.), ten. 

§éxaros, ἡ) ov, tenth. 





- 
GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


Δεκελῖκός, 4, dv, of Deceléa, De 
celic, 

δένδρον, ov, τό, tree. 

δεξιά, Gs, ἡ, right hand, pledge. 

δέρω, Sepa, ἔδειρα, δέδαρμαι, eddpny, 
to flay, skin, punish. 

δεσπότης, ov, 6, ruler, despot, mas- 
ter, lord. 

δεύτερον Or τὸ δεύτερον, secondly, 
second time. 

δέω, δήσω, ἔδησα, δέδεκα, δέδεμαι, 
€5€9nv, to bind. . 

δέω, δεήσω, ἐδέησα, δεδέηκα, δεδέη- 
μαι, ἐδεήϑην, to need, lack, mid. 
to ask, entreat, need, lack, often 
impers. δεῖ, δεήσει, &c., it is ne- 
cessary, there is need, &c. 

54, indeed, in truth, 

δῆλος, ἡ, ov, evident, plain. 

δηλόω, dow, to show, make plain. 

Anuadns, ov, ὃ, Demades, Athenian 
orator. 

δημηγορέω, Haw, to harangue, ad- 
dress the people. 

Δήμητρα, as, 7, Demeter, Ceres. 

Snuoxpatia, as, ἧ, democracy. 

δῆμος, ov, ὃ, the people. 

διά (prep. with gen. or ace.), 
through, by means of, because 
of, on account of. 

διαβάλλω (διά, βάλλω), See βάλλω, 
to slander, accuse. 

διαϑήκη; ns, 7, will, testament. 

διαιρέω (διά, aipéw), see αἱρέω, to 
take apart, to divide. 

διακόσϊοι, αἱ, a, two hundred. 

διαλέγω (διά, λέγω), to converse, 
speak with. 

διαλείπω (διά, λείπω), see λείπω, to 
leave off, cease. 

ones (διά, μάχομαι), to fight 


with, 

διανέμω (διά, νέμω), to divide, dis- 
tribute. 

διανύω (διά, dviw), dow, toa, dea, 
to accomplish, finish, to cross. 

διαρπάζω (διά, ἁρπάζων), to carry off, 
plunder, tear in pieces, 

διασπᾶω (διά, σπάω), dow, aca, ana, 
ασμαι, deny, to tear in pieces. 

διατελέω (διά, τελέω), dow, eva, εκα, 
εσμαι, ἔσϑην, to continue, 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


“ge tones (διά, τρίβω), to pass the 
time. 
διαφέρω (διά, φέρω), to differ, to 
surpass. 
διαφϑείρω (Sid, PIelpw), ep@, expa, 
apKa, apuat, ἄρην, to destroy. 
διδασκαλεῖον, ov, τό, school. 
διδάσκω, ἄξω, ata, axa, αγμαι, 
ἄάχϑην, to teach. 
δίδυμος, ἡ, ov, double, twin. 
δίδωμι, δώσω, ἔδωκα, δέδωκα, δέ- 
δομαι, ἐδόϑην, to give, present. 
“ δικάζω, dow, aoa, σμαι, σϑην, tO 
judge, decide. 
δίκαιος, ἃ, ov, just, fair. 
δικαίως (Sixasos), justly. 
δικαστής, οὔ, 6, juror, dicast. 
δίκη, ‘nS I; right, justice, penalty. 
Διογένης, €os, 6, Diogenes, the 
Cynic. 
Διομήδης, eos, 6, Diomede, Thra- 
cian king. 
Διονύσϊος, ov, 6, Dionysius, king of 
Syracuse. 
Διόνυσος, ov, 6, Dionysus, Bacchus, 
god of wine. 
διότι, because, since. 
δίπους, δίποδος, two-footed, having 
two feet. 
Sis, twice. 
διττός, 4, dv, double, two-fold. 
διψᾶω, how, to thirst. 
διῴκω, tw, Ea, aor. pass. ἐδιώχϑην, 
to pursue, seek. 
δοκέω, δόξω, ἔδοξα, δέδογμαι, ἐδό- 
χὴν, to think, to seem; 7167. 
᾿ δοκεῖ, &c., it seems, seems good, 
&e. 
δοκιμάζω, dow, to prove, test, try. 
doAdw, dow, to deceive, cheat, be- 
guile. 
δόξα, ns, 7, glory, fame. 
δορά, ἂς, 7, Skin. 
δουλεύω, evow, to serve, be slave 
or servant. 
δοῦλος, ου; 6, slave, servant. 
δουλόω, wow, to enslave. 
Apaxwy, ovros, 6, Draco, 525, 541. 
δρᾶκων, οντΟ5, ὅ, dragon. 
δραχμή, 7s, 7, drachma, coin worth 
17 cents. 
δύναᾶμαι, δυνήσομαι, δεδύνημαι, ἐδυ- 





255 


νήϑην or ἠδυνήϑην (this verb οὗ 
ten takes ἡ instead of ε for its 
augment), to be able. 

δύναμις, ews, ἢ; force, power. 

δυναστεύω, evow, to have power of 
supremacy. 

δύο, two. 

δώδεκα, twelve. 

δῶρον, ov, τό, gift, present. 


E 


ἐάν, if. 

ἑαυτοῦ (168), ἧς, οὔ, himself, her- 
self, itself. 

ἐάω, ἑξσω, εἴασα, εἴᾶκα, εἴαμαι, 

εἰάϑην, to let, permit, let alone, 

ἰρᾶνε. 

ἐγγρᾶφω (ἐν, γράφω), see γράφω, to 
write in. 

ἐγγύς (with gen.), near. 

eyelpw, ερῶ, εἰρα, ἐγήγερκα, ἐγή- 
γερμαι; ἠγέρϑην, to excite, in- 
cite. 

ἐγκωμιάζω, dow, ἐνεκωμίᾶσα, κα, 
σμαι, ἐνεκωμιάσϑην, to praise, 
extol. 

ἐγκώμϊον, ov, τό, eulogy, praise. 

ἐγχειρίζω, iow, ἴσα, tka, to put into 
one’s hands, entrust to. 

ἔγχελυς, vos, 6 or ἡ, eel. 

ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ, 1; ἔγωγε, I for my 
part, I indeed. 

ἐδέλω, how, noa, na, to wish. 

edilw, Siow, εἴϑίσα, εἴδικα, εἴϑι- 
cual, εἰδϑίσϑην, to accustom. 

ei, if, whether. 

εἶδον. 2 aor. of δράω. 

εἶδος, cos, τό, form, appearance. 

εἴδωλον, ου, τ; image. 

εἰκῆ, in vain, to no purpose. 

εἰκός, dros, τό, probable, likely. 

εἴκω, εἴξω, εἶξα, to yield to, sub- 
mit to. 

εἰκών, ὄνος, ἢ, image, statue. 

Εἵλως, wtos, 6, Helot, Lacedaemo- 
nian slave. 

εἵμαρμαι, perf. of μείρομαι. 

εἰμί, ἔσομαι, sce 276, to be ; ἐστίν, 
it is possible. 

εἶμι, εἴσομαι, Synopsis of pres. ; ind. 


256 


εἶμι, subj. ἴω, opt. ἰοίην, imp. 
% (3 pers. ἤτω), infin. ἐέναι, 
part. ἰών. 
εἶπον, es, 2 aor. of εἴπω (not used), 
1 said, related. 
εἰρήνη, ns, ἣν, peace. 
els, μία, ἕν, one. 
eis (prep. with accus.), to, into, 
for, upon. 
εἴςειμι (εἰς, εἶμι), see εἶμι, to enter, 
go in, 
εἰξέρχομαι (eis, ἔρχομαι), to come 
into, enter. 
eispépw (εἰς, φέρω), to bear or carry 
‘into. 
εἶτα, then, afterwards. 
éx (before vowels ἐξ, prep. with 
gen.), from, out of, by means of. 
ἕκαστος, ἢ» ov, each, every. 
ἔκδοτος, ov, delivered up. 
ἐκεῖ, there. 
ἐκεῖνος, ἡ, 0, he, she, that. 
ἐκεῖσε, thither, there. 
ἐκλέγω (ἐκ, λέγω), tw, Ea, ἐξείλοχα, 
ἐξείλεγμαι, ἐξελέχϑην, to select, 
choose. 
ἑκούσϊος, ἃ, ov, voluntary. 
éxovoiws, voluntarily, willingly. 
Ἕκτωρ, opos, 6, Hector, celebrated 
Trojan leader. 
ἑκών, oda, dv, willing. 
ἔλἄφος, ov, 6, stag. 
ἐλεέω, how, to pity. 
ἐλεημοσύνη, ns, }, pity, mercy. 
ἐλεύϑερος, a, ov, free. 
ἐλευϑερόω, dow, to liberate, free, 
set free. 
‘EAAds, ἄδος, ἣν, Greece. 
Ἕλλην, nvos, 6, a Greek. 
Ἑλληνϊκός, ἡ, dv, Grecian, Helle- 
nic. 
ἐλπίς, δος, ἣν, hope. 
ἐμβαίνω, ἐμβήσομαι, ἐμβέβηκα, 2 
aor. ἐνέβην, part. ἐμβάς, to go 
into, enter. 
ἐμός, ἡ, dv, my. : 
ἐμπεδόω, dow, to observe, keep in- 
violate. 
ἐμπλέκω (ἐν, πλέκω), See 240, to 
entangle. 
ἔμπροσϑεν, before; 5 ἔμπροσϑεν, 
the former. 





GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


ἐμφαίνω (ἐν, φαίνω), sce 249, to 
show, mid. to appear. 

ἐν (prep. with dat.), in, on, among. 

ἐνδύω (ἐν, δύω), -δύσω, -ἐδῦσα, -δέδυ- 
κα, -δέδυμαι, -εδύϑην, to put on. 

ἐνέδρα, as, ἣ, Snare, ambush. 

ἕνεκα (with gen.), for the sake of. 

évSev, thence, hence. 

éviavrds, ov, 6, year. 

ἐνίοτε, sometimes. 

évvéa, nine. 

ἐνοικέω (ἐν, οἰκέω), ow, to dwell, 
inhabit. 

ἐνταῦδα, there. 

ἐντεῦϑεν, thence. 

ἐντίϑημι (ἐν, τίϑημι), see 268, to 
put or place ir. 

ἐντυγχἄνω (ἐν, τυγχάνω), -τεύξο- 
μαι, -τετύχηκα, 2 aor. -ἐτὕχον, to 
meet, fall in with; to happen to 
come. 

ἕξ, six. 

ἐξαιτέω (ἐκ, αἰτέω), how, to ask 
from, demand. 

ἐξελαύνω (ἐκ, ἐλαύνω),-ελῶ, -ἠλᾶσα, 
-ελήλᾶκα, -ελήλᾶμαι, -ἢ ν, to 
march forth, to march, 

ἐξέρχομαι (ἐκ, ἔρχομαι), see ἔρχο- 
μαι, to go or come out. 

ἐξέτασις, ews, H, review. 

ἐξευρίσκω (ex, εὑρίσκω), to find out, 
solve. 

ἐξηγητής, od, 6, teacher, expound- 
er. 

ἐξοστρᾶκισμός, οὔ, ὃ, ostracism, 
voting by ostracism, banishment 
by ostracism. 

ἐξουσΐα, as, ἡ, right, authority, 
power. ᾿ 

ἔξω, out of doors. 

ἑορτή, fis, ἡ, feast. 

ἐπαγγέλλω (ἐπί, ἀγγέλλω), to an- 
nounce. 

ἐπαινέω (ἐπί, αἰνέω), dow, ἐπήνεσα, 
ἐπήνεκα, ἡμαι, ἔϑην, to praise. 

ἔπαινος, ov, 5, praise. 

᾿Ἐπαμινώνδας, ov, 6, Epaminondas, 
Theban general, 527. 

ἐπαρκέω (ἐπί, ἀρκέω), ἔσω, ἐπήρ- 

᾿κεσα, exa, to assist, defend. 

ἐπεί, when, after. 

ἐπειδή, When, since. 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VQCABULARY. 


ἔπειτα, then. 

ἐπέξειμι (ἐπί, ἐκ, εἶμι), to go out 
against. 

ἐπί (prep. with gen. dat. or acc.), 
‘to, up to, as far as, against, in, 
on, upon, on account of; ém 
τούτῳ, for this reason; ἐπὶ πλεῖ- 
ov, in or to a higher degree. 

ἐπιβουλεύω (ἐπί, βουλεύω), εὐσω, to 
plot against. 

ἐπιγράᾶφω (ἐπί, γράφω), to write in 
or upon. 

ἐπιδιώκω (ἐπί, διώκω), to pursue. 

ἐπιεικής, €s, respectable, honest. 

ἐπιζητέω (ἐπί, ζητέω), how, to seek, 

~ ask. 

ἐπιϑδυμέω (ἐπί, Supéw), fow, to de- 
sire. 

ἐπιδυμία, as, 7, desire. 

ἐπικουρέω, how, to aid, assist. 

ἐπιλαμβᾶνω (ἐπί, λαμβάνω), to take, 
to receive. 

ἐπιστολή, Fs, 7, letter, epistle. 

ἐπιστρέφω (ἐπί, στρέφω), ψω, ψα, 
ἐπέστροφα, αμμαι, ἔφϑην, to turn, 
turn to or about. 

ἐπισυνάγω (ἐπί, συν, ἄγω), See ἄγω, 
to collect together. 

ἐπιτάσσω (ἐπί, τάσσω), to enjoin 
upon. 

ἐπιτελέω (ἐπί, τελέω), See διατελέω, 
to accomplish, finish, execute. 

ἐπιτήδειος, a, ov, necessary, use- 
ful 


ἐπιτηδεύω, ebow, evoa, ἐπιτετήδευ- 
ka, eval, ἐπετηδεύϑην, to form, 
invent. 

ἐπιτίϑημι (ἐπί, τίϑημι), to attack. 

ἐπιτολή, 7s, 7, rising, a rising. 

ἐπιτρέπω (ἐπί, τρέπω), see τρέπω, 
to permit. 

ἐπιχειρέω (ἐπί χειρέω, not used), 
how, to attempt, undertake. 

ἐπιχώρϊος, ἃ, ov, of a country, na- 
tive. 

ἕπομαι, ἕψομαι, imp. εἱπόμην, to fol- 
low. 

ἑπτά, seven. 

épaw, fut. ἐρασϑήσομαι, ἤρασμαι, 
ἠράσϑην (all with act. significa- 
tion), to love. 

ἐργάζομαι, σομαι, eipyaotuny, εἴργα- 





+ 


257 


σμαι, εἰργάσϑην, to do, acconn 
plish, work, till. 

épyarns, ov, 6, laborer, workman. 

ἔργον, ov, τό, work, deed. 

ἐρίζω, iow, ἴσα, tka, to contend, 
quarrel. 

ἔρις, Sos, 7, strife, contention. 

ἕρμαιον, ov, τό, favor, privilege. 

Ἑρμῆς, ov, 6, Hermes, Mercury, 
messenger of the gods. 

épuspiaw, dow, to blush. 

ἔρχομαι, ἐλεύσομαι or εἶμι, perf. 
ἐλήλυϑα, 2 aor. ἦλδον, to go, 
come. 

ἐρωτἄω, iow, na, 2 aor. mid. ἠρό- 

"pny, to ask, ask a question. 

és, prep. for εἰς. 

eadio, fut. ἔδομαι, 2 aor. eparyor, 
to eat, 

ἐσοπτρίζομαι, ἴσομαι, to look into a 
mirror. 

‘Eorepides, wy, af, Hesperides, 541. 

Ἕσπερος, ov, 6, Hesperus, 541. 

ἑστία, as, 7, hearth, fireside. 

ἕτερος, G, ov, one of two, the onc, 
the other. 

ἔτι, still, yet, besides, further, lon- 
ger. 

ἔτος, εο5, τό, year. 

εὖ, well. 

Εὔβουλος, ov, 6, Eubilus, Athenian 
statesman. 

εὐγένεια, as, 4, high birth, noble 
parentage. 

εὐδαιμονέω (εὐδαίμων), how, to be 
prosperous or happy. 

εὐδαιμονία, as, 7, prosperity, hap- 
piness. 

εὐδαιμονίζω, icw, to think or deem 
happy. 

εὐδαίμων, ον, happy, prosperous, 
blest. 

evdoniuew (εὐδόκϊμος), haw, to be 
famous, to gain a reputation. 

εὐδόκϊμος, ov, famous, illustrious. 

εὐδοξέω (218), how, to be illustri- 
ous, famous. 

εὐεξία, as, }, good condition. 

εὐεργέτης, ov, 6, benefactor. 

εὐήϑης, €s, simple. 

εὐήλϊος, ov, well sunned, sunny. 

εὐθᾶλής, és, flourishing, thrifty. 


258 


εὔκαρπος, ov, fruitful. 

εὐμήκης, es, tall. 

εὔνοος, oov or εὔνους, ovy, kind, 
well disposed. 

Evtcivos, ov, 6, Euxine or Black 
Sea. 

εὐπορέω, ἤσω, to prosper, be rich 
in. 

εὐπρέπεια, as, ἡ, beauty. 

εὐπρεπής, €s, good looking, come- 
] 


y: 

Εὐριπίδης, ov, 6, Euripides, tragic 
poet of Athens. 

εὑρίσκω, εὑρήσω, εὕρηκα, ἡμαι, ἔϑην, 
2 aor. εὗρον, to find. 

Εὐρυβιάδης, ov, 6, Eurybiades, 
Spartan general, 533. 

Eipudixn, ns, ἡ, Eurydice, wife of 
Orpheus. 

Εὐρώπη, ns, ἡ, Europa, 540. 

Εὐρώτας, ov or a, 6, Eurotas, chief 
river of Laconia, 521, 

εὐσέβεια, as, 7, piety. 

εὔσκϊος, ov, well shaded. 

erexvos, ov, happy in children, 
with many children. 

εὐτελής, és, cheap. 

εὐτὔχέω (218), how, to prosper. 

εὐτὔχία, as, n, prosperity. 

εὔφορος, ον, fruitful. 

ἐφέπομαι (ἐπί, ἕπομαι), to follow. 

ἔφιππος, ον, riding, on horseback, 

ἐφίπτᾶμαι, ἐπιπτήσομαι, 2 aor. ἐπέπ- 
την, to fly to or upon. 

ἐφίστημι (ἐπί, ἵστημι), to place 
near, stand near. 

ἐχϑρός, οὔ, 6, enemy, personal en- 
emy. 

ἔχω, ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, to have, hold, 
possess; ὧδε or οὕτως ἔχω, to 
have itself thus, to be thus or 


80. 
éws, till, until. 


Z 


(aw, how (in contract forms ἡ and 
ἔς used in place of aand ᾳ), to 


Cabri, tw, ta, ἔζευγμαι, ἐζεύ- 


χϑῆν, to join, yoke, harness, 





GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


Ζεῦξις, ἴδος, 5, Zeuxis, celebrated 
Grecian painter. 

Ζεύς, g. Διός, ἃ. Διί, a. Διά, V. Zed, 
6, Zeus, Jupiter, B35. 

ὥγλόω (219), ώσω, to desire, emu- 
late, envy. 

(nuidw, dow, f. m. ζημιώσομαι as 
pass., to injure, to punish. 

Ζήνων, wvos, 6, Zeno, Greek philoso- 
pher, 584. 

(nréw (219), how, .to seek, search 
for, desire. 

ζωγρἄφέω, how, to paint. 

ζῶον; ov, τό, anim 


H 


πῶ 


}, or, than. 

ἡγεμών, ὄνος, 6, guide. 

ἡγέομαι, horopat, to guide, lead, 
command. 

ἡδέως, gladly, willingly. 

ἤδη, at once, already. 

ἥδομαι, ἡσϑήσομαι, ἥσϑην, to de- 
light i in, be pleased with. 

ἡδονή, ἢ ais, my pleasure. 

ἡδύς, εἴα, ὑ, sweet, pleasant; comp. 
ἡδίων, superl. ἥδιστος. 

ἥκω, ἥξω, to come, to have ar- 
rived. 

ἡλίκος, ἡ, ov, how great. 

ἥλζος, ov, 6, sun. 

ἡμέρα, as, ἣ, day. 

ἥμερος, ov, tame, cultivated. 

ἡμέτερος, G, ov, OU. 

ἡμίϑεος, ov, ὃ, demigod. 

ἡνίκἄ, when. 

ἧπαρ, ἄτος, τό, liver. 





< 
7 
‘ 
7 


‘ 
7) 

< 
7 





Ἥρα, as, 7; Hera, Juno, 511. 


Ἡρακλῆς, éovs, 6, Heracles, Her- 
cules. 

ἠρόμην, 2 aor. mid. of épwrdw. 

Ἡσίοδος, ov, ὁ, Hesiod, Grecian 

oet, 

ἡττἄομαι (OY ἡσσάομαι), hoowa or 
ἡδήσομαι, to be defeated. 

ἥττων (or ἥσσων), ov, gen. ovos, 
weaker, inferior to, less. 

Ἥφαιστος, ov, 6, Hephaestus, Vul- 
can. 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


Θ 


ϑάλασσα (or atta), ns, ἧ, Sea. 

ϑαλάσσϊος (or drtios), ia, tov, of the 
sea, marine. 

ϑάλλω, SAAB, τέϑηλα, ἔϑᾶλον, to 
bloom, flourish. 

Sdvaros, ov, 6, death. 

ϑάπτω, ψω, ya, τέϑαμμαι (236), 2 
aor. pass. érapyy, to bury, in- 
ter. 

Sapséw, how, to take courage. 

Sappotvrws, boldly. 

ϑαυμάζω, ἄσομαι, aga, aka, cual, 
σϑην, to wonder at, to admire. 

ϑαυμαστός, 4, dv, wonderful, ad- 
mirable. 

Sedoua, ἄσομαι, τεϑέαμαι, to be- 
hold, to see. 

Θεῖον, ov, τό, the Deity. 

SéAw, ϑελήσω, TEXEANKA, to wish. 

Θεμιστοκλῆς, €ouvs, 6, Themistocles, 
Athenian general and statesman. 

ϑεός, οὔ, 6 or ἡ, god, goddess. 

Sépos, eos, τό, Summer. 

Séw (defect.), ϑεύσομαι, to run. 

Θῆβαι, ὧν, ai (pl.), Thebes, in Boeo- 
tia, 534. 

Θηβαῖος, a, ov, Theban. 

Shp, pds, 6, wild beast, beast. 

Shpa, as, ἧ, game, chase. 

ϑηρευτής, ov, 6, hunter, huntsman. 

ϑηρεύω, evow, to hunt, to capture, 
take. 

Snpiov, ov, τό, beast, wild beast. 

ϑηριώδης, es, brutal, savage. 

ϑητεύω, evow, to serve, be servant 
to. 

ϑνήσκω, Savodua, τέϑνηκα, ἔϑᾶ- 
voy, to die. 

ὥνητός, h, dv, mortal. 

SdpuvBos, ov, 6, noise, tumult. 

Θουκυδίδης, ov, 6, Thucydides, Greek 
historian. 

oe ov, 6, Thrasybialus, 
370. nae 

Spertixds, ἢ, dv, nourishing. 

ϑρυλλέω, how, to report, noise 
abroad. 

δυγάτηρ, τρός, 7, daughter. 

Stua, aros, τό, victim, offering. 

ϑυμόω, dow, to make angry. 





259. 


Sicia, as, 7, Victim, offering. 

ϑύσϊάζω, aow, aoa, TESvolaKxa, to 
sacrifice. 

Siw, Siow, ἔϑυσα, τέϑῦκα, τέϑῦμαι, 
ἐτύϑην, to sacrifice. 

ϑώραξ, ἄκος, 6, breastplate, cuirass. 


I 


ἰάομαι, ἰάσομαι, ἰασάμην, to heal, 
cure. 

ἰδού, lo! see! 

ἱερεύς, éws, 6, priest. 

ἱερός, d, dv, Sacred; τὰ ἱερά, the sa- 
cred things, victims, sacrifices. 

ἱκᾶνός, ἡ, ὄν, able, sufficient. 

ἱκετεύω, εὐσω, to beseech, suppli- 
cate. 

ἱμἄτϊον, ov, τό, cloak, mantle. 

ἵνα, that. 

ἱππεύς, éws, 6, horseman, pl. cav- 
alry. 

ἱπποκόμος, ov, 6, groom. 

ἵππος, ov, ὃ or 7, horse. 

ἱπποτροφέω, how, to keep or breed 
horses. 

ἵπτᾶμαι, πτήσομαι, 2 aor. ἔπτην, 7s, 
n, &c., to fly. 

*Iooxparns, eos, 6, Isocrates, Athe- 
nian orator, 535. 

ἴσος, ἡ, ov, equal (in size, strength, 
number). 

ἵστημι, see 268, 269, 270, to place, . 
erect, set up. 

ἰσχύω, vow, vou, toxvna, to be 
strong, be powerful. 


K 


Καδμεῖος, a, ov, Cadméan, Theban; 
Καδμεῖος, ov, 6, a Theban. 

Κάδμος, ov, 6, Cadmus, from Phoe- 
nicia, founder of Thebes. 

καδέζομαι, -εδοῦμαι, to sit down, 
encamp. 

καϑεύδω (κατά, εὕδω), -ευδήσω, to 
sleep. 

καϑίστημι (κατά, ἵστημι), to estab- 
lish, appoint. 

καί, and, also, even. 


“200 


καιρός, od, 6, fit time, opportunity. 

κακία, as, %, Vice. 

κακοδαιμονΐα, as, }, Misfortune, un- 
happiness. ~ 

κακόν, ov, τό, misfortune, evil, ca- 
lamity. 

κακός, ἢ, dv, bad, cowardly. 

κακῶς, badly. 

καλέω, ἔσω, εσα, κέκληκα, nual, 

ήϑην, to call, 

καλλίων, ov (comp. of καλός), more 
beautiful. 

κάλλιστος, ἡ, ov (super. of καλός), 
most beautiful, very beautiful. 

κάλλος, eos, τό, beauty. 

καλός, ἡ, dv, beautiful, noble, good. 

καλῶς, well, nobly. 

καμμύω, vow, to close the eyes. 

κάπρος, ov, 6, boar. 

καρπός, ov, 6, fruit. 

Kapia, as, ἡ, Caria, in Asia Minor. 

Κασσιέπεια, as, 7, Cassiepéa, 550. 

κατά (prep. with gen. or acc.), as 
to, according to, in, at, on, 
through, by; κατὰ γῆν, by 
land. 

καταβαίνω (κατά, Baivw), see βαίνω, 
to go down, descend. 

καταβιβρώσκω (κατά, βιβρώσκω), 
-βρώσω, to devour. 

καταγελάω (κατά, yeAdw), ἄσω (άσο- 
μαι), dou, to laugh at, deride. 

καταγιγνώσκω (κατά, γιγνώσκω), to 
condemn, pass sentence, decide. 

κατἄγω (κατά, ἄγω), to lead down, 
bring down. 

καταδιώκω (κατα, διώκω), to pur- 
sue, 

καταδύω (or divw), -δύσω, -ἐδῦσα, 
δέδυκα, 2 aor. -ἔδυν, to go down 
into, to enter. 

καταζεὐύγνῦμι (κατά, ζεὐγνυμι), to 
yoke together, harness. 

καταδαῤῥέω, how, to be bold 
against, 

καταλαμβἄνω (κατά, λαμβάνω), to 
seize, lay hold of, to come upon, 
approach, 

καταλείπω (κατά, λείπω), to leave 
behind, leave, abandon; to re- 
serve, 

κατανᾶλίσκω (κατά, ἀναλίσκω), λώ- 





GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


ow, Awoa, perf. κατηνάλωκα, to 
expend, waste. 

κατανοέω (κατά, νοέω), haw, to per 
celve. 

καταπλουτίζω (κατά, πλουτίζω), to 
make rich, enrich, 

κατασκευάζω fate oKevd(w), dow, 
σμαι, σϑην (219, 220), to make, 
to prepare. 

κατατοξεύω (κατά, τοξεύω), evow, to 
shoot (with arrows), 

καταφέρω (κατά, φέρω), to carry 
down. 

καταφεύγω (κατά, φεύγω), to flee, 
flee for refuge. 

καταφρονέω (κατά, φρονέω), to de- 
spise, disregard. 

κατέρχομαι (κατά, ἔρχομαι), to come 
or go down, descend. 

κατεσδίω (κατά, éodiw), to eat up; 
devour. 

κατέχω (κατά, ἔχω), see ἔχω, té 
possess, occupy, come upon. 

κατηγορέω (κατά, ἀγορεύω), how, to 
accuse. 

κατοικέω (κατά, οἰκέω), how, to 
dwell in, inhabit. 

Καύκᾶἄσος, ov, 6, Mt. Caucasus, rear 
the Black Sea, 546. 

καυχἄομαι, ἤσομαι, to boast, vaunt 
one’s self. 

κελεύω, ow, to direct, ask, or 
der. 

κέρας, &tos (aos), ws, τό, horn. 

κέρδος, εος, τό, gain, profit, lucre. 

κεφἄλή, 7s, ἡ, head. 

κῆπος, ov, 6, garden. 

κηπωρός, ov, ὃ, gardener, 

κήρυξ, vos, 6, herald, crier, mes- 
senger. 

κηρύσσω (ττω), fw, fa, κεκήρῦχα, 
νυγμαι, ύχϑην, to proclaim, an- 
nounce. 

κῆτος, eos, τό, Sea-monster, whale, 

Κηφεύς, ἕως, ὁ, Cepheus, 550. 

Κηφισός, od, ὃ, Cephisus, river in 
Attica, 

κιδᾶρίζω, low, to play the lyre. 

KWapiorhs, ov, ὃ, one who plays on 
the lyre, a harper. 

Kiddpwdla, as, ἡ, Singing to the mus 
sic of the harp. 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


Κίμων, wvos, 6, Cimon, father of 
Miltiades. 

κίνδυνος, ov, 6, danger. 

Kivéw, How, to excite, move, pro- 
voke. 

Κλέανδρος, ov, 6, Cleander, a Spar- 
tan. 

Κλέαρχος, ov, 6, Clearchus, com- 
mander under ‘Cyrus. 

κλεινός, ή, dv, celebrated, famous. 

κλείω, σω, to shut, close. 

Κλεομένης, eos, 6, Cleomenes, king 
of Sparta, 535. 

κλέπτης; ov, 6, thief. 

κλέπτω, Yo, Wa, κέκλοφα, κέκλεμ- 


μαι, ἐκλέφϑην, 2 aor. pass. ἐκλᾶἄ- | 


anv, to steal. 

κλοπή, js, ἢ, theft. 

κλών, κλωνός, 6, branch. 

Κνώσϊος, a, ov, Gnosian, Cretan. 

κοιμἄω, now, to put to sleep, mid. 
to sleep. 

κοινός, ἢ, dv, common. 

Kowwyla, as, ἢ, Company, copart- 
nership. 

κολάζω, dow (ἄάσομαι), to punish. 

κολᾶκεύω, ow, to flatter. 

κόλαξ, ἄκος, 6, flatterer. 

κολοιός, Ov, ὃ, jackdaw, 

Κολοσσαί, Ὧν, af (pl.), Colossae, 
city of "Phrygia. 

κόλπος, ov, 6, bosom, folds. 

KoAuu Baw, hoe, to swim, dive. 

Koudw, How, to wear long hair. 

κόμη, ns, 7, hair. 

κομίζω, ἴσω (ia), toa, tea, σμαι, 
σϑην, to carry, bring, take, re- 
ceive. 

Κόνων, wvos, 6, Conon, Athenian 
general. 

κόραξ, ἄκος, 6, raven, crow. 

κόρη, 1S, ἢ, maiden, daughter, 
girl. 

Κόρη, ns, 7, Core, Proserpine, 549. 

Kopivdios, fa, ἴον, Corinthian. 

Képwaos, ov, 7, Corinth, 414. 

κόσμος, ov, 6, ornament, honor. 

Kpatéw, how, to rule, be master of, 
govern, take captive. 

Kparnp, Tipos, 6, bowl. 

κρέας, δ. cog κρέως, τό, flesh. 

κρείσσων (ττων), ov (comp. of ἀγᾶ- 





261 


δός, 147), better, superior, stron- 
ger. 

Κρέων, ovros, 6, Creon, king of 
Thebes, 551. 

Κρήτη, ns, ἧ, Crete, now Candia, 
540. 

κριδή, NS, Ty, barley. 

κρίσις, ews, ὃ decision. 

κρίτής, οὔ, 6, judge. 
pitias, ov, 6, Critias, one of the 
thirty tyrants of Athens. 

Κροῖσος, ov, 6, Croesus, king of 
Lydia. 

κροκόδειλος, ov, 6, crocodile. 

κρύπτω, Yo, Ya, pa, μμαι, φϑην, to 
conceal, hide. 

κτἄομαι, κτήσομαι, ἅμην, κέκτημαι, 
ἐκτήϑην, to acquire, possess. 

κτείνω, κτενῷ, ἔκτεινα, to slay, 
kill. 

κτενίζω, ἴσω, to comb, to curry. 

κτῆμα, ἄτος, τό, possession, treas- 
ures, means. 

κυλινδέω (defect., used in pres. and 
imp.), to roll, to indulge in. 

κῦμα, aTos, τό, wave, billow. 

κυνηγός, od, 6, hunter. 

KUTEAAOY, Ov, τό, CUD. 

kuptevw, ow, to be master of, to 
rule. 

κύρϊος, ia, tov, controlling, master, 
guardian, supreme. 

κύρϊος, ov, 6, master, owner. 

Κῦρος, ov, 6, Cyrus, 102 and 274. 

κύων, κυϑδο; 6 or ἡ, dog. 

κῶλον, ov, Td, leg, limb. 

κυλύω, vow, to detain, prevent, hold 
back. 

κώμη, ns, 7, Village. 


A 


λαβή, jis, 7, handle. 

Adyos, ov, 6, Lagus, 535. 

λαγώς, ώ, 6, hare. 

AdSpa, secretly; with gen. without 
the knowledge of. 

Adios, ov, 6, Laius, king of The- 
bes. 

Λακεδαιμόνϊος, ἃ, ov, Lacedaemo- 
nian. 


202 


Λακεδαίμων, ονος, 7, Lacedaemon, 
Sparta, 

λακτίζω, iow, to kick. 

Λάκων, wvos, 6, ἃ Laconian. 

λαλέω, how, to talk, speak. 

λάλος, ov, talkative. 

AauBavw, λήψομαι, εἴληφα, εἴλημ- 
μαι, ἐλήφϑην, 2 aor, act. ἔλἄβον, 
to take, receive. 

Adds, od, 6, people. 

λάφυρον, ov, τό (common in pl.),” 
booty, spoils. 

λάχᾶνον, ov, τό, herbs, vegetables. 

λέγω, Ew, Ea, λέλεγμαι, ἐλέχϑην, tO 

' say, speak; to tell, relate. 

λειμών, @vos, 6, meadow. 

λείπω, Ww, Ya, λέλοιπα, λέλειμμαι, 
ἐλείφϑην, to leave. 

λεπτός, H, dv, thin, lean, slender. 

λέων, ovtos, 6, lion. 

Aewvidas, ov, 6, Leonidas, the hero 
of Thermopylae, 528. 

λευκός, ἢ, dv, white. 

Λητώ, dos, vis, h, Latona, 528. 

Aldivos, ἡ, ov, of stone. 

λίϑος, ov, 6, sometimes ἣ, stone. 

λιμός, od, 6, hunger. 

λιμώττω, ξω, to be hungry. 

Aivos, ov, 6, Linus, mythical min- 
strel, 280. 

λοβός, ov, 6, lobe (a8 of the liver). 

Adyos, ov, 6, word, account, re- 
port. 

λοιδορέω, How, to revile. 

λοιπός, H, dv, remaining, rest. ’ 

λούω, ow, σα, μαι, ϑὴν, to wash, 
mid, to bathe. 

λόφος, ov, 6, hill, summit. 

Aoxayés, od, ὃ, commander, cap- 
tain. 

Λυγκεύς, éws, 5, Lynceus, 539. 

λύκος, ov, 6, wolf, 

Λυκοῦργος, ov, 6, Lycurgus, law- 
giver of Sparta. 

Auréw, how, to give pain, mid, to 
grieve. 

λύρα, as, i, lyre. 

λύχνος, ov, 6, torch, lamp. 

λύω, λύσω, ἔλῦσα, A€AVKa, λέλὔμαι, 
ἐλύϑην, to violate, break, break 





down, solve, release. 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


M 


μάγειρος, ov, 6, cook, butcher. 

μαγνῆτις, ios, 7, magnet. 

μάδϑημα, aros, τό, lesson, learning, 
knowledge. 

μαδϑητής, ov, 6, pupil, learner. 

μαίνομαι, μανοῦμαι, μέμηνα, 2 aor. 
ἐμᾶνην, to be mad or frantic. 

μᾶκἄρίζω, iow (i@), ixa, to think or 
account happy. 

μάλιστα (superl. of μάλα, very, 
much), especially, most. 

μᾶλλον (comp. of μάλα, very much), 
more, rather. 

Maxedovia, as, ἡ, Macedonia, 237. 

Maxedovixds, H, dv, Macedonian. 

Μακεδών, dvos, 6, ἃ Macedonian. 

μανϑᾶνω, μαδϑήσομαι, μεμάϑηκα, 2 
aor. ἔμᾶϑον, to learn. 

μανΐα, as, ἧ, frenzy, madness. 

μαντεύομαι, εὐσομαι (dep.), to pre- 
dict, prophesys 

Μαντινεία, as, 7, Mantinea, city in 
Arcadia, 517. 

Mapasayv, avos, ὃ, ἣ, Marathon, 420. 

μαραίνω, Gv, nva, μεμάρασμαι, eua- 
pavany, to cause to wither or 
droop, mid. to droop or wither. 

μαστιγόω, dow, to whip; flog. 

μᾶταιος, ἃ, ov, useless, foolish. 

μάτην, in vain. 

μάχη, ns, ἡ, battle, engagement. 

μάχομαι, ἔσομαι OF odmat, εσάἅμην, 
nua, to fight. 

μέγας, GAn, a, great, large; comp. 
μείζων, superl. μέγιστος. 

μέγεϑος, εος, τό, size, height. 

μέϑη, ns, 7, drunkenness, intoxica- 
tion. 

μείζων, ov, gen. ovos (comp. of pé- 
yas), greater, taller. 

μειρἄκϊον, ov, τό, youth, 

μείρομαι, perf. εἵμαρμαι, impers, εἴς 
μαρταῖι, it is fated. 

μέλαν, ἄνος, τό, ink. 

μέλας, avd, αν, black, dark, mourn- 
ing. 

ΩΝ μελήσει, ἐμέλησε, μεμέληκεν 
(impers.), it concerns, there is a 
care of, 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


Μελιταῖος, a, ov, οὗ Malta, Maltese, 
Melitaean. 

μέλλω; μελήσω, σα, to be about to 
do. 


μέμφομαι, ψομαι, Wauny, ἐμέμφϑην, 
to blame, find fault with. 

μέν, indeed, on the one hand. 

μέντοι, indeed, certainly. 

μένω, VO, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα, to re- 
main, wait for, await. : 

Μένων, ὠνος, 6, Menon, 469. 

μερίζω, iow Or 1@, ἴσα, σμαι, σϑὴν, 
to divide. 

μερίς, dos, 7, part, portion. 

μεστός, ἡ, dv, full, abounding in. 

werd (prep. with gen. or acc.), with, 
in company with, after; as ad- 
verb, afterwards; med ἡμέραν, 
by day.. 

μεταβολή, 7s, 7, change. 

μετάλλευσις, ews, 7, Maining. 

μεταλλεύω, gw, to mine. 

μετανοέω (μετά, νοέω), How, to re- 
pent. 

μεταπέμπω (μετά, πέμπω), to send 
after, to send for. 

μετέχω. (μετά, ἔχω), to share in, 
take part in. 

μετρέω, How, tO Measure. 

μέχρι, before vowels μέχρις, till, 
up to. 

μή, not, used in prohibitions, con- 
ditions, &c. 

μηδείς, μηδεμΐα, 
one, nothing. 

μηδέποτε, never. 

μηδέπω, not yet, not as yet. 

Μῆδος, ov, 6, Mede, of Media. 

μηλέα, as, 7, apple-tree. 

μῆλον, ov, τό, apple, sheep. 

μήν, μηνός, 6, month. 

μήν, indeed, truly. 

μηνΐω, iow, to be angry. 

μήπω, not yet, never yet. 

μήτε, and not, neither, nor. 

μήτηρ, Teds, n, mother, 

μητρόπολις, ews, H, mother city, 
home, metropolis. 

μητρυιά, ἂς, H, step-mother. 

μηχᾶνᾶδομαι, ἤσομαι, to devise, plan. 

Midas, ov, 6, Midas, celebrated king 
of Phrygia, who, according to 


μηδέν, none, no 








263 


some accounts, mingled wine with 
the waters of a fountain, to 
which Silenus, the attendant of 
Bacchus, was accustomed to re- 
sort; and thus intoxicated and ἢ 
caught him. 

μικρός, 4, dv, small, little, short ; 
μικροῦ, adverbially, within ἃ lit- 
tle, almost. 

Μειλήσϊος, a, ον, Milesian. 

Μίλητος, ov, 7, Miletus, city of 
Caria, 541. 

Μιλτὶἄδης, ov, 6, Miltiades, 420. 

Μίνως, wos, 6, Minos, king of 
Crete. 

μισέω, How, to hate. 

μισδοδότης, ov, ὃ, paymaster. 

μισδός, ov, 6, pay. 

μισϑοφόρος, ov, 6, & mercenary. 

μισϑόω, dow, to let, rent, mid. to 
hire. 

μισϑωτός, od, 6, hireling. 

μνᾶ, Gs, 7, mina=$17. — 

μνἄομαι (used in pres. and imp.), to 
woo, court. 

μνηστεύω, ow, to seek in marriage, 
to woo. 

μολών, 2 aor. part. of βλώσκω, to 
come. 

μοῖρα, as, 7, fate. 

μόνος, ἢ, ov, alone. 

Μοῦσα, ns~7, Muse, goddess of mu- 
sic, poetry, de. 

μουσὶκή, Hs, 7, Music. 

μουσϊκῶς, sweetly, musically. 

μοχδηρός, h, dv, base, bad. 

μυδολογέω, ἤσω, to tell mythic 
tales, to recount. 

μῦδος, ov, 6, legend, story. 

μυλών, @vos, 6, mill. 

Μύνδϊος, ἃ, ov, Myndian. 

Mivdos, ov, 6, Myndus, in Caria. 

Kupids, ἄδος, 7, myriad, ten thou- 
sand, 

μύρμηξ, nros, ὃ, ant. 

μωρΐα, as, 7, folly. 


N 


Ndttos, ov, 6, Naxian, 272. 
ναός, ov, 6, temple. 


204 


νάρϑηξ, ἡκος, δ, reed, giant fennel. 

ναυᾶγέω, how, to suffer shipwreck. 

vavpdxia, as, 7, naval battle. 

_ wads, g. νεώς, ἃ. νηΐ, a. ναῦν, Du. 
g. and ἃ, veoty, Pl. νῆες, νεῶν, 
vavol(v), ναῦς, ship. 

veavlas, ov, 6, youth, young man. 

νεανίσκος, ov, 6, youth, a youth. 

Νεῖλος, ov, 6, Nile, in Lgypt. 

νεκρός, ov, 6, corpse, dead body. 

νέμω, νεμῶ, ἔνειμα, νενέμηκα, ἡμαῖι, 
4Xnv, to distribute, mid. to take, 
devour. 

véos, a, ov, young, new. 

νεφέλη, ns, ἡ, cloud. 

Νηρηΐς, δος, 4, Nereid, sea-nymph. 

vindw, how, to conquer, prevail. 

νίκη, ns, ἢ, Victory. 

Νιόβη, ns, 7, Niobe, 548. 

vouh, hs, ἢ, pasturage. 

νομίζω, tow Or Ἰῶ, σμαι, σϑην, to 
regard, think, consider. 

νόμος, ov, 6, custom, law. 

voréw, haw, to be sick or ill. 

νύκτωρ, by night. 

νῦν, now. ἢ 

νύξ, νυκτός, ἧ, night. 


Ξ 


ξενίζω, iow, to entertain. 

Eevoxparns, eos, 6, Xenocrates, 
Greek philosopher, 535. 

Ξενοφών, ὥντος, 6, Xenophon, Greek 
historian. 

Ξέρξης, ov, 6, Xerxes, king of Per- 
sia 


ξύλον, ov, τό, wood. 


oO 


ὃ, 7, τό, the. 

ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, this, as follows. 

ὀδύρομα: (used mainly in pres. and 
imp.), to lament. 

᾿Οδυσσεύς, ews, 5, Odysseus, Ulys- 
ses, 536. 

ὅϑεν, whence, from which. 

οἶδα, as, ε, 2 perf.: Synopsis; ind, 
οἶδα, subj. εἰδῶ, opt. εἰδείην, 





GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


imp. tod, inf. εἰδέναι, part. εἰδώς, 
= know. 

Οἰδίπους, od0s, 6, Oedipus, king ὁ 
Thebes, 545. aa 0 

οἰκέτης, ov, ὃ, servant, attendant. 

oixéw, how, to dwell, inhabit. 

οἴκησι5, ews, 7}, abode, dwelling. 

οἰκία, as, ἡ, house, home. 

οἴκοι, at home. 

οἶκος, ov, 6, house. 

οἰκτείρω, ερῶ, eipa, to pity. 

οἶμαι Or οἴομαι, οἰήσομαι, whiny, to 
think, consider. 

οἶνος, ov, 6, Wine. 

ge a, ov, such, such as, possi- 
ble. 

dis, dios, pl. dies, cr. dis, ὃ OF ἧ, 
sheep. 

ὀΐστευμα, dros, τό, ALTOW. 

οἴχομαι, ἤσομαι, ᾧχημαι, to depart, 


go. 

ὀκτώ, eight. 

ὄλβιος, a, ov, happy, blessed. 

dAiyapxia, as, H, oligarchy, gov- 
ernment by the few. - 

ὀλίγος, ἡ, ov, few, little. 

᾿ΟὈλυμπία, as, 7, Olympia, in His 
in Greece. 

᾿Ολυμπιάς, ἄδος, h, Olympic games. 

Ὅμηρος, ov, 6, Homer, the great 
Epic poet of Greece. 

ὁμιλέω, how, to associate with. 

ὄμνυμι, ὀμοῦμαι, Suooa, duduora, 
to swear, take an oath. 

ὅμοιος, &, ov, like, resembling. 

ὁμολογέω, how, to confess, con- 
sent. 

ὀνειδίζω, iow or i@, to reproach, 
cast in one’s teeth. 

ὄνειδος, eos, τό, disgrace, reproach. 

éynAdrns, ov, 6, driver of asses or 
donkeys. 

ὄνομα, &ros, τό, name. 

ὀνομάζω, dow, cua, σϑην, to name, 
call by name. 

ὀνομαστός, ἡ, dv, celebrated, fa- 
mous. 

ὄνος, ov, ὃ, ass. 

ὀξέως, quickly. 

ὄπισϑεν, behind. 

ὀπισδοφυλακέω, how, to guard or 
command the rear, 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


ὁπλίτης, ov, 6, heavy-armed sol- 
dier. 

ὅπλα, wy, τά (pl.), armor, arms. 

ὁπόσος, ἡ, ov; Low much? how 
many? 

ὅπότε, When, whenever. 

émov, where, wherever. 

Saws, that, in order that. 

ὁρᾶω, ὄψομαι, ἑώρᾶκα, ὦμμαι, ὥφϑην, 
2 aor. εἶδον, imp. ἑώραον (with 
double aug.), to see. 

ὀργή, fis, 7, anger, passion. 

dpyia, wv, τά (pl.), orgies, rites of 
Bacchus. 

ὀργίζω, ἴσω or i@, to enrage, mid. 
be angry. 

ὀρϑῶς, rightly. 

δρίζω, ἴσῳ or τῶ, to define, limit. 

ὅρκος, ov, 6, oath. 

dppdw, how, to sally forth, go forth, 
attack. 

ὄρνεον, ov, τό, bird. 

ὄρνις, tXos, 6 or H, bird, hen. 

᾿Ορόντης, ov, 6, Orontes, 272. 

ὄρος, eos, τό, Mountain. 

᾿Ορφεύς, ews, 6, Orpheus, 547. 

ὀρχέομαι, ἤσομαι, to dance. 

és, ἥ, 8, who, which, what. 

ὅσος, ἡ, ov, aS Much or many as. 

ὅςπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ, Who, which. 

ὅςτις, ἥτις, ὅτι, Yen. obrivos, ἢ τἴ- 
vos, who, whoever. 

ὕστρᾶκον, ov, τό, shell. 

Bray, when, whenever. 

ὅτε, when. 

ὅτι, that, since, because. 

ov (before smooth breathing ovr, 
before rough οὐχ), not. 

οὐδαμοῦ, nowhere. 

ovdé, not even. 

οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν, NONe, NO one, 
nothing. 

οὐδέποτε, never. 

οὐκέτι, not yet, no longer. 

οὔκουν ; (interrog. part. expects af- 
Jjirmative answer,) not then ὃ 

οὖν, therefore, accordingly, then. 

οὐρᾶνός, ov, 6, firmament, heaven. 

ods, ὠτός, τό, ear. 

οὔτε, neither; οὔτε---οὔτε, neither 
—nor. 

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, this. 





οὕτως Or οὕτω, thus, so. 
ὔὕφις, ews, 6, Serpent. 
ὀχέω, How, to bear, carry. 
ef ἼΞ .« 


παιάν, ἄνος, 6, paean, war-song. 

παιδεία, as, 7, lesson, knowledge, 
instruction. 

παιδεύω, ow, to educate, mid. to 
cause to be educated, to have 
educated. 

παίζω, παίξομαι, ἔπαισα, πέπαικα, 
πέπαισμαι, ἐπαίχϑην, to play, 
sport, 

παῖς, παιδός, VOC. παῖ, 6 or 7, boy, 
child. 

παίω, παίσω or παιήσω, ἔπαισα, 
πέπαικα, ἐπαίσϑην, to strike. 

πάλαι, anciently, long ago, long 
since; 6 πάλαι, the old; of πά- 
Aa, the men of old. 

πᾶλαιός, d, dv, ancient, old. 

πάλιν, baek, again. 

παντἄχοῦ, every where. 

πάντη, entirely, upon the whole. * 

παντοδᾶπός, ἡ, dv, of every kind. 

παρά (prep. with gen. dat. or acc.), 
to, into the presence of, near, 
among, beyond, from, by ; mapa 
μικρόν, almost, within a little. 

παραβάλλω (παρά, βάλλω), to throw 
to, give. 

παραγίγνομαι (παρά, γίγνομαι), to 
arrive, be present. 

παράδεισος, ov, 6, park, pleasure- 
grounds. 

παραδίδωμι (παρά, δίδωμι), to give 
up, deliver. 

παρακαδϑίζω (παρά, καϑίζω), ἴσω or 
i@, to place near, mid. to 518 
near. 

παράκειμαι, -κείσομαι, to lie beside 
or near, be at hand. 

παραλαμβᾶνω (παρά, λαμβάνω), to 
take, receive. 

mapacdyyns, ov, 6, parasang about 
four miles. 

παρασκευάζω (παρά, σκενάζω), ἄσω, 
σμαι, σϑην, to prepare. 

παράταξις, ews, ἦγ array, battle, 


200 


πάρειμι (παρά, εἰμί), to be present, 

Παρμενίων, ὠνος, 6, Parmenio, ὅ81. 

παῤῥησία, as, ἣ, boldness, frank- 
ness, freedom. 

πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, all, every, whole. 

πάσχω, πείσομαι, wémovda, 2 aor. 
éxaxov, to suffer, experience, 
do. 

πατάσσω, dtw, ata, αγμαι, to strike. 

πατήρ, πατρός, 6, father. 

πατρίς, iSos, #, country, native 
country. 

παύω, ow, σα, Ka, μαι, σϑην, to 
cause to cease, mid. to cease, 
to stop one’s self. 

Παφλαγονΐα, as, 7, Paphlagonia, in 
Asia Minor. 

πείϑω, ow, oa, Ka, cual, σϑην, to 
persuade, mid. to believe, obey. 

πειρᾶομαι, ἄσομαι, ἄσἄμην, ἅμαι, to 
attempt, try. — 

Πεισίστρᾶτος, ov, ὃ, Pisistratus, ty- 
rant of Athens. 

πέλᾶγος, εο5, τό, SCA. 

Πελίας, ov, 6, Pelias, ὅ49. 

Πέλοψ, οπος, 6, Pelops, 548. 

«τέμπω, Yo, Ya, πέπομφα, πέπεμμαι, 
ἐπέμφϑην, to send. 

πένης, τος, 6, day-laborer, poor 
man. 

mevéw, how, to lament, mourn for. 

πεντἄκόσϊοι, at, a, five hundred. 

πέντε, five. 

πεντεκαίδεκα, fifteen. 

περἄω, Gow, tO Cross, ZO Over. 

περί (prep. with gen. dat. or acc.), 
around, along, in the vicinity 
of, in regard to, concerning, 
about. 

περιβάλλω (περί, βάλλω), to throw 
around, put around. 

περιγίγνομαι (περί, γίγνομαι), to be 
over or above, to remain, ac- 
crue, 

περιελαύνω (περί, ἐλαύνω), to drive 
about. 

Περικλῆς, €ovs, voc. Περίκλεις, 6, 

ericles, Athenian statesman, 

530. 

περιουσΐα, as, }, abundance, wealth. 

περιπλέκω (περί, πλέκω), to weave 
round, mid. to embrace, seize. 





GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


περιποιέω (περί, ποιέω), How, to ob- 
win 


, Win. 

περιφέρω (περί, φέρω), to bear or 
carry about. 

Περσεύς, ἕως, 6, Perseus, 550. 

Πέρσης, ov, ὃ, Persian, a Persian. 

πέτομαι, πτήσομαι, 2 aor. ἔπτην, 
ns, n, &e., to ἢν. 

πέτρα, as, H, rock, stone. 

πηγή, 7s, ἡ, fountain, spring. 

— as, 7, Pieria, in Thessaly, 

mixpés, d, dy, bitter. 

mmedns, és, fleshy, fat. 

mivats, isos, 7, tablet. 

Πίνδᾶρος, ov, 6, Pindar, 310, 

πίνω, fut. πίομαι, πέπωκα, πέπο- 
μαι, ἐπόϑην, 2 aor. ἔπϊον, to 
drink. 

πιπράσκω, πεπρᾶσω, ATA, aKa, ἃ 
oe to μεῖς ee 

πιστεύω, ow, to trust, confide in, 
intrust to. 

πιστός, ἡ, dv, faithful. 

Πίττᾶκος, ov, 6, Pittacus, one of the 
seven wise men of Greece. 

πλάσσω, πλᾶσω, σα, κα, σμαι, σϑην, 
to form, fashion. 

πλαστὶκή, 7s, ἣ, plastic art, statu- 
ary. ; 

Πλάτων, wvos, 6, Plato, 279. 

πλεῖστος, ἡ, ov (superl. of πολύς), 
most, very many. 

πλείων, ov (comp. of πολύς), more. 

mAcovaxis, more frequently, very 
frequently. 

πλῆδος, eos, τό, Multitude, num- 
ber, people. 

πλήμμῦρα, as, }, flood. 

πλήν (with gen.), besides, except. 

πλήρης, ε5, full, full of, abounding 
in. 

mAnolov, near; ὃ πλησίον, the 
neighboring, the neighbor. 

πλοῖον, ov, τό, boat, vessel. 

πλούσϊος, ἃ, ον, rich, wealthy. 

πλουτέω, how, to be rich or wealthy. 

πλουτίζω, low, to make rich, en 
rich. 

πλοῦτος, ov, 5, wealth, riches. 

Πλούτων, wos, 5, Plato, 547. 

πνεῦμα, dros, τό, wind, 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


πνΐγω, kw, ta, 2 aor. pass. ἐπνύγην, 
to strangle, pass. to be drowned. 
᾿ποδῶκυς, εἰα, υ, swift-footed, swift. 
“ποιέω, ήσω, to build, make, do; 
εὖ ποιέω, to treat well, use well; 
κακῶς ποιέω, to treat ill, use 
badly. 
ποιητής, οὔ, 6, maker, poet. 
ποιμήν, € évos, 5, shepherd. 
ποῖος, a, ov 3 what ? ? of what sort? 
πολεμέω, how, to* make war upon, 
fight with, to fight. 
πολεμῖκός, h, ὄν, hostile, warlike. 
πολέμϊος, ov, 6, enemy. 
πόλεμος, ov, ki war. 
πολιορκέω, haw, to besiege, block- 
ade. 
πόλις, ews, H, city. 
πολίτης, ov, 6, citizen. 
sonrricd®, ή, ἐν, constitutional, po- 
litical. 
πολλᾶκεις, many times, often. 
moAtuadhs, és, very learned, hay- 
ing much learning. 
πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, Zen. πολλοῦ, 
πολλῆς, πολλοῦ, ACC. πολύν, πολ- 
λήν, πολύ, much, large, many ; 
πολλῷ, by much, much. 
πολύτελεία, as, , expense, costli- 
ness, 
πολυτελής, és, magnificent, costly. 
πολυτελῶς, expensively. 
πονηρός, h, dv, bad, base, worthless. 
πόνος, ov, 6, toil, labor. 
πόντος, ov, 6, Sea. 
πορεία, as, 7, journey, march, con- 
veyance.» 
πορεύομαι, evooua, to go, march. 
πορδϑέω, ήσω, to destroy, plunder. 
Ποσειδῶν, Gvos, 6, Poseidon, Nep- 
tune. 
πόσος, ἡ, ov; how much? how 
many ? 
ποτᾶμός, οὔ, 6, river. 
πότε; when? ποτέ (enclit.), at 
some time, once, ever. 
Ἰγότερον, whether. 
πότος, ov, 6, drinking, carousal. 
ποῦ; where ? 
πούς, ποδός, 6, foot. 
πρᾶγμα, dros, τό, thing, affair, in- 
terest. 





267 


πρᾶξις, ews, 7, doing, action, deed, 
exploit. 

πράσσω (ττω), ἀξω, αξα, axa, Yat, 
άχϑην, to do, manage; εὖ πράσ- 
ow, to do well, succeed well. 

πρέπω, Wo, Wa, to be becoming, to 
suit. 

πρέσβεις, εων, οἷ, Pl. (Sing. poetic), 
ambassadors. 

πρίᾶμαι (defect. only used in 2 aor. 
ἐπριάμην), to buy, purchase. 

πρίν, before, until. ; 

πρό (prep. with gen.), before, both 
of time and place. 

προᾶάγω (πρό, ἄγω), to bring for- 
ward ; pass. to be brought for- 
ward, to arise. 

πρόβᾶἄτον, ov, τό, Sheep. 

πρόγονος, ov, 6, ancestor, 
father. 

προδίδωμι (πρό, δίδωμι), to betray. 

TIpoundeds, ἕως, 6, Prometheus, 
546. . 

Πρόξενος, ov, 6, Proxenus, 431. 

πρός (prep. with gen. dat. acc.), to, 
against, at, near, for the sake 
of. 

mposaryopetw (πρός, ἀγορεύω), ow, 
to address, speak to. 

mposavamAdoow (πρός, ἀνά, πλάσσω), 
to form or invent. _ 

mposdéw (πρός, δέω), -δήσω, to tie or 
fasten to. 

mpdserut (πρός, εἶμι), to go to. 

προΞξέρχομαι (πρός, ἔρχομαι), to go 
to, come to. 

mposéxw (πρός, ἔχω), to attend, take 
heed. . 


fore- 


mposnyopla, as, 7, name, title. 

mposnrAdw, ὦσω, to nail or fasten 
to. 

mposkaréw (πρός, καλέω), See κα- 
λέω, to call to. 

mposkuvéw (πρός, Kuvéw), how, to 
worship, adore. 

mposhauBavw (πρός, λαμβάνω), to 
take, tak@ in addition. 

προςπαίζω (πρός, παίζω), to play or 
sport with. 

προςτάσσω (πρός, τάσσω), to enjoin 
upon, command. 

mpostpexw (πρός, τρέχω), to run to, 


208 


πρόξωπον, ov, τό, face, counte- 
nance. 

πρότερον, sooner, before. 

προτείνω (πρό, τείνω), -τενῶ, -ἔτεινα, 
-τέτᾶκα, -τέτἄᾶμαι, -eTadny, to 
offer, propose. 

προτίϑημι (πρό, τίϑημι), to set be- 
ore. 

προτιμᾶἄω (πρό, Tiudw), how, to hon- 
or before, prefer. 

προτρέπω (πρό, τρέπω), to exhort, 
ask, urge. 

προφύλαξ, ἄκος, 6, guard, advance 
guard, outpost. 

mpwt, early, early in the day. 

πρῶτος, ἡ, ov, first; πρῶτον, τὸ 
πρῶτον, at first. 

πτέρυξ, vyos, 7}, Wing. 

Πτολεμαῖος, ov, 6, Ptolemy, 535. 

πυκτεύω, gw, to box. 

πύλῃ, NS, 7, gate. 

πυνϑάνομαι, πεύσομαι, πέπευσμαι, 2 
aor. ἐπυϑδόμην, to inquire, ask, 
ascertain. 

πῦρ, πυρός, τό, fire. 

πυρπολέω, how, to destroy with 
fire. 

Twréw, how, to sell. 

nas; how? r 

πὼς (enclit.), somehow. 


P 


ῥᾳϑυμέω, haw, to be idle. 

pnroptkh, js, ἡ, rhetoric. 

ῥήτωρ, opos, 6, rhetorician, orator. 

ῥίζα, ns, 7, root. 

ῥίπτω, Ww, Wa, perf. ἔῤῥτφα, ἔῤῥιμ- 
μαι, ἐῤῥίφϑην, to hurl, throw. 

ῥόδον, ov, τό, rose. 

ῥόπᾶλον, ov, To, stick, club, 

ῥύομαι, ῥύσομαι, to rescue, release. 

Ῥωμαῖος, ἃ, ov, Roman. 

Ῥώμη, ns, 7, Rome, 


“ 
= 
Σαλᾶμίς, tvos, }, Salamis, $91. 


σαλπιγκτής, ov, 6, trumpeter. 
Sdripos, ov, 6, ἃ Satyr, companion 





GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


of Bacchus. The most famous 
of the Satyrs was Silenus, distin- 
guished for prophetic powers, fa- _ 
bled to Hiei en oath fe : 
Midas. 

σεαυτοῦ, 7s, ov, contr. σαυτοῦ, js, 
οὔ, yourself. 

σείω, ow, Tuat, σϑην, to shake. 

σεμνύνομαι, aor. éceuvuvauny, to be 
proud of, to pride one’s self in. 

σιγἄω, how, to be silent. 

σίδηρος, ov, 6, iron. 

Σικελία, as, 7, Sicily. 

Σιλᾶνός, ov, 6, Silanus, Grecian 
seer. 

Σιμωνΐδης, ov, 6, Simonides, Greek 
poet. 

σιωπᾶω, how, to be silent. 

σιωπή, ἧς, ἣ, Silence. 

σκεῦος, εος, τό, implement, piece 
of furniture, baggage. 

σκηνή, ἧς, ἡ, tent. 

σκῖά, ἃς, ἣ, Shade, shadow. 

σκιρτἅάω, how, to frisk, leap, bound. 

σκληρός, d, dv, harsh, rough, 

σκοπέω (used in pres. and imp.), to 
see, inquire, regard, 

Σκύϑης, ov, 6, Scythian, a Scythian. 

Σκυδῖκός, H, dv, Scythian. 

Σόλων, wvos, 6, Solon, lawgiver of 
Athens. 

σός, oh, σόν, your, thy. 

σοφΐα, as, ἡ, Wisdom. 

σοφιστής, od, 6, sophist, teacher of 
wisdom. 

σοφός, ἡ, dv, Wise. 

Σπάρτη, ns, ἡ, Sparta. Φ 

Σπαρτϊάτης, ov, 6, Spartan, a Spar- 
tan, 

onévdw, σπείσω, oa, κα, to pour, 
pour libation. [treaty, truce. 

σπονδή, fis, %, Libation (plur.), 

σπουδάζω, dow, to be in haste. 

στέργω, tw, ta, to love. 

στερεός, d, dy, firm, strong. 

στερέω, how, to deprive of. 

στέφᾶἄνος, ov, 6, crown, garland. 

στεφανόω, dow, to crown. 

στῆϑος, eos, τό, breast. 

στόλος, ov, ὃ, expedition, force, 

στόμα, &ros, τό, mouth. 

στράτευμα, ἄτος, τό, army. 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


στρατεύω, evow, to make an expe- 
dition. 

στρατηγέω, haw, to be general. 

στρᾶτηγός, οὔ, 6, general. 

στρατῖά, ἂς, 7, army, force. 

στρατιώτης, ov, 6, soldier. 

Στρατόνϊκος, ov, 6, Stratonicus, 535. 

στρατόπεδον, ov, τό, army, encamp- 
ment. 

στρᾶτός, ov, 6, camp, arnty. 

oTpoudicy, ov, τό, Sparrow. 

σύ, cov, thou, you. 

συγγίγνομαι (σύν, γίγνομαι), to be 
with, to associate with. 

συγγιγνώσκω (σύν, γιγνώσκω), to 
pardon. 

συγγνώμη, ns, 7, pardon, favor, 
mercy. 

συγχαίρω (σύν, χαίρω), rejoice with, 

σνλλαμβάνω (σύν, λαμβάνω), to take 
together or jointly, to take. 

συμβαίνω (σύν, Baivw), see ἐμβαίνω, 
to happen, take place. 

συμβουλεύω (σύν, βουλεύω), to de- 
liberate with. 

rs ov, 6, adviser, counscl- 
or. 

σὐμμᾶχος, ov, ὃ, ally, auxiliary. 

συμπλέω (σύν, πλέω), -πλεύσομαι, 
συνέπλευσα, Ka, σμαι, 
with. 

συμφορά, as, ἢ, misfortune. 

σύν (prep. with dat.), with, with 
the favor of. 

συνἄγω (σύν, ἄγω), to bring to- 
gether, collect. 

cuvaytaw (σύν, aytdw), how, to 
meet. 

συναπαίρω (σύν, ἀπό, αἴρω), -ἄρῶ, 
-ῆρα, -ἤρκα, -ἥρμαι, -ἤρϑην, to go 
with, mi ate with. 

συνίστημι (σύν, ἵστημι), to place 
ae to place with (as pu- 
pil 

συνοικία, as, 7, house for several 
families, lodging house. 

συνομοόλιν eo, jow, to agree with, 
assent. 

cuvopaw (σύν, ὁράω), to see, behold. 

συνοργίζομαι (σύν, ὀργίζομαι), igo- 
μαι, 20F. συνωργίσϑην, to be an- 
gry along with. 


to sail | 





269 


συνουσΐα, as, 7, society, company, 
intercourse, 

συντάσσω (σύν, τάσσω), to arrange. 

συῤῥέω (σύν, ῥέω), -ρεύσομαι, συνέῤ- 
ῥευσα, συνεῤῥύηκα, to flow to- 
gether. 

Σφίγγίον, ov, τό, Mt. Sphingion, 
otherwise Phicius, near Thebes. 

201% Σφιγγός, ἡ, Sphinx, 544, 


σχολάζω, aw, to be at leisure, 
have time, attend school, have a 
school. 

σχολαστῖκός, οὔ, 6, scholar, pedant, 
simpleton. 

σχολή, Hs, 7, school. 

σώζω, σώσω, σα, κα, σέσωσμαι, ἐσώ- 
anv, to save, preserve. 

SwKparns, eos, ace. Swxparn or ny, 
Socrates, Athenian philosopher. 

σῶμα, dros, τό, body, person. 

σωρεύω, evow, to heap up or to- 
gether. 

σωτηρΐα, as, 7, safety, security. 

σωφροσύνη, ns, 7, prudence, mod- 
eration, self-control. 

σώφρων, ov, prudent, temperate. 


κι 


τάλαντον, ov, τό, talent=$1000. 

τάλᾶς, ava, av, wretched, unhap- 
Py: 

ταμεῖον, ov, τό, treasury, store- 
house. 

Τάντἄλος, ov, 6, Tantalus, king of 
Phrygia. 

τάξις, ews, 7, good order; ἐν τάξει, 
in order. 

τάσσω, tw, ta, τέτᾶχα, αγμαι, 
άχϑην, to arrange, order. 

Ταῦρος, ov, 6, Taurus, 540. 

ταῦρος, ov, 6, bull. 

τάφος, ov, 6, tomb. 

ταχέως, quickly. 

τἄχύς, εἴα, ὑ, swift, fast, quick; 
ταχύ, quickly. 

Tabs, Taw, 6, peacock. 

τέ (enclit.), and; τε καί Or τε---ἰκαΐ, 
both—and. 

τεῖχος, eos, τό, wall, fortification. 


" 


270 


τειχίζω, low, oper, σϑην, to fortify, 
defend with a wall. 

τέκνον, ov, τό, child. 

τελειόω, wow, to accomplish, com- 
plete, pass. to be mature, full 
grown. 

τελευταῖον, τό τελευταῖον, lastly, 
finally. 

τελευτἄω, how, to end, finish, fin- 
ish life, die. 

τελευτή, Hs, 7, end. 

τέσσᾶρες (rérrapes), a, four. 

τετρᾶκις, four times. 

τετράποδον, ov, τό, quadruped. 

τετρἄπους, ουν, four-footed. 

τέττιξ, Tyos, 6, cicada, kind of 
grasshopper. 

τέχνη, ns, 7, art, trade, occupa- 
tion. 

τηνϊκαῦτα, then. 

τίϑημι, see 268 and 269, to place, 
appoint, enact, to stack (of 
arms). 

τίκτω, τέξομαι, 2 perf. τέτοκα, 2 
aor. ἔτεκον, to produce, to lay 
(of birds and hens). 

τίλλω, TIAD, ἔτιλα, τέτιλμαι, ἐτίλ-- 
any, to pluck, to pick, 

Tiuaoiwy, wyos, 6, Timasion, 274, 

Tinaw, how, to honor, prize, value, 
revere, worship. 

τιμή, 7s, ἣ, honor, esteem, 

τίμιος, ἄ, ov, precious, dear. 

τιμωρέω, how, to avenge, mid. to 
avenge one’s self upon, punish, 

τιμωρΐα, as, 7, help, punishment, 

tlyw, τίσω, erica, τέτικα; σμαι, 
σϑην, to pay, expiate. 

tis; τί; (see 186,) who? which? 
what ? rf, often adverbially why ὃ 
wherefore? 

τὶς, τὶ, certain, certain one, some 
one. 

Τισσαφέρνης, eos, 6, Tissaphernes, 
Persian satrap. 

τοιόσδε, τοιᾶδε, τοιόνδε, such, such 
as follows. ‘ 

τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο, such. 

τόπος, ov, ὃ, place, country, region, 
space, distance, 

τοσοῦτος,τοσαὐτη,τοσοῦτο, 80 great, 
so much, 


a 





GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


τότε, then, at that time. 

τραγικώδης, es, tragical. 

τράπεζα, ns, 7, table. 

τρεῖς, τρία, three. 

τρέπω, ψω, ψα, τέτροφα, τέτραμμαι, 
ἐτρέφϑην, to turn, mid. to turn 
one’s self, flee. 

τρέφω, ϑρέψω, ἔϑρεψα, τέτροφα, 
τέϑραμμαι, ἐδρέφϑην, to nourish, 
support, keep. 

τρέχω, δρᾶμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 2 aor. 
ἔδραμον, to run. 

τριἄκοντα, thirty. 

τρίβω, hyo, wpa, ipa, ἐμμαι, ἰφϑὴν, 
to rub, rub down. . 

τρίβων, wos, 6, a worn or thread- 
bare garment or cloak. 

τριήρης, eos, 7, galley, trireme. 

Tpixapnvia, as, ἣ, Tricarenia, 542. 

Tpixdpnvos, ov, ὃ, Tricarenian, 545. 

τρικέφᾶλος, ov, three-headed. 

τρίπους, ovy, gen. τρίποδος, three- 
footed. 

τρίτος, ἡ, ov, third. 

Τροία, as, », Troy, celebrated city in 
Asia Minor. 

τρόπαιον, ov, τό, trophy. 

τρόπος, ov, 6, turn, style, charac- 
ter. . 

τροφή, Hs, h, food. 

τρυφή, js, 7, luxury. 

τρώγω, Tpdtoua, 2 aor. ἔτρἄγον, to 
eat. 


τύμβος, ov, ὃ, tomb. 

τύραννος, ov, 6, tyrant, usurper. 

Τύρϊος, ἃ, ov, Tyrian. 

Τύρος, ov, ἡ, Tyre, celebrated city 
of Phoenicia, 540. 

τυφλός, ἡ, dv, blind. 

τύχη, ns, }, fortune, chance, 


T 


ὑγίαίνω, ὑγιᾶνῶ, ὑγίᾶνα, to be well, 
be in health. 

ὑγίεια, as, 4, health. 

ὕδωρ, ὕδἄᾶτος, τό, water. 

vids, οὔ, 6, son. 

ὕλη, ns, ἣ, Wood. 

ὑμέτερος, ἃ, ον, your. 

ὑπἄκούω (ὑπό, ἀκούω), to obey. 


GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


ὑπάρχω (ὑπό, ἄρχω), to be, be at 
han ‘ 
ὑπειςξέρχομαι (ὑπό, εἰς, ἔρχομαι), to 
come or go under quietly or by 
stealth. 
ὑπεναντίος, a, ov, adverse to, re- 
pugnant to, in opposition to. 
ὑπέρ (prep. with gen. or acc.), in 


behalf of, for the sake of, be- 


yond. 

ὑπεραποδνήσκω (ὑπέρ, ἀπό, ϑνή- 
oie), to die for. 

ὑπερχαίρω (ὑπέρ, χαίρω), to rejoice 
greatly. 

ὑπισκνέομαι, ὑποσχήσομαι, ὑπέσχη- 
μαι, 2 aor. mid. ὑπεσχόμην, to 
promise. 

ὕπνος, ov, 6, sleep. 

ὗπό (prep. with gen. dat. acc.), by, 
under, by the agency of. 

ὑποδέχομαι (76, δέχομαι), 
εξάμην, εγμαι, to receive. 

ὑπολαμβάνω (ὑπό, λαμβάνω), to take, 
assume, suppose, think. 

ὑπομένω (ὑπό, μένω), to remain. 

ὑποπτεύω (ὑπό, ὀπτεύω), σω, to sus- 
pect, anticipate, expect. 

ὑποστρέφω (ὑπό, στρέφω), έψω, εψα, 
oda, αμμαι, ἔφϑην (219, 220), to 
turn, turn about. 

ὕστερον, afterwards. 

ὑφαπλόω (ind, ἁπλόω), dow, to 
spread out beneath. 

ὑφίστημι (ὑπό, ἵστημι), to set or 
place under, to lie in ambush. 


έξομαι, 


Φ 


φάρμᾶκον, ov, τό, medicine, reme- 


dy. 
φαῦλος, ἡ, ov, worthless, bad. 


pevari Go, iow, to cheat, deceive. 


΄ 


Φεραί, av, ai, Pherae, in Thessaly. 
φέρω, fut. οἴσω, aor. ἤνεγκα, perf. 
ἐνήνοχα, ἐνήνεγμαι, ἠνέχϑην, to 
bear, carry. 
φεύγω, ἕομαι, 2 aor. ἔφὕγον, 2 perf. 
mépevya, to flee, shun, escape. 
φημί, φήσω or ἐρῶ, 1 aor. ἔφησα, 
2 aor. εἶπον, to say, say yes. 
Φίκειον, ov, τό, Mt. Phicius, 551. 





271 


φιλαργῦρία, as, 4, avarice. 

φιλέω, jaw, to love. 

Φίλιππος, ov, 6, Philip, king of 
Macedon, 535. 

φιλόκαλος, ov, fond of the beauti. 
ful, fond of beauty. 

gidopadhs, és, fond of learning. 

φίλος, ἡ, ov, friendly, dear; φίλος, 
ov, ὃ, friend. 

φιλοσοφΐα, as, 7, philosophy. 

φιλόσοφος, ov, 6, philosopher. 

φλύαρέω, How, to trifle, talk non. 
sense. 

φοβέομαι, ἤσομαι, ἡμαι, ἤϑην, to 
fear. 

φοβερός, a, dv, fearful, dreadful, 
frightful. 

φόβος, ov, é, fear. 

Φοῖνιξ, ixos, ; Phinician, ἃ Phini- 
cian. 

Φοῖνιξ, ixos, 6, Phoenix, 540. 
φοιτᾶἄω, how, to go to, to frequent; 
with παρά, to attend as pupil. 

φονεύω, ow, to slay, kill, murder. 

φορέω, haw, to wear. 

φράζω, dow, to say, tell, declare. 

φρονέω, how, to think, have in 
mind, 

φρυάττομαι (σσομαι), ξομαι, to be 
insolent, proud, haughty. 

φυγάς, ἄδος, 4 fugitive, exile. 

φύλᾶκή, ἢ fis, n, guard, guarding. 

φύλαξ, ἄκος, 6, guard, keeper. 

φυλάσσω (rr), ἄξω, ata, πεφύλἄ- 
Xa, to guard, keep, defend. 

φύσις, “ων, 7, nature. 

Φωκῖκός, n, ὄν, Phocian, of Phocis 
in Greece. 

Φωκίων, wvos, 6, Phocion, Athenian 
commander. 

φωνή, is, 7, Voice, sound. 


x 


χαίρω, χαιρήσω, κεχάρηκα, to re- 
joice. 

Χαιρωνεία, as, 7, Chaeronea, in 
Boeotia, 535. 

χαλεπαίνω, ἄνῶ, to be angry. 

χαλινός, οὔ, 6, bridle, bit. 

χαλκός, οὔ, 6, brass, copper. 


212 


χαλκοῦς, ἢ, ody, brazen. 

χαρΐεις, ἵεσσα, iev, pleasing, agree- 
able. 

Χαρίλᾶος, ov, 6, Charilaus, Spartan 

ing, 535. 

χάρις, iros, 7, gratitude, grace. 

χειμών, @vos, 6, winter. 

Χειρίσοφος, ov, ὃ, Chirisophus, 256, 

χειροτονέω, How, to vote, elect, 
choose. 

χελιδών, ὄνος, ἣ, swallow. 

χῆρος, ἃ, ov, bereft, widowed. 

χιών, ὀνος, , SHOW. 

χλᾶμύς, vidos, H, cloak, mantle. 

X2Adw, wow, to enrage, make an- 
gry, mid. to be or become an- 
gry. 

χόρτος, ov, 6, provender, fodder. 

xpaw, how, to give an oracle, to 
predict ; mid. χρᾶομαι, χρήσομαι, 
κέχρημαι, to use. 

χρεία, as, 7, need, use. 

χρή {impers.), χρήσει, ἔχρησεν, it 
is necessary. 

χρῆμα, aros, τό, thing, affair, mon- 
ey, property. 

χρησμός, ov, 6, oracle, response. 

χρηστός, h, dv, useful, servicea- 
ble. 

χρόνος, ov, ὃ, time, season. 

χρῦσΐον, ov, τό, gold, piece of gold, 
money. 

χρῦσός, ob, 6, gold. 

χρῦσοῦς, ἢ, ody, golden, of gold. 





GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


χρῶμα, dros, τό, color, complexion. 
χώρα, as, 7, place, land, country. 
χωρΐον, ov, ὃ, place. 


¥ 


ψέγω, tw, ta, perf. ἔψογα, to blame, 
censure, 

ψευδής, és, false. 

ψεῦδος, eos, τό, falsehood. 

ψεύδω (242), ow, to deceive, cheat. 

ψήφισμα, ἅτος, τό, decree, act, 
statute. 

ψῆφος, ov, 7, pebble, vote. 

ψιλόω (219), dow, to strip bare, de- 
prive of. 

ψυχή, 7s, ἡ, soul, spirit, life, 


a 


& (interjection), O, used in direct 
address. 

ὧδε, so, thus, as follows. 

ὥν, οὖσα, ὄν (part. of εἰμί), being. 

ὠνέομαι, ἤσομαι, imperf. ἐωνεόμην, 
to buy, purchase. 

ὠόν, od, τό, egg. 

ὥρα, as, 7, hour, season. 

ὡς, as, when, so that, that, how. 

ὥςπερ, as, just as. 

ὠφελέω, How, to benefit, help. 

ὠφέλιμος, ov, useful, serviceable. 


ENGLISH AND GREEK VOCABULARY. 





A 


Admire, ϑαυμάζω, dow or ἄσομαι. 
advise, βουλεύω, evow. 
Alexander, ᾿Αλέξανδρος, ov, 6. 
all, πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν; ὃ was. 
always, ἀεί. 

and, καί; τέ. 

announce, ἀγγέλλω, ἀγγελῶ. 
army, στράτευμα, ἄτος, τό. 


as, ὥςπερ. 
at, in, ἐν. 
Athenian, ᾿Αϑηναῖος, ἃ, ov; an 


Athenian, ᾿Αϑηναῖος, ov, 6. 
_ Athens, ᾿Αϑῆναι, ὧν (pl.). 


B 


Bad, κακός, 7, dv. 

be, εἰμί, ἔσομαι. 

be general, στρατηγ Ώω, how. 

be king, βᾶσϊλεύω, εὐσω. 

be pleased, be picased with, ἥδο- 
μαι, ἡσϑήσομαι. 

be gsjlent, ciyaw, ἤσω. 

beautiful, καλός, h, dv; comp. καλ- 
λέων, ov; super. ndioros; > 
ov. 

beauty, κάλλος, eos, τό. 

because, ἐπειδή ; ὅτι. 

better, see ἀγαϑός, 147. 

bird, ὄρνι5, TS0s, 6 or 7. 

Boeotian, Βοιωτός, οὔ, 6. 

book, βίβλος, ov, 73; βιβλίον, ov, 
τό. 

both—and, καί--τκαί; té—kal. 

boy, παῖς, παιδός, 6. 





brave, ἀνδρεῖος, ἃ a, OV. 

break, λύω, λύσω. ᾿ 
breastplate, ϑώραξ, ἄκος, 6. 
bring up, educate, παιδεύω, εύσω. 
brother, ἀδελφός, ov, 6. 

bury, ϑάπτω, ϑάψω. 

but, ἀλλά; δέ. 


σ 


Call, καλέω, hows, call by name, 
name, ὀνομάζω, & ἄσω. 

celebrated, κλεινός, 7, dv. 

certain, a certain, τὶς, τὶ. 

cheerfully, ἡδέως ; comp. ἥδτον ; 
ϑερογί. ἥδιστα. 

child, mais, παιδός, 6 OY 7. 

Cimon, Κίμων, wvos, 6. 

citizen, πολίτης, ov, 6. 

city, πόλις, ews, 7). 

company, duiAia, as, 7. 

conquer, vikaw, ἤσω. 

Corinth, Κόρινϑος, ov, 7. 

country, native country, πατρίς, 
idos, ἧ. 

cup, κύπελλον, ov, τό. 

Cyrus, Κῦρος, ov, 6. 


D 


Darius, Δαρεῖος, ov, 6. 

daughter, ϑυύγἄτηρ, ϑυγατρός, ἢ. 

day, ἡμέρα, as, 7. 

deceive, φενακίζω, iow; ψεύδω, 
243. 

deliberate, βουλεύομαι, εὐσομαι. 


274 


deliver, set free, ἐλευϑερόω, dow. 
deprive, ἀποστερέω, how. 

desire (noun), ἐπιϑυμἴα, as, ἧ. 
desire (verb), éridipéw, How. 

die, τελευτἄω, How. 

do, ποιέω, how; πράττω, πράξω. 


E 


Each other, one another, ἀλλήλων. 

educate, παιδεύω, evow. 

enact, τίϑημι, Show. ἢ 

enemy, πολέμϊος, ov, ὃ; personal 
enemy, ἐχϑρός, ov, 6. 

enslave, δουλόω, dow. 

esteem happy, μᾶκᾶἄρίζω, iow or ζῶ. 

Euripides, Εὐριπίδης, ov, 6. 

express as one’s own (opinion, for 
instance), ἀποδείκνῦμαι, -δείξομαι. 


F 


Faithful, πιστός, 4, dv. 

father, warhp, πατρός, ὃ, 

flatter, κολᾶκεύω, evow. 

flatterer, κόλαξ, ἄκος, 6. 

flee, φεύγω, φεύξομαι. 

flower, ἄνϑος, cos, τό. 

from, ἀπό; ἐκ, also expressed by 
the genitive. 

friend, φίλος, ‘ov, 5. 

fugitive, gids, ἄδος, ὃ. 

full, μεστός, H, dv; πλήρης, ε5. 


G 


’ Garden, κῆπος, ov, 6. 

general, orparnyés, ov, 6. 

girl, κόρη, ns, ἣ 

give, δίδωμι, δώσω. 

give, express as one’s own (as 
opinion), ἀποδείκνῦμι, ἀποδείξο- 
μαι. 

goblet, κύπελλον, ov, τό. 

gold, χρῦσός, οὔ, ὅ. 

golden, χρυσοῦς, ἢ, οῦν. 

good, ἀγᾶδός, ή, dv, 147. 

govern, &pxw, ἄρξω; κρατέω, how. 

great, μέγας, dAn, α 





ENGLISH AND GREEK VOCABULARY. 


Greek, Ἕλλην, nvos, 5. 


guard, φύλάττω (cow), φυλάξω, 
guide, ἡγεμών, ὄνος, 6. 


H 


Happy, εὐδαίμων, ov. 

hate, μίσέω, how. 

have, ἔχω, ἕξω. 

he, he himself, αὐτός, 4, 6. 

height, μέγεϑος, eos, τό. 

herald, κήρυξ, ὕκος, 6. 

Hermes, Ἑρμῆς, οὔ, 6. 

himself, herself, itself, ἑαυτοῦ, js, 
ov, 168. 

hire, μισϑόομαι, ὦσομαι. 

his, her, its, 6, 4, τό (101), genitive 
of pronoun (169). 

home, at home, οἴκοι. 

honor, τιμἄω, how. 

horse, ἵππος, ov, 6 or ἧ. 

house, οἰκΐα, as, ἧ. 

hunt, ϑηρεύω, ebow. 


I, ἐγώ. 

if, εἰ, ἐάν. 

in, ἐν. 

in regard to, περί. 

in the course of, expressed by the 
genitive, 383. 

injure, ἀδικέω, how; βλάπτω, βλά- 
ψω 


into, εἰς. 
it, αὐτό, neuter of αὐτός. 


J 


Journey, ὁδός, οὔ, ἧ. 
judge, κριτής, οὔ, ὃ. 
Jupiter, Ζεύς, Διός, ὅ. 
just, δίκαιος, a, ον. 


Κ 


Kill, κτείνω, κτενῶ, 
king, βᾶσϊλεύς, éws, ὅ. 
kingdom, βᾶσϊλεία, as, ἧ. 


ENGLISH AND 


LF 


Laborer, épyarns, ov, 6. 

large, μέγας, dAn, a. 

law, νόμος, ov, 6. 

let, rent, μισϑόω, dow. 

let, permit, ἐάω, ἐάσω, also ex- 
pressed by the subjunctive or im- 
perative. 

letter, ἐπιστολή, is, ἧ- 

life, βίος, ov, 6. 

like, ὅμοιος, ἃ, ov. 

Linus, Λῖνος, ov, 6. 

long since, πάλαι. 

love, gidéw, how; στέργω, στέρξω. 


M 


Macedonia, Maxedovia, as, 7. 

Macedonian, a Macedonian, Maxe- 
ddr, ὄνος, 6. 

man, ἄνϑρωπος, ov, 6; ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, 
6; men of old, οἱ πάλαι, 282. 

Marathon, Mépa&Sdyv, ὥνος, ὃ, 7. 

messenger, κήρυξ, dros, 6. 

milk, γάλα, actos, τό. 

Miltiades, Μιλτιάδης, ov, ὃ. 

money, χρῆμα, dros, τό, in this 
sense generally plural. 

mother, μήτηρ, μητρός, ἧ. 

mountain, ὄρος, eos, τό. 

murder, φονεύω, εὐσω. 

music, μουσϊκή, 7s, 7 

my, ἐμός, 4, dv; 6, 4, τό, see 101. 


N 


Necessary, ἀναγκαῖος, ἃ, ov; it is 
necessary, δεῖ. 

necessity, ἀνάγκη, ns, 7. 

need, δέομαι, δεήσομαι; there is 
need, δεῖ. ἡ 

ποῦ, οὖ, οὐκ, οὐχ. 


O 
Often, πολλᾶκις. 


Olympia, ᾽Ολυμπίἴα, as, 7. 
opinion, γνώμη, ns, ἧ. 


GREEK VOCABULARY. 





275 


orator, ῥήτωρ, opos, 6. 
our, ἡμέτερος, a, ov; 6, ἧ, τό, See 


Ρ 


Parent, father, γονεύς, έως, 6. 

park, παράδεισος, ov, 6. 

pay, μισϑός, οὔ, 5. 

people, δῆμος, ov, 6. 

Persian, a Persian, Πέρσης, ov, 6. 

Philip, Φίλιππος, ov, 6 

Pindar, Ifvdapos, ov, 6. 

pity, οἰκτείρω, ερῶ. 

play, παίζω, παίξομαι. 

pleasant, ἡδύς, εἴα, v. 

plot against, ἐπιβουλεύω, evow. 

poet, ποιητής, ov, 6. 

praise (noun), ἔπαινος, ov, 6. 

praise (verb), ἐπαινέω, dow; ἔγκω- 
μιάζω, ἄσω. 

present, the present, 6 νῦν, 282. 

prudent, σώφρων, σῶφρον. 

pupil, μαϑητής, οὔ, 6. 

purchase, ἄγοράζω, dow. 

pursue, διώκω, διώξω. 


Q 


Queen, βᾶσϊλεια, ας; te 
quick, τἄχύς, εἴα, v. 
quickly, τἄχέως. 


R 


Read, ἀναγιγνώσκω. 
rejoice, xalpw, xaiphow. 
remain, μένω, μενῶ. 
rent, μισϑόω, dow. 
Rome, Ῥώμη, ns, 7- 
rose, ῥόδον, ov, τό. 

rule, βᾶσϊλεύω, evow. 
run, τρέχω, δρᾶμοῦμαι. 


5 


Same, 6 αὐτός. 
Save, σώζω, σώσω. 


210 


Bay, λέγω, λέξω; is said, it is said, 
A αι. 

send, πέμπω, πέμψω. 

servant, δοῦλος, ov, 6. 

serve, δουλεύω, evow. 

set free, ἐλευϑερόω, dow. 

shepherd, ποιμήν, ένος, ὅ. 

short, βρᾶχύς, εἴα, v. 

show, δείκνυμι, δείξω. 

sing, gw, dow or ἄσομαι. 

soldier, στρατιώτης, ov, 6. 

son, vids, od, 6. 

speak, λέγω, λέξω ; φημί, ἐρῶ. 

speak the truth, ᾿ἀληϑεύω, εύσω. 

statue, ἄγαλμα, & aros, τό. 

supplicate, ixeredw, evow. 

swift, τἄχύς, εἴα, v. 


= 


Tall, μέγας, ἀλη, a. 

teach, διδάσκω, διδάξω. 

teacher, διδάσκᾶλος, ov, ὅ. 

ten, δέκα. 

tenth, δέκατος, 7, ov. 

than, 4. 

that, ἐκεῖνος, ἡ, 0. 

the, 6, 7, τό. 

their, 6, 7, τό (101), genitive of 
pronoun (169). 

there, ἐκεῖ; there is, ἐστίν. 

thief, ᾿κλέπτης, ov, ‘: 

thing, ἣμα, dros, τό, also ex- 
pressed by the neuter of adjec- 
tives or pronouns ; these things, 
ταῦτα. 

think, γομί(ω, low; φρονέω, how. 

thirty, τρῖά κοντα. 

this, οὗτος, αὔτ, τοῦτο. 

Thrasybulus, ἄσύβουλος, ov, ὃ. 

three, τρεῖς, ἫΝ 

three times, thrice, τρίς. 

to, to the practice of, εἰς, with ac- 
cus. ; to the practice of virtue, 


eis ἀρετήν. 


to-morrow, αὔρϊον. 


THE 


‘when, ὅτε: 





GREEK AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


trireme, rpih 5, €0S, ἡ. 

truce, σπονδή, js, 7. 

two, δύο, also expressed by the 
dual, 

tyrant, τύραννος, ov, ὃ. 


U 


Unhappy, τάλᾶς, αινᾶ, ἄν. 
unjust, ἄδικος, ον. 
useful, ὠφέλιμος, 7, ov. 


Vv 


Very, often expressed by the superla- 
tive of the adjective; very wise, 
σοφώτᾶτος. 

virtue, ἀρετή, fs, ἧ. 


Ww 


Wage war, πολεμέω, how. 

war, πόλεμος, ov, ὅ. 

well, εὖ. 

what? which? τίς; τί; 

interrogative, πότε; 

where, ὅπου: ei dibiss tS ποῦ; 

which, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. 

who, which, what ? τίς, τί; 

whole, ὁ πᾶς; the whole city, 4 
πᾶσα πόλις. 

wisdom, σοφία, as, ἧ. 

wise, σοφός, h, dv. : 

wonder at, admire, ϑαυμάζω, ἔσω 
or ἄσομαι. 


write, γράφω, γράψω. 

Y 
Yield, εἴκω, εἴξω. 
you, σύ, σοῦ. 


your, σός, σή, σόν. 
youth, veavias, ov, ὅ. 


END, 


























Arnold’s Greek Reading Book, containing the Substance of the 
Practical Introduction to Greek Construing and a Treatise on 
the Greek Particles ; also, copious Selections from Greek An- 
thors, with Critical and Explanatory English Notes, and a Lexi- 
con. 12mo. 618 pages. 

Boise’s Exercises in Greek Prose Composition. Adapted to 
the First Book of Xénophon’s Anabasis. By James R. Borse, 
Prof. of Greek in University of Michigan. 12mo. 185 pages. 

Champlin’s Short. and Comprehensive Greek Grammar, By 
J. T. Caampuin, Professor of Greek and Latin in Waterville 
College. 12mo. 208 pages. 

First Lessons in Greek ;* or, the Beginner's Companion-Book 
to Hadley’s Grammar. By JAmzes Morais Wurron, Rector of 
Hopkins's Grammar School, New Haven, Ct. 12mo. 


Hadley’s Greek Grammar,* for Schools and Colleges. By James 


HADLEY, Professor in Yale College. 12mo. 266 pages, 

Elements of the Greek Grammar, 12mo. 

Herodotus, Selections from; comprising mainly such portions 
as give a Connected History of the East, to the Fall of Babylon 
and the Death of Cyrus the Great. By Herman M. Jonnson, 
D.D., 12mo. 185 pages. 

Homer’s Iliad, according to the Text of Wor, with Notes, by 
Joun J. Owen, D.D., LL. D., Professor of the Latin and Greek 
Languages and Literature in the Free Academy of the City of 
New York. ivol.,12mo. 40 pages. 

Odyssey, according to the Text of Woxr, with Notes by 
Jonun J. OwEN. Sixteenth Edition. 12mo. 

Kuhner’s Greek Grammar, Translated by Professors Epwarps 
and TAyLor. Large 12mo. 620 pages. 

Kendrick’s Greek Ollendorff.* Being a Progressive Exhibition 
of the Principles of the Greek Grammar. By Asanet C, Ken- 
DRICK, Prof. of Greek Language in the University of Rochester. 
12mo. 3871 pages. 

Owen’s Xenophon’s Anabasis, A new and enlarged edition, 
with numerous references to Kuhner’s, Crosby's, and Hadley’s 
Grammars. 12mo, 

Homer’s Iliad, 12mo. 150 pages. 

———— Greek Reader 12mo. 

Acts of the Apostles, in Greek, with a Lexicon. 12mo. 

————— Homer’s Odyssey, Tenth Edition. 12mo. 

———-—— Thucydides WithMap. 12mo. 100 pages. 

Xenophon’s Cyropedia, Eighth Edition. 12mo. 











.Plato’s Apology and Crito.* With Notes by W. 8, Trier, 


Graves Professor of Greek in Amherst College. 12mo, 180 pp. 


πα νι... τς 
STANDARD CLASSICAL WORKS. 











ΣΧ ’ 
SAY ϑὴ 
erty δ λιν et. 


14 DAY USE 
RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 


LOAN DEPT. 


This book is due on the last date stamped below, 

or on the date to which renewed. Renewals only: 
Tel. No. 642-3405 

Renewals may be made 4 da pees to Fre due. 

Renewed books are subject e récalhy νυ 


REC'D LD JUL 2 671 δε ΠῚ 






































4 {Le 
934 LO 
act 2.8 67. " - 
wT 
Min ἴ 74,0 PN : 
way 1972 30 11 
Abs ᾿ 











672 
ἘΟΏ[0 YUN 772-3 PM 8 ! 
UCT 23 107} “ 


Π 
REG, CIR, [Ἐν 24 ΤΊ a | 






























JAN 18 1980 
: General 
τ ΩΝ ow τ τα 







L 2  *, ee 
General Libra. εἰν, 
Om-9,'58 University of California 

1 3ge0)4768 Berkeley 








ἵΒ5,39804 1 








STANDARD CLASSICAL WORKS. 





Thucydides’s History of the Peloponnesian War, according 
to the Text of L. Dinporr, with Notes by Jonn J. Owen. With 
Map. 12mo. ., ᾿ ι 

Xenophon’s Memorabilia of Socrates. With Notes and Intro- 
duction by R. D. C. Ropsins, Professor of Language in Middle- 
bury College. 12mo, 491 pages. τος 8m . 

————— Anabasis, With Explanatory Notes: for thé use of 
Schools and Colleges. By Jamzs R. ΒΟΙΒΕ, Professor of Greek 
in the University of Michigan. 12mo. 893 pages. 

Anabasis. Chiefly according to the Text of L. Div- 

DORF, with Notes by Jolin J. OwEn. 

Man 1am TA τ ΤῊ 








a 
Ul 


~ : et μ΄, 
o~ ἡ ἘΝ ee ns, Ἂς ΔῚΣ 


Ὁ "as . 
Di... Niet τ᾿ ἀρὰν ar ees. 





PUBLISH UPWARD OF > 


800 SCHOOL, TEXT-BOOKS, 


‘ Α ΣΝ 
Including the Departments. of Engligh, Latin, Greek, French, Span- 
ish, Italian, Hebrew, and SIND εἷς of Phich a complete oo 


DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE 


Will be sent, free of postage, to those applying for it 


A single copy for examination, of any of the works marked 
thus *, will be transmitted by mail, postage prepaid, to any Teach- 
er remitting one-half of its price. Any of the others will be sent 
by mail, postage prepaid, upon recei pt of full retail price, 





Revised Edition. With | 





---- - ey ey ew EEE σύυχῦῦῦ; IY, Lay 


OF CALIFORNIA-EEBRARY 
", ἐξ 2) 08 , E 


——- 








Se aTud 
a errr ers 4 
bo <3 - 


ee 
κ- mee 
-"~ 


FZ 
Fy” 


: 
tesa 
As 


sew 
pes = 


ΣΌΣ ΚΕ 


> Yap 2 
ER eg PR FOr πε5, 
ae A Ν Neato 


as ad ad 
ieee, pie 
ete 


Gets al gpa oe 





